As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 15, 2006

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 20-F

o                                     REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

x                                   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended October 1, 2006

OR

o                                     TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from [                        ] to [                       ]

Commission file number 1-14872

o                                     SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report                             [            ]

SAPPI LIMITED

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Not Applicable

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

Republic of South Africa

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation)

48 Ameshoff Street
Braamfontein
Johannesburg 2001
Republic of South Africa
(Telephone: +27-11-407-8111)

(Address and telephone number of principal executive offices)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

American Depositary Shares, evidenced by
American Depositary Receipts, each representing
1 Ordinary Share

(Title of each class)

New York Stock Exchange
Ordinary Shares, par value R1.00 per Share*

(Name of each exchange on which registered)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

239,071,892 Ordinary Shares

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

YES x                    NO o

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

YES o                     NO x

Note—Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

YES x                    NO o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer x

Accelerated filer o

Non-accelerated filer o

 

Indicate by check mark which financial statements item the registrant has elected to follow.

ITEM 17 o      ITEM 18 x

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

YES o                     NO x

*                      Not for trading but only in connection with the registration of the American Depositary Shares, pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 




TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

Our Use of Terms and Conventions in this Annual Report

 

iii

 

Explanatory Note relating to International Financial Reporting Standards

 

iv

 

Accounting Periods and Principles

 

iv

 

Currency of Presentation and Exchange Rates

 

iv

 

Forward-Looking Statements

 

v

 

 

 

PART I

 

 

 

Item 1.

 

Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

 

1

 

Item 2.

 

Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

 

1

 

Item 3.

 

Key Information

 

1

 

Item 4.

 

Information on the Company

 

8

 

Item 5.

 

Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

 

40

 

Item 6.

 

Directors, Senior Management and Employees

 

91

 

Item 7.

 

Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

 

101

 

Item 8.

 

Financial Information

 

102

 

Item 9.

 

The Offer and Listing

 

105

 

Item 10.

 

Additional Information

 

107

 

Item 11.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

125

 

Item 12.

 

Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

 

125

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

 

Item 13.

 

Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

 

126

 

Item 14.

 

Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

 

126

 

Item 15.

 

Controls and Procedures

 

126

 

Item 16A.

 

Audit Committee Financial Expert

 

128

 

Item 16B.

 

Code of Ethics

 

128

 

Item 16C.

 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

129

 

Item 16D.

 

Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

 

129

 

Item 16E.

 

Purchases of Equity Securities

 

130

 

 

 

PART III

 

 

 

Item 17.

 

Financial Statements

 

130

 

Item 18.

 

Financial Statements

 

130

 

Item 19.

 

Exhibits

 

131

 

 

ii




OUR USE OF TERMS AND CONVENTIONS IN THIS ANNUAL REPORT

Unless otherwise specified or the context requires otherwise in this Annual Report on Form 20-F (“Annual Report”):

·       references to “Sappi”, “Sappi Group”, “Group”, “we”, “us” and “our” are to Sappi Limited together with its subsidiaries;

·       references to “IFRS” are to the International Financial Reporting Standards;

·       references to “southern Africa” are to the Republic of South Africa, the Kingdom of Swaziland, the Kingdom of Lesotho, the Republic of Namibia and the Republic of Botswana;

·       references to “North America” are to the United States, Canada and the Caribbean;

·       references to “Latin America” are to the countries located on the continent of South America and Mexico;

·       references to “Rand”, “ZAR” and “R” are to South African Rand and references to “SA cents” are to South African cents, the currency of South Africa;

·       references to “US dollar(s)”, “dollar(s)”, “US$”, “$” and “US cents” are to United States dollars and cents, the currency of the United States;

·       references to “euro”, “EUR” and “” are to the currency of those countries in the European Union that form part of the common currency of the euro.

·       references to “Guilders” and “NLG” are to Dutch Guilders, the former currency of the Netherlands;

·       references to “Deutsche marks” and “DEM” are to German Deutsche marks, the former currency of Germany;

·       references to “UK pounds sterling” and “GBP” are to United Kingdom pounds sterling, the currency of the United Kingdom;

·       references to “m2” are to square metres and references to “hectares” or “ha” are to a land area of 10,000 square metres or approximately 2.47 acres;

·       references to “tonnes” are to metric tonnes (approximately 2,204.6 pounds or 1.1 short tonnes);

·       references to “market share” are based upon sales volumes in a specified geographic region during the fiscal year ended October 1, 2006;

·  references to "NBSK" are to northern bleached softwood kraft pulp frequently used as a pricing benchmark for pulp;

·  references to "groundwood" or to “mechanical” are to pulp manufactured using a mechanical process, or where applicable to paper, made using a high proportion of such pulp; and

·  references to "woodfree paper" are to paper made from chemical pulp, which is pulp made from wood fibre that has been produced in a chemical process.

Except as otherwise indicated, in this Annual Report the amounts of “capacity” or “production capacity” of our facilities or machines are based upon our best estimates of production capacity at the date of filing of this Annual Report. Actual production by machines may differ from production capacity as a result of products produced, variations in product mix and other factors.

iii




Certain market share information and other statements presented herein regarding our position relative to our competitors with respect to the manufacture or distribution of particular products are not based on published statistical data or information obtained from independent third parties, but reflect our best estimates. We have based these estimates upon information obtained from our customers, trade and business organisations and associations and other contacts in our industries.

Unless otherwise provided in this Annual Report, trademarks identified by ® are registered trademarks of Sappi Limited or our subsidiaries.

EXPLANATORY NOTE
RELATING TO THE FIRST TIME ADOPTION OF
INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL REPORTING STANDARDS.

The consolidated financial statements of the Sappi Group as of and for the years ended September 2006 and 2005, including the applicable notes thereto, contained in Item 18 “Financial Statements” of this Annual Report on Form 20-F and the consolidated financial information of the Sappi Group as of and for the years ended September 2006 and 2005 contained herein have been aligned with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS’’). The consolidated financial statements and related financial information of the Sappi Group as of and for each of the years ended September 2004, 2003 and 2002, cannot be provided on an IFRS aligned basis without unreasonable effort or expense. The Sappi Group has not amended, and does not intend to amend, its previously filed financial statements for the years affected by the change in accounting policy that ended prior to the year ended September 2005. For this reason, our Annual Reports on Form 20-F for those prior years, the consolidated financial statements and applicable notes thereto, auditors’ reports and related financial information contained in such reports should not be compared to this Annual Report on Form 20-F. For a description of the change in accounting policy and resulting adjustments, see Item 5 “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects,” and note 2 to our Group annual financial statements, included herein.

ACCOUNTING PERIODS AND PRINCIPLES

Unless otherwise specified, all references in this Annual Report to a “fiscal year” and “year ended” of Sappi Limited refer to a twelve-month financial period. All references in this Annual Report to fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, or the year ended September 2006 and 2005 refer to Sappi Limited’s twelve-month financial periods ended on October 1, 2006 and October 2, 2005 respectively; references in this Annual Report to fiscal 2007 refer to the period beginning October 2, 2006 and ending September 30, 2007. Our Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report have been prepared in conformity with IFRS, which differ in certain respects from United States generally accepted accounting principles (“United States GAAP” or “US GAAP”); see note 35 to our Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report. On May 13, 2002, we acquired the coated fine paper business of Potlatch Corporation. Our Group financial data for the year ended September 2002 includes the results for the acquired coated fine paper business since its acquisition.

CURRENCY OF PRESENTATION AND EXCHANGE RATES

We publish our Group annual financial statements and all financial data presented in this Annual Report in US dollars on a nominal (non-inflation adjusted) basis. For information regarding the conversion to US dollars in fiscal 2006 and 2005, see note 2 to our Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

iv




FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

In order to utilise the “Safe Harbor” provisions of the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (the “Reform Act”), we are providing the following cautionary statement. Except for historical information contained herein, statements contained in this Annual Report may constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Reform Act. The words “believe”, “anticipate”, “expect”, “intend”, “estimate”, “plan”, “assume”, “positioned”, “will”, “may”, “should”, “risk” and other similar expressions, which are predictions of or indicate future events and future trends, which do not relate to historical matters identify forward-looking statements. In addition, this document includes forward-looking statements relating to our potential exposure to various types of market risks, such as interest rate risk, foreign exchange rate risk and commodity price risk. You should not rely on forward-looking statements because they involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which are in some cases beyond our control and may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from anticipated future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements (and from past results, performance or achievements). Certain factors that may cause such differences include but are not limited to: the highly cyclical nature of the pulp and paper industry; pulp and paper production, production capacity, input costs (including raw materials, energy and employee costs) and pricing levels in North America, Europe, Asia and southern Africa; any major disruption in production at our key facilities; changes in environmental, tax and other laws and regulations; adverse changes in the markets for our products; any delays, unexpected costs or other problems experienced with any business acquired or to be acquired and achieving expected savings and synergies; consequences of our leverage; adverse changes in the political situation and economy in the countries in which we operate or the effect of governmental efforts to address present or future economic or social problems; and the impact of future investments, acquisitions and dispositions (including the financing of investments and acquisitions) and any delays, unexpected costs or other problems experienced in connection with dispositions.

These factors are fully discussed in this Annual Report. For further discussion on these factors, see “Item 3—Key Information—Selected Financial Data”, “Item 3—Key Information—Risk Factors”, “Item 4—Information on the Company”, “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, “Item 10—Additional Information—Exchange Controls” and note 31 to our Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are made as of the date of the filing of this Annual Report and are not intended to give any assurance as to future results. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any of these forward-looking statements, whether to reflect new information or future events or circumstances or otherwise.

v




PART I

ITEM 1.                IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

Not applicable.

ITEM 2.                OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Not applicable.

ITEM 3.                KEY INFORMATION

Selected Financial Data

The selected financial data set forth below has been derived from our Group annual financial statements and are qualified by reference to, and should be read in conjunction with, our Group annual financial statements and the notes thereto, which are included elsewhere in this Annual Report, and Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.

We prepare our Group annual financial statements according to International Financial Reporting Standards. There are differences between these principles and those applied in the United States. You can read about the principal differences in note 35 to our Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

 

Year Ended September

 

 

 

     2006     

 

     2005     

 

 

 

(US$ million,
except per share data)

 

Consolidated Income Statement Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

International Financial Reporting Standards:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales(1)

 

 

4,941

 

 

 

5,018

 

 

Operating profit (loss)

 

 

125

 

 

 

(109

)

 

Net (loss)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(184

)

 

Basic (loss) per share (US cents)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(81

)

 

Diluted (loss) per share (US cents)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(81

)

 

Dividends per share (US cents)(3)

 

 

30

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended September

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

(US$ million, except per share data)

 

United States GAAP:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales(1)

 

4,941

 

5,018

 

4,728

 

4,299

 

3,729

 

Operating profit (loss)(2)

 

21

 

(235

)

120

 

272

 

402

 

Extraordinary items

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

Net (loss) profit(2)

 

(116

)

(345

)

46

 

148

 

237

 

Basic (loss) earnings per share (US cents)(2)

 

(52

)

(154

)

20

 

65

 

102

 

Diluted (loss) earnings per share (US cents)(2)

 

(52

)

(154

)

20

 

64

 

102

 

Dividends per share (US cents)(3)

 

30

 

30

 

30

 

29

 

28

 

 

1




 

 

Year Ended September

 

 

 

     2006     

 

     2005     

 

 

 

(US$ million)

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

International Financial Reporting Standards:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

5,517

 

 

 

5,889

 

 

Operating assets(4)

 

 

5,219

 

 

 

5,452

 

 

Total long-term borrowings

 

 

1,634

 

 

 

1,600

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

1,386

 

 

 

1,589

 

 

 

 

Year Ended September

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

(US$ million)

 

United States GAAP:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

5,370

 

5,808

 

6,419

 

6,090

 

4,931

 

Operating assets(4)

 

5,066

 

5,369

 

5,889

 

5,465

 

4,672

 

Total long-term borrowings

 

1,734

 

1,643

 

1,904

 

1,869

 

1,559

 

Shareholders’ equity(2)

 

1,356

 

1,591

 

1,979

 

1,908

 

1,581

 

 

Other Information:

 

Year Ended September

 

 

 

     2006     

 

     2005     

 

 

 

(US$ million, except 
number of shares data)

 

International Financial Reporting Standards:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EBITDA(5)

 

 

591

 

 

 

381

 

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (in million)

 

 

226.2

 

 

 

225.8

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended September

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

(US$ million, except number of shares data)

 

United States GAAP:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EBITDA(2)(5)

 

466

 

226

 

570

 

656

 

745

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in
issue (in million)

 

225.3

 

224.7

 

225.0

 

227.6

 

228.8

 


(1)                Sales are defined in note 2 to our Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

(2)                In 2005, stock compensation of US$12 million was included in the US GAAP equity reconciliation and has been removed. An amount of US$13 million was charged to the 2005 profit and loss accounts in respect of the adoption of FAS 123R. This comprises a US$10 million charge due to the adoption of IFRS 2 and an additional US$3 million being the extra charge as a result of the earlier effective date of FAS 123R compared to IFRS 2. The effect is a change of US GAAP basic and diluted earnings per share from US 148 cents to US 154 cents per share. For a more detailed explanation see note 35 to our Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

(3)                The dividends per share were, in each case, declared after the end of the year indicated. For further information on our dividend policy, see “Item 8—Financial Information-Dividend Policy”.

(4)                Operating assets are defined in note 3 to our Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

(5)                In connection with the U.S. Securities Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules relating to “Conditions for Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures”, we have reconciled EBITDA to net profit rather than

2




operating profit and recalculated EBITDA. As a result our definition has been amended to retain non-trading profit/loss and minority interest as part of EBITDA. EBITDA represents earnings before interest (net finance costs), taxation, depreciation and amortisation (including fellings). Net finance costs includes: gross interest paid; interest received; interest capitalised; net foreign exchange gains; and net fair value adjustments on interest rate financial instruments. See the Group income statement to our Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for an explanation of the computation of net finance costs. We use EBITDA as an internal measure of performance to benchmark and compare performance, both between our own operations and as against other companies. EBITDA is a measure used by the group, together with measures of performance under IFRS and US GAAP, to compare the relative performance of operations in planning, budgeting and reviewing the performances of various businesses. We believe EBITDA is a useful and commonly used measure of financial performance in addition to net profit, operating profit and other profitability measures under IFRS or US GAAP because it facilitates operating performance comparisons from period to period and company to company. By eliminating potential differences in results of operations between periods or companies caused by factors such as depreciation and amortization methods, historic cost and age of assets, financing and capital structures and taxation positions or regimes we believe EBITDA can provide a useful additional basis for comparing the current performance of the underlying operations being evaluated. For these reasons, we believe EBITDA and similar measures are regularly used by the investment community as a means of comparison of companies in our industry. Different companies and analysts may calculate EBITDA differently, so making comparisons among companies on this basis should be done very carefully. EBITDA is not a measure of performance under IFRS or US GAAP and should not be considered in isolation or construed as a substitute for operating profit or net profit as an indicator of the company’s operations in accordance with IFRS or US GAAP.

The following table reconciles net (loss) profit to EBITDA.

 

Year Ended September

 

 

 

     2006     

 

     2005     

 

 

 

(US$ in million)

 

International Financial Reporting Standards:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (loss)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(184

)

 

Add back:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortisation (fellings)

 

 

466

 

 

 

490

 

 

Net finance costs

 

 

130

 

 

 

80

 

 

Taxation

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(5

)

 

EBITDA

 

 

591

 

 

 

381

 

 

 

 

Year Ended September

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

(US$ in million)

 

United States GAAP:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (loss) profit

 

(116

)

(345

)

 

46

 

 

 

148

 

 

 

237

 

 

Add back:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortisation (fellings)

 

446

 

470

 

 

450

 

 

 

385

 

 

 

349

 

 

Net finance costs

 

106

 

55

 

 

93

 

 

 

90

 

 

 

74

 

 

Taxation

 

30

 

46

 

 

(19

)

 

 

33

 

 

 

85

 

 

EBITDA

 

466

 

226

 

 

570

 

 

 

656

 

 

 

745

 

 

 

3




Risk Factors

In addition to other information contained in this Annual Report, you should carefully consider the following factors before deciding to invest in our ordinary shares and American Depository Shares (“ADSs”). There may be additional risks that we do not currently know of or that we currently deem immaterial based on the information available to us. Our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks, resulting in a decline in the trading price of our ordinary shares and ADSs.

Risks Related to Our Industry.

We operate in a cyclical industry, which has in the past resulted in substantial fluctuations in our results.

The markets for our pulp and paper products are significantly affected by changes in industry capacity and output levels and by cyclical changes in the world economy. As a result of periodic supply/demand imbalances in the pulp and paper industry, these markets historically have been highly cyclical, with volatile pulp and paper prices. The timing and magnitude of price increases or decreases in the pulp and paper market have generally varied by region and by type of pulp and paper.

The selling prices of the majority of the products manufactured and purchase prices of many of our raw materials used generally fluctuate in line with commodity cycles; however, in fiscal 2006, we may not be able to increase selling prices sufficiently or in time to offset the effects of increased costs, which has an adverse impact on our profitability. Other than maintaining a high level of pulp integration, the hedging techniques applied on our raw materials and products are on a small scale and short term in nature. Movements in prices of pulp and paper products are difficult to predict. Also, there may be periods during which demand for our products is insufficient to enable us to operate our production facilities in an economical manner. A sustained period of weak demand or excess supply would be likely to adversely affect pulp and paper prices which could have a material adverse effect on our operating rates and financial results.

Despite a relatively high level of pulp integration on a Group-wide basis, a significant increase in the prices for pulp or pulpwood could adversely affect our non-integrated and partially integrated operations if they are unable to raise paper prices sufficiently to offset the effects of increased costs.

The majority of our fine paper sales consist of sales to merchants. The pricing of products for merchant sales can generally be changed upon between 30 to 90 days advance notice to the merchant. Sales to converters may be subject to longer notice periods for price changes. Such notice periods generally would not exceed 6 to 12 months. In southern Africa, we have entered into longer-term fixed-price agreements of between 6 to 12 months duration for primarily packaging paper and newsprint sales with domestic customers. Such agreements accounted for less than 5% of consolidated sales during fiscal 2006.

Most of our chemical cellulose sales contracts are multi-year contracts. The pricing is generally based on a formula linked to the NBSK price and reset on a quarterly basis.

For further information, see “Item 4—Information on the Company—Business Overview—The Pulp and Paper Industry”.

The markets for pulp and paper products are highly competitive, and many of our competitors have advantages that may adversely affect our ability to compete with them, particularly in North America.

We compete against a large number of pulp and paper producers located around the world. A recent trend towards consolidation in the pulp and paper industry has created larger, more focused pulp and paper companies. Some of these companies benefit from greater financial resources or operate mills that are lower cost producers of pulp and paper products than our mills. We cannot assure you that each of our

4




mills will be competitive. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that we will be able to take advantage of consolidation opportunities which may arise, or that any failure to exploit opportunities for growth would not make us less competitive. Increased competition, including import duties decrease in accordance with the terms of free trade agreements, could cause us to lose market share, increase expenditures or reduce pricing, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the results of our operations. In addition, competition may result in our being unable to increase selling prices of our products sufficiently or in time to offset the effects of increased costs without losing market share, as occurred in Europe in fiscal 2006, which has an adverse impact on profitabily.

Our North American business has experienced significant losses in recent years partly due to competition, and it may face additional competitive challenges in returning to profitability. There was a significant amount of coated fine paper capacity added in China in 2005. Some of this capacity may be exported to the US, depressing domestic operating rates and potentially also depressing prices. While we believe our North American business is competitive compared to our US competitors, the assets of our North American business are small in comparison to new world-scale coated fine paper machines. The cost position of our machines in relation to imports from both Asia and Europe may be less competitive due to a variety of factors including currency, fuel costs, shipping charges, duties, and market pulp prices. A significant strengthening of the US dollar in comparison to the euro could attract a significant amount of imports from Europe.

The cost of complying with environmental regulation may be significant to our business.

Our operations are subject to a wide range of environmental requirements in the various jurisdictions in which we operate. We expect to continue to incur significant expenditures and may face operational constraints to maintain compliance with applicable environmental laws, to upgrade equipment at our mills and to meet new regulatory requirements, including those in the United States, South Africa and Europe. Expenditures to comply with future environmental laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

For further information, see “Item 4—Information on the Company—Business Overview—Environmental and Safety Matters—Environmental Matters” and “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Environmental Matters”.

The availability and cost of Insurance cover can vary considerably from year to year as a result of events beyond our control, and this can result in our paying higher premiums and periodically being unable to maintain the levels or types of insurance carried.

The insurance industry remains cyclical and catastrophic events can change the state of the insurance market, leading to sudden and unexpected increases in premiums and deductibles and unavailability of coverage due to reasons totally unconnected with our business.

Although we have successfully placed the renewal of our 2006/2007 insurance cover at rates lower than 2005/2006 and self-insured deductibles for any one property damage occurrence have remained at $25 million, with an unchanged aggregate limit of $40 million, we are unable to predict whether past or future events will result in less favourable terms. For property damage and business interruption, there generally does not seem to be cost effective cover available to full value, however the directors believe that the loss limit cover of $1 billion should be adequate for what they have determined as the reasonably foreseeable loss for any single claim.

While we believe our insurance provides adequate coverage for reasonably foreseeable losses, we continue working on improved enterprise risk management to lower the risk of incurring losses from uncontrolled incidents. We are unable to assure you that actual losses will not exceed our coverage or that such excess will not be material.

5




New technologies or changes in consumer preferences may affect our ability to compete successfully.

We believe that new technologies or novel processes may emerge and that existing technologies may be further developed in the fields in which we operate. These technologies or processes could have an impact on production methods or on product quality in these fields. Unexpected rapid changes in employed technologies or the development of novel processes that affect our operations and product range could render the technologies we utilise or the products we produce obsolete or less competitive in the future. Difficulties in assessing new technologies may impede us from implementing them and competitive pressures may force us to implement these new technologies at a substantial cost. Any such development could materially and adversely impact our revenues or net profits or both.

Consumer preferences may change as a result of the availability of alternative products or of services such as electronic media or the internet, which could impact consumption of our products.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our indebtedness may impair our financial and operating flexibility.

At September 2006, our total interest-bearing borrowings were $2,328 million. While reduction of borrowings is a priority, opportunities to grow within our businesses will continue to be evaluated, and the financing of any future acquisition or capital investment may include the incurrence of additional indebtedness.

We are subject to South African exchange controls, which partially inhibit the free flow of funds from South Africa and can restrict activities of subsidiaries of the Sappi Group. These exchange controls have affected the geographic distribution of our debt. As a result, acquisitions in the United States and Europe were financed with indebtedness incurred by companies in those regions. The level of our debt has important consequences. For example, our ability to obtain additional financing may be limited, which could limit, among other things, our ability to exploit growth opportunities; a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations may be required to make debt service payments; we are exposed to increases in interest rates because a portion of our debt bears interest at variable rates; we may be more leveraged than certain of our competitors; we may be more vulnerable to economic downturns and adverse changes in our business; and our ability to withstand competitive pressure may be more limited.

In addition, certain of our financing arrangements contain covenants and conditions that restrict the activities of certain Group companies.

Exchange control restrictions may restrict the transfer of funds directly or indirectly between our subsidiaries or between the parent company and our subsidiaries. We may also incur tax costs in connection with these transfers of funds. As a consequence, the ability of Sappi Limited or any of our subsidiaries to make scheduled payments on its debt will depend on its financial and operating performance, which will depend on various factors beyond our control, such as prevailing economic and competitive conditions. If Sappi Limited or any of our subsidiaries is unable to achieve operating results or otherwise obtain access to funds sufficient to enable it to meet its debt service obligations, it could face substantial liquidity problems. As a result, it might need to delay investments or dispose of material assets or operations. The timing of and the proceeds to be realised from any such disposition would depend upon circumstances at the time.

Labour agreements are under negotiation at several of our mills.

The Cloquet and Muskegon Mills United Steelworkers union contracts that expired in April 2006 and August 2005 respectively are under negotiation. Collective labour agreements have been renegotiated for all sites in Europe during fiscal 2006, with minor disruption to operations at only one site. At our southern African mills wage negotiations occur annually and in 2006 negotiations were completed in August 2006.

6




While we hope to reach agreements on new contracts at all affected sites, in the event that agreements cannot be reached and a prolonged work stoppage that results in a curtailment of output ensues at any or all such sites, our business could be adversely affected.

Fluctuations in the value of currencies, particularly the Rand and the euro, in relation to the US dollar have in the past had and could in the future have a significant impact on our earnings in these currencies.

Exchange rates fluctuations have in the past, and may in the future, affect the competitiveness of our products in relation to the products of pulp and paper companies based in other countries.

Fluctuations in the exchange rate between currencies, particularly the Rand and euro, in relation to the US dollar have in the past significantly affected and could in the future significantly affect our earnings.

Since the adoption of the euro by the European Union on January 1, 1999 (when the euro was trading at approximately $1.18 per euro), it has fluctuated against the US dollar to approximately $1.27, $1.20 and $1.23 per euro at the end of fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. It reached a low of approximately $0.83 per euro on October 25, 2000 and, on December 6, 2006, was trading at approximately $1.33 per euro.

In recent years, the value of the Rand against the US dollar has fluctuated considerably. It has moved against the US dollar to approximately R7.77, R6.37 and R6.43 per US dollar at the end of fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The Rand reached a low of approximately R13.90 per US dollar on December 21, 2001. Since then, it has appreciated and on December 6, 2006 was trading at approximately R7.08 per US dollar.

For further information, see notes 21 and 31 to our Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report and “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects —Operating Results—currency fluctuations”.

There are risks relating to the many countries in which we operate that could impact our earnings or affect your investment in our Company.

We own manufacturing operations in five countries in Europe, four states in the United States, South Africa, Swaziland and have an investment in a joint venture in China. These risks arise from being subject to various economic, fiscal, monetary, regulatory operational and political factors that affect companies generally and which may change as economic, social or political circumstances change. See “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—South African Economic and Political Environment” and “Item 5— Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—South African Exchange Controls”.

Our geographic diversity may help to mitigate these risks. In fiscal 2006, 44% of our sales originated from Europe, 29% from North America and 27% from southern Africa. 42% of our operating assets were located in Europe, 26% in North America and 32% in southern Africa. In the fiscal year 2006 our operations outside southern Africa had an operating loss of US$49 million and our operations in southern Africa had an operating profit of US$174 million.

We face certain risks in dealing with HIV/AIDS which may have an adverse effect on our southern African operations.

There is a serious problem with HIV/AIDS infection among our southern African workforce, as there is in southern Africa generally. Although the HIV/AIDS infection rate of our southern African workforce is significantly lower than the national average, it is expected to increase over the next decade. While we have several programmes designed to mitigate the impact of the disease on our business, the costs and lost worker’s time associated with HIV/AIDS may adversely affect our southern African operations.

7




Several customers account for a significant amount of our revenues.

We sell a significant portion of our products to several major customers, including PaperlinX, Unisource Worldwide Inc., xpedx and Antalis. Any adverse development affecting our principal customers or our relationships with our principal customers could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations. See “Item 4—Business Overview—Marketing and Distribution—Sappi Fine Paper—Customers” and “Item 4—Business Overview—Marketing and Distribution—Sappi Forest Products—Customers”.

Because of the nature of our business and workforce, we are facing challenges in the retention and succession planning of management that could adversely affect our business.

We are facing an aging demographic work profile among our management due to the mature nature of our industry and the rural and often remote location of our mills, together with generally long tenure of employees at the mills. As a result we are likely to experience groups of employees leaving the company within a relatively short space of time of one another and may have difficulty attracting qualified replacements. The potential risks we face are a loss of institutional memory, skills, experience and management capabilities. Although we have put in place a number of initiatives to mitigate this risk, including implementing programs to promote phased retirement and transfer of knowledge, creating flexibility in career and job design and focussing greater effort on succession planning and talent review and effective skills training and leadership development we may be unable to attract and retain sufficient qualified replacements when and where necessary to avoid an adverse impact on our business.

Risks Related to Our Shares

Your ability to sell a substantial number of ordinary shares may be restricted by the limited liquidity of shares traded on the JSE Limited.

The principal trading market for the ordinary shares of Sappi Limited is the JSE Limited (“JSE”) (formerly the JSE Securities Exchange South Africa). Historically, trading volumes and liquidity of shares listed on the JSE have been low in comparison with other major international markets. In fiscal 2006, 251 million ordinary shares of Sappi Limited were traded on the JSE and 58 million ADSs were traded on the New York Stock Exchange. See “Significant shareholders may be able to influence the affairs of our Company”, “Item 7—Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—Major Shareholders”, “Item 9—The Offer and Listing—Offer and Listing Details” and “Item 9—The Offer and Listing—Markets”.

Significant shareholders may be able to influence the affairs of our Company.

Although our investigation of beneficial ownership of our shares identified only two beneficial owners of more than 5% of our ordinary shares, holding approximately 19.9%, as shown in our shareholders’ register at September 30, 2006, the five largest shareholders of record, four of which are nominees that hold shares for a multitude of beneficial owners, owned approximately 93% of our ordinary shares. See “Item 7—Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—Major Shareholders”.

ITEM 4.     INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE COMPANY

Sappi Limited is a public company incorporated in the Republic of South Africa. Its principal executive offices are located at 48 Ameshoff Street, Braamfontein, Johannesburg, 2001, Republic of South Africa and its telephone number is +27-11-407-8111.

Sappi Limited was founded and incorporated in 1936 in South Africa and is a corporation organised under the Companies Act 61 of 1973 of the Republic of South Africa.

8




Until 1990, we primarily expanded our operations within southern Africa. Since 1990, we have grown through acquisitions outside of southern Africa. In the mid 1990’s we acquired S.D. Warren Company, a market leader in the United States in coated fine paper and a major producer of other speciality paper products. It now conducts business as Sappi Fine Paper North America. In the late 1990’s we acquired KNP Leykam, a leading European producer of coated fine paper. KNP Leykam now conducts business as Sappi Fine Paper Europe. On May 13, 2002, we acquired Potlatch Corporation’s coated fine paper business and have integrated it in Sappi Fine Paper North America.

In December 2004 we acquired 34% of Jiangxi Chenming Paper Company, a joint venture which commissioned in mid-2005 a coated mechanical paper machine, mechanical pulp mill and de-inked pulp mill in China.

In August 2006, we announced the expansion of the existing capacity at Sappi Saiccor in South Africa, where Chemical Cellulose products are produced. The current capacity of the mill is approximately 600,000 metric tonnes per annum. The expansion will increase capacity by a net 225,000 metric tonnes per annum. The estimated cost of the project is $460 million. Funding for the project is to be sourced mainly from existing financing facilities in South Africa.

In April 2006, Sappi announced a black economic empowerment transaction involving the sale of identified forestry land to a South African empowerment partner. Certain conditions to the formal conclusion of the transaction have not yet been met, and therefore, no transactions under the arrangement have been effected.

For information on our principal investments and capital expenditures, see the description of our business in “—Business Overview” and “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources”.

We currently have our primary listing on the JSE Limited (Johannesburg Stock Exchange) and have secondary listings on the New York and London Stock Exchanges.

BUSINESS OVERVIEW

Business Strategy

Our objective for the coming years is to build on our position as a global leader in the coated fine paper market, which was from the beginning of the 1990’s one of the fastest growing market sectors in the paper industry, and to explore opportunities across the broad spectrum of coated paper to utilise our experience in paper coating as well as the chemical cellulose market and to support this with a high level of economic pulp integration. These represent our core products and sectors in the paper and forest products industry. We will continue to invest in our southern African businesses which have important market shares. The key elements of our business strategy are and have been as follows:

Strengthen our leadership position in our core businesses through organic growth and selective acquisitions.

We believe that opportunities for further consolidation remain in our sector. We intend to be at the forefront of this consolidation, aiming to strengthen our position in Europe, North America, and eventually Asia. We intend to focus on investment and acquisition opportunities that fit our strategies, that offer a potential return that exceeds our expected cost of capital and that in the medium term are more advantageous than buying back our shares.

9




Maintain a global presence.

One of Sappi’s key strengths is our geographically diverse business base. We have a significant presence in each of Europe, North America and Africa, and a modest presence in Asia. The presence in Europe and North America has been built up over the past ten years, largely through strategic acquisitions. We will continue to pursue a strategy of geographic diversification supported by leading market positions.

Maintain a high level of economic pulp integration.

We intend to maintain a high level of economic pulp integration, which helps reduce the impact of pulp price volatility on our earnings.

Maintain cost efficient asset base and invest to increase efficiency/productivity.

We believe our asset base has some of the lowest cost and most efficient assets in the coated fine paper sector in the world. We maintain a rigorous focus on costs, and actively manage our asset base, including divesting or closing non-performing assets. We have closed 14 paper machines since 1995, including the recent closure of the Nash Mill.

We maintain an investment policy that is focused on high return projects. A significant portion of our investments are designed to increase production capacity, reduce costs and improve product quality.

Drive growth through market focus and innovation.

The Sappi Group operations represent the originators of many of the major innovations in the industry in the last century. We continue to maintain a focus on innovation through our research and development centres in Europe, North America and South Africa and have established multi-regional, multi-discipline teams to ensure that we transfer knowledge throughout the Group and implement best practice and that our research and development effects are market oriented. We intend to allocate additional resources to marketing, innovation and technology. This includes the creation of multi-regional marketing teams and their links with the relevant technology teams.

Through our partnership with a leading global software provider, we are focused on developing unique information technology solutions that satisfy our customers’ requirements and production capabilities, resulting in improved service delivery and operational efficiency.

The Pulp and Paper Industry

The paper industry is generally divided into the printing and writing paper segment, consisting of newsprint, groundwood paper and fine paper, and the packaging segment, consisting of containerboard, boxboard and sackkraft.

Long-term, paper and board consumption has grown in line with overall economic growth, but consumption patterns are also influenced by short-term economic developments. Pricing largely is influenced by the supply/demand balance for individual products, which is partially dependent on capacity and inventory levels in the industry. The ability to adapt capacity changes in response to shorter-term fluctuations in demand is limited, as large amounts of capital are required for the construction or upgrade of production facilities and as lead times are long between the planning and completion of new facilities. Industry-wide over-investment in new production capacity has in the past led to situations of significant oversupply, which has caused product prices to decrease. This has been exacerbated by inventory speculation, as purchasers have sought to benefit from the price trend. As a result, financial performance has deteriorated during periods of significant oversupply to again improve when demand has increased to levels that support the implementation of price increases.

10




In recent years the industry has experienced significant strategic changes. The high costs associated with building new paper mills and establishing and growing market share has led to companies focusing on acquisition, rather than construction, of new capacity. In China, however, rapid economic growth and government incentives spurred massive investment in the pulp and paper industry. Over the last 5 years, paper and board capacity increased 73%. This development has led to a reduction in events of significant dislocations in the supply/demand balance typically associated with the entry of new production capacity into established markets. With increased capacity in 2006 China is no longer a net importer of coated fine paper. Another result of this trend has been a greater concentration of production capacity among fewer producers. Many leading industry producers now focus on fewer core grades and have divested non-core assets that are not part of the industry or which have been considered not consistent with long-term strategies. The regional and global market shares of leading producers have increased significantly over the past decade.

The following table shows a breakdown and description of the major product categories Sappi participates in, the products in these categories and the typical uses for such products. We have produced and sold each of these products in each of our last three fiscal years.

Major Product Categories

 

 

 

Description and Typical Uses

Fine Paper:

 

 

Coated paper

 

Higher level of smoothness than uncoated paper achieved by applying a coating (typically clay based) on the surface of the paper. As a result, higher reprographic quality and printability is achieved. Uses include brochures, catalogues, corporate communications materials, direct mail promotions, educational textbooks, luxury advertising, magazine covers and upscale magazines.

Uncoated paper

 

Uses include business forms, business stationery, general printing paper, tissue and photocopy paper.

Speciality paper

 

Can be either coated or uncoated. Uses include bags, labels, packaging and release paper for casting textured finishes (e.g., artificial leather).

Packaging products:

 

 

Packaging paper

 

Heavy and lightweight grades of paper and board primarily used for primary and secondary packaging of fast moving consumer goods, agricultural and industrial products. Products include containerboard (corrugated shipping containers), sack kraft (multi-walled shipping sacks) and machine glazed kraft (grocers bags). Can be coated to enhance barrier and aesthetics properties.

Groundwood products:

 

 

Newsprint

 

Manufactured from groundwood and bleached chemical pulp. Uses include advertising inserts and newspapers. Demand is highly dependent on newspaper circulation and retail advertising.

Coated groundwood paper

 

A coated groundwood fibre based paper, primarily used for magazines, catalogues and advertising material. Manufactured from mechanical pulp.

11




 

Pulp:

 

 

Paper pulp

 

Main raw material used in production of printing, writing and packaging paper. Pulp is the generic term that describes the cellulose fibre derived from wood. These cellulose fibres may be separated by mechanical, thermo-mechanical or chemical processes. The chemical processes involve removing the glues (lignins) which bind the wood fibres to leave cellulose fibres. Paper made from chemical pulp is generally termed “woodfree”. Uses include paper, paperboard and tissue.

Chemical cellulose

 

Manufactured by similar processes to paper pulp, but purified further to leave virtually pure cellulose fibres. Chemical cellulose is used in the manufacture of a variety of cellulose textile and non-woven fibre products, including viscose staple fibre (rayon), solvent spun fibre (lyocell) and filament. It is also used in various other cellulose-based applications in the food, cigarette, chemical and pharmaceutical industries. These include the manufacture of acetate tow microcrystalline cellulose, cellophane, ethers and moulding powders. The various grades of chemical cellulose are manufactured in accordance with the specific requirements of customers in different market segments. The purity of the chemical cellulose is one of the key determinants of it’s suitability for particular applications with the purer grades of chemical cellulose generally supplied into the speciality segments.

Timber products:

 

Sawn timber for construction and furniture manufacturing purposes.

 

The following table sets forth selected pulp and paper prices in certain markets for the periods presented.

 

 

Year Ended September

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

Low

 

High

 

Low

 

High

 

Low

 

High

 

Coated Fine Paper

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100 gsm delivered Germany (euro per metric tonne)(1)

 

790

 

 

825

 

 

845

 

 

845

 

 

840

 

 

855

 

 

60 lb. delivered US (US$per short tonne)(2)

 

900

 

 

960

 

 

870

 

 

920

 

 

760

 

 

840

 

 

Uncoated Fine Paper

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50 lb. delivered US (US$per short tonne)(3)

 

700

 

 

850

 

 

700

 

 

770

 

 

575

 

 

750

 

 

Paper Pulp

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NBSK (US$per metric tonne)(4)

 

595

 

 

715

 

 

585

 

 

655

 

 

540

 

 

660

 

 

Chemical cellulose

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

92 alpha (US$per metric tonne)(5)

 

650

 

 

775

 

 

600

 

 

780

 

 

600

 

 

780

 

 


(1)      100 gsm sheets, RISI.

(2)      60 lb. Coated Web, RISI.

(3)      50 lb. Offset, RISI.

(4)      Northern Bleached Softwood Kraft Pulp CIF Northern Europe, RISI.

(5)      Selected indicative prices, Sappi.

12




Fine Papers

Our fine paper activities are divided into coated and uncoated fine paper and speciality paper grades.

Coated Fine Paper.   Major end uses of coated fine paper include high-end magazines, catalogues, brochures, annual reports and commercial printing. Coated fine paper is made from chemical pulp and is coated on one or both sides for use where high reprographic quality is required. The majority of coated fine paper production is coated on two sides, permitting quality printing on both sides of the paper. Paper that is coated on one side is used in special applications such as consumer product and mailing label applications.

Our 2006 North American coated fine paper sales volume was 26% in sheet form and 74% in reel form. The sheet volume is largely influenced by brochure and general commercial printing activities and printers using mainly sheetfed offset lithographic printing processes, which are not particularly seasonal, and corporate annual reports, which result in heaviest demand during the first calendar quarter. Reels volume is heavily influenced by catalogue and text book activity, which results in heaviest demand during the third calendar quarter, and publication printer activity, which is not particularly seasonal. These printers principally use heatset web offset printing processes.

Our 2006 European business’ sales volumes of coated fine paper were 72% in sheet form and 28% in reels form. Due to the diversity in languages in the European market, the print editions of brochure and general commercial printing activities are considerably smaller than in the US market. This translates into a significantly higher volume in sheets. The seasonal patterns of both sheets and reels are mostly influenced by the catalogue business. This segment has its highest seasonal activity in the spring, when the fashion catalogues come out, and the autumn, when the Christmas catalogues and holiday brochures are printed. Commercial print and publishing business provide a more steady demand in this market.

See “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Markets”.

Uncoated Paper.   Uncoated fine paper represents the largest industry fine paper grade in terms of both global capacity and consumption. Uncoated fine paper is used for bond/writing and offset printing papers, photocopy papers, writing tablets (e.g., legal pads), speciality lightweight printing paper (e.g., bibles) and thin paper.

The market for uncoated paper products generally follows cyclical trends, which do not necessarily coincide with cycles for coated paper but are impacted by capacity changes in uncoated fine paper output levels.

Speciality Paper.   The high value-added speciality paper markets in which Sappi Fine Paper operates generally follow trends in the respective end use sectors in addition to changes in production capacity, output levels and cyclical changes in the world economy. Largely due to the highly specialised nature of speciality paper, price fluctuations have historically tended to lag and be less precipitous than price changes in the uncoated fine paper market.

Packaging Products

Our range of forest products comprises a variety of packaging papers produced in southern Africa at the Tugela, Cape Kraft and Ngodwana mills. We are one of the two major suppliers of packaging papers in South Africa.

Packaging Paper.   As with fine paper, the market for packaging papers is affected by cyclical changes in the world economy, local economic growth, retail sales and by changes in production capacity and output levels. The southern African containerboard market has been positively affected by strong gross domestic product growth and corresponding growth in retail sales during fiscal 2006. Demand for sack kraft is largely driven by the demand for cement, potatoes, sugar and milling products. Sappi’s sack kraft

13




market share was negatively affected by lower priced imported products and production constraints in 2005, a trend that continued through 2006 despite positive demand growth in the local market.

Over the past year, the kraft linerboard (KLB) price recovered. During September 2006 US East price for 42lb KLB traded at US$ 515 per short ton, US$120 higher than September 2005, which traded at US$395. In the South African domestic market, we have entered into medium-term contractual commitments with converters of containers, sacks and bags. These commitments include certain volume targets and, in some cases, as is customary in the market, fixed prices for periods of 12 months.

Groundwood Products

Newsprint.   The Ngodwana mill produces newsprint. The worldwide market for newsprint is a low growth sector in the paper industry and was adversely affected during the early 1990s by substantial increased capacity and stagnating demand from, and cost-cutting measures imposed by, major newsprint end-users. Since 1999 consumption of newsprint in the United States has declined every year and as of calendar year 2005 was 21% lower than in 1999. Consumption in South Africa has however grown on the back of new titles and greater penetration of freesheets.

Coated Groundwood.   Coated groundwood paper, primarily used for magazines, catalogues and advertising materials, has been one of the fastest growing paper grades in the paper industry in recent years. The segment is also one of the most consolidated segments of the paper industry. Demand for coated magazine paper is influenced by magazine circulation and demand for advertising, and by the price difference relative to coated fine paper and to uncoated groundwood paper as substitution between these grades is possible, depending on quality requirements and price levels. Western European producers are the leading producers of coated groundwood globally. Rapid capacity expansion by leading producers in the early 1990s led to volatile pricing and the development of a significant export business from Europe, primarily to North America and Asia. Pricing development has been more stable in the past three years.

Pulp

We produce chemical cellulose, as well as a wide range of paper pulp grades, including groundwood pulp used in newsprint, unbleached kraft pulp, bleached kraft pulp and bleached sulphite pulp.

Paper Pulp.   The market pulp industry is highly competitive and is sensitive to changes in industry capacity, producer inventories, demand for paper and cyclical changes in the world economy. The market price per metric tonne of northern bleached softwood kraft (NBSK) pulp, a pulp principally used for the manufacture of fine paper, is a benchmark widely used in the industry for comparative purposes.

In line with the global economy, pulp demand was low throughout 2002 and 2003 and price fluctuations were driven primarily by supply management and the consequent impact on inventories. Accordingly, NBSK prices fluctuated considerably with a difference of $180 per metric tonne between a high of $560 and a low of $380 during fiscal 2002 and 2003. Higher demand during the first six months in fiscal 2004 caused pulp prices to trade at a higher base, with prices reaching a high of $655 and a low of $585. Lagging paper market demand in especially Asia and Europe caused pulp demand to decline during the latter part of 2004 and the beginning 2005. The pulp market however improved towards the end of 2005 and remained firm during 2006. As a result NBSK prices averaged $695 during 2006, a $50 premium compared to 2005, pulp prices continued to increase during 2006, trading at $770 in October 2006.

Market unbleached kraft pulp (UKP) is used in the production of packaging papers, including kraft linerboard and sack kraft and for certain niche products such as oil and air filters. The market price of UKP generally follows the price trends of other paper pulp grades.

Chemical cellulose.   The viscose staple fibre (VSF) industry which manufactures textile and non-woven fibres is the largest market segment for chemical cellulose. Prices of VSF grade chemical cellulose

14




generally follow those of the European NBSK. Over the past decade, the price of VSF grade chemical cellulose has ranged from a high of over $1,000 per metric tonne in the fourth quarter of 1995, to a low of $470 per metric tonne in the second quarter of 2002. During the past year, prices of VSF grade chemical cellulose were weaker at the beginning of the fiscal year but subsequently strengthened during the year, reaching a high in the fourth fiscal quarter of 2006 of $775 per metric tonne. This level is expected to continue in the short term. Prices of the higher purity chemical cellulose used in applications other than for VSF products tend to be more stable and are largely unrelated to the price of NBSK. The manufacture of cellulose acetate flake (used in the manufacture of acetate tow for cigarette filter tips) is the second largest application for chemical cellulose after viscose staple fibre. The market price for chemical cellulose used for cellulose acetate flake production has increased to levels above $900 per metric tonne and is set by competitive forces within this specific market.

Timber Products

Our timber products operations are concentrated in South Africa and consist of sawn timber for the building industry and components for the furniture and packaging industry.

Business Review

We are a leading global producer of coated fine paper and chemical cellulose.

We are a geographically diverse global paper company with significant manufacturing operations on three continents and sales in over 100 countries. During fiscal 2006, we had sales of $4,941 million, operating profit of $125 million and net loss of $4 million. We currently have a paper production capacity of approximately 5.1 million metric tonnes per annum, chemical cellulose production capacity of 600,000 metric tonnes per annum and paper pulp production capacity of 2.9 million metric tonnes per annum.

Our operations are currently structured around two business units (segments):

·       Sappi Fine Paper, which has fine paper and related paper pulp businesses in North America, Europe, South Africa and a 34% share in a Chinese joint venture; and

·       Sappi Forest Products, which produces commodity paper products (newsprint and packaging papers), pulp (including chemical cellulose and hardwood and softwood pulp) and forest and timber products (including pulpwood, sawlogs and sawn timber) for southern Africa and export markets. Sappi Forest Products is based in South Africa.

We also operate a trading network for the international marketing and distribution of our products outside our core operating regions of North America, Europe and southern Africa. Our trading operation, which we refer to as Sappi Trading, co-ordinates our shipping and other logistical functions for exports from southern Africa, Europe and North America. All sales and costs associated with Sappi Trading are allocated to the two business units.

The markets for our pulp and paper products are significantly affected by changes in industry capacity and output levels and by cyclical changes in the world economy. For further information,
see “—Information on the Company—Business Overview—The Pulp and Paper Industry” and
“Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects”.

15




The chart below represents the operational rather than the legal or ownership structure of Sappi as of November 2006. Units shown are not necessarily legal entities.

GRAPHIC

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our operations for, or as at the end of, the year ended September 2006.

 

 

Sappi Fine Paper

 

Sappi

 

Corporate

 

 

 

 

 

North
America

 

Europe

 

South
Africa

 

Forest
Products

 

And
Other

 

Total

 

 

 

(US$million, metric tonnes in thousands)

 

Sales volume (metric tonnes)

 

 

1,426

 

 

 

2,450

 

 

 

328

 

 

 

2,995

 

 

 

 

 

7,199

 

Sales

 

 

1,439

 

 

 

2,194

 

 

 

325

 

 

 

983

 

 

 

 

 

4,941

 

Operating profit

 

 

(16

)

 

 

(27

)

 

 

(6

)

 

 

175

 

 

 

(1

)

 

125

 

Operating assets(1)

 

 

1,334

 

 

 

2,196

 

 

 

196

 

 

 

1,407

 

 

 

86

 

 

5,219

 


(1)                Operating assets as defined in note 3 to our Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

16




SAPPI FINE PAPER

Overview

Sappi Fine Paper is the largest business sector of Sappi and contributed approximately 58% of our sales volumes in fiscal 2006. It has the capacity to produce 4.2 million metric tonnes of paper per annum at its 14 paper and related paper pulp mills located on three continents. Sappi Fine Paper manages its business in three principal regions: Sappi Fine Paper North America, Sappi Fine Paper Europe and Sappi Fine Paper South Africa.

The following chart sets forth certain information with respect to the mills and principal products of Sappi Fine Paper as of November 2006.

GRAPHIC

17




The following table sets forth approximate annual production capacity with respect to Sappi Fine Paper’s products.

 

 

Annual Production Capacity

 

 

 

North
America

 

Europe

 

South
Africa

 

Total

 

Production capacity (000s metric tonnes):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fine paper

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Coated(1)

 

 

1,260

 

 

 

2,605

 

 

 

80

 

 

3,945

 

Uncoated(2)

 

 

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

270

 

 

305

 

Total(3)

 

 

1,260

 

 

 

2,640

 

 

 

350

 

 

4,250

 

Paper pulp

 

 

900

 

 

 

680

 

 

 

160

 

 

1,740

 

Percentage paper pulp integration(4)

 

 

115

%

 

 

46

%

 

 

59

%(5)

 

65

%


(1)        Includes coated fine paper, coated groundwood paper and speciality papers.

(2)                Includes 30,000 metric tonnes of tissue manufactured at the Stanger mill in South Africa and 14,000 metric tonnes of kraft manufactured at the Enstra and Adamas mills in South Africa.

(3)                Excludes Chinese joint venture tons.

(4)                Includes pulp used internally and pulp sold.

(5)                Sappi Forest Products provides most of the additional pulp requirements of our South African fine paper operations.

Facilities and Operations

Sappi Fine Paper North America

Sappi Fine Paper North America is a leading producer and supplier of coated fine paper in the United States. Sappi Fine Paper North America also produces a variety of other fine paper, including coated speciality paper.

Sappi Fine Paper North America is headquartered in Boston, Massachusetts, and operates four paper mills in the United States in Somerset, Maine; Muskegon, Michigan; Westbrook, Maine; and Cloquet, Minnesota. These four mills have a total annual production capacity of approximately 1.3 million metric tonnes of paper and a capacity of approximately 0.9 million metric tonnes of paper pulp, which represents approximately 115% of Sappi Fine Paper North American pulp requirements. This significantly reduces Sappi Fine Paper North America’s exposure to fluctuations in the price of market pulp that are not driven by fluctuations in wood or other major raw material prices. In July 2005, we announced the closure of the Number 4 paper machine and the mothballing of the pulp mill at Muskegon, which had an annual production capacity of 105,000 metric tonnes of paper and 110,000 metric tonnes of pulp, respectively.

Coated paper accounted for approximately 76% of Sappi Fine Paper North America’s sales in fiscal 2006. Speciality paper and pulp accounted for the remaining 24%.

18




The following table sets forth sales by product for our North American operations, including contribution from the closed Muskegon assets in fiscal 2005.

 

 

Year Ended September

 

 

 

     2006     

 

   2005(1)   

 

Sales (US$ million)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Coated fine paper

 

 

1,094

 

 

 

1,148

 

 

Speciality paper and other(2)

 

 

345

 

 

 

310

 

 

Total

 

 

1,439

 

 

 

1,458

 

 


(1)                Includes sales for the Number 4 paper machine at Muskegon mill during fiscal 2005, which contributed $83 million of sales (68,300 metric tonnes).

(2)                Other consists primarily of market pulp.

For the year ended September 2006, Sappi Fine Paper North America sold approximately 1,426,000 metric tonnes of paper and pulp products. The following table sets forth, as of September 2006, the production capacity, number of paper machines, products, pulp integration and capital expenditures at each of our continuing mills in North America.

 

 

Mill Locations

 

 

 

Somerset

 

Muskegon

 

Westbrook

 

Cloquet

 

Production capacity (000s metric tonnes)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Paper

 

760

 

170

 

30

 

300

 

Market pulp

 

110

 

 

 

230

 

Number of paper machines

 

3

 

1

 

1

 

2

 

Products:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Paper

 

Coated
Fine Paper

 

Coated
Fine Paper

 

Casting
release paper

 

Coated
fine paper

 

Market pulp

 

Bleached
kraft pulp

 



 



 

Bleached
kraft pulp

 

Percentage pulp integration(1)

 

101

%

None

 

None

 

227

%

Capital expenditures (October 2004- September 2006) (US$million)

 

45

 

14

 

8

 

39

 


(1)                Includes pulp sold to third parties.

Cloquet.   The Cloquet mill has two paper machines and an offline coater, producing premium coated paper. The newest machine and coater were installed in 1988 and 1989, respectively. The pulp mill started up by the previous owner in 2000 at a total cost of $525 million is the newest pulp mill in the United States. The Cloquet paper machines have an annual production capacity of 300,000 metric tonnes of coated paper, and the state-of-the-art pulp mill has an annual production capacity of 410,000 metric tonnes.

Somerset.   The Somerset mill is a low-cost producer and has an annual production capacity of approximately 760,000 metric tonnes of paper and approximately 490,000 metric tonnes of pulp. The pulp mill was built in 1976, and Somerset became an integrated facility with the completion of Paper Machine 1 (PM1) in 1982. Each of the three paper machines at the Somerset facility employs Sappi Fine Paper North America’s patented on-line coating and finishing technology. This technology combines the three steps (paper making, coating and finishing) in the manufacture of coated paper into one continuous process. It is well suited for the lightweight coated papers produced at Somerset, because it allows the production of high gloss, consistent quality products at high speeds.

Muskegon.   The Muskegon mill consists of one continuing paper machine with an annual winder capacity of approximately 170,000 metric tonnes of text and cover weight coated paper using Sappi Fine

19




Paper North America’s on-line finishing technology. On July 28, 2005, we announced the closure of the Number 4 paper machine and the mothballing of the pulp mill at Muskegon, which had an annual production capacity of 105,000 metric tonnes of paper and 110,000 metric tons of pulp, respectively.

Westbrook.   Westbrook is Sappi Fine Paper North America’s original mill, with origins dating back to 1854. After the closure of one of its paper machines, the mill is primarily a speciality paper production facility with an annual capacity of 34,000 metric tonnes of coated fine and casting release paper. Its paper machine primarily produces base paper, which is coated off-line. Westbrook also has six speciality coaters, including four employing Sappi Fine Paper North America’s patented Ultracast® process. This process uses an electron beam to cure coating against a finely engraved steel roll, resulting in a virtually exact replication of the roll pattern. Sappi Fine Paper North America also has a research and development facility at Westbrook.

Sappi Fine Paper North America also operates a coated paper sheeting and distribution facility in Allentown, Pennsylvania, which was completed in 1994 and has an annual sheeting capacity of approximately 100,000 metric tonnes. The Allentown facility produces sheet paper primarily from the Cloquet mill.

Sappi Fine Paper Europe

Sappi Fine Paper is a leading producer of coated fine paper in Europe and a producer of commercial printing paper, coated groundwood paper and speciality paper used in packaging, labelling and laminating. Sappi Fine Paper Europe’s operations consist of seven mills with an aggregate annual production capacity of approximately 2.6 million metric tonnes of paper and 680,000 metric tonnes of related paper pulp. Sappi Fine Paper Europe’s headquarters are located in Brussels, Belgium.

The following table sets forth sales by product for our Sappi Fine Paper Europe operations, including contribution from the Nash mill until May 2006.

 

 

Year Ended
September

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

Sales (US$ million):(1)

 

 

 

 

 

Coated fine paper(2)

 

1,917

 

1,934

 

Uncoated fine paper

 

38

 

35

 

Speciality coated paper and other

 

239

 

270

 

Total

 

2,194

 

2,239

 


(1)                Includes sales for the Nash mill, which contributed $23 million of sales (16,442 metric tonnes) in fiscal 2006 and $42 million of sales (31,651 metric tonnes) in fiscal 2005.

(2)                Includes coated mechanical paper produced at Lanaken mill.

20




For the year ended September 2006, Sappi Fine Paper Europe sold approximately 2,450,000 metric tonnes of paper and pulp products. The following table sets forth the annual production capacity, number of paper machines, products, pulp integration and capital expenditures at each of Sappi Fine Paper Europe’s mills in Europe.

 

 

Mill Location

 

 

 

Germany

 

Austria

 

Netherlands

 

Belgium

 

United
Kingdom

 

 

 

Alfeld

 

Ehingen

 

Gratkorn

 

Maastricht

 

Nijmegen

 

Lanaken

 

Blackburn

 

Paper capacity (000s metric tonnes)

 

360

 

250

 

860

 

320

 

240

 

490

 

120

 

Number of paper machines

 

5

 

1

 

2

 

2

 

1

 

2

 

1

 

Products

 

Coated and
Uncoated
fine paper,
coated
specialities
paper

 

Coated fine
paper and
uncoated
fine paper


 

Coated fine
paper and
uncoated
fine
paper

 

Coated fine
paper
and coated
speciality
paper

 

Coated fine
paper




 

Coated
groundwood
paper and
coated fine
paper

 

Coated fine
paper




 

Percentage pulp integration(1)

 

60

%

79

%

58

%

None

 

None

 

53

%

None

 

Capital expenditures (October 2004 to September 2006) (US$ million)

 

19

 

94

 

67

 

22

 

7

 

24

 

3

 


(1)                Includes pulp sold to third parties.

Alfeld.   The Alfeld mill is located to the south of Hannover, Germany, and its origins date back to 1706. It has a paper production capacity of approximately 360,000 metric tonnes and a pulp production capacity of approximately 120,000 metric tonnes per annum. It produces coated fine and speciality paper products, which are mainly coated and have a variety of finishes. In 1995 a major rebuild of Alfeld’s Paper Machine 3 (PM3) was completed, enhancing the production of low substance flexible packaging papers. Alfeld’s PM3 employs a fully integrated concept of in-line coating and calendaring. The Alfeld mill produces totally chlorine-free (“TCF”) bleached sulphite pulp for its own use. In early 2002, a rebuild of Alfeld’s Paper Machine 2 (PM2) was completed. Alfeld spent approximately 50 million on the rebuild of PM2.

Ehingen.   The Ehingen mill is located to the southeast of Stuttgart, Germany and was acquired by Hannover Papier, predecessor entity to Sappi Alfeld, in 1987. A paper machine with a capacity of 180,000 metric tonnes per annum of coated fine paper was commissioned in July 1991, expanding Ehingen from a market pulp mill into an integrated pulp and paper mill. During 1994 the construction of a high-rack warehouse was completed. As a result of upgrades during 1994 and 1996, Ehingen’s total paper capacity was increased to 235,000 metric tonnes per annum. During August and September 2006 the paper machine was rebuilt and started up together with a new coater allowing a significant quality upgrade from single coated to triple coated fine paper with capacity of approximately 250,000 metric tons per annum. The pulp mill’s capacity is currently 135,000 metric tonnes per annum of TCF bleached sulphite pulp. The pulp is produced mainly for internal use, but is also sold to third party customers.

Gratkorn.   Paper has been produced at the Gratkorn, Austria site for more than four centuries. In course of a major expansion and renovation project the Gratkorn mill has been transformed from a five-machine mill into a two-machine mill. As a result of this project, Gratkorn now has an annual capacity

21




of 860,000 metric tonnes of triple-coated fine paper on just two paper machines and 250,000 metric tonnes of TCF chemical pulp. The machines at Gratkorn are among the largest and most efficient paper machines in the world. After extension of Gratkorn’s sheeting plant it also has an annual sheet finishing capacity of 800,000 metric tonnes.

Maastricht.   The Maastricht, Netherlands, mill has the capacity to produce over 320,000 metric tonnes per annum of coated fine paper and board and one-side coated paper used primarily for printing labels. Paper was first produced in Maastricht in 1852. Paper Machine 6 (PM6), which was installed at Maastricht in 1962, was first rebuilt in 1977. In 1996, PM6 underwent an extensive NLG224 million (102 million) rebuild. Maastricht specialises in high basis-weight triple-coated fine paper and board for graphics applications. PM6’s production complements that of the Gratkorn mill, which produces lower weight coated fine paper. Paper Machine 5 (PM5) at Maastricht was constructed in 1952. It underwent a rebuild in 1995, when it was reconfigured at a total cost, including the related upgrade of PM5’s entire line, of $13 million and a further upgrading in 2001. Following the reconfiguration, PM5 is utilised as a dedicated one-side coated speciality paper machine.

Nijmegen.   The Nijmegen, Netherlands mill began operations in 1955 and operates one paper machine. The mill specialises in the production of reels of coated fine paper for web offset printing. It also produces special coated fine paper for use in digital printing. The Nijmegen mill was upgraded in 2001. The upgrade increased its capacity by 40,000 metric tonnes per annum. With an annual production capacity of 240,000 metric tonnes, the Nijmegen mill is one of Europe’s largest suppliers of coated fine web offset paper. Rotary, or web, offset paper is used for commercial printing and publishing.

Lanaken.   The Lanaken, Belgium mill began commercial operations in 1966. It produces coated groundwood paper and lower weight wood-containing coated paper for offset printing. Coated groundwood paper for web offset presses is used primarily in the production of advertising materials and magazines. Lanaken’s two paper machines have a total annual capacity of 490,000 metric tonnes. One machine principally produces coated groundwood paper. It was completely overhauled in 1992, and an additional off-line coater was installed to provide triple coating capability. The other paper machine produces lower-weight wood-containing paper. Its capacity was increased to 285,000 metric tonnes per annum as a result of an optimisation process during the mid-1990s. Lanaken produces chemo-thermo-mechanical pulp (CTMP) in an integrated plant which has been extended to an annual capacity of 165,000 metric tonnes in 2003. This enables the mill to supply approximately 52% of its fibre requirements for paper production.

Blackburn.   The Blackburn, England mill was established in 1875, and has been a major producer of cast coated paper. The Blackburn mill was rebuilt completely in 1996. In May 2000, we sold our Astralux brand of cast coated papers produced at the mill to the Favini Group in Italy. The production of cast coated papers at the Blackburn mill ceased at the end of May 2000. The Blackburn mill will continue to focus on its main business, the production of coated fine paper in reels.

Nash.   The Nash mill in Hemel Hempstead, England operated as a paper mill since the 1800s and manufactured a variety of different grades of paper and board. The mill’s principal products were its branded and watermarked business papers, sold under the Croxley brand name, and its wide range of white and coloured boards, sold under the Vanguard brand name. The mill had the capacity to produce 30,000 metric tonnes of paper and board per annum. During May 2006 production at Nash mill was terminated and the production of several special grades has been transferred to facilities in Sappi Southern Africa.

22




Sappi Fine Paper South Africa

Sappi Fine Paper, through Sappi Fine Paper South Africa, produces and markets a wide range of coated, uncoated and speciality papers as well as crêped tissue and fibreboard in South Africa. Sappi Fine Paper South Africa is headquartered in Johannesburg. In the uncoated fine paper sector, Sappi Fine Paper operates one integrated pulp and uncoated paper mill, Enstra (located near Johannesburg). Stanger (located north of Durban) uses bagasse (the fibrous residue of sugar cane) to produce coated fine paper and tissue. A smaller paper mill, Adamas (located in Port Elizabeth) utilises pulp from our pulp mills and waste paper to produce speciality paper and some kraft products. Adamas now also produces branded printing paper and board, previously produced at the Nash mill in the United Kingdom. Sappi Fine Paper South Africa is the only producer of coated fine paper in South Africa.

The following table sets forth sales by product for our Sappi Fine Paper South Africa operations.

 

 

Year Ended
September

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

Sales (US$million):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Coated fine paper

 

 

61

 

 

 

67

 

 

Uncoated fine paper

 

 

191

 

 

 

188

 

 

Speciality paper and other

 

 

73

 

 

 

68

 

 

Total

 

 

325

 

 

 

323

 

 

 

The following table sets forth the annual paper production capacity, number of machines, products, pulp integration and capital expenditures at each of the mills of Sappi Fine Paper South Africa.

 

 

Mill Locations

 

 

 

Enstra

 

Stanger

 

Adamas

 

Paper capacity (000s metric tonnes)

 

200

 

110

 

40

 

Number of paper machines

 

3

 

2

 

2

 

Products

 

Uncoated fine
Paper

 

Coated fine
Paper, coated label
paper and tissue

 

Prestige stationary,
branded printing
paper and board,
envelope paper and
corrugated medium

 

Percentage pulp integration

 

63

%

77

%

None

 

Capital expenditures (October 2004-September 2006) (US$million)

 

16

 

17

 

8

 

 

Enstra.   The Enstra mill is the largest mill of Sappi Fine Paper South Africa, with a capacity of approximately 200,000 metric tonnes of elemental chlorine-free uncoated fine paper products per annum. In 1996, the Enstra mill completed a $96 million capital expenditure programme. This programme increased capacity by 50,000 metric tonnes per annum and has resulted in improved production efficiency and product quality. The product range at the Enstra mill caters to the business forms, scholastic, office, envelope and general printing industries. The mill has a capacity of 105,000 metric tonnes per annum of bleached hardwood pulp. The mill uses an oxygen bleaching process, which is a process that was developed at the mill in the 1970s and has since become the industry standard.

Stanger.   The Stanger mill commenced operations in 1976. It is unique in South Africa in that it uses bagasse as its basic raw material to produce high quality matte and gloss coated art papers and tissue. Art paper is used for high quality books and magazines, brochures, annual reports and labels. A $26 million upgrade of the mill’s paper machine was completed in August 2001, increasing the coated paper capacity to 80,000 metric tonnes per annum. The mill also produces 30,000 metric tonnes of tissue per annum and has

23




a capacity of 60,000 metric tonnes of bleached bagasse pulp per annum. A $11 million upgrade on the bleach plant in 2006 converted the mill to an elemental chlorine free bleaching process.

Adamas.   The Adamas mill is a small speciality mill. It produces high quality, uncoated prestige papers and boards in a variety of colours and embossing patterns. It also produces branded printing paper and board, previously produced at the Sappi Nash mill in the United Kingdom. The Adamas mill also produces packaging and industrial grades from waste paper. The mill has a capacity of 40,000 metric tonnes of paper per annum. This mill purchases wastepaper and bleached pulp from other mills in the Sappi Group.

Marketing and Distribution

Overview

The further integration of our international marketing and distribution efforts is one of our main strategic objectives. In order to attain this objective, we have adopted a system whereby the marketing and distribution of our fine paper products is performed by our operating business in the respective region, supplemented by a trading network outside these core regions.

Our trading network, Sappi Trading, co-ordinates the international marketing and distribution of our fine paper products outside our core regions. Sappi Trading operates in Hong Kong (China), Sydney (Australia), Sao Paulo (Brazil), Shanghai (China), Konstanz (Germany), Nairobi (Kenya), Mexico City (Mexico), Singapore, Johannesburg and Durban (South Africa), Zurich (Switzerland), Taipei (Taiwan), New York (United States). It manages a network of agents around the world handling exports to over 100 countries. Sappi Trading also manages the export logistics of the southern African and United States operations.

We sell the vast majority of our coated and uncoated fine paper through merchants. We also sell paper directly to converters. We generally deliver products sold to converters from the mill or via a distribution warehouse. Electronic business-to-business interaction has become more important to us, and we will continue to focus on increasing service and efficiency through business-to-business interaction. The systems and structures have been put in place to actively continue these efforts.

Merchants are authorised to distribute Sappi Fine Paper’s products by geographic area and to carry competitors’ product lines to cover all segments of the market. Merchants perform numerous functions, including holding inventory, sales promotion and marketing, taking credit risk on sales and delivery, and distribution of the products. Merchants buy paper from Sappi Fine Paper and resell it, placing a mark-up on their purchase price. A merchant may either deliver to the customer from its own stock or arrange for delivery directly from the mill or one of Sappi Fine Paper distribution warehouses.

Sappi Fine Paper North America

Sappi Fine Paper North America’s coated paper sales structure is organised in 6 regions with sales representatives located in all major market areas, and 6 technical representatives located in different regions in North America supporting the sales effort.

Approximately 6% of Sappi Fine Paper North America’s coated fine paper sales for fiscal 2006 were outside North America. Sappi Fine Paper North America’s sales outside North America are handled in southern Africa by Sappi Fine Paper South Africa, in Europe by Sappi Fine Paper Europe and by Sappi Trading outside those regions.

In 2006, the Sappi Fine Paper North America sales force sold coated graphic paper to approximately 350 merchant distribution locations. By selling exclusively through merchant channels, Sappi Fine Paper North America believes it has created a loyal group of merchant customers. Rather than competing with

24




merchant distributors, the Sappi Fine Paper North America sales force focuses on generating demand with key printers, publishers and end users, which are then serviced by the merchant distributors.

In the United States, we market speciality paper through a dedicated speciality paper sales team directly to customers. Sappi Fine Paper North America also sells paper directly to large users of coated technical products utilising a dedicated sales team. The special end-use requirements often require a paper made to fit the customer’s specific application.

Sappi Fine Paper Europe

As part of the formation of Sappi Fine Paper in April 1998, the sales and marketing operations of Sappi Fine Paper Europe were reorganised into graphic paper, comprising printing and writing paper, and speciality paper, comprising paper for labelling, packaging and other speciality uses.

The sales division of the graphic paper unit is responsible for all sales of coated fine and groundwood papers in Europe. This includes European sales on behalf of Sappi Fine Paper North America and Sappi Fine Paper South Africa. It is also responsible for export sales to markets outside Europe. Sappi Fine Paper Europe’s graphic products are distributed primarily by merchants. The export sales office manages exports to markets outside Europe through Sappi Trading, Sappi Fine Paper North America and Sappi Fine Paper South Africa.

Sappi Fine Paper Europe’s centralised logistics department was formed in early 1998. It is responsible for the development and optimisation of the logistics of the graphic and speciality papers business units and the re-engineering of the supply chain.

Sappi Fine Paper South Africa

Sappi Fine Paper South Africa has a marketing and sales and technical support team based in four major centres in South Africa and one in the United Kingdom (Nash). Approximately 22% of the sales of Sappi Fine Paper South Africa in fiscal 2006 were outside of southern Africa to markets in Europe, Africa, Asia and North and Latin America. The products of Sappi Fine Paper South Africa are distributed in southern Africa primarily through merchants. In addition, some large volume orders are sold directly to printers and converters.

Customers

Sappi Fine Paper sells its products to a large number of customers, many of whom have long-standing relationships with us. These customers include merchants, converters and other direct consumers.

The most significant merchant customers, based on sales during fiscal 2006, include:

North America:   xpedx (a division of International Paper Company), Unisource Worldwide, Inc. (a majority interest of which is owned by Bain Capital Corporation), Lindenmeyr Paper Company (owned by Central National Gottesman Inc.) and a select number of regionally strong merchants;

Europe:   PaperlinX, Antalis (owned by Sequana Capital), IGEPA group and Papyrus.

Southern Africa:   Antalis SA (Pty) Limited, Peters Papers and Finwood Papers (a division of Buhrmann Paper Merchant Division).

Only one of these merchant distributors, PaperlinX, represented more than 10% of our total sales during fiscal 2006.

Sappi Fine Paper’s converter customers include both multinational and regional converters. The most significant converter customers, based on sales during fiscal 2006, include: VanLeer, Fasson, Jackstadt, VAW Flexible Packaging, Alcan, UCB Transpac, Lawson Mardon Packaging and Perstop. These

25




customers use our products in the production of pressure sensitive and other types of labels as well as flexible packaging. Nampak, the CTP Group of companies, Paarl Media Lithotech, Merpak and Freedom Stationery and Silvery are also significant converter customers. These companies use our products in the production of packaging products. No converter customer, however, represented more than 10% of our total sales during fiscal 2006.

Merchant sales constitute the majority of our fine paper sales. Pricing of fine paper products is generally subject to change upon notice of 30 days with longer notice periods (typically 3 to 6 months) for some large end-use customers. Sales to converters may be subject to longer notice periods, which would generally not exceed 12 months. We have long-standing relationships with most of our customers, with volume and pricing generally agreed on a quarterly basis.

Competition

Overview

Although the markets for pulp and paper have regional characteristics, they are highly competitive international markets involving a large number of producers located around the world.

Pulp and paper are subject to relatively low tariff protection in major markets, with existing tariff protections being further reduced under the World Trade Organization (“WTO”). In South Africa, for example, no tariffs are imposed on imports of pulp and newsprint as well as most uncoated and coated woodfree products, with the exception of A4 office paper.

Competition in markets for our products is primarily based on price, quality, service, breadth of product line, product innovation and sales and distribution support. The speciality paper market puts greater emphasis on product innovation and quality as well as technical considerations. The packaging paper and newsprint markets place more emphasis on price.

In Europe and North America production capacity closures of more than one million metric tonnes of coated fine paper and 800,000 metric tonnes of mechanical coated paper has been announced during 2005 and 2006 by the industry of which 15% was by Sappi. Of these announcements, approximately 900,000 metric tonnes of coated fine paper and 520,000 metric tonnes of mechanical coated paper closures were realised at the end of fiscal 2006.

North America

The major domestic coated fine paper producers which compete with Sappi Fine Paper in North America are NewPage (formerly part of MeadWestvaco and now owned by Cerberus), Stora Enso and Verso Paper (formerly part of International Paper Company and now owned by an affiliate of Apollo Management L.P.). In addition, approximately 31% of US consumption is supplied by foreign producers, primarily Asian and European.

Europe

The market leaders in coated fine paper production in Europe are Sappi, M-real, Stora Enso, Burgo-Marchi Group, UPM-Kymmene and CVC Partners (Lecta).

Southern Africa

Mondi Paper Company Limited is a significant competitor of Sappi Fine Paper in southern Africa in the uncoated fine paper sector. Coated fine paper imports, primarily from Europe and Asia, have gained an increased share of the southern African fine paper market, after the lifting of sanctions and boycotts against South Africa in the early 1990s and as a result of declining import duties, which were removed in 2006. A substantial part of the imports originate from Sappi Fine Paper’s European mills.

26




SAPPI FOREST PRODUCTS

Overview

Sappi Forest Products, headquartered in Johannesburg, South Africa, is an integrated pulp, packaging paper and timber products producer. Sappi Forest Products operates five pulp and paper mills and one sawmill and is managed in three operating divisions: Sappi Saiccor, Sappi Kraft and Sappi Forests.

Sappi Forest Products is a major pulp and paper producer in Africa with a production capacity of 830,000 metric tonnes of paper, 600,000 metric tonnes of chemical cellulose and 1,090,000 metric tonnes of paper pulp per annum. It is also a major timber grower and manages approximately 546,000 hectares of forestland, of which, approximately 398,000 hectares is planted with primarily pine and eucalyptus. Approximately 70% of our southern African pulpwood and sawlog requirements are from our own plantations.

The following chart sets forth certain information with respect to the mills and principal products of Sappi Forest Products as of November 2006.

GRAPHIC

27




The following table sets forth sales by product for Sappi Forest Products’ operations:

 

 

Year Ended
September

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

Sales (US$million):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commodity paper products(1)

 

 

410

 

 

 

430

 

 

Chemical cellulose

 

 

384

 

 

 

360

 

 

Paper pulp(2)

 

 

102

 

 

 

118

 

 

Timber and timber products

 

 

87

 

 

 

90

 

 

Total

 

 

983

 

 

 

998

 

 


(1)                Includes newsprint and packaging products.

(2)                Excludes sales related to paper pulp produced by Sappi Fine Paper facilities.

Sappi Forest Products sold approximately 2,995,000 metric tonnes of paper, pulp and forest products during the year ended September 2006.

The following table sets forth annual production capacity with respect to Sappi Forest Products’ products:

Production capacity (000s metric tonnes):

 

 

 

Paper products

 

 

 

Packaging paper

 

690

 

Newsprint

 

140

 

Total

 

830

 

Pulp

 

 

 

Chemical cellulose

 

600

 

Paper pulp(1)

 

1,090

 

Total

 

1,690

 

Timber products

 

41

(2)

Percentage paper pulp integration

 

142

%(3)


(1)                Excludes production capacity related to paper pulp produced by Sappi Fine Paper facilities.

(2)                Represents 78,000 cubic metres.

(3)                Excludes pulp produced by Sappi Saiccor. Our southern African operations are net sellers of pulp.

Facilities and Operations

Sappi Saiccor

Sappi Saiccor was established in 1951 and acquired by us in 1988. It is a low-cost producer and the world’s largest single producer of chemical cellulose. In 1995, we completed an approximately $221 million expansion project to increase capacity by one third to approximately 600,000 metric tonnes per annum. Capital expenditures during the period from October 2004 to September 2006 were approximately $86 million. During 2006 most of the equipment for the modernisation project to de-bottleneck production at Sappi Saiccor was commissioned ,at an approximate cost of $40 million.

In August 2006 Sappi announced a $460 million expansion project to increase Sappi Saiccor’s chemical cellulose capacity by a net 225,000 metric tonnes per annum. Construction commenced in the same month with commissioning scheduled for the first half of 2008. Capital expenditure for the project during fiscal 2006 amounted to approximately $32 million.

28




Virtually all of Sappi Saiccor’s chemical cellulose production is exported from South Africa and marketed and distributed internationally by Sappi Trading. The pulp we principally produce is the type used in the manufacture of a variety of cellulose products, including viscose staple fibres (rayon) and solvent spun fibres (lyocell). Both viscose and lyocell fibres are used in the manufacture of fashion and decorating textiles which have a soft, natural feel and excellent breathing properties. Given their particularly high absorbency properties, these fibres are also used in non-woven applications in the healthcare, industrial and disposable product markets. Chemical cellulose is also used in the manufacture of acetate flake, which is used in products such as filter tow for cigarette filters, and high quality yarns and fabrics. It is also used to manufacture microcrystalline cellulose, which is used as a rheological modifier in the food industry, a tableting agent in the pharmaceutical industry, and in various ethers for the chemical industry. It is also used to manufacture cellophane film for use in a variety of packaging applications.

The mill’s timber consumption is comprised primarily of eucalyptus hardwoods. These fast growing trees are grown in relatively close proximity to the mill, which contributes to Sappi Saiccor’s position as a low cost producer of chemical cellulose.

Sappi Kraft

Based upon volume sold in fiscal 2006, Sappi Kraft supplies approximately 55% of South Africa’s packaging paper requirements, other than cartonboard, from its Ngodwana, Tugela and Cape Kraft mills.

The following chart sets forth the annual paper production capacity, number of machines, products, pulp integration and capital expenditures at each of Sappi Kraft’s mills in South Africa.

 

 

Mill Locations in South Africa

 

 

Ngodwana

 

Tugela

 

Cape Kraft

Paper capacity (000s metric tonnes)

 

380

 

390

 

60

Number of paper machines

 

2

 

4

 

1

Products

 

Newsprint, kraft linerboard, white top linerboard, plasterboard and bleached and unbleached market pulp

 

Kraft linerboard, corrugating medium, sackkraft and machine glazed kraft

 

Linerboard, corrugating medium and coated products

Percentage pulp integration(1)

 

134%

 

100%

 

None(2)

Capital expenditures (October 2004-September 2006) (US$million)

 

48

 

28

 

4


(1)                Excludes “pulp” produced from recycled paper by the respective plants at the mills.

(2)                Cape Kraft’s raw material requirements are met from waste fibre supplied by Sappi Waste Paper.

Ngodwana.   Ngodwana was expanded between 1981 and 1985 from an unbleached kraft mill with a capacity of 100,000 metric tonnes per annum to a modernised mill with a capacity of approximately 240,000 metric tonnes of linerboard and 140,000 metric tonnes of newsprint per annum. The linerboard machine also produces White Top Liner (included in total linerboard capacity). The mill produces nearly 410,000 metric tonnes of bleached and unbleached pulp and 100,000 metric tonnes of groundwood pulp annually.

29




The mill markets paper and excess pulp locally and in the export market. The mill is a large consumer of waste paper, which is used in the production of packaging paper. In 1995 the mill commissioned the world’s first ozone bleaching plant, thus eliminating the use of elemental chlorine and significantly reducing mill effluent.

Tugela.   Tugela is Sappi Kraft’s largest integrated unbleached kraft mill, with a capacity of approximately 390,000 metric tonnes of packaging paper per annum. The mill supplies kraft linerboard and corrugating medium and most of South Africa’s requirements for sackkraft, used in the production of multiwall sacks. Machine glazed packaging papers are also produced at the mill. The Kraft Linerboard machine was upgraded in 1996 at a cost of approximately $81 million and the Sack Kraft machine and components of the pulp plant were upgraded in 2003/4 at a cost of approximately $50 million. It is the only mill in South Africa to offer high performance containerboard packaging and extensible Sack Kraft.

Cape Kraft.   The Cape Kraft mill was built during 1980, commissioned in 1981 and upgraded in 1995. The mill presently has a capacity of 60,000 metric tonnes of linerboard and corrugating medium per annum, which it sells principally to the corrugating industry in the Western Cape. The mill uses approximately 67,000 metric tonnes per annum of waste paper to produce 60,000 metric tonnes per annum of paper. The fact that the mill’s product is produced from 100% recycled paper can provide a competitive edge in our markets, which are becoming increasingly environmentally aware.

Usutu Pulp.   Usutu Pulp began production in 1961 and was upgraded during 1995 and 1996 at a cost of approximately $69 million. During the period from October 2002 to September 2006, an additional $23 million was invested. The mill has a capacity of 230,000 metric tonnes of unbleached kraft pulp and supplies approximately 6% of the world market for unbleached market kraft pulp (based upon tonnes sold in 2006). The mill is situated in Swaziland and is surrounded by 70,000 hectares of forestlands, which it leases from the Swazi nation under a long-term lease extendable to 2089. The location of these forestlands, combined with the very compact areas the trees are planted on, provides for low wood delivery costs. See “—Supply Requirements—Southern Africa—Wood” for more information.

Sappi Kraft also manages Sappi Waste Paper. Sappi Waste Paper collected approximately 166,000 metric tonnes of waste paper in fiscal 2006. Most of the waste paper collected was supplied to our mills. Waste represents approximately 30% of the fibre requirements of our packaging grades.

Sappi Forests

Sappi Forests, together with Usutu Forests, supplies or procures all of Sappi Forest Products’ and Sappi Fine Paper South Africa’s domestic pulpwood requirements of approximately 6 million metric tonnes per annum. 88% of the pulpwood comes from owned or contracted sources. Together they manage or control, through contracts, about 546,000 hectares of land situated in: Mpumalanga (46%), KwaZulu-Natal (41%) and Swaziland (13%). Securing raw material for the future is a vital element in the long-term planning of Sappi Forest Products’ business. Sappi Forests has an extensive research operation which concentrates on programmes to improve the yield per hectare of forestland used. Significant progress has been made in developing faster-growing trees with enhanced fibre yields. Sophisticated nurseries have been developed to accommodate the seedling requirements of Sappi Forest Products’ operations. Approximately 50 million seedlings are grown annually at Sappi Forests’ and Usutu Forests nurseries.

Sappi Forests and Usutu Forests have invested approximately $89 million in maintaining, acquiring and expanding plantations and other capital expenditure projects in the period from October 2004 to September 2006.

The sawmill division operates one mill with a total production capacity of 78,000 cubic metres per annum of structural timber for the building industry and components for the furniture and packaging industry.

30




Marketing and Distribution

Overview

Each of Sappi Forest Products’ divisions with major South African markets has its own marketing and sales team. Sappi Trading manages the exports of the Sappi Forest Products’ divisions, in particular the marketing and distribution of the market pulp produced at Saiccor and Usutu.

Customers

Sappi Forest Products sells its products to a large number of customers, including merchants, converters, printers and other direct customers, many of whom have long-standing relations with us.

The most significant converter customers, based on sales in fiscal 2006, include: The CTP Group and Media 24, which uses Sappi Forest Products’ newsprint; Nampak Limited; Mondipak; APL (Pty) Ltd and Houers Co-operative. A significant number of the viscose staple fibre manufacturers around the world purchase chemical cellulose from Sappi Forest Products, including large groups such as the Aditya Birla Group and the Lenzing Group. Most of our chemical cellulose sales contracts are multi-year contracts with pricing generally based on a formula linked to the NBSK price and reset on a quarterly basis.

Approximately 53% of the total sales of Sappi Forest Products during fiscal 2006 consisted of export sales.

Competition

Mondi Paper Company Limited is a significant competitor in most of the markets in which Sappi Forest Products operates in southern Africa. In recent years the regional recycled containerboard capacity has increased by approximately 60,000 metric tonnes. Due to exchange rate fluctuations a number of offshore containerboard suppliers have also entered the southern African packaging markets. In respect of chemical cellulose, competitors include Borregaard ChemCell Atisholz, Tembec Inc., Western Pulp Inc., Buckeye Technologies Inc. and Rayonier Inc.

SUPPLY REQUIREMENTS

Overview

The principal supply requirements for the manufacture of our products are wood, pulp, energy and chemicals. Large amounts of water are also required for the manufacture of pulp and paper products. See “—Environmental and Safety Matters—Environmental Matters—South Africa”. We believe that we have adequate sources of these and other raw materials and supplies necessary for the manufacture of pulp and paper for the foreseeable future.

North America

Wood

In connection with the 1998 sale of our US timberlands to Plum Creek Timber Company L.P., Sappi Fine Paper North America and Plum Creek are parties to a fibre supply agreement with an initial term expiring in December 2023 and with three five-year renewal options. Under the supply agreement, Sappi Fine Paper North America is required to purchase from Plum Creek and Plum Creek is required to sell to Sappi Fine Paper North America a guaranteed annual minimum of 318,000 metric tonnes of hardwood pulpwood, or approximately 10% of Sappi Fine Paper North America’s annual requirements, at prices calculated based on a formula tied to market prices. Sappi Fine Paper North America has the option to purchase additional quantities of hardwood pulpwood harvested from these timberlands at prices generally higher than the ones paid for the guaranteed quantities. The remainder of Sappi Fine Paper North America’s wood requirements is met through market purchases.

31




Pulp

Sappi Fine Paper North America’s mills, taken together, are fully integrated on an economic basis with respect to hardwood pulp usage. Mills that are not fully integrated make market purchases, and mills that produce more pulp than they utilise make market sales.

Sappi Fine Paper North America currently offers recycled products in most coated grade lines. It uses reprocessed fibres recovered from its existing operations and purchases de-inked post consumer waste pulp to meet market requirements for recycled products.

Sappi Fine Paper North America manufactures, in aggregate, pulp and fibre equivalent to approximately 115% of its own pulp and fibre requirements. This vertical integration reduces its exposure to fluctuations in the market price for pulp.

Energy Requirements

Sappi Fine Paper North America’s energy requirements are satisfied through wood and by-products derived from the pulping process, coal, oil, purchased electricity, purchased steam, natural gas and other sources.

A substantial majority of Sappi Fine Paper North America’s electricity requirements are satisfied through its own electricity generation or co-generation agreements. In July 2002, Sappi Fine Paper North America entered a series of contracts with Central Maine Power (“CMP”) and a third party energy provider. The contracts provide that Somerset sell all of its excess generated power to CMP and purchase all of its power needs beyond its generation capacity from the third party provider, each at market rates. The agreements expire in 2012. Sappi Fine Paper North America also sells excess electricity it co-generates at the Westbrook mill.

The Cloquet mill, is supplied partly with internally generated electricity. The Cloquet mill includes a hydroelectric facility that is licensed by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission. In addition to generating a portion of its own power, the Cloquet mill has entered into a take-or-pay agreement which terminates in 2008, to purchase a portion of its power from Minnesota Power.

Chemicals

Major chemicals used by Sappi Fine Paper North America include clays, carbonates, latices and plastic pigments, titanium dioxide, caustic soda, other pulping and bleaching chemicals and chemicals for the specialty business. Sappi Fine Paper North America purchases these chemicals from a variety of suppliers. There are generally adequate sources of supply, and in no case is Sappi Fine Paper North America dependent upon a sole source of supply. However, chemical supplies have tightened due to the rationalization of capacity over the last several years. Most of these chemicals are subject to price fluctuations based upon a number of factors, including energy and crude oil prices and transportation costs, and commodity demand vs. supply imbalances.

Europe

Wood

Sappi Fine Paper Europe purchases approximately 2,500,000 cubic metres of pulpwood per annum for its pulp mills. The wood is purchased both on contract and in the open market. Wood supply contracts are fixed for one year in terms of volumes. Price agreements range from three months for wood chips to one year for logwood.

32




The wood logs and wood chips used in the Gratkorn TCF pulp mill are purchased through the Papierholz Austria GmbH joint venture arrangement amongst Sappi, the Norske Skog Bruck mill and the Frantschach Group. We hold a 42.5% ownership interest in Papierholz.

The wood chips used in the Lanaken CTMP plant are purchased through Sapin S.A. (“Sapin”), a 50%-50% joint venture company operated together with Norske Skog. Sapin was initially formed on November 25, 1986, pursuant to a joint venture agreement between Sappi Lanaken and Parenco. Under the agreement, as amended in September 2003, the parties agree to utilise Sapin exclusively to furnish the entire wood requirements of the joint venture partners’ affiliated mills.

Pulp

Sappi Fine Paper Europe produces approximately 45% of its pulp requirements. The remainder is supplied through open market purchases and, to a lesser extent, supply agreements.

Energy Requirements

Sappi Fine Paper Europe’s energy requirements are generally met by internally generated sources and purchases of electricity, gas and, to a lesser extent, oil. In Germany, Sappi Fine Paper Europe internally generates approximately 65% of the electricity used at its mills. Approximately 45% of the energy requirements for the Gratkorn mill are internally generated. The remaining requirements are met by purchasing electricity, oil, coal and gas in accordance with various supply agreements.

Substantially all of the electricity requirements of the Maastricht mill are satisfied by a 60 megawatt combined heat/power plant operated through a joint venture with Essent. All surplus electrical energy is supplied to the public electricity grid. We hold an ownership interest of 50% in the VOF Warmte/Kracht Maastricht Mill, the joint venture, which was formed in 1992, and are obligated to purchase all of the steam and electricity requirements of the Maastricht mill from the joint venture facility under a long-term supply agreement. Essent purchases the surplus electrical energy of the VOF. The Maastricht mill also purchases natural gas pursuant to a contract with a natural gas supplier.

Nijmegen mill’s electricity requirements are largely satisfied by its co-generation power plant. The Nijmegen mill additionally purchases natural gas from Gasunie, a local supplier.

Lanaken mill’s energy requirements are generally met by purchases of natural gas and electricity. Certain of the energy requirements of the Lanaken mill are furnished by a combined heat and power unit constructed and operated pursuant to the Albertcentrale N.V. joint venture arrangement between Sappi, the Belgian power company Electrabel and Rabo Energy. Sappi holds a 49% ownership interest in the Albertcentrale facility and is obligated to purchase 85% of the plant’s energy requirements from the joint venture facility under a long-term supply agreement. The facility commenced operations in April 1997.

Chemicals

Major chemicals used by Sappi Fine Paper Europe include clays, carbonates, latexes and starches and chemicals for the specialty business. Sappi Fine Paper Europe purchases most of these chemicals from a portfolio of suppliers, and in only one case is Sappi Fine Paper Europe dependent on a sole source of supply. There are generally adequate sources of supply in the market. Most of these chemicals are subject to price fluctuations based upon a number of factors, including energy and crude oil prices and transportation costs, and commodity demand vs. supply imbalances.

Southern Africa

Wood

Sappi Forest Products manages approximately 546,000 hectares of forestland in southern Africa, of which approximately 398,000 hectares are forested, which produces approximately 83% of the timber

33




required for its operations. Sappi Forests owns approximately 372,000 hectares and manages the majority of the remainder. Usutu Pulp owns 54,000 hectares of pine on 70,000 hectares of land that is leased from the Swazi nation on a long-term lease, which we have the option to extend until 2089. Sappi Forests presently has supply contracts for the timber from approximately 95,000 hectares of plantations planted by small growers with our technical and financial support. The remaining timber requirements are met through a number of significant medium-term contracts and open market purchases.

Pulp

Sappi Forest Products and Sappi Fine Paper South Africa in aggregate manufacture all of the pulp required in their respective papermaking operations, except minimal quantities of specialised pulps, and together are a net seller of bleached and unbleached paper pulp. This vertical integration substantially reduces our exposure to fluctuations in the market price for pulp.

Energy Requirements

Our energy requirements in southern Africa are met principally by purchases of coal and electricity supplemented by purchases of fuel oil and gas. Much of the energy demand is met by internally generated biomass and spent liquors from the pulping process. Electricity is supplied by Eskom, the state-owned electricity company, or generated internally. The electricity generated by our plants in southern Africa is equivalent to approximately 43% of our total electricity requirements. Coal, both for steam raising and gas production, and oil are purchased on contract.

Chemicals

Major chemicals used by Sappi Forest Products and Sappi Fine Paper South Africa include caustic soda, calcium carbonates, latexes and starches and sulphur and sulphuric acid. Sappi Forest Products and Sappi Fine Paper South Africa purchase these chemicals from a variety of South African and overseas suppliers. There are generally adequate sources of supply, and in only one case is Sappi Fine Paper South Africa dependent upon a sole source of supply. Most of these chemicals are subject to price fluctuations based upon a number of factors, including energy and crude oil prices and transportation costs, and commodity demand vs. supply imbalances.

ENVIRONMENTAL AND SAFETY MATTERS

Environmental Matters

We are subject to a wide range of environmental laws and regulations in the various jurisdictions in which we operate, and these laws and regulations have tended to become more stringent over time. Environmental compliance is an increasingly important consideration in our businesses, and we expect to continue to incur significant capital expenditures and operational and maintenance costs related to reductions in air emissions (including “greenhouse gases”), wastewater discharges and waste management. We constantly monitor the potential for changes in the laws regulating air emissions and other pollution control and take actions with respect to our operations accordingly. See note 34 to our Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for more information.

North America

Sappi Fine Paper North America is subject to stringent environmental laws in the United States. These laws include the Federal Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act and their respective state counterparts. In December 2003, Sappi Fine Paper North America received a notice of violation and a finding of violation from the US Environmental Protection Agency, alleging violations of the Clean Air Act’s new source performance standards in connection with repairs performed at the Muskegon pulp mill in the early 1990s. In July 2005, Sappi announced its decision to

34




cease operations at the Muskegon pulp mill. In September 2006 Sappi Fine Paper North America entered into a consent decree with the US Environmental Protection Agency, in which Sappi (i) agreed to more stringent permit requirements should the pulp mill ever start up again and (ii) paid a fine of $586,106.

The US is a non-signatory of the Kyoto Protocol, but we closely monitor State and Federal Greenhouse Gas (“GHG”) initiatives in anticipation of potential effects, if any, on our operations.

Europe

Our European facilities are subject to extensive environmental regulation in the various countries in which they operate. For example:

·  In Germany, where two Sappi Fine Paper Europe mills are located, the Federal Emission Control Act, the Federal Water Act and the Federal Ground Act regulate air emissions, wastewater discharges and liability for contaminated sites, respectively.

·  In the Netherlands, where two Sappi Fine Paper Europe mills are located, paper manufacturers, including Sappi, have made an agreement with the national government to improve environmental management and further limit emissions.

·  At our Nijmegen mill, we are subject to a potential damage charge of approximately $264,000 (euro 208,000), representing the alleged cost of cleaning up contaminated pulp from the local sewer system. The proposed charge relates to a discharge of pulp from our Nijmegen mill in 2000. We are pursuing a settlement of this matter with the local authorities.

·  In Austria and Belgium, water emissions and waste disposal requirements similar to those in Germany, the United Kingdom and the Netherlands apply to our facilities.

·  In the United Kingdom, we received the required permits under the Pollution Prevention and Control Regulations, which were enacted to implement the EC Directive 96/61/EC on Integrated Pollution Prevention and Control.

·  The Sappi Fine Paper Europe organisation is certified according to the international standard of environmental management systems (ISO 14001), and to the European EMAS (Eco-Management and Audit Scheme). All of our European mills publish their environmental reports on an annual basis.

·  The countries within which we operate in Europe are all signatories of the Kyoto Protocol and we have developed a GHG strategy in line with this protocol. Our European mills have been set CO2 emission limits for the allocation period 2005 to 2007. Based on an analysis of our mill production by a Sappi Fine Paper Europe team, we believe that it is unlikely our European mills will exceed their CO2 emission limits. Consequently we sold 90,000 surplus CO2 credits in 2005 and 208,650 in 2006 on the European Climate Exchange.

South Africa

The primary South African environmental laws affecting our operations are:

·  The National Water Act, addresses the water shortages in South Africa in a manner that we believe will not significantly impact our manufacturing and forestry operations. Abstraction of water, discharge of effluent and management of forests are all regulated under a license system in which first allocations go to, among other things, human consumption, before allocations are made to agriculture, industry and forestry. All water use is subject to a charge. We expect to incur additional costs over the next decade to comply with the National Water Act, but are unable to quantify these at this time.

35




·       The National Environmental Management Act, adopted the philosophy of integrated environmental management, which provides for the integration of environmental considerations into all stages of any development process. The Act includes a number of significant principles, such as private prosecution of companies in the interest of the protection of the environment and the establishment of aggressive waste reduction goals. We expect to incur additional costs to comply with the National Environmental Management Act, which will not be material.

·       The National Environmental Management Act (“Air Quality Act”) was promulgated in the beginning of 2005. The Air Quality Act will eventually replace the 1965 Atmospheric Pollution Prevention Act and will impose stringent compliance standards on our operations when implemented, including those related to carbon dioxide and sulphur dioxide air emissions. Limited sections of the Act were implemented in September 2005. We expect to incur additional costs to comply with the Air Quality Act, which we believe will not be material.

·       South Africa is also a signatory of the Kyoto Protocol. We are identifying and initiating Clean Development Mechanism projects, as defined in the Kyoto Protocol, at a number of our South African mills.

The requirements under these statutes may result in additional expenditures and operational constraints. Although we are in frequent contact with regulatory authorities during the phasing in of the legislation, we are uncertain as to the ultimate effect on our operations. Our current assessment of the legislation is that any compliance expenditures or operational constraints, will not be material to our financial condition.

Safety Matters

The forestry, timber and pulp and paper industries involve inherently hazardous activities including, among other things, the operation of heavy machinery. Nearly all countries in which we have significant manufacturing operations including South Africa, the United States and European countries, regulate health and safety in the workplace. We actively seek to reduce the frequency of accidents in our workplaces and to improve health and safety conditions by extensive training and educational programmes.

The Sappi global safety improvement initiative, Project Zero, has been in operation for more than a year and is now a mature business initiative accepted throughout the Sappi Group. Project Zero symbolises the goal of no injuries and involves standardising behaviour-based safety programmes throughout the Sappi Group and focusing on the particular activities which have resulted in injuries or fatalities.

In the United States, Sappi Fine Paper North America must comply with a number of federal and state regulations regarding health and safety in the workplace. The most important of these regulations is the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act.

In Europe, we participate in various governmental worker accident and occupational health insurance programmes. In Belgium, and The Netherlands, these programmes are funded by mandatory contributions by employers and employees. In Germany, we participate in a similar mandatory contribution scheme controlled by the German government, which permits employer and employee participation in its administration. In Austria and the United Kingdom, employee liability insurance is funded by the employer. The safety and health issues are integrated into the management systems and all mills of Sappi Fine Paper Europe comply with health and safety legislation and are OHSAS 18001 certified.

In South Africa, we must comply with the Occupational Health and Safety Act (Number 85 of 1993) and related regulations. Our South African businesses have instituted measurement for evaluating compliance with this legislation. Of the nine mills / business units, seven are OHSAS 18001 certified.

36




ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE

Sappi Limited is the ultimate holding company of the Sappi Group. The following table sets forth the more significant subsidiaries and joint ventures owned directly or indirectly by Sappi Limited.

Name of Company

 

 

 

Trading Name

 

Country of
Incorporation

 

Type of
Company

 

% Holding
and Voting
Power

North America

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

S.D. Warren Company

 

Sappi Fine Paper

 

United States

 

Operating

 

100

Sappi Cloquet LLC

 

Sappi Fine Paper

 

United States

 

Operating

 

100

Europe

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sappi Alfeld GmbH

 

Sappi Fine Paper

 

Germany

 

Operating

 

100

Sappi Austria Produktions GmbH &
Co KG

 

Sappi Fine Paper

 

Austria

 

Operating

 

100

Sappi Deutschland GmbH

 

Sappi Fine Paper or Sappi Trading

 

Germany

 

Operating

 

100

Sappi Ehingen GmbH

 

Sappi Fine Paper

 

Germany

 

Operating

 

100

Sappi Esus Beteiligungs-
verwaltungs GmbH

 

Sappi Fine Paper

 

Austria

 

Holding

 

100

Sappi Europe SA

 

Sappi Fine Paper

 

Belgium

 

Operating

 

100

Sappi Holding GmbH

 

Sappi Holding

 

Austria

 

Holding

 

100

Sappi International SA

 

Sappi International

 

Belgium

 

Finance

 

100

Sappi Lanaken NV

 

Sappi Fine Paper

 

Belgium

 

Operating

 

100

Sappi Lanaken Press Paper NV

 

Sappi Fine Paper

 

Belgium

 

Operating

 

100

Sappi Maastricht BV

 

Sappi Fine Paper

 

Netherlands

 

Operating

 

100

Sappi Nijmegen BV

 

Sappi Fine Paper

 

Netherlands

 

Operating

 

100

Sappi Papier Holding GmbH

 

Sappi Papier Holding or Sappi Fine Paper

 

Austria

 

Holding and Operating

 

100

Sappi Trading Pulp AG

 

Sappi Trading

 

Switzerland

 

Holding and Operating

 

100

Southern Africa

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sappi Management Services
(Pty) Ltd.

 


Sappi Management Services.

 


South Africa

 


Management

 


100

Sappi Manufacturing (Pty) Ltd.

 

Sappi Manufacturing or Sappi Forest Products or Sappi Fine Paper or Sappi Saiccor or Sappi Kraft or Sappi Forests or Sappi Waste Paper

 

South Africa

 

Operating

 

100

Usutu Pulp Co. Ltd.

 

Sappi Usutu

 

Swaziland

 

Operating

 

100

Asia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jiangxi Chenming Paper Co Ltd

 

Jiangxi Chenming Paper

 

China

 

Operating Joint Venture

 

34

Guernsey

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lignin Insurance Co. Ltd.

 

Lignin Insurance

 

Guernsey

 

Finance

 

100

 

37




PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

For a description of the production capacity of our mills, see “—Sappi Fine Paper—Facilities and Operations” and “—Sappi Forest Products—Facilities and Operations”.

For a description of the timberlands we own or have recently sold, see “—Sappi Fine Paper—Facilities and Operations—Sappi Fine Paper North America”, “—Sappi Forest Products—Facilities and Operations—Sappi Forests” and “—Supply Requirements”.

For a description of our capital expenditures, see “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources”.

The following table sets forth the location and use of our principal headquarters, manufacturing and distribution facilities. These facilities are owned unless otherwise indicated.

Location

 

 

 

Use

 

Approximate
Size
(1)

Sappi Limited

Johannesburg, South Africa

 

Sappi Headquarters(2)

 

15,078 m²

 

Sappi Fine Paper

Sappi Fine Paper North America(3)

 

 

 

 

Boston, Massachusetts

 

Headquarters(4)

 

34,928 sq ft

 

Skowhegan, Maine (Somerset Mill)

 


Manufacturing facility: coated paper, softwood and hardwood pulp

 

2,355 acres

 

Muskegon, Michigan

 

Manufacturing facility: coated paper and a warehouse(5)

 

5,185,000 sq ft

 

Westbrook, Maine

 

Manufacturing facility: speciality and high bulk coated paper and research and development facility
Storage and shredding facility
Roll coating facility

 

275 acres
 13,446 sq ft
 13,575 sq ft

 

Allentown, Pennsylvania

 

Coated paper sheeting facility

 

30 acres

 

Dayton, New Jersey

 

Distribution centre(6)

 

607,489 sq ft

 

Cloquet, Minnesota

 

Manufacturing facility: coated paper and pulp(10)

 

650 acres

 

South Portland, Maine

 

Shared financial and customer service office(11)

 

48,433 sq ft

 

Sappi Fine Paper Europe

 

 

 

 

Brussels, Belgium

 

Headquarters(9)

 

3,836 m²

 

Gratkorn, Austria

 

Manufacturing facility: coated paper and pulp

 

999,053 m²

 

Maastricht, Netherlands

 

Manufacturing facility: coated paper and research and development facility

 

14.7 ha

 

Nijmegen, Netherlands

 

Manufacturing facility: coated paper

 

10.7 ha

 

Lanaken, Belgium

 

Manufacturing facility: coated paper and pulp

 

35.0 ha

 

Alfeld, Germany

 

Manufacturing facility: coated paper, uncoated paper and pulp

 

332,844 m²

 

Ehingen, Germany

 

Manufacturing facility: coated paper and pulp

 

356,951 m²

 

Blackburn, England

 

Manufacturing facility: coated paper

 

36 ha

 

Wesel, Germany

 

Distribution centre(8)

 

62,140 m²

 

38




 

Sappi Fine Paper South Africa

 

 

 

 

Enstra, South Africa

 

Manufacturing facility: uncoated paper and hardwood pulp(10)

 

582.7 ha

 

Stanger, South Africa

 

Manufacturing facility: coated paper, tissue and bagasse pulp(10)

 

55.4 ha

 

Adamas, South Africa

 

Manufacturing facility: uncoated paper and recycled packaging paper

 

7.2 ha

 

Sappi Forest Products

Johannesburg, South Africa

 

Headquarters

 

Included under Sappi Limited headquarters

 

Sappi Saiccor

 

 

 

 

Umkomaas, South Africa

 

Manufacturing facility: chemical cellulose(10)

 

159.4 ha

 

Sappi Kraft

 

 

 

 

Ngodwana, South Africa

 

Manufacturing facility: linerboard, newsprint and kraft pulp

 

1,282.9 ha

 

Tugela, South Africa

 

Manufacturing facility: linerboard, corrugating medium, sackkraft and industrial kraft

 

914.4 ha

 

Cape Kraft, South Africa

 

Manufacturing facility: linerboard and corrugating medium

 

9.5 ha

 

Bunya, Swaziland (Usutu Pulp Mill)

 


Manufacturing facility: kraft pulp

 

45.0 ha

 

Sappi Forests

 

 

 

 

Barberton, South Africa (Lomati Sawmill)

 

Sawmill

 

24.6 ha

 


(1)                The approximate size measurement relates to, in the case of manufacturing and distribution facilities, the perimeter of the property on which the principal manufacturing or distribution facilities are situated and, in the case of offices, the interior offices space owned or leased.

(2)                Subject to a lease expiring in 2015.

(3)                All of Sappi Fine Paper North America principal properties are pledged as collateral under Sappi Fine Paper North America’s credit facilities.

(4)                Subject to a lease expiring in 2011.

(5)                Subject to a lease that operates on a month-to-month basis.

(6)                Subject to a lease expiring in 2010.

(8)                Of the total 62,140 m2, 8,800m2 is subject to a lease that operates on a year-to-year basis. The remainder of the property is subject to a heritable building right (“Erbbaurecht”).

(9)                Subject to leases expiring in 2008.

(10)    Substantial assets are leased pursuant to capital lease agreements. During fiscal 2006, Sappi announced the expansion of the existing capacity at Saiccor mill. The current capacity of the mill is approximately 600,000 metric tonnes per annum. The result of the expansion is an expected increase in capacity of 300,000 tonnes, of which 75,000 tonnes is to replace existing higher cost capacity, while simultaneously reducing the environmental impact of the operation. The estimated cost of the project is $460 million.

(11)    Subject to a lease expiring in 2015.

39




ITEM 5.                OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

You should read the following discussion and analysis together with our Group annual financial statements, including the notes, included elsewhere in this Annual Report. Certain information contained in the discussion and analysis set forth below and elsewhere in this Annual Report includes forward-looking statements that involve risk and uncertainties. See “Forward-Looking Statements”, “Item 3—Key Information—Selected Financial Data”, “Item 3—Key Information—Risk Factors”, “Item 4—Information on the Company”, “Item 10—Additional Information—Exchange Controls” and notes 2, 12, 15, 17, 21, 22, 23, 25, 26, 28, 29, 31, 35 and 36 to our Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report. The following discussion and analysis are based on the results of operations prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), which differ from United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“US GAAP”).

The consolidated financial statements of the Sappi Group as of and for the years ended September 2006 and 2005, including the applicable notes thereto, contained in Item 18 “Financial Statements” of this Annual Report on Form 20-F and the consolidated financial information of the Sappi Group as of and for the years ended September 2006 and 2005 contained herein have been aligned with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). The consolidated financial statements and related financial information of the Sappi Group as of and for each of the years ended September 2004, 2003 and 2002, cannot be provided on an IFRS aligned basis without unreasonable effort or expense. The Sappi Group has not amended, and does not intend to amend, its previously filed financial statements for the years affected by the change in accounting policy that ended prior to the year ended September 2005. For this reason, our Annual Reports on Form 20-F for those prior years, the consolidated financial statements and applicable notes thereto, auditors’ reports and related financial information contained in such reports should not be compared to this Annual Report on Form 20-F. For a description of the change in accounting policy and resulting adjustments, see Item 5 “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects,” and note 2 to our Group annual financial statements, included herein.

Fiscal 2006 included 52 accounting weeks, compared to 53 accounting weeks in fiscal 2005. Our fiscal years operate on a 52 accounting week cycle, except every 6th fiscal year which includes an additional accounting week (“additional accounting week”). The following discussion of our operating and financial review and prospects refers to the impact of the additional accounting week in fiscal 2005 on our sales, raw material and other input costs of manufacturing, operating expenses and, selling, general and administration expense (“SG&A expense”), based on average weekly sales and costs for the fiscal year.

Company and Business Overview

We are a global company which through acquisitions in the 1990s has been transformed into a global market leader in coated fine paper. Two acquisitions were pivotal in establishing us as a global company, namely the acquisition in 1994 of S.D. Warren Company, now known as Sappi Fine Paper North America, and the acquisition in 1997 of KNP Leykam, now integrated into Sappi Fine Paper Europe. Opportunities to grow within our core businesses will continue to be evaluated.

We have integrated our fine paper acquisitions into a single fine paper business, which operates under the name Sappi Fine Paper. We are organised into two operating segments; Sappi Fine Paper and Sappi Forest Products. We also operate a trading network, called Sappi Trading, for the international marketing and distribution of chemical cellulose and market pulp throughout the world and of the group’s other products in areas outside our core operating regions of North America, Europe and Southern Africa.

Sappi Fine Paper generated approximately 80% of our sales during fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005. Of our sales for fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, approximately 84% were made in US$, Euro and other non-ZAR denominated currencies. Our South African businesses sell approximately 45% of their products in US$.

40




See “Inflation and Foreign Exchange” and note 31 to our Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report. Our sales by source and destination in fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 were as follows:

 

 

Sales by 
Source
2006

 

Sales by 
Source
2005

 

Sales by 
Destination
2006

 

Sales by 
Destination
2005

 

North America

 

 

29

%

 

 

29

%

 

 

30

%

 

 

30

%

 

Europe

 

 

44

%

 

 

45

%

 

 

40

%

 

 

40

%

 

Southern Africa

 

 

27

%

 

 

26

%

 

 

15

%

 

 

15

%

 

Far East and others

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

%

 

 

15

%

 

Total

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

Sappi Fine Paper has a total paper production capacity of 4.2 million metric tonnes per annum. We are a global leader in the coated fine paper business with a capacity of 3.9 million metric tonnes of coated fine paper per annum.

Our North American market share increased towards the end of fiscal 2005 to slightly above fiscal 2004 levels. This market share declined during 2006, due to a surge in US imports. After declining during fiscal 2005, our European market share increased during fiscal 2006; although still not at the same levels as seen during fiscal 2004. We are one the world’s largest producers of chemical cellulose. The Group is 100% integrated on a net basis in terms of pulp usage, meaning that, while some of our facilities are market buyers of pulp and others are market sellers, in the aggregate we produce slightly more pulp than we utilise. By region, the Southern African operations are net sellers of pulp, Sappi Fine Paper North America is fully integrated and the European operations are approximately 46% self-sufficient for pulp in Continental Europe, but entirely dependent on market pulp in the United Kingdom. We supply approximately 70% of the wood requirements for our South African businesses from sources we own or manage. Both our North American and European operations are dependent on outside suppliers of wood for their production requirements.

Despite a decline in fiscal 2006 we have, in recent years, sought to internationalise our shareholder base and increase our exposure in the world’s major financial markets. On November 5, 1998, our American Depository Receipts commenced trading on the New York Stock Exchange. We believe that, as at the end of fiscal 2006, based on registered addresses and disclosure by nominee companies, excluding the shares owned by a subsidiary of Sappi, our beneficially held shareholding by Region is as follows:

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

North America

 

 

30

%

 

 

46

%

 

Europe & Elsewhere

 

 

10

%

 

 

12

%

 

Southern Africa

 

 

60

%

 

 

42

%

 

 

Principal Factors Impacting on our Results

The results of operations of our business are affected by numerous factors. Given the high fixed cost base of pulp and paper manufacturers, industry profitability is highly sensitive to changes in prices. Prices are significantly affected by changes in industry capacity and output levels, customer inventory levels and cyclical changes in the world economy. Profitability in our industry is, however, also influenced by factors such as sales volume, the level of raw material, energy and other input costs, exchange rates, and operational efficiency.

The principal factors that have impacted our business during the financial periods presented in the following discussion and analysis and that are likely to continue to impact our business are:

a)               Cyclical nature of our industry and its impact on sales volume;

41




b)              Movement in market prices for our products;

c)               Sensitivity to currency movements;

d)              Movement in market prices for raw materials and other input costs of manufacturing; and

e)               Other significant factors impacting costs, including new acquisitions, restructuring and cost reduction initiatives.

f)                 Our ability to maintain and continuously improve operational efficiencies and performance.

Because many of the factors are beyond our control and certain of these factors have historically been volatile, past performance will not necessarily be indicative of future performance and it is difficult to predict future performance with any degree of certainty.

Markets

The markets for our pulp and paper products are cyclical, with prices significantly affected by factors such as changes in industry capacity and output levels, customer inventory levels and cyclical changes in the world economy. The pulp and paper industry has often been characterised by periods of imbalances between supply and demand, causing prices to be volatile. Prices also vary significantly by geographic region and product. Coated fine paper, our core product used for many types of publications, is susceptible to the highly cyclical advertising market, a major driver in our business.

Coated Fine Paper

Paper demand from fiscal 2004 to fiscal 2006 remained positive as the upswing in world economic growth and resultant increase in advertising activities resulted in a significant increase in demand for coated fine papers. The increase in demand was particularly pronounced in Europe where coated fine paper demand remained buoyant with a growth rate of 7.3% during fiscal 2004 and 4.3% in fiscal 2005, despite a temporary retreating rate of economic growth during 2005. The temporary slump is evident as demand for coated fine paper during fiscal 2006 increased by only 1.4% compared to previous years. North American demand growth, which lagged that of Europe during 2005 (1.1%), improved during fiscal 2006 and reached 4.3%.

Increases in industry capacity in Europe and North America were limited during this period, with companies reluctant to undertake major new capital projects in these regions due to the large amount of excess capacity already present. Despite global overcapacity, high Asian demand growth rates and freely available funding led to significant coated fine paper capacity additions between fiscal 2000 and fiscal 2006 in Asia, particularly in China. This wave of expansion finished by the end of calendar 2005 and as of early December 2006, to the best of our knowledge, no new coated fine paper machines were under construction or in the final stages of planning anywhere in the world.

Despite increased demand, operating rates were low in fiscal 2002 through the first half of fiscal 2004 due to excess capacity, causing price erosion in both Europe and North America. Despite the weakening US$ during this period, net imports into the United States continued to grow, putting further pressure on prices. Prices in North America, however, did start to improve in the latter half of fiscal 2004 due to a sharp increase in seasonal demand. These tight supply/demand conditions in North America continued into fiscal 2005, and more so in fiscal 2006 as inventory throughout the supply chain dropped, giving rise to further price increases. In total, North American apparent consumption grew by 4.3% in fiscal 2006, largely due to increased advertising pages and printer consumption of coated fine papers.

In Europe, demand for coated fine paper grew by 1.4% in fiscal 2006, a significant decline on the previous years’ growth of 4.3%. Despite demand growth and sharp increases in input costs, our attempt to

42




increase prices in the European market in fiscal 2005 was unsuccessful due to intense competition for market share.

Input unit costs increased further in 2006, but the impact on operating cost per tonne sold was limited by the non-reoccurrence of impairment and restructuring charges and some operational performance improvements. The effect of this was a decrease in a decreased operating cost per tonne sold of US$17 per metric tonne from US$686 per metric tonne in fiscal 2005 to US$669 per metric tonne in fiscal 2006.

Average selling prices realised for the Sappi Fine Paper businesses decreased by US$21 per metric tonne, from US$962 per metric tonne to US$941per metric tonne.

The graph below reflects apparent consumption. Apparent consumption is consumption as indicated by mill sales volumes, which ignores the impact of customer inventory. The sales volume to our customers is used as the indicator of demand, with the difference between apparent and real demand being the movement in inventories.

US vs. European Apparent Consumption of Coated Paper

GRAPHIC

Source: AF&PA & Cepifine
US short tons converted to metric tonnes

43




The recent price history for benchmark coated woodfree grades in North America and Europe is shown in the following chart:

US and European Fine Paper Prices

January 2002 - September 2006

GRAPHIC

Prices are list prices. Actual transaction prices could differ from prices depicted in graph
Source: RISI

Pulp

Pulp prices tend to display higher volatility than paper prices. In recent years the price of the benchmark pulp grade, Northern Bleached Softwood Kraft (NBSK), has ranged from a low of US$395 (Nov-1993) to a high of US$925 (Sept-1995) per metric tonne.

Throughout fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2005, global demand for pulp was low in comparison to fiscal 2006 and price fluctuations were driven primarily by currency changes, inventory movement and non-integrated paper capacity expansion.

High pulp demand during fiscal 2006 resulted in the continued increase of pulp prices, trading at the end of fiscal 2006 (NBSK: US$712 per metric tonne) at US$128 per metric tonne higher than at the end of fiscal 2005 (NBSK: US$583 per metric tonne). The pulp demand during the latter part of fiscal 2006 remained high with none of the usual seasonal lulls experienced. As a result inventory levels declined considerably to levels last seen during 2000.

The traditional softwood pulp price premium to hardwood was disrupted in fiscal 2005 as a result of pulp mills shifting from hardwood to softwood production, and hardwood pulp mills closing temporarily. This led to hardwood pulp prices exceeding that of softwood in the final quarter of fiscal 2005. However, during October 2005 softwood price premiums were restored as some softwood mills closed in Eastern Canada, while hardwood supply increased during the latter part of fiscal 2005 as an additional 1.9 million

44




metric tonnes came on stream with large expansions at Hainan Island in China and Veracel in Brazil. As a result, the softwood pulp price premium to hardwood increased considerably during fiscal 2006.

Since Sappi sells roughly as much pulp as is purchased, fluctuations in market pulp prices have a negligible direct impact on the Group’s overall profitability. At a divisional level, pulp prices do, however, affect profitability since Sappi Fine Paper Europe is a net buyer of hardwood pulp and Sappi Forest Products is a net seller of hardwood pulp.

The price of NBSK and NBHK pulp is depicted in the following chart:

Northern Bleached Softwood and Hardwood Kraft Pulp

January 2000 - November 2006

GRAPHIC

Source: PIX

Chemical cellulose accounts for the majority of Sappi’s third party pulp sales. The chemical cellulose we produce, at our Saiccor operation in Southern Africa (Saiccor), is used principally as an input in the production of various synthetic textiles and acetate flake used in the manufacturing of acetate tow for cigarette filter tips.

The movement in price of certain chemical cellulose grades is linked to the price of NBSK. Higher technical specifications allow chemical cellulose to typically trade at a premium to NBSK. BHK (Bleached Hardwood Kraft pulp) generally sells at a lower price than NBSK.

We diversified our range of chemical cellulose products and secured new agreements to supply customers in the acetate sector during fiscal 2003. We increased sales significantly in this sector in fiscal 2004 and continued to achieve growth in volumes and prices in each of fiscal 2005 and 2006. Also, a significant competitive source of supply was recently removed from the industry when Weyerhauser closed its 140,000 tonne per annum Cosmopolis plant in September 2006. The full impact of this closure will only be felt as from fiscal 2007.

45




Demand from all of the market segments in which Saiccor is active was strong throughout fiscal 2004 with prices also increasing steadily, but showing some weakness towards the end of fiscal 2004. Saiccor’s capacity during fiscal 2005 continued to be fully booked with overall demand steady, despite a general fall off in the demand for Saiccor’s chemical cellulose from China during that year. In line with the movement in the NBSK prices, Saiccor prices increased in the early part of fiscal 2005, but this trend was reversed later in the year. In fiscal 2006 our chemical cellulose business, which is 100% export-based, continued to be fully booked. We maintained a strong market position in the key Viscose Staple Fibre segment but also posted record sales of higher alpha products, which are primarily sold into the acetate tow segment.

Following the successful completion of an environmental impact assessment, a project to expand the mill’s annual capacity by more than 200,000 metric tones commenced during the latter part of fiscal 2006.

Currency Fluctuations

The principal currencies in which our subsidiaries conduct business are the US$, Euro and ZAR. Although our reporting currency is the US$, a significant portion of our sales and purchases are made in currencies other than the US$. In Europe and North America, sales and expenses are generally denominated in Euro and US$, respectively; however, pulp purchases in Europe are primarily denominated in US$. In Southern Africa, costs incurred are generally denominated in ZAR, as are local sales. Exports from our Southern African businesses to other regions, which represent approximately 45% of sales in fiscal 2006, are denominated primarily in US$.

We made sales in a range of foreign currencies in fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 as follows:

(Percentage of Sales)

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

US$

 

45.8

 

44.8

 

Euro

 

30.3

 

30.5

 

ZAR

 

15.6

 

15.7

 

Other

 

8.3

 

9.0

 

Total

 

100

 

100

 

 

The appreciation of the ZAR or the Euro against the US$ tends to diminish the value of exports from Southern Africa and Europe in local currencies, while depreciation of these currencies against the US$ will have the opposite impact. Since expenses are generally denominated in local currencies, the depreciation of the US$ has a negative effect on gross margins on exports and such domestic sales, which are priced relative to international US$ prices. The appreciation of the US$ has the opposite impact. European importers of pulp denominated in US$ have experienced cost increases, in terms of local currency, due to a weakening of the Euro against the US$. Our consolidated financial position, results of operation and cash flows may be materially affected by movements in the exchange rate between the US$ and the respective local currencies to which our subsidiaries are exposed. The principal currencies in which our subsidiaries conduct business that are subject to the risks described in this paragraph are the Euro and ZAR. The following table depicts the average and year end exchange rates for the ZAR and Euro against the US$ used in the preparation of our financial statements in fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005:

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

Average Exchange Rate(1)

 

 

 

 

 

ZAR(2)

 

6.6039

 

6.2418

 

Euro(2)

 

1.2315

 

1.2659

 

Year end Exchange Rate(1)

 

 

 

 

 

ZAR(2)

 

7.7738

 

6.3656

 

Euro(2)

 

1.2672

 

1.2030

 


(1)                Source: audited Group annual financial statements of Sappi Limited.

(2)                US$1 = ZAR, Euro 1 = US$.

46




The Euro declined to approximately US$1.20 per Euro at the end of fiscal 2005. It reached a high of US$1.17 at the end of November 2005, a low of US$1.28 at the end of June 2006 and closed fiscal 2006 at US$1.27. The ZAR strengthened to a level of approximately R5.59 per US$ on December 27, 2004, but weakened again to R6.91 per US$ on June 6, 2005. The ZAR was trading at approximately R6.37 per US$ at the end of fiscal 2005. During fiscal 2006 the ZAR weakened to US$6.71 at the end of October 2005 before strengthening to US$6.00 at the end of April 2006. Thereafter it again weakened to end the year at US$7.77, with an average of US$6.60 for fiscal 2006. The profitability of certain of our Southern African operations are directly dependent on the ZAR proceeds of the US$ exports. Furthermore, prices in the local market are also influenced by import parity competitive pricing. If the ZAR remains at the year end levels, import parity pricing pressure on margins will be reduced and at the same time the margin, in local currency, on US$ denominated exports will increase. The following graph depicts currency movements for the ZAR and Euro against the US$:

Euro and ZAR Exchange Rate Movement against USD

Daily Close January 1999 to November 2006

GRAPHIC

US$1 = ZAR, Euro 1 = US$.

47




Raw Material and Other Input Costs of Manufacturing

Our business is sensitive to fluctuations in market prices of raw materials used in the manufacture of our products. These comprise mainly purchased materials, (such as wood and caustic soda), pulp, energy and chemicals (including calcium carbonate and latex). Total raw material costs (excluding pulp purchases) of approximately US$1,501 million in fiscal 2006, increased by US$91 million (3.7%) from fiscal 2005. Raw material costs were made up as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variance Analysis

 

Price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

Volume

 

 

 

Increase

 

 

 

2006

 

%

 

2005

 

%

 

Variance

 

%

 

Week 2005

 

Price

 

and Mix

 

Total

 

%

 

 

 

US$ million

 

 

 

US$ million

 

 

 

US$ million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Raw Material Costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wood

 

 

410

 

 

16.3

 

 

416

 

 

17.1

 

 

(6

)

 

(1.5

)

 

8

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

(46

)

 

 

(6

)

 

 

8

 

 

Energy

 

 

433

 

 

17.2

 

 

365

 

 

15.0

 

 

68

 

 

18.8

 

 

7

 

 

 

83

 

 

 

(22

)

 

 

68

 

 

 

23

 

 

Chemicals

 

 

658

 

 

26.1

 

 

653

 

 

26.9

 

 

5

 

 

0.8

 

 

12

 

 

 

(0

)

 

 

(7

)

 

 

5

 

 

 

(0

)

 

Pulp

 

 

563

 

 

22.4

 

 

514

 

 

21.2

 

 

49

 

 

9.6

 

 

10

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

49

 

 

 

7

 

 

Other

 

 

452

 

 

18.0

 

 

479

 

 

19.7

 

 

(27

)

 

(5.6

)

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

(36

)

 

 

(27

)

 

 

 

 

Total Raw Materials

 

 

2,516

 

 

100

 

 

2,426

 

 

100

 

 

89

 

 

3.7

 

 

46

 

 

 

153

 

 

 

(110

)

 

 

89

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

During fiscal 2006 we experienced significant increases in the cost of wood (8%), energy (23%) and pulp (7%). Our energy and chemical raw material costs, especially coating chemicals, are driven to a large extent by oil prices. The average cost of Brent Crude Oil increased on average by 23.1% during fiscal 2006, to US$64 per barrel, from US$52 per barrel during fiscal 2005. The cost of our raw materials, on a constant US$ per metric tonne basis in fiscal 2006, increased by 7.7% (US$25 per metric tonne) over fiscal 2005.

Sappi Fine Paper Europe’s materials, energy and chemical costs increased by US$64 million in fiscal 2006. An analysis of raw material costs is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variance Analysis

 

Price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

Volume

 

 

 

Increase

 

 

 

2006

 

%

 

2005

 

%

 

Variance

 

%

 

Week 2005

 

Price

 

and Mix

 

Total

 

%

 

 

 

US$ million

 

 

 

US$ million

 

 

 

US$ million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Raw Material Costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wood

 

 

123

 

 

10.0

 

 

112

 

 

9.6

 

 

11

 

 

10.0

 

 

2

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

11

 

 

 

14

 

 

Energy

 

 

197

 

 

16.0

 

 

151

 

 

12.9

 

 

46

 

 

30.4

 

 

3

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

(9

)

 

 

46

 

 

 

34

 

 

Chemicals

 

 

375

 

 

30.4

 

 

387

 

 

33.1

 

 

(13

)

 

(3.2

)

 

7

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(14

)

 

 

(13

)

 

 

(2

)

 

Pulp

 

 

377

 

 

30.6

 

 

353

 

 

30.2

 

 

24

 

 

6.9

 

 

7

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

(14

)

 

 

24

 

 

 

9

 

 

Other

 

 

160

 

 

13.0

 

 

165

 

 

14.2

 

 

(6

)

 

(3.4

)

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9

)

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

 

Total Raw Materials

 

 

1,232

 

 

100

 

 

1,168

 

 

100

 

 

64

 

 

5.5

 

 

22

 

 

 

92

 

 

 

(51

)

 

 

64

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

 

Variance

 

%

 

US$/ metric tonne

 

 

503

 

 

 

 

 

481

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

 

4.4

 

Euro / metric tonne

 

 

408

 

 

 

 

 

380

 

 

 

 

 

28

 

 

7.4

 

 

The exchange rate impact on raw material costs was US$32 million positive. Average raw materials costs in Euro per metric tonne increased 7.4% to Euro 408 per metric tonne in fiscal 2006, compared to fiscal 2005 (Euro380 per metric tonne). In US$ per metric tonne costs increased 4.4% to US$503 per metric tonne. Energy cost increases contributed 4% US$21 per metric tonne, wood costs 1% US$6 per metric tonne and pulp 3% US$13 per metric tonne to cost increases.

48




Sappi Fine Paper North America’s materials, energy and chemical costs increased US$43 million in fiscal 2006. An analysis of raw material costs is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variance Analysis

 

Price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

Volume

 

 

 

Increase

 

 

 

2006

 

%

 

2005

 

%

 

Variance

 

%

 

Week 2005

 

Price

 

and Mix

 

Total

 

%

 

 

 

US$ million

 

 

 

US$ million

 

 

 

US$ million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Raw Material Costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wood

 

 

184

 

 

22.3

 

 

186

 

 

23.8

 

 

(2

)

 

(1.0

)

 

4

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

(12

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

3

 

 

Energy

 

 

135

 

 

16.3

 

 

119

 

 

15.2

 

 

16

 

 

13.8

 

 

2

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

16

 

 

 

20

 

 

Chemicals

 

 

192

 

 

23.2

 

 

190

 

 

24.3

 

 

2

 

 

1.2

 

 

4

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

2

 

 

 

1

 

 

Pulp

 

 

122

 

 

14.8

 

 

92

 

 

11.7

 

 

30

 

 

32.7

 

 

2

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

6

 

 

Other

 

 

193

 

 

23.4

 

 

196

 

 

25.0

 

 

(3

)

 

(1.6

)

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

Total Raw Materials

 

 

826

 

 

100

 

 

783

 

 

100

 

 

43

 

 

5.4

 

 

16

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

43

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

 

Variance

 

%

 

US$/ metric tonne

 

 

579

 

 

 

 

 

546

 

 

 

 

 

33

 

 

6.0

 

 

Average raw material costs in US$ per metric ton increased by 6.0% to US$579 per metric tonne in fiscal 2006. Energy cost increases contributed US$17 (3%) per metric tonne and wood costs US$4 (1%) per metric tonne to cost increases.

Sappi Fine Paper South Africa showed no significant overall cost variations year on year. An analysis of raw material costs is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variance Analysis

 

Price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

Volume

 

 

 

Increase

 

 

 

2006

 

%

 

2005

 

%

 

Variance

 

%

 

Week 2005

 

Price

 

and Mix

 

Total

 

%

 

 

 

US$ million

 

 

 

US$ million

 

 

 

US$ million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Raw Material Costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wood

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Energy

 

 

22

 

 

11.7

 

 

23

 

 

12.6

 

 

(1

)

 

(3.2

)

 

0

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

2

 

 

Chemicals

 

 

41

 

 

21.4

 

 

40

 

 

21.5

 

 

1

 

 

3.5

 

 

1

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(2

)

 

Pulp

 

 

63

 

 

33.0

 

 

67

 

 

36.4

 

 

(4

)

 

(6.0

)

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

2

 

 

Other

 

 

65

 

 

33.9

 

 

54

 

 

29.5

 

 

11

 

 

19.4

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

Total Raw Materials

 

 

191

 

 

100

 

 

184

 

 

100

 

 

7

 

 

3.9

 

 

3

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

Variance

 

 

%

 

US$/ metric tonne

 

 

583

 

 

 

 

 

581

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

0.4

 

ZAR / metric tonne

 

 

3,852

 

 

 

 

 

3,627

 

 

 

 

 

225

 

 

6.2

 

 

The exchange rate impact on raw material costs was to reduce reported costs by US$10 million. The average raw material costs in ZAR increased 6.2% to ZAR3, 852 per metric tonne.

Forest Products material costs increased US$6 million in fiscal 2006. An analysis of raw material costs is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variance Analysis

 

Price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

Volume

 

 

 

Increase

 

 

 

2006

 

%

 

2005

 

%

 

Variance

 

%

 

Week 2005

 

Price

 

and Mix

 

Total

 

%

 

 

 

US$ million

 

 

 

US$ million

 

 

 

US$ million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Raw Material Costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wood

 

 

104

 

 

37.7

 

 

117

 

 

43.3

 

 

(13

)

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

(26

)

 

 

(13

)

 

 

 

 

Energy

 

 

79

 

 

28.7

 

 

72

 

 

26.7

 

 

7

 

 

9.7

 

 

1

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

9

 

 

Chemicals

 

 

50

 

 

18.2

 

 

36

 

 

13.3

 

 

14

 

 

38.3

 

 

1

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

15

 

 

Pulp

 

 

1

 

 

0.3

 

 

2

 

 

0.8

 

 

(1

)

 

(55.7

)

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

42

 

 

15.1

 

 

43

 

 

15.9

 

 

(1

)

 

(3.1

)

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

Total Raw Materials

 

 

276

 

 

100

 

 

270

 

 

100

 

 

6

 

 

2.2

 

 

5

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

(21

)

 

 

6

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

Variance

 

 

%

 

US$/ metric tonne

 

 

92

 

 

 

 

 

82

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

12.3

 

ZAR / metric tonne

 

 

608

 

 

 

 

 

512

 

 

 

 

 

96

 

 

18.8

 

 

49




The exchange rate impact on raw material costs was to reduce reported costs by US$15 million. The average raw material costs in ZAR increased 18.8% to ZAR608 per metric tonne. In US$ per metric tonne material costs increased 12.3% to US$92 per metric tonne.

Restructuring

We announced the restructuring and impairment of our North American Muskegon mill during the third quarter of fiscal 2005, to eliminate high cost capacity and to position the mill as a high quality, low cost mill. This is part of our ongoing plan to achieve acceptable returns in our North American operations. We recorded impairment charges of US$183 million in the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2005. We closed PM4, which had an annual capacity of 105,000 metric tonnes of coated fine paper and closed and mothballed the pulp mill, which had an annual capacity of 110,000 metric tonnes of bleached chemical pulp. We also restructured our North American regional overhead structure to reduce Selling, General and Administrative expenses (“SG&A”), and in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005 we recorded a restructuring charge of approximately US$21 million, mainly in respect of manpower reduction. The combined effect of the Muskegon restructuring and the restructuring of the regional SG&A function was expected to result in a reduction of approximately 420 people or 14% of our North American headcount, a pre-tax benefit of approximately US$50 million compared to fiscal 2005. During fiscal 2006 we continued with the implementation of the restructuring plan. The reduction in headcount has been revised to 377 people. At the end of fiscal 2006 headcount had been reduced by 353 people.

During the first quarter of fiscal 2005 we announced the impairment of our Usutu mill. The Usutu mill is an unbleached kraft pulp mill and forms part of the Sappi Forest Products reporting segment. Due to continued losses, an impairment review was conducted which led to the recognition of impairment charges during fiscal 2005 of US$50 million to meet the requirements of Accounting Standard IAS36—Impairment of Assets. A detailed discussion of this impairment is contained in the section “Mill Closures, Acquisitions, Dispositions and Impairment; and Joint Venture”, elsewhere in this Operating and Financial Review and Prospects. As a result of improved pulp prices a weakening of the ZAR against the US$ and improved operational performances the Usutu mill, has seen an improved performance to a level where impairment was reversed under IFRS, in terms of IAS 36. This resulted in a write back of the impairment provision in fiscal 2006 of US$40 million.

A major cost reduction and restructuring project was undertaken in Europe, during fiscal 2006, which will result in a head count reduction of approximately 650 employees mainly throughout 2007. This project resulted in a restructuring charge of US$47 million in 2006.

For further information see note 23 to our Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

South African Economic and Political Environment

South Africa features a highly developed sophisticated “first world” infrastructure at the core of its economy. The South African economy is expected to grow at approximately 4.7% in calendar 2007. South Africa’s long-term foreign currency investment ratings have remained constant over the last year at Baa1 from Moody’s Investor Services Inc. and BBB+ from Standard & Poor’s Rating Service (“S&P”). While exchange controls have been relaxed in recent years and are continuing to be relaxed, South African companies remain subject to restrictions on their ability to raise and deploy capital outside of the Southern African Common Monetary Area (See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Financing”).

South Africa celebrated 12 years of democracy in calendar 2006; however the country continues to face challenges in overcoming substantial differences in levels of economic and social development among its people. Access to land, poverty, unemployment, crime and a growing prevalence of HIV/AIDS are some of the social and economic factors that affect businesses operating in this country.

50




The Restitution of Land Rights Act (Act 22 of 1994), as amended, provides for the restoration of rights in land or other equitable redress to persons or communities dispossessed of their land rights after June 19, 1913 as a result of old laws or practices discriminating on the basis of race. The legislation empowers the Minister of Land Affairs to expropriate land in order to restore it to a successful claimant provided that there is just and equitable compensation to the owner of the land. Claims under the Act were required to be filed on or before December 31, 1998 and are presently being processed by the Commission on Restitution of Land Rights and adjudicated upon by the Land Court. This process is expected to continue for many years. As one of the largest land owners in South Africa, we anticipate that a substantial number of claims may affect land we own. The process of determining the extent of claims filed in respect of our land and the potential impact of these claims on our South African operations continues. To date, we have been notified of twenty-four formal Land Claims made in respect of portions of Sappi plantations in the Mpumalanga area, and twenty-eight others made in respect of portions of Sappi plantations in KwaZulu Natal. These claims have not been finalized and are still under investigation by the Regional Land Claims Commissioner.

The southern African region has one of the highest infection rates of HIV/AIDS in the world. In 1992, Sappi started a programme to address the effects of HIV/Aids and its impact on our employees and our business. Our aim is to ensure that our programme prevents new infections and to treat the HIV positive employees. Each operating unit has an elected HIV/AIDS committee and a workplace HIV/AIDS prevention programme which are adapted to suit the needs of each particular business unit and to ensure that they are active owners and managers of their programmes. Each Sappi operation in southern Africa has also identified the relevant role players in their geographical area and is working with them on the implementation of a comprehensive HIV/AIDS programme, eliminating duplication and making optimum use of relevant resources.

Following an initial anonymous, voluntary prevalence test in 2003, a second comprehensive voluntary study was conducted in 2006 in all of our southern African operations. Based on a participation rate of greater than 80%, at the locations tested, we estimate that the overall infection rate in our southern African operations is approximately 14%. With the information of the prevalence testing and the Knowledge, Attitude and Practices study (KAP) we planned a comprehensive programme for 2007. We are planning interventions to focus on the stigma surrounding HIV and on wellness and healthy living.

Our HIV/AIDS response strategy places special emphasis on testing and counselling to ensure the staff knows their HIV status to enable them to make informed decisions as to their life choices. Since August 2002, our medical care for employees has included treatment to prevent mother to child transmission. Anti-retroviral treatment has been offered to HIV-infected permanent employees from the beginning of 2003. We estimate that 40% of HIV positive employees participate in our HIV/AIDS management programme, which is an improvement on the prior year’s participation rate. To ensure that our programme remains current, we became a member of the Global Business Coalition (GBC) on HIV/AIDS in 2005, a global partnership focused on developing an integrated strategy for dealing with the disease.

The government and organised business have taken a number of steps in recent years to increase the participation of black people in the South African economy. To this end, the Employment Equity Act (No 55 of 1998), the Skills Development Act (No 97 of 1998) and the Preferential Procurement Policy Framework Act (No 5 of 2000) were promulgated. More recently, the Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act (No. 53 of 2003) has formalised the country’s approach to distributing skills, employment and wealth more equitably between races and genders. Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment (BBBEE) focuses on increasing equity in ownership, management and control of businesses, and improving Black representation in all levels of employment. It also promotes the development of skills within a business, the nurturing of Black entrepreneurship through preferential procurement and enterprise development, and the uplifting of communities through social investment.

51




Our South African businesses have formulated a BBBEE scorecard, based on guidelines set out by the Codes of Good Practice from the government Department of Trade and Industry. The scorecard set out in the following table was verified by Empowerdex, a leading BBBEE rating agent and reflects our significant achievements in the categories of empowerment, equity, skills development, preferential procurement, enterprise development and social development. The decline from a rating of C to D in the employment equity category results from the application of our new 5 year empowerment plan within which White females are excluded for the purposes of economic empowerment reporting. This has resulted in significantly more challenging targets as the benchmark. White females are however included in employment equity statistics for all other statutory equity reporting requirements. The shortage of experience and developed skills continues to pose challenges in meeting targets at the higher levels in our operations, contributing to the current employment equity rating. In general, targets for improvement in the various categories in the scorecard are set to be achieved by 2015.

Sappi’s rating

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

BBBEE factor status*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overall Rating

 

BBB

 

 

BB

 

 

Equity in ownership

 

E

 

 

E

 

 

Equity in management

 

D

 

 

D

 

 

Employment equity

 

D

 

 

C

 

 

Skills development

 

A

 

 

B

 

 

Preferential procurement

 

B

 

 

C

 

 

Enterprise development

 

A

 

 

B

 

 

Social development

 

A

 

 

A

 

 


*                    A is the highest score.

The shares of Sappi are widely held by South African and international investors. The company does not currently intend to undertake an empowerment transaction in respect of these shares. We will consider and are pursuing empowerment transactions related to specific southern African assets or business units where they add to the value of our business and meet our empowerment criteria.

The representation of Black people, particularly Black women, in management and all levels of employment within the company is a focus within the organisation, driven by employment equity targets set in each occupational category. Skills development initiatives, particularly programmes aimed at improving management and leadership skills, are geared to meet these targets. Where practical, Sappi purchases goods and services from Black-owned businesses and seeks opportunities to develop future Black vendors. Sappi is committed to the support of its Project Grow initiative through financial and technical input, as well as by providing a secure market during the start-up phase of these small tree farming enterprises. This initiative has been extended to encourage aspirant tree farmers who wish to undertake forestry activities on a larger scale. We have a number of enterprise development initiatives and have established programmes to train new entrepreneurs. These initiatives involve the transfer of business skills, technical assistance, financial support and preferential payment terms to assist new enterprises to enter the market. Sappi has a history of investment in the communities in which it operates. Initiatives to promote education, health and welfare, arts and culture, and rural and community development, amongst others, are regularly undertaken.

The South African constitution guarantees ownership rights of assets, and it is the stated intent of the Bill that transfer of ownership will occur at market prices. It should be noted that BBBEE equity participation need not necessarily occur at the corporate level, and can be effected at divisional, business

52




unit or lower levels. Because the BBBEE Bill sets forth a framework for plans rather than specific requirements or goals, it is not possible to predict whether or how our business or assets may be impacted.

For further information, see “Item 4—Information on History and Development of the Company”

Inflation and Interest Rates

The following table sets forth South African inflation for fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005:

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

Inflation(1)

 

 

5.4

%

 

 

4.4

%

 


(1)                South African Consumer Price Index (CPI). The CPI is for the Sappi fiscal years.

South African prime overdraft interest rates continued to declined in 2005 to reach a new low of 10.5% in April 2005. The rates remained at these levels until April 2006 when they increased to 11%. They increased in August 2006 to 11.5%. The ZAR strengthened to ZAR 5.61 against the US$ on 31 December 2004 and started fiscal 2006 at ZAR 6.34 on 3 October 2005. Partly due to the stronger ZAR during fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2004, the South African inflation rate decreased significantly to 1.3% at the end of fiscal 2004, but increased to 4.4% as at the end of fiscal 2005 and 5.4% at the end of fiscal 2006, within the target range of 3-6% as set by the South African Reserve Bank (“the SARB”). This increase is largely the effect of the impact of higher oil prices on the South African economy. The SARB reduced its repurchase rate to 7.0% in April 2005. In June 2006 it increased to 7.5% and to 8% in August 2006. The rate at the end of fiscal 2006 was 8%. The repurchase rate is the rate at which the SARB lends assistance to the banking sector and therefore represents the cost of credit to the banking sector. When the repurchase rate is changed, the interest rates on overdrafts and other loans extended by the banks also change. In this way the SARB indirectly affects interest rates in the economy. Although South African interest rates impact the cost of our South African borrowings, the majority of our borrowings have been incurred by subsidiaries outside southern Africa, denominated in either US$ or Euro.

In the US and Europe inflation rates were relatively stable in recent years, and accordingly had a lesser impact on our North American and European businesses. The three-month LIBOR interest rate for the US$ reached 6.8%, in May 2000 and remained unchanged through to the end of fiscal 2000. Fiscal 2001 saw a period of significant rate reductions to 2.6% at the end of fiscal 2001. The rate reduced further to 1.14% at the end of fiscal 2003. Since then it increased to 1.96% by the end of fiscal 2004 and increased further to 4.06% by the end of fiscal 2005. On 28 September, 2006 it was 4.37%.

The three-month EURIBOR interest rate in Europe decreased sharply from 4.9% at the end of fiscal 2000 and was 2.13% at the end of fiscal 2003 and 2.12% at the end of fiscal 2004. It increased slightly to 2.17% at the end of fiscal 2005 and on 28 September 2006 it was 3.38%. The relatively low interest rates in the United States and Europe continue to represent a significant interest rate differential when compared to South Africa’s 8.0% repurchase rate as determined by the SARB, and could result in further short-term strengthening of the ZAR.

We borrow in the currencies of the countries in which we invest. As a result, finance costs are related to the location of our activities and not our domicile.

Our foreign exchange policy consists of the following principal elements:

·       External borrowings are taken up in the functional currency of the operating company concerned and, if not, then the exposure is hedged. Where appropriate we aim, in accordance with IFRS, to apply hedge accounting treatment to avoid volatility in our results due to mark-to-market effects of such hedging instruments.

53




·       Any debtors or creditors not in the operating currency of the mill are hedged. Sales are hedged from the time of invoicing, purchases from the time of capex approval in the case of capex, and all other purchases are hedged in most instances at the time the order is placed.

·       These exposures are hedged through our central treasury, where external hedging instruments are contracted after netting the various exposures.

·       Variations in this policy are considered from time to time, but any deviations from the central treasury policy are always subject to prior board approval.

·       No speculative positions are permitted.

Translation risks are not hedged. As a general rule we manage our relative debt and equity ratios by financing our investments in different currencies with similar debt to asset ratios.

External dollar borrowings for our North American operations (with the exception of US$107 million public long-term bonds) were replaced during fiscal 2002 by inter-group financing from Sappi Papier Holding GmbH (“SPH”), our European holding company. Accordingly, there is a larger proportion of external borrowings in our European operations when compared to the position before fiscal 2002. We have a current policy of not hedging translation risks. Our South African and European operations use the South African ZAR and the Euro as their respective functional currencies. Any translation of the value of these operations into US$ results in foreign exchange translation differences as the ZAR and the Euro exchange rates move against the US$. These changes are booked to the foreign currency translation reserve account. We prefer not to hedge this exposure with financial instruments, as these result in cash settlements which impact our results on a permanent basis. Borrowings taken up in a currency other than the functional currency of the borrowing entity are specifically hedged with financial instruments, such as currency swaps and forward exchange contracts. With regard to interest rate swaps, hedge accounting is permitted when the hedging relationship between the hedge and the underlying debt meets the requirements of the relevant IFRS. For example, on our public bonds we have fixed to variable swaps. The terms of the swaps match the terms of the bonds exactly in respect of interest settlements and capital repayments etc. With regard to maturity, the 10-year bond is hedged to full maturity, the 30-year bond for the first ten years. If the relationship between the hedge and the debt is not matched, hedge accounting cannot be applied. We only enter interest rate swaps when hedge accounting can be applied or any volatility due to the mark-to-market movements of the swaps to the income statement avoided. For a description of hedge accounting with regard to interest rate swaps in accordance with United States GAAP, see note 35 to our Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report. For a description of our interest and exchange rate risks, see note 31 to our Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Our operations are organised into two business units:

I.                  Sappi Fine Paper, which consists of Sappi Fine Paper North America, Sappi Fine Paper Europe and Sappi Fine Paper South Africa; and

II.             Sappi Forest Products, which consists of Sappi Kraft, Sappi Saiccor and Sappi Forests.

54




The following table sets forth sales and operating profit for Sappi, Sappi Fine Paper by region, and Sappi Forest Products, in US$, and as a percentage of sales for fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005. Operating profit percentages are expressed as a percentage of sales of the applicable business unit.

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

Amount

 

% of
Sales

 

Amount

 

% of
Sales

 

 

 

(US$ millions)

 

Sales:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sappi Fine Paper

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sappi Fine Paper North America

 

 

1,439

 

 

29.1

 

 

1,458

 

 

29.1

 

Sappi Fine Paper Europe

 

 

2,194

 

 

44.4

 

 

2,239

 

 

44.6

 

Sappi Fine Paper South Africa

 

 

325

 

 

6.6

 

 

323

 

 

6.4

 

Total

 

 

3 958

 

 

80.1

 

 

4,020

 

 

80.1

 

Sappi Forest Products

 

 

983

 

 

19.9

 

 

998

 

 

19.9

 

Group Sales

 

 

4,941

 

 

100.0

 

 

5,018

 

 

100.0

 

Operating (Loss) Profit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sappi Fine Paper

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sappi Fine Paper North America

 

 

(16

)

 

(1.1

)

 

(259

)

 

(17.8

)

Sappi Fine Paper Europe

 

 

(27

)

 

(1.2

)

 

84

 

 

3.8

 

Sappi Fine Paper South Africa

 

 

(6

)

 

(1.9

)

 

(11

)

 

(3.4

)

Total

 

 

(49

)

 

(1.2

)

 

(186

)

 

(4.6

)

Sappi Forest Products

 

 

175

 

 

17.8

 

 

83

 

 

8.3

 

Corporate

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

Group Operating Profit (Loss)

 

 

125

 

 

2.5

 

 

(109

)

 

(2.2

)

 

Our 2006 financial year included 52 accounting weeks, compared to 53 accounting weeks last year. Our financial years operate on a 52 accounting week cycle, except every 6th year which includes an additional accounting week (“additional accounting week”). The impact of the additional accounting week, based on the average of 53 accounting weeks, (“average sales”) for example, accounted for a sales volume decrease of 141,000 tons and US$95 million decrease in  total sales.

Group volumes sold in fiscal 2006 decreased by 280,000 metric tonnes (3.7%). Consolidated group sales decreased by US$77 million (1.5%) over fiscal 2005. The additional accounting week in fiscal 2005 accounted for additional sales volume of approximately 141,000 metric tonnes. The decrease was attributable to, the one less accounting week and  decreased timber and timber product volumes of 217 000 tonnes, partly offset by volume growth in other pulp and paper volumes. The additional accounting week in fiscal 2005 contributed additional sales of US$95 million.

The impact of the additional accounting week on expenses in fiscal 2005 was US$97 million, based on the average weekly expenses of the 53 accounting weeks, or “average expenses”.

A more detailed discussion and explanation of the material factors that affect our results of operations described below, is contained in the sections “Markets”, “Principal Factors Impacting our Results”, “Currency Fluctuations”, “Raw Material and Other Input Costs of Manufacturing”, “Restructuring”, “Inflation and Interest Rates” and “Mill Closures, Acquisitions, Dispositions and Impairment; and Joint Venture”, elsewhere in this Operating and Financial Review and Prospects. These factors include market fluctuations, exchange rates, taxation, net finance costs, impairment costs and significant cost factors, including raw material and other input costs of manufacturing as well as restructuring and cost reduction initiatives.

55




Year Ended September 2006 Compared to Year Ended September 2005

North American coated fine paper apparent demand growth was significantly better in fiscal 2006 in comparison to fiscal 2005. Demand for coated woodfree paper grades grew 4.3% in comparison to 1% growth in fiscal 2005. Sappi Fine Paper North America’s average price realised decreased by 0.6% to US$1,009 per metric tonne in fiscal 2006, mainly due to competitive import price pressure and mix. In Europe, demand for coated woodfree paper grew by 7.3% in fiscal 2006, compared to growth of 4.3% in fiscal 2005. Despite sharp input costs increases and significant temporary capacity closures during fiscal 2005, prices in Europe were flat.

Due to weak market conditions in fiscal 2005 and 2006 and to contain rising costs, the company continued its restructuring initiatives as described in the “Company and Business Overview” section. This gave rise to a US$47 million restructuring charge at Sappi Fine Paper Europe.

The translation of our annual results, from local currencies to US$ for reporting purposes, tends to distort comparisons between financial periods when currencies are volatile. During 2006 the US$ strengthened by 2.7% on average against the Euro, and by 5.8% on average against the South African Rand (ZAR). For example, as a result of the strengthening of the average US$ rate against the Euro and the ZAR during 2006, a 1.1% decrease in average selling price realised in Euro translates to a 3.8% decrease in US$, and a 12.4% increase in average selling price realised in ZAR translates to a 5.9% increase in US$. We refer to this as the currency translation effect in the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations.

Sales

Sales represent the net sales value of all products sold to outside parties. For a full description see our revenue recognition policy in note 2 of our Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Sappi Group:

 

 

Fiscal

 

Variance

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

Value

 

%

 

 

 

Tonnes’000

 

Sales Volume

 

 

 

Sales Volume

 

7,199

 

7,479

 

 

(280

)

 

(3.7

)

Impact of Additional Accounting Week

 

 

141

 

 

(141

)

 

 

 

 

US$ Millions

 

Sales Value

 

 

 

Sales Value

 

4,941

 

5,018

 

 

(77

)

 

(1.5

)

Impact of Additional Accounting Week

 

 

95

 

 

(95

)

 

 

 

The total volume of product (including pulp) sold by the Group in fiscal 2006 decreased by 280,000 metric tonnes from fiscal 2005. The impact of additional accounting week in fiscal 2005 was 141,000 metric tonnes. Sales volumes in fiscal 2006 were impacted by a reduction in timber and timber product volumes of 212,000 metric tonnes, partly offset by a 72,000 metric tonne volume growth in other core pulp and paper volumes, and the impact of the additional accounting week in fiscal 2005. The increase of 72,000 metric tonnes in volume of products sold consisted of increased volume sold for Sappi Fine Paper Europe (69,000 metric tonnes), Sappi Fine Paper North America (20,000 metric tonnes) and Sappi Fine Paper South Africa (17,000 metric tonnes), partly offset by reduced volumes sold at Forest Products (34,000 metric tonnes), excluding the impact of the additional accounting week in fiscal 2005.

56




Consolidated sales decreased by US$77 million to US$4,941 million in 2006 from US$5,018 million in 2005 (1.5%). The impact of additional volume sold, due to the additional accounting week in 2005, was US$95 million, based on average weekly sales. The US$77 million decrease is primarily due to a currency translation effect of US$133 million and lower volumes sold of US$39 million, partly offset by higher selling prices of US$95 million. The sales of our Fine Paper division decreased by US$62 million and Forest Products by US$15 million. The total volume of products sold, in metric tons, in 2006 decreased by 0.3 million tons to 7.2 million tons. Volumes sold increased for Sappi Fine Paper (27,000 metric tonnes), despite 79,000 metric tonnes of additional volume in fiscal 2005 due to the additional accounting week, and decreased for Forest Products (307,000 metric tonnes), with 62,000 metric tonnes attributable to the additional accounting week in fiscal 2005. The increase in volumes for Fine Paper was largely at our European operations (23,000 metric tonnes), while the decrease for Forest Products is primarily due to lower volumes of timber products (212,000 metric tonnes) and paper pulp (95,000 metric tonnes).

An analysis by business unit is as follows:

Sappi Fine Paper:

 

 

Fiscal

 

Variance

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

Value

 

%

 

 

 

Tonnes’000

 

Sales Volume

 

 

 

Sales Volume

 

4,204

 

4,177

 

 

27

 

 

0.7

 

Impact of Additional Accounting Week

 

 

79

 

 

(79

)

 

 

 

 

US$ Millions

 

Sales Value

 

 

 

Sales Value

 

3,958

 

4,020

 

 

(62

)

 

(1.5

)

Impact of Additional Accounting Week

 

 

76

 

 

(76

)

 

 

 

The total volume sold by Sappi Fine Paper (including pulp) in 2006 increased by 27,000 (0.7%) metric tonnes to 4.2 million metric tonnes, even taking into account the impact of the additional accounting week in 2005 of 79,000 metric tonnes additional volume, based on average weekly sales. For Sappi Fine Paper North America, volumes sold decreased by 7,000 metric tonnes (0.5%), to 1.4 million metric tonnes, the impact of the additional accounting week in 2005 was 27,000 metric tonnes, based on average sales. Industry demand for coated fine paper in North America increased at an annualised rate of 4.3% in fiscal 2006. Sappi Fine Paper North America saw a decline in market share due mainly to increased imports. Sappi Fine Paper Europe’s volumes increased by 23,000 metric tonnes to 2.5 million tons (1.0%), compared with industry-wide coated fine paper growth of 7.3% for 2006, compared to 1.6% in 2005. The impact of the additional accounting week in fiscal 2005 was 46,000 metric tonnes, based on average sales. The market share lost in Europe in the second and third quarters of fiscal 2005 was regained by Sappi Fine Paper Europe in the last fiscal quarter of fiscal 2005. Sappi Fine Paper South Africa maintained market share in 2006 with volumes flat at 0.3 million tons.

Total sales for Sappi Fine Paper (including pulp) decreased by only US$62 million (1.5%) to US$3,958 million in fiscal 2006 despite the impact of the additional accounting week in fiscal 2005 of US$76 million additional sales. The US$62 million decrease is due primarily to the currency translation effect (US$79 million) and lower average selling prices realised in local currencies (US$7 million), partly offset by increased volume (US$24 million). Average prices realised in US$ terms in fiscal 2006 decreased by US$21 per metric tonne (2.2%) to US$941 per metric tonne, down from US$962 per metric tonne in fiscal 2005.

Sales for Sappi Fine Paper North America decreased by US$19 million (1.3%) to US$1,439 million in fiscal 2006, based on average sales, the impact of the additional accounting week in fiscal 2005 was

57




US$28 million. Decreased selling prices reduced sales by US$12 million, and lower volumes contributed to a decrease of US$7 million in sales. The decrease in volume was impacted by the additional accounting week in fiscal 2005. The average price realised decreased by 0.8% to US$1,009 per metric tonne in fiscal 2006, from US$1,017 per metric tonne in 2005.

Sales for Sappi Fine Paper Europe decreased by US$45 million (2%) to US$2,194 million in fiscal 2006. Based on average sales, the impact of the additional accounting week in fiscal 2005 was US$42 million. The US$45 million decrease is due to the currency translation effect (US$61 million) and reduced selling prices in Euro terms (US$5 million), partly offset by increased volume, (US$21 million). The increase in volume was impacted by the additional accounting week in fiscal 2005. The increase in volume, excluding the impact of the additional accounting week in 2005, was mainly the effect of our improved market share as from the final quarter of fiscal 2005. Average prices realised in US$ terms were US$896 per metric tonne in fiscal 2006, US$27 per metric tonne (2.9%) down from the US$923 per metric tonne in fiscal 2005. In Euro terms average prices per metric tonne were 1.1% lower.

For Sappi Fine Paper South Africa, sales increased by US$2 million (0.6%) to US$325 million in fiscal 2006. Based on average sales, the impact of the additional accounting week in fiscal 2005 was US$6 million additional sales in fiscal 2005. The increase is primarily attributable to higher average selling prices realised in ZAR terms (US$9 million) and increased volumes (US$11 million), being partly offset by the decrease due to currency translation effect (US$18 million). The average price realised for fine paper products in South Africa in US$ terms decreased by 2.8% to US$991 per metric tonne in fiscal 2006 as a result of the currency translation effect, while in ZAR terms, the average price realised in fiscal 2006 increased by 2.9% as a result of reduced pressure from imports into South Africa and by the ZAR weakening against the US$. The weakening of the currency also resulted in better margins in ZAR terms on export sales in fiscal 2006.

Sappi Forest Products:.

 

 

Fiscal

 

Variance

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

Value

 

%

 

 

 

Tonnes’000

 

Sales Volume

 

 

 

Pulp and Paper

 

1,470

 

1,565

 

 

(95

)

 

(6.1

)

Timber and Timber Products

 

1,525

 

1,737

 

 

(212

)

 

(12.2

)

Total Volume

 

2,995

 

3,302

 

 

(307

)

 

(9.3

)

Impact of Additional Accounting Week

 

 

62

 

 

(62

)

 

 

 

 

US$ Millions

 

Sales Value

 

 

 

Pulp and Paper

 

896

 

908

 

 

(12

)

 

(1.3

)

Timber and Timber Products

 

87

 

90

 

 

(3

)

 

(3.3

)

Total Value

 

983

 

998

 

 

(15

)

 

(1.5

)

Impact of Additional Accounting Week

 

 

19

 

 

(19

)

 

 

 

Total sales volumes, for Sappi Forest Products, decreased 9.3% to 3.0 million tons in 2006. The volume of timber sold decreased by 212,000 metric tonnes (12.2%) and the volume of paper pulp sold decreased by 27.6%, due to the additional accounting week in fiscal 2005 as well as operational performance issues in 2006, while chemical cellulose volumes were 3.5% higher, despite the additional accounting week in fiscal 2005. The impact of the additional accounting week in fiscal 2005 was 62,000 metric tonnes (US$19 million), based on average sales. Sappi Forest Product’s total sales decreased by US$15 million (1.5%), to US$983 million in fiscal 2006, from US$998 million in fiscal 2005. This decrease is

58




attributable mainly to the currency effect (US$55 million) and decreased volumes (US$63 million), partly reduced by increased selling prices in ZAR terms and mix (US$103 million). The average price for chemical cellulose increased by 3.0% in fiscal 2006, mainly due to higher international pulp prices. The higher average prices at Sappi Forest Products, are mainly attributable to improved product mix and higher international pulp prices in 2006. The product mix improvement mainly reflects the decrease in timber product sales (212,000 metric tonnes) and increase in chemical cellulose sales. Chemical cellulose sales increased 16.2% in fiscal 2005 of total Sappi Forest Products sales volume to 18.5% in fiscal 2006. Timber and timber product sales volume decreased from 52.6% in fiscal 2005 to 51.0% in fiscal 2006. In fiscal 2006 the average selling price of chemical cellulose was US$692 per metric tonne and that of timber and timber products US$56 per metric tonne. International pulp prices (NBSK: US$583 per metric tonnes) were US$128 per metric tonne higher than at the end of 2005, which benefited both chemical cellulose and paper pulp sales. Export sales margins in local currency, especially chemical cellulose sales which are all exported, benefited from the weakening of the ZAR against the US$.

Operating Expenses

Group operating expenses (comprising cost of goods sold, SG&A expenses and other expenses) decreased by US$311 million (6.1%) to US$4,816 million in fiscal 2006. An analysis of group operating expenses is as follows:

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

Variance

 

 

 

US$ million

 

%

 

US$ million

 

%

 

US$ million

 

%

 

Total Operating Costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Delivery

 

441

 

9.2

 

451

 

8.8

 

(10

)

(2.2

)

Material Costs

 

2,516

 

52.2

 

2,426

 

47.3

 

91

 

3.7

 

Manufacturing Costs

 

1,428

 

29.7

 

1,602

 

31.2

 

(174

)

(10.9

)

Silvicultural Costs

 

43

 

0.9

 

45

 

0.9

 

4

 

10.3

 

SG&A

 

366

 

7.6

 

363

 

7.1

 

3

 

0.8

 

Inventory Revaluation

 

 

 

13

 

0.3

 

(13

)

(100.0

)

Impairment

 

9

 

0.2

 

229

 

4.5

 

(220

)

(96.1

)

Restructuring

 

43

 

0.9

 

22

 

0.4

 

21

 

95.5

 

Other

 

(30

)

(0.7

)

(24

)

(0.5

)

(13

)

71.9

 

 

 

4,816

 

100

 

5,127

 

100

 

(311

)

(6.1

)

 

Cost of goods sold decreased by US$87 million, reflecting the positive impact of the US$114 million currency effect and US$74 million volume decrease impact being partly offset by the negative impact of US$79 million raw material and energy cost increases and US$22 million adverse fair value pricing adjustment. Major cost drivers during 2006 were price increases of wood (US$32 million), energy (US$83 million) and pulp (US$38 million), partly offset by volume reductions. Selling, general and administrative expenses (‘SG&A’) increased by US$3 million. The impact of the additional accounting week in 2005 was an additional US$85 million cost of goods sold and US$7 million additional SG&A costs, based on the average weekly costs in fiscal 2005. We have been vigilant in controlling costs and offsetting cost increases where possible.

Group fixed costs for the year decreased US$194 million (10%) compared to the previous year. The decrease in fixed costs was mainly due to the one less accounting week, decreased personnel costs (US$93 million), decreased maintenance costs (US$25 million) and decreased depreciation (US$28 million). The impact of the additional accounting week in fiscal 2005, based on average weekly expense, was US$37 million.

Other expenses decreased US$229 million mainly due to the non-reoccurrence of fiscal 2005 impairment charges of US$229 million, impairment charges in fiscal 2006 were US$9 million. In 2006 the

59




benefit of the reversal of the Usutu Mill impairment (US$40 million), in terms of IAS 36, was offset by restructuring charges in Europe (US$40 million).

Operating expenses for Sappi Fine Paper North America decreased by US$262 million, primarily as a result of decreased other expenses (US$207 million) and partly as a result of decreased raw material costs (US$32 million) for chemicals, energy and wood costs and decreased SG&A costs (US$21 million). The reduction in other expenses relates mainly to a reduction in impairment and restructuring charges (US$203 million) and SG&A costs decreased mainly due to a release of a pension fund provision (US$18 million). The impact of the additional accounting week in fiscal 2005 was US$32 million, based on average weekly costs.

Operating expenses for Sappi Fine Paper Europe increased US$66 million (3.1%). The benefit of the currency translation (US$53 million) and one less accounting week (US$37 million) was offset by increased volumes (US$18 million), raw material (US$40 million) and energy (US$52 million) cost increases and restructuring charges (US$40 million). Raw material cost increases were due to timber (US$15 million) and pulp (US$32 million).

Operating expenses for Sappi Fine Paper South Africa remained flat in US$, but increased 6.0% in ZAR. The currency translation benefit (US$17 million) was offset by increased volumes (US$10 million) and increased costs (US$8 million).

Operating expenses for Sappi Forest Products decreased US$107 million (11.7%) The benefit of the currency translation (US$43 million), volume decrease (US$95 million), decreased SG&A (US$5 million) and decreased other expenses (US$87 million) was partly offset by operating cost increases (US$102 million) and fair value pricing adjustment (US$22 million). Other expenses reduced mainly as a result of the Usutu mill impairment charge (US$50 million) in fiscal 2005 being partially reversed in fiscal 2006 (US$40 million).

SG&A, which is included in the group operating expenses discussed above, increased by US$3 million (0.8%) to US$366 million in 2006. SG&A costs were favourably impacted by sales of emission credits at Sappi Fine Paper Europe (US$7 million), reversal of a Pension Fund Provision in Sappi Fine Paper North America (US$18 million), the result of the currency effect (US$16 million) and US$6 million impact due to the extra accounting week in 2005, based on average weekly expenses.

Other expenses which are included in the group operating expenses described above represent all profit and expenditure relating to activities outside what is regarded as normal trading. Other expenses of US$30 million in 2006 (US$259 million in 2005) relates mainly to significantly lower asset impairment charges of US$9 million (US$229 million in 2005) and increased restructuring charges of US$43 million (US$22 million in 2005), partly offset by the reversal of a impairment of Usutu mill at Sappi Forest Products (US$40 million). The US$229 million asset impairment charges in 2005 related mainly to our North American Muskegon Mill (US$183 million) and our Southern African Usutu Mill (US$50 million). The restructuring charges of US$43 million in 2006 relate mainly to a specific operating expense reduction and efficiency improvement project in Sappi Fine Paper Europe (US$47 million), partly offset by the reversal of a provision (US$4 million) in Sappi Fine Paper North America, no longer required.

Group operating expenses per metric tonne decreased by US$17 (2.5%) to US$669 in fiscal 2006 from US$686 per metric tonne in fiscal 2005. The decrease of 2.9% was largely the result of the non-reoccurrence of the Muskegon and Usutu impairment charges (US$32 per metric tonne or 4.7%), the currency translation effect (US$16 per metric tonne or 2.6%) as well as lower raw materials and energy costs (US$2 per metric tonne or 0.3%).

At our North American operations the operating expense were US$1,198 per metric tonne in 2006 compared to US$1,020 in 2005, with the impact of the impairment charges in 2005 were US$128 per metric tonne. At our European operations the operating expenses were US$907 per metric tonne in 2006

60




compared to US$888 in 2005, mainly due to restructuring charges and increased material costs. At our Fine Paper Southern Africa operations the operating expenses were US$1,009 per metric tonne in 2006 compared to US$1,054 in 2005. At our Forest Products operations the operating expenses were US$270 per metric tonne in 2006 compared to US$277 in 2005, the impact of the Usutu mill impairment charge in 2005 accounting for US$14 per metric tonne.

Operating Loss/Profit

Group operating income amounted to US$125 million in 2006, compared to an operating loss of US$109 million in 2005. The operating loss of our Fine Paper division decreased by US$137 million; and Forest Products operating profit increased by US$92 million.

The group operating margin was positive 2.5% compared to negative 2.2% in 2005. This reflects the effect of the non-reoccurrence of the impairment charges (US$233 million) in 2005 and the reversal of the Usutu mill impairment of US$40 million in 2006.

Sappi Fine Paper.   Operating loss for Sappi Fine Paper decreased by US$137 million to a loss of US$49 million in 2006 primarily due to decreased operating losses at Sappi Fine Paper North America (US$243 million) and Sappi Southern Africa (US$5 million), partly offset by a US$111 million decrease in operating income to a loss of US$27 million at Sappi Fine Paper Europe in 2006. Operating margin was for Sappi Fine Paper negative 1.2% in 2006 as compared to negative 4.6% in 2005.

Sappi Fine Paper North America incurred operating losses of US$16 million in 2006 and US$259 million in 2005. This improvement in 2006 is mainly due to the non-reoccurrence of the Muskegon impairment charge (US$183 million) and restructuring charges (US$22 million) in 2005 and the pension provision release (US$18 million) in fiscal 2006, partly offset by the impact of lower selling prices (US$18 million) and higher raw material and energy costs (US$32 million) in 2006.

Sappi Fine Paper Europe operating profit decreased by US$111 million to a loss of US$27 million in 2006. Operating margin decreased to negative 1.2% in 2006 from positive 3.8% in 2005. The decrease was mainly attributable to increased raw material and energy cost (US$47 million), reduced sales due to currency and pricing (US$66 million) and increased restructuring charges (US$40 million), partly offset by the benefit of increased sales volumes (US$21 million).

Sappi Fine Paper South Africa operating loss decreased US$5 million to a loss of US$6 million; in 2006. The improvement was mainly attributable to pricing (US$9 million), partly offset by increased costs.

Sappi Forest Products.   Sappi Forest Products operating profit increased by US$92 million to US$175 million in 2006. The increase was mainly due to improved volume, pricing and mix (US$135 million), reduced SG&A costs (US$14 million), reduced other expenses (US$87 million), mainly impairment reversal, partly offset by increased operating costs (US$102 million), adverse fair value pricing adjustment (US$22 million) and the impact of currency translation (US$12 million). US$40 million of the Usutu impairment charge (US$50 million) in 2005 was reversed in 2006. Operating margin was 17.7% in 2006, compared to 8.3% in 2005.

Corporate.   Corporate operating expenses decreased by US$5 million.

Net Finance Costs

Net finance costs consists of gross interest and other finance costs net of interest received, interest capitalised, foreign exchange gains and losses and change in fair value of financial instruments. Net finance costs were US$130 million in 2006 compared to US$80 million in 2005. Gross interest cost remained largely unchanged from 2005, increasing by US$1 million to US$162 million. Net interest-bearing debt of US$2,113 million in 2006 increased by US$105 million compared to US$2,008 million in 2005. Net finance costs also included fair value adjustments for which 2005 included gains of US$13 million due to an

61




accounting mismatch, as a result of our inability to apply hedge accounting in respect of interest rate swaps during the third quarter in 2005. As a result of IFRS adoption, the prior year was restated by a US$22 million gain due to cash flow hedges, previously accounted for in equity no longer qualifying for hedge accounting under IAS 39. These instruments are now recognized at fair value through profit and loss.

Cash interest cover (cash generated by operations divided by net finance costs (before capitalised interest)) decreased to 3.6 times in 2006 compared to 7.1 times for 2005. The decrease in 2006 is mainly due to lower cash generated by operations as well as higher net finance costs as a result of the fair value adjustments, which were gains in 2005.

Finance costs capitalised were US$2 million in 2006 and US$1 million in 2005. Finance costs capitalised relate primarily to the capitalised interest on major projects under construction.

Taxation

The 2006 taxation credit was taxation credit of US$1 million in fiscal 2006, compared to a credit of US$5 million in fiscal 2005. The effective taxation rate this year was 14.9% (2.8% in 2005). Despite the loss in fiscal 2006, the decrease in the taxation benefit and the increase in the effective taxation rate in fiscal 2006 were primarily as a result of taxation losses carried forward, arising in North America and Austria, not being recognized under applicable accounting rules. Our North American operations, where the nominal taxation rate is 39.5%, reported a net loss before taxation of US$79 million, with the Austrian operations reporting a loss of US$87 million. In addition a provision for Secondary Tax on Companies (STC) of US$9 million, being 12.5% of dividends declared, was provided. Tax risk provisions to the value of US$13 million have been raised in Europe. Offsetting the negative consequences of losses not being tax relieved and the risk provisions raised was the release of risk provisions against matters which have now been finalised and settled, the recognition of taxation assets in Belgium and the effect of the Usutu impairment reversal not being tax effected, due to the prior non-recognition of the deferred tax asset.

The effective taxation rate of 2.8% in fiscal 2005 was primarily affected by the net loss before taxation of US$327 million for Sappi Fine Paper North America not being fully recognized and the non-relief of the impairment charges relating to the Usutu mill. This was, however, partially offset by tax rate reductions in the Netherlands and South Africa.

Taxation liabilities are calculated according to the tax laws applicable to the jurisdiction in which a legal entity has fiscal residence. Certain jurisdictions apply group taxation and the taxation liabilities of legal entities trading in such jurisdictions are calculated in accordance with group taxation principles. In certain cases entities are subject to taxation in more than one jurisdiction. Where the entity is entitled to a corresponding taxation credit in the country of fiscal residence, this entitlement is reflected in the taxation charge. Should there not be any entitlement to a taxation credit, the foreign taxation paid is included as part of the taxation charge for an entity.

Certain of our companies are subject to taxation queries, which could give rise to additional taxation costs. While amounts have been provided for such costs in addition to amounts disclosed as contingent liabilities, management currently believes that no further material costs will arise. See note 24.4 to our Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Sappi International S.A. (“SISA”) our group treasury, operates in Belgium under a co-ordination centre license granted by the Belgium government that includes an alternative method of calculating the taxation liability of the co-ordination centre. This license was renewed in July 2003 and it is our current understanding that this license will be renewed until the end of 2010. The Belgian government legislated a new general tax measure with effect from January 1, 2006. This tax measure allows for a tax deduction on the notional cost of a company’s equity. This will apply to Sappi once the co-ordination centre status expires and will result in similar benefits.

62




Sappi accounts for taxation using the undistributed taxation rate for IFRS and using the distributed rate for US GAAP. This is reflected as a reconciling item in the annual financial statements (refer note 35 to our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report). The company currently has an after tax Secondary Tax on Companies (STC) credit of US$18 million (fiscal 2005 US$31 million). Deferred tax assets are recognised for unused STC credits to the extent that they will be utilised in the future. When STC credits are utilised with declaration of dividends, it will result in the recognition of a deferred tax charge for STC in the income statement in the period that the dividend is declared.

Basis of Income Taxation

South Africa has a dual income tax system in terms of which residents are taxed on their worldwide income and non-residents are taxed on their South African source (or deemed source) income. Certain categories of income and activities are exempt from taxation.

Residence, in the case of natural persons, is established either by being ordinarily resident in South Africa or by satisfying a physical presence test in terms of which they become residents by virtue of their being physically present in South Africa for certain prescribed periods of time. In the case of legal entities, residence is established by virtue of incorporation or formation, or having a place of effective management in South Africa. Excluded from the definition of “resident” are persons or entities which are, in terms of double taxation agreements entered into by South Africa, not treated as resident in South Africa.

Resident companies of South Africa are subject to corporate income tax at a rate of 29%. The South African tax law exempts dividends received from domestic entities from taxation, in part to avoid double taxation of corporate earnings. However, resident companies are subject to Secondary Tax on Companies (STC) upon the declaration of a dividend, equal to 12.5% of such dividend, net of the STC tax liability. Any excess of dividends received by a company in a relevant dividend cycle, excluding those foreign dividends which are not exempt from South African income tax, over the dividends paid in such cycle is carried forward by the company to the succeeding dividend cycle as an STC credit.

The imposition of STC, together with the corporate income taxes, effectively imposes a dual corporate tax system in South Africa, with a liability for both the 12.5% STC and the 29% corporate income tax. This creates an effective tax rate on South African companies of 36.9% on distributed earnings. STC tax on companies is however only recognised under current IFRS when a dividend is distributed. The STC becomes payable one month after the end of the month in which the dividend was declared.

Dividends received by or accruing to South African residents from companies which are not tax resident in South Africa are subject to tax, but certain foreign dividends are exempt from tax, including:

·       Foreign dividends declared by a company listed on a stock exchange licensed in South Africa or on an exchange recognised by the Minister of Finance in the Government Gazette to a shareholder if more than 10% of the equity share capital of the listed company at the time of declaration is held by South African residents;

·       Foreign dividends to residents holding a certain minimum interest (currently 20% of the total equity shares and voting rights) in the foreign company declaring the dividend, however certain dividends are excluded from this exemption in terms of certain anti-avoidance measures;

·       Foreign dividends declared out of profits that are subject to tax in the hands of the South African resident recipient of the dividend in terms of South Africa’s controlled foreign company legislation;

·       Foreign dividends declared out of profits that are subject to full South African tax; and

·       Foreign dividends declared by a company out of profits which arose from dividends declared to such company by a South African resident company.

63




South African residents, who are natural persons earning interest and non-exempt dividends from foreign sources, are allowed an exemption on the first R2,500 of such income (the exemption is firstly to be applied to foreign dividends and only if they do not exceed R2,500, the excess is to be applied to foreign interest). There is also an exemption applicable to the first R16,500 of the aggregate of any interest received from local sources and any dividends which are not exempt from tax (other than foreign dividends), however, this exemption will be reduced by the amount of the exemption which may be applicable to foreign interest or dividends referred to above.

Income Tax and Capital Gains Tax

Profits derived from the sale of shares in a South African company will generally only be subject to income tax (at a corporate rate of 29% and a maximum individual rate of 40% based on a sliding scale) in South Africa if the seller carries on business in South Africa as a share dealer, and the profits are realised in the ordinary course of that business.

Capital Gains Tax was introduced with effect from October 1, 2001 and has been introduced in the Income Tax Act 58 of 1962 by way of the incorporation of the Eighth Schedule therein (“Eighth Schedule”). Under the Eighth Schedule, all natural persons, legal persons and trusts resident in South Africa are liable to pay capital gains tax on the disposal of a capital asset. The definition of an asset is very wide and includes assets that are movable, immovable, corporeal or incorporeal, but excludes certain limited items. Non-residents of South Africa will not be subject to capital gains tax except in respect of the disposal of immovable property situated in South Africa (or any interest or right in such immovable property) and any assets of his/its permanent establishment through which a trade is being carried on in South Africa. Profits derived from the sale of South African shares held by non-residents as long-term investments will generally not be subject to capital gains tax in South Africa. However, the sale of South African shares held by a non-resident will attract capital gains tax in the event that the shares comprise an asset of that non-resident’s permanent establishment in South Africa, or if the foreign shareholder (alone or together with any connected persons) holds more than 20% of the issued share capital of the South African company and more than 80% of the net asset value of that company is attributable to immovable property situated in South Africa. An American Depository Share will be regarded as a share for the purpose of Capital Gains Tax in South Africa. The Treaty only permits the imposition of South African tax on capital gains of a United States resident seller from the sale of shares where such shares form part of the business property of a permanent establishment which the seller has in South Africa or pertain to a fixed base available to the seller in South Africa for the purpose of performing independent personal services. Companies will be liable to capital gains tax on 50% of the net capital gain. At the current corporate tax rate of 29%, the effective tax rate on net capital gains will therefore be 14.5%.

For further information see “Item 10—Additional Information—Taxation”.

Net Loss

Net loss decreased to US$4 million in 2006 from a net loss of US$184 million in 2005, primarily due to the non-reoccurrence of the Muskegon and Usutu impairment charges of US$233 million pre-tax. Lower selling prices, higher raw material and energy costs, especially in our North American and European operations continue to place margins under pressure. A weakening of the Euro and ZAR against the US$ impacts margins of our European and southern African businesses favourably. Restructuring charges in Europe were partly offset, in fiscal 2006, by the reversal of impairment of our Usutu Mill at Sappi Forest Products.

Basic loss per share decreased to a loss of 2 US cents per share in 2006, from a loss per share of 81 US cents per share in 2005.

64




Liquidity and Capital Resources

Operations

Cash retained from operating activities amounted to US$228 million in 2006 compared to US$301 million in 2005.

During 2006 we generated cash from operations of US$464 million compared to US$569 million in 2005, a reduction of US$105 million in cash generated compared to 2005. Although operating profit (US$125 million) improved by US$234 million as against 2005 operating loss (US$109 million), the improvement in operating profit relates mainly to, non-cash, impairment charges of US$229 million in 2005 becoming a reversal of US$31 million in 2006. Cash generated was reduced by finance costs paid (net of interest income) of US$138 million (US$11 million more than 2005), taxation paid of US$13 million (US$30 million less than 2005) and also by US$17 million cash being utilised by working capital (2005 utilised US$30 million).

Total non-cash items in 2006 amounted to US$339 million, which was US$339 million lower than the US$678 million in 2005, and included:

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Depreciation

 

390

 

 

422

 

 

Fellings & Amortisation

 

76

 

 

68

 

 

Asset Impairments, Mill Closure & Non-cash items

 

(127

)

 

188

 

 

 

 

339

 

 

678

 

 

 

The changes in other non-cash items were as follows:

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

Variance

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Fair Value Pricing adjustment

 

(104

)

 

(118

)

 

 

14

 

 

Asset (Reversals)/Impairments

 

(31

)

 

236

 

 

 

(267

)

 

Other

 

8

 

 

70

 

 

 

(62

)

 

Other Non-Cash Items

 

(127

)

 

188

 

 

 

(315

)

 

 

·       The fair value pricing adjustment was lower because of the impact of cost escalations in fiscal 2006, mainly due to the impact of the oil price.

·       The 2005 impairment charges related mainly to the Sappi North American Muskegon and Forest Products Usutu mills. The Usutu impairment was partially reversed in 2006 (US$40 million).

·       Depreciation and felling charges were lower due to the effect of one less accounting week (US$9 million), currency translation effect (US$14 million).

The increase in 2006 in working capital of US$17 million compared to a US$30 million increase in 2005, consisted of:

·       A decrease in accounts payable (US$12 million). The decrease in payables consisted mainly of a decrease in payables at Sappi Fine Paper Europe (US$20 million), partly offset by an increase at Sappi Fine Paper Southern Africa (US$5 million).

·       A minimal increase in receivables (US$3 million).

·       A US$3 million increase in inventories related mainly to increases at our Sappi Fine Paper Europe (US$8 million) and Sappi Fine Paper South African (US$15 million) operations, partly offset by decreases at our North American (US$15 million) and Forest Products (US$2 million) operations.

65




The increase of US$11 million in finance costs paid in 2006 was primarily due to increased levels of average borrowings and higher interest rates paid on borrowings.

Taxation paid of US$13 million in 2006 was US$30 million lower than 2005.

Investing

Cash utilised in investing activities was US$355 million in 2006 and US$379 million in 2005. Cash utilised in investing activities in 2006 related primarily to capital expenditure on non-current assets of US$303 million, increased pension and other post retirement payments (US$68 million), partly offset by proceeds on non-current asset disposals (US$4 million) and a decrease (US$12 million) in investments and loans. Increased pension and other post retirement payments were mainly at Sappi Fine Paper Europe (US$13 million) and Sappi Fine Paper North America (US$43 million).

Cash capital expenditure increased to US$303 million in 2006 from US$294 million in 2005. The lower cash capital expenditure of US$9 million in 2005 was impacted by currency movements of US$11 million. The US$303 million spent in 2006 consisted of US$160 million (US$183 million in 2005) relating to expenditure to maintain operations and US$143 million (US$111 million in 2005) of expenditure to expand operations.

The capital expenditure of US$143 million in 2006 to expand operations primarily consisted of:

·       Expenditure of US$81 million at our Sappi Fine Paper Europe operations, relating mainly to process improvements, particularly at the Ehingen mill (US$65 million). The purpose of the Ehingen investment was to enable the mill to move from a single to a multi-coated product.

·       Expenditure of US$61 million at our Sappi Forest Product operations, relating mainly to process de-bottlenecking at Saiccor (US$17 million), initial expenditure on the major capacity increase project at Saiccor (US$32 million), a product improvement project at Usutu mill (US$3 million) and various other process improvement projects.

·       Expenditure of US$1 million at our Sappi Fine Paper Southern Africa operations.

Our capital expenditure programme varies from year to year, and expenditure in one year is not necessarily indicative of future capital expenditure.

The capital expenditure of US$111 million in fiscal 2005 to expand operations mainly consisted of:

·       Projects at our European operations amounting to US$58 million, including the replacement of operating equipment and finishing house automation of US$14 million at our Gratkorn mill and US$11 million on the rebuild of our Ehingen mill.

·       US$27 million at our Forest Product division, including US$18 million on de-bottlenecking at Saiccor mill.

·       Expenditure of US$26 million at our North American operations, including US$17 million at the Cloquet mill on product improvements and cost reductions.

Financing

At September 2006 our gross debt, which is all interest-bearing borrowings plus overdraft, decreased to US$2,337 million, from US$2,375 million last year. Cash and cash equivalents of US$224 million in 2006 decreased by US$143 million from last year, primarily due to the dividend payment (US$68 million) and the repayment of loans in 2006. Our net debt, which is gross debt less cash and cash equivalents, at September 2006 increased by US$105 million to US$2,113 million from US$2,008 million last year, of

66




which US$28 million was a result of currency movements and fair value adjustments. At the end of 2006, the ratio of net debt to total capitalization was 46%, up from 41% at the end of 2005.

The currency profile of our gross debt at the end of 2006 and 2005 is detailed below:

 

 

September 2006

 

% of total

 

September 2005

 

% of total

 

 

 

US$ million

 

 

 

US$ million

 

 

 

US Dollar

 

 

1,125

 

 

 

48.1

 

 

 

1,012

 

 

 

42.6

 

 

Euro & Swiss Franc

 

 

933

 

 

 

39.9

 

 

 

1,105

 

 

 

46.5

 

 

South African ZAR

 

 

279

 

 

 

12.0

 

 

 

258

 

 

 

10.9

 

 

Total

 

 

2,337

 

 

 

100.0

 

 

 

2,375

 

 

 

100.0

 

 

 

Debt is preferably taken up in the functional currency of the borrowing entity. Where external loans are raised in currencies other than the domestic operating currency of the entity to which the funds are applied, the currency exposure is covered by forward exchange contracts or currency swaps.

The increased proportion of South African debt in 2006 is mainly the result of increased capital expenditure.

The maturity profile of our gross debt at the end of 2006 and 2005 is detailed below:

 

 

September 2006

 

% of total

 

September 2005

 

% of total

 

 

 

US$ million

 

 

 

US$ million

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

775

 

 

 

32.6

 

 

2007*

 

 

703

 

 

 

30.1

 

 

 

141

 

 

 

5.9

 

 

2008

 

 

66

 

 

 

2.8

 

 

 

65

 

 

 

2.7

 

 

2009

 

 

10

 

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

0.6

 

 

2010

 

 

62

 

 

 

2.7

 

 

 

67

 

 

 

2.8

 

 

2011(2005 Thereafter)

 

 

553

 

 

 

23.7

 

 

 

1,316

 

 

 

55.4

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

943

 

 

 

40.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

2,337

 

 

 

100.0

 

 

 

2,375

 

 

 

100.0

 

 


*                    Included in the US$703 million reflected as payable in 2007 is US$347 million debt relating to securitisation funding which has the character of a revolving facility.

The maturity profile of our debt with an average time to maturity of 7.6 years reflects the long-term nature of our assets (2005: 8.4 years).

We have a policy of maintaining a balance between fixed and variable rate loans that enables us to minimise, on a cost effective basis, the impact on reported earnings while maintaining a reasonably competitive, market-related cost of funding. The specific balance is determined by currency to reflect more accurately the relevant interest rate environments. We monitor market conditions and may utilise interest rate derivatives to alter the existing balance between fixed and variable interest loans in response to changes in the market. At the end of 2006, 40.2% of our gross debt was at fixed rates compared to 35.3% in 2005. See note 31 to our Group annual financial statements.

In June 2002, SPH issued US$500 million 6.75% Guaranteed Notes due 2012 and US$250 million 7.50% Guaranteed Notes due 2032 (“the Notes”), both fully and unconditionally guaranteed on an unsecured basis by each of Sappi Ltd and SISA. The interest on the Notes is payable semi-annually on June 15 and December 15 of each year, which commenced on December 15, 2002.

In August 2005, Sappi Papier Holding GmbH (“SPH”) raised a facility of US$54 million from OeKB, repayable in two tranches. Tranche A (“OeKB A tranche”) of US$16 million is repayable in a single repayment in March 2007 and Tranche B (“OeKB B tranche”) of US$38 million in a single repayment in

67




June 2010. The OeKB A tranche and the OeKB B tranche attract interest at an agreed fixed rate of 4.53%. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears on both tranches. The proceeds were used to pay for Sappi’s equity participation in the Jiangxi Chenming joint venture.

In June 2005 SPH raised a new revolving credit facility of 600 million, with a maturity date of June 2010. The previous syndicated loan facility of 562.5 million raised in 2001, at our disposal until July 2006, was replaced with this new facility. The early replacement of the syndicated loan facility, 12 months prior to maturity, was undertaken to improve the terms and conditions of the replacement facility, specifically pricing of the margin and the commitment fee, and also to ensure continuity in the long-term nature of this facility. The funding margin under the new revolving credit facility is determined by a rating grid and based on our current credit rating attracts a margin between 60 and 67.5 basis points over EURIBOR, depending on the level of utilisation. This new revolving credit facility is to be used for general corporate purposes and was utilized to the extent of US$131.9 million at the end of 2006 (unutilised at the end of 2005).

Sappi Manufacturing took up a public bond of ZAR1 billion (approximately US$129 million) during fiscal 2006, at a fixed rate of 9.34%, repayable in June 2013. The bond was raised primarily to replace other maturing debt.

In previous years our banking covenants were calculated at the combined level of SPH and Sappi International S.A. During 2005 this was changed to measure the covenants at the consolidated Sappi Limited level, following the issuance in 2005 of a Sappi Limited guarantee for the long-term borrowings of the SPH/Sappi International S.A. group. Accordingly, it is more appropriate to measure the covenants at the consolidated group level. Covenants that exist for Sappi Manufacturing (Pty) Ltd have not been affected and remain at that level.

We presently meet all the financial ratios and covenants that apply to our major credit agreements. The covenants are not subject to any rating triggers, however ratings impact our interest rates.

The Group has adequate cash on hand and short and long-term banking facilities to meet its short-term commitments. At the end of 2006, Sappi’s divisions had aggregate unused borrowing facilities available of US$1,069 million (US$134 million in South Africa, US$935 million in Europe) (2005: US$1,229 million) of which US$654 million is committed (2005: US$753 million). In addition, at the end of September 2006 the group had cash and cash equivalents on hand of US$224 million (2005:  US$367 million).

There are at present some limitations on our ability to utilise facilities in any one of our divisions to finance activities, or refinance indebtedness of any other division due to covenant restrictions and South African exchange control regulations. These limitations have been significantly reduced following the refinancing of our various North American debt instruments. These restrictions include limitations on our ability to significantly increase the borrowings of our subsidiaries. A constraint applicable to South African companies is the application of exchange controls, which may inhibit the free flow of funds from South Africa. See “—south African Exchange Controls”. This affected the geographic distribution of our borrowings. As a result, our acquisitions in the United States and Europe were financed initially with indebtedness incurred by companies in these Regions. We now have access to and have extensively utilised long-term borrowings of generally unsecured nature (except in the case of asset-linked finance). Interest rates reflect long-term rates for the currencies being borrowed. Short-term borrowings are generally freely available at commercial rates in all countries in which we operate and are mainly to finance working capital.

68




Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have entered into certain asset-related finance arrangements for which various obligations, which are significant, and related assets are not included in our Group annual financial statements under IFRS. These Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements include lease arrangements described in note 26, securitisation facilities described in note 17 and an equity accounted investment described in note 14, in each case to our Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report, and are detailed as follows:

Lease Arrangements.   In 1997 we sold one of our paper machines at our Somerset mill for US$150 million and entered into a leaseback arrangement. This transaction diversified our sources of funding and provides a longer-term horizon to our repayment profile. This qualifies as an operating lease under the applicable accounting principles. The lease term expires after 15 years, and we have an option to either return the paper machine;  renew the lease for at least 2 years, but for no longer than 80% of its remaining useful life; or repurchase it at its fair market value at the end of the lease term. An option exists to repurchase the paper machine at an earlier date of January 29, 2008 for the original purchase price multiplied by a factor of 50.1%. To exercise the option, we must provide notice of between 180 and 360 days prior to the early buyout date. There is no right of refusal associated with the early buyout option. The future minimum obligations under this lease are included in the amounts presented in note 26 to the group annual financial statements.

In 1982 a cogeneration facility was installed adjacent to our Westbrook mill at a cost of US$86 million, to supply steam and electricity to the mill on a take-or-pay basis. We have taken the position that this is an operating lease. An unrelated investor owns the facility. The agreement expires in 2008 and we have an option to purchase the facility at the end of the basic term or any renewal term, at its fair market value at that time. We also have a right of first refusal to buy the facility should the owner elect to sell it. The future minimum obligations under this arrangement are included in the amounts presented in note 26 to the group annual financial statements.

Although those lease arrangements are a method of financing, a leasing arrangement that qualifies for accounting treatment as an operating lease results in neither debt nor the relevant assets being reflected on our balance sheet.

Trade Receivables Securitisation.   To improve our cash flows in a cost-effective manner, we sell between 86% and 99% of our eligible trade receivables on a non-recourse basis to special purpose entities (“SPEs”) that are owned and controlled by third party financial institutions. These SPEs are funded in the commercial paper market. Following our first-time adoption of IFRS in 2006, the majority of these receivables are now reflected on our balance sheet with the exception of the southern Africa receivables. The funds received are reflected as interest-bearing borrowings (refer note 21). This accounting treatment is in-line with the strict derecognition criteria introduced through amendments to IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments’.

In the southern African region the sale of receivables to iNdwa Investments Limited is not reflected on-balance sheet. The key difference in the securitisation programme in this region is that there are no first tier loss provisions which reduce the bank’s credit risk. In this region virtually all receivables are securitised, however, we retain 15% of the credit risk on the receivables on a proportionate basis, after all recoveries, including insurance recoveries. The total amount of trade receivables sold and derecognised at the end of fiscal 2006 amounted to US$107 million (fiscal 2005: US$129 million).

If this securitisation facility was to be terminated, we would discontinue further sales of trade receivables and would not incur any losses in respect of receivables previously sold. There are a number of events which may trigger termination of the facility, amongst others, an unacceptable amount of defaults; terms and conditions of the agreements not being met; or breaches of various credit insurance ratios. The

69




impact on liquidity varies according to the terms of the agreement; generally however, future trade receivables would be recorded on balance sheet until a replacement agreement was entered into.

An impairment of accounts receivable has been recorded for any receivables which may be un-collectable. The determination of this allowance is restricted to the 15% risk retained by Sappi.

Equity Accounted Investment.   In 1998, our interests in timberlands located in Maine and certain equipment and machinery were sold to a third party timber company, Plum Creek Timberlands LLP, in exchange for cash of US$3 million and three promissory notes receivable in the aggregate amount of US$171 million. In 1999, the Company contributed these promissory notes to a special purpose entity (“SPE”). The promissory notes were pledged as collateral for the SPE to issue bonds to investors in the amount of US$156 million. In 2001, the Company contributed its interest in the SPE to a limited liability company in exchange for 90% of the outstanding limited liability membership interest. All voting control of the limited liability company is controlled by an unrelated investor that has significant capital at risk and therefore has not been consolidated by the Company in its financial statements. The SPE is not consolidated in our financial statements because we have taken the position that it is controlled by an unrelated investor which has sufficient equity capital at risk to support such a position. The Company’s investment in the SPE is US$19 million as of October 1, 2006.

The SPE may not be liquidated prior to repayment of the bonds it issued, which mature in three tranches on February 11, 2007, February 11, 2009, and February 11, 2011. The Company may not redeem its investment in the SPE (via its ownership interest in the limited liability company) prior to complete repayment of the bonds issued by the SPE and our investment has a subordinate interest to the payment of the outstanding bonds. We have not guaranteed the obligations of the SPE and the holders of the notes payable issued by the SPE have no recourse to us.

The SPE is bankruptcy remote and serves to protect the investors in the notes from any credit risk relating to Sappi Limited by isolating cash flows from the Plum Creek notes receivable. The structure was set up to raise funding using the promissory notes as collateral in a manner that would not result in either debt or the Plum Creek Timberlands LLP notes being reflected on balance sheet. This would not be the case if we monetised the promissory notes through an issuance of secured notes directly or by an entity that was required to be consolidated in our financial statements under the applicable accounting principles.

Capital Expenditures

Capital expenditures in 2006 and 2005 consisted of the following:

 

 

September
2006

 

September
2005

 

 

 

US$ million

 

US$ million

 

Sappi Fine Paper

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sappi Fine Paper North America

 

 

48

 

 

 

90

 

 

Sappi Fine Paper Europe

 

 

136

 

 

 

124

 

 

Sappi Fine Paper South Africa

 

 

19

 

 

 

27

 

 

Total

 

 

203

 

 

 

241

 

 

Sappi Forest Products

 

 

99

 

 

 

101

 

 

Corporate

 

 

1

 

 

 

3

 

 

Consolidated Total

 

 

303

 

 

 

345

 

 

 

Of the US$303 million of capital expenditure in 2006 (2005: US$345 million), approximately US$160 million were investments to maintain operations (2005: US$183 million) and US$143 million were investments to expand operations. The capital expenditure to expand operations during 2006 included major projects at Sappi Fine Paper Europe US$81 million, Sappi Forest Products US$61 million, and

70




Sappi Fine Paper North America US$1 million. Total capital expenditure amounted to 77% of depreciation in 2006. Capital expenditure to expand operations in fiscal 2006 was US$143 million (US$111 million in 2005). Capital expenditure to expand operations primarily consisted of investments at Sappi Fine Paper Europe related mainly to process improvements, particularly at the Ehingen mill (US$65 million). The purpose of the Ehingen investment was to enable the mill to move from a single to a multi-coated product. The investments at Sappi Forest Products related mainly to process de-bottlenecking at Saiccor (US$17 million), initial expenditure on the major capacity increase project at Saiccor (US$32 million) and various other process improvement projects. Capital expenditure to expand operations during fiscal 2005 included major projects at our European Gratkorn and Ehingen mills, South African Saiccor mill and Cloquet mill in North America. Total capital spending for the Sappi Group during fiscal 2005 amounted to 82% of depreciation. Due to cash flow restrictions during fiscal 2006 capital expenditure was intentionally curtailed. Capital spending for the Sappi Group during 2007 is not expected to exceed depreciation, including the proposed expansion of the Sappi Forest Products Saiccor mill. Capital spending is expected to be funded primarily through internally generated funds. For further details about our capital commitments, see note 26 to our Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

We operate in an industry that requires high capital expenditures and, as a result, we need to devote a significant part of our cash flow to capital expenditure programmes, including investments relating to maintaining operations. Capital spending for investment relating to maintaining operations during fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 amounted to approximately US$160 million and US$183 million, respectively. The capital expenditure programme for these fiscal years was funded primarily through internally generated funds.

Our mills are generally well invested. Sappi Fine Paper North America’s former corporate parent invested approximately US$1 billion on capital and investment expenditures from 1988 to 1994. In addition, there was approximately NLG 1,383 million of capital expenditures by KNP Leykam in the two years preceding our acquisition of that company in December 1997, which included the commissioning of PM 11 at Gratkorn. Consequently, during fiscal 1997 to fiscal 2004, capital spending incurred related mainly to maintaining existing operations and selected high-return capacity expansion or quality-enhancing projects. At Muskegon in North America, Gratkorn in Europe, and Stanger in South Africa, major projects were completed to upgrade operating equipment. These projects are expected to improve product quality, reduce costs and increase capacity. Potlatch spent approximately US$525 million on the Cloquet mill during the period 1993 to 2000, resulting in a substantially new pulp mill.

71




Contractual Obligations

We have various obligations and commitments to make future cash payments under contracts, such as debt instruments, lease arrangements, supply agreements and other contracts. The following table includes information contained within the Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report, as well as information regarding purchase obligations. The tables reflect those contractual obligations at the end of fiscal 2006 that can be quantified.

 

 

Payments Due by Period

 

 

 

Total

 

Less than
1 year

 

1 - 3
years

 

3 – 5
 years

 

More than
5 years

 

 

 

(US$ millions)

 

Long-Term Debt Obligations(1)

 

2,286

 

 

687

 

 

 

61

 

 

 

612

 

 

 

926

 

 

Capital Lease Obligations(1)

 

42

 

 

7

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

17

 

 

Operating Lease Obligations(2)

 

235

 

 

54

 

 

 

77

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

59

 

 

Purchase Obligations(3)

 

56

 

 

24

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

Other Long-term Liabilities Reflected on Balance Sheet(4)

 

472

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group Total

 

3,091

 

 

772

 

 

 

179

 

 

 

666

 

 

 

1,002

 

 


(1)                Refer to note 21 of our Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

(2)                Operating leases are future minimum obligations under operating leases. Refer to note 26.

(3)                Unconditional Purchase Obligations are obligations to transfer funds in the future for fixed or minimum amounts or quantities of goods or services at fixed or minimum prices (for example, as in take-or-pay contracts or throughput contracts, relating to among others, timber and power).

(4)                The Other Long-Term Liabilities of US$472 million (fiscal 2005 US$577 million) on balance sheet, relate mainly to post-employment benefits, post-retirement benefits other than pensions obligations, workmen’s compensation, and other items which do not have a payment profile. Refer to note 22 of our Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Share Buy Back

Following an initial approval of our shareholders, on December 15, 2000, of purchases by our subsidiaries of Sappi ordinary shares, further approval to purchase was obtained at the annual general meeting of shareholders held on 6 March 2005. A special resolution granting authority to Sappi Limited or Sappi subsidiaries to buy back, up to 10%, of the issued shares of Sappi Limited in any one year, was approved. Pursuant to this approval, Sappi Limited or its subsidiaries may buy back shares from time to time. This authority is valid until the next annual general meeting. Under the South African Companies Act, subsidiaries may not hold more than 10% of the issued share capital of the parent company.

Following the initial approval in December 2000, our cumulative buy back by Group entities, at the end of 2005, is approximately 19.4 million shares (or approximately 8.1% of our issued shares) at an average price of US$9.61 (ZAR74.55) per share, of which 7.0 million shares had been utilised by the Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust to meet its obligations. During 2005 we acquired approximately 1.3 million shares for a total consideration of approximately US$15.9 million. We held approximately 13.2 million treasury shares (or approximately 5.5% of our issued shares) at the end of 2005. On December 6, 2006, the closing price for our shares on the JSE was 11,425 SA cents per share and the closing price of the ADSs on the NYSE was US$16.09 per ADS. No shares were acquired during 2006.

The JSE Limited listing requirements changed during 2003. Under the revised rules a company may not repurchase its shares during a closed period, which is defined as the period between the end of a financial reporting period and the publication of the results for that period and any period during which

72




the company is trading under a cautionary announcement. Previously this was restricted for periods of 40 trading days prior to the announcement of half-year and full-year results.

Dividends

In 2006, Sappi Limited declared dividends in respect of ordinary shares of 30 US cents per share (2005: 30 US cents per share).

We aim to declare annual dividends, which, over time, incorporate real growth for shareholders. To this end, dividend cover in each year will vary in line with changes in the business cycle, but our current intention is to maintain a long-term average of three times net profit. Notwithstanding our inability to meet this target in recent years, we remain committed to this policy in the longer term.

Mill Closures, Acquisitions, Dispositions and Impairment; and Joint Venture

Usutu impairment reversal.   During the first quarter of 2005 we announced the impairment of our Usutu mill. The Usutu mill is an unbleached kraft pulp mill and forms part of the Sappi Forest Products reporting segment. Due to continued losses an impairment review was conducted which led to the recognition of an impairment charge of US$50 million in 2005. During the fourth quarter of 2006 the impairment of Usutu mill was reversed, in terms of IAS 36, because, as a result of improved pulp prices, weakening of the ZAR against the US$, improved economic conditions and improved operational performance, profitability has improved. Demand for the mills product has improved as international pulp prices improved as the differential between bleached and unbleached pulp prices widens resulting in unbleached capacity reverting back to bleached pulp production. The improved international pricing and improved product quality have resulted in improved pricing and the weakening of the local currency against the US$ is improving margins in local currency as costs are mainly local currency denominated. The impairment reversal for the year was US$40 million.

Nash Mill Closure.   In May 2006 paper production at our Nash mill was stopped. The mill had been suffering from escalating costs, especially energy, which made it uncompetitive. The plant and equipment has been scrapped or transferred within the Group. The product previously manufactured at the mill is now produced elsewhere in the Group. The land and buildings are currently available for sale and are expected to be sold by the end of the next financial year. The assets are held in the Sappi Fine Paper Europe. The closure resulted in an impairment charge of US$2 million. An initial impairment charge of US$3 million was taken during fiscal 2005.

Restructuring.   During 2006 Sappi Fine Paper Europe undertook a major cost reduction and productivity improvement project which will result in a headcount reduction of 650 employees mainly throughout 2007. This project resulted in a restructuring charge of US$40 million in quarter four of 2006.

Muskegon impairment.   During the third quarter of fiscal 2005 we announced the impairment of our North American Muskegon mill, and recorded impairment charges of US$183 million in fiscal 2005. During fiscal 2006 impairment charges of US$4 million were incurred. A detailed discussion of this impairment is contained in the section “Restructuring”, elsewhere in this Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.

Joint Venture with Shandong Chenming Paper Holdings Limited.   During 2004 we acquired 34% of Jiangxi Chenming Paper Company Limited (“Jiangxi Chenming”) in a joint venture with Shandong Chenming Paper Holdings Limited (“Shandong Chenming”) (51%), Moorim Paper Manufacturing Company Limited of South Korea (7.5%), and the International Finance Corporation (“IFC”) (7.5%). Our equity contribution was approximately US$60 million.

The mill has an annual capacity of 350,000 metric tons per annum light-weight coated paper machine together with a bleached thermo mechanical pulp (BTMP) mill, de-inked pulp plant, and power plant. The

73




mill is located in Nanchang, the capital of Jiangxi Province which is in southeast China. The mill was commissioned in August 2005. The total cost of the project is approximately US$440 million. The IFC had arranged the debt financing for the project, which is without recourse to Sappi. The IFC holds 7.5% of the equity and has also approved US$50 million in long-term debt for its own account.

Pensions and Post-retirement Benefits Other than Pensions

The Group provides various post-retirement benefits to its active and retired employees worldwide, including: pension, post-retirement health and other life benefits.

The under funded status of the Company’s pension plans decreased by US$139 million from the deficit of US$367 million as of September 2005 to a deficit of US$228 million as of September 2006. Post-retirement benefit liabilities (other than pension) decreased US$14 million to US$164 million from US$178 million as at September 2005.

Benefit obligations and fair value of plan assets across the regions are as follows:

 

 

September 2006

 

September 2005

 

 

 

Benefit
Obligation

 

Fair value of
plan Assets

 

Benefit
Obligation

 

Fair value of
plan assets

 

 

 

(US$ in million)

 

Pensions

 

 

1,513

 

 

 

1,285

 

 

 

1,589

 

 

 

1,222

 

 

The South African Surplus Recognition Restriction

 

 

41

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

 

Post-retirement Benefits Other than Pensions

 

 

164

 

 

 

 

 

 

178

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actual returns for the various regional pension funds during 2006 were significantly better than actuarial projections, which improved asset levels as of September 2006. Discount rates in funds have been adjusted upwards, reflecting higher prevailing interest rates. The higher discount rates across the regions decreased liabilities by US$76 million, thereby having a positive effect on the funded status of the Group’s plans from September 2005 to September 2006.

The key assumptions used to compile plan assets and liabilities at September 2006 were as follows:

 

 

Europe

 

North
America

 

United
Kingdom

 

South Africa

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2006

 

2005

 

2006

 

2005

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

Discount rate

 

4.50

 

3.68

 

5.75

 

5.50

 

5.00

 

5.00

 

8.50

 

8.10

 

Return on assets

 

5.50

 

5.19

 

8.25

 

8.25

 

5.75

 

5.75

 

10.50

 

9.71

 

Salary increase

 

3.04

 

2.99

 

3.50

 

3.50

 

4.00

 

4.00

 

6.00

 

5.49

 

 

A 1% increase in discount rates would decrease the pension liability by approximately US$220 million and the related pension expense by approximately US$16 million per annum.

A 1% increase in the healthcare cost trend rates would increase the accumulated other post-retirement benefit obligation by US$13 million and the aggregate of the service and interest cost components of net periodic other post-retirement benefit expense by US$2 million after tax per annum.

The South African pension fund is, from 2005, closed to new employees. Due to uncertainties in interpretation of the South African pensions legislation, the surplus in the South African fund cannot be recognized.

For further information see notes 28 and 29 to our Group annual financial statements.

74




Insurance

The Group has an active programme of risk management in each of its geographical operating regions to address and to reduce exposure to property damage and business interruption. All production and distribution units are subject to regular risk assessments, the results of which receive the attention of senior management. The risk assessment and mitigation programmes are co-ordinated at Group level in order to achieve a harmonisation of methodology.

Sappi follows a practice of insuring its assets against unavoidable loss arising from catastrophic events. These include fire, flood, explosion, earthquake and machinery breakdown. Insurance also covers the business interruption costs which may result from these events. Specific environmental risks are also insured. In line with the previous years the Board decided not to take separate cover for losses from acts of terrorism, which is consistent with current practice in the paper manufacturing industry.

Sappi has a global insurance structure and the bulk of the insurance is placed with its own captive insurance company, Lignin Insurance Company Limited, which in turn reinsures the vast majority of the risk with third-party insurance companies.

Sappi has successfully placed the renewal of its 2007 insurance cover at rates lower than 2006. Self-insured retention for any one property damage occurrence has remained at US$25 million, with an unchanged annual aggregate limit of US$40 million. For property damage and business interruption, there generally does not seem to be cost effective cover available to full value. However the directors believe that the loss limit cover of US$1 billion should be adequate for what they have determined as the reasonably foreseeable loss for any single claim.

Insurance cover for credit risks currently applies to Sappi’s North American, European and South African domestic trade receivables.

Critical accounting policies and estimates

Our Group financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions about future events that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Future events and their effects cannot be determined with absolute certainty. Therefore, the determination of estimates requires the exercise of judgment based on various assumptions and other factors such as historical experience, current and expected economic conditions, and in some cases, actuarial techniques. The group constantly re-evaluates these significant factors and makes adjustments where facts and circumstances dictate. Historically, actual results have not significantly deviated from those determined using the estimates described above, except for post-employment benefits. The group believes that the following accounting policies are critical due to the degree of estimation required and/or the potential material impact they may have on the groups financial position and performance.

Asset impairments.   The group periodically evaluates its long-lived assets for impairment, including identifiable intangibles and goodwill, whenever events or changes in circumstance indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Our judgements regarding the existence of impairment indicators are based on market conditions and operational performance of the business. Future events could cause management to conclude that impairment indicators exist.

In order to assess if there is any impairment, we estimate the future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If the carrying amount exceeds the recoverable amount (being the greater of the discounted expected future cash flows and the net selling price of the asset) of the asset, we will recognise an impairment loss for the difference. Considerable management judgement is necessary to estimate discounted future cash flows, including judgements and estimates as to future

75




product pricing, raw material costs, volumes of product sold, changes in the planned use of machinery or equipment or closing of facilities. The calculation of appropriate pre-tax discount rates (weighted average cost of capital) is another sensitive input to the valuation. While every effort is made to make use of independent information and apply consistent methodology, actual circumstances or outcomes could vary significantly from such estimates, including as a result of changes in the economic and business environment. These variances could result in changes in useful lives or impairment. These changes can have either a positive or negative impact on our estimates of impairment and can result in additional charges.

Goodwill impairment tests are performed annually to compare the fair value of each of our reporting units (cash generating) to its carrying amount. Goodwill impairment testing is conducted at reporting unit levels of our business and is based on a cash flow based valuation model to determine the fair value of the reporting unit. The assumptions used in estimating future cash flows were based upon our business forecasts and incorporated external information from industry sources, where applicable. Actual outcomes could vary significantly from our business forecasts. Changes in certain of these estimates could have a material effect on the estimated fair value of the reporting unit. In addition to the judgments described in the preceding paragraph that are necessary in estimating future cash flows, significant judgments in estimating discounted cash flows also include the selection of the pre-tax discount rate (weighted average cost of capital) and the terminal value (net present value at end of period where there is a willing buyer and seller) multiple used in our valuation model. The discount rate used in our valuation model considered a targeted debt and equity mix, a market risk premium, and other factors consistent with valuation methodologies. The terminal value multiple used in our valuation model considered the valuations for comparable companies. Based on the results of the impairment evaluation described above, the recorded goodwill was not impaired as the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded the carrying value.

Small changes to the valuation model would not significantly impact the results of our valuation; however, if future cash flows were materially different than our forecasts, then the assessment of the potential impairment of the carrying value may be impacted.

Property, plant and equipment.   Property, plant and equipment represents tangible items and intangible items that are integrated with tangible items that are held-for-use in the production or supply of goods or services, for rental to others, or for administrative purposes and are expected to be used during more than one period.

Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Cost includes the estimated cost of dismantling and removing the assets, where specifically required in terms of legislative requirements or a constructive obligation exists.

Owner-occupied investment properties and properties in the course of construction are carried at cost, less any impairment loss where the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated to be lower than its carrying value. Cost includes professional fees and, for qualifying assets, borrowing costs capitalised in accordance with the Group’s accounting policy. Depreciation commences, on the same basis as other property assets, when the assets are ready for their intended use. The Group currently does not hold any investment properties.

Subsequent expenditure is capitalised when it is measurable and will result in probable future economic benefits. Expenditure incurred to replace a component of an item of owner-occupied property or equipment is capitalised to the cost of the item of owner-occupied property and equipment and the part replaced is derecognised. All other expenditure is recognised in profit or loss as an expense when incurred.

Depreciation is charged so as to write off the depreciable amount of the assets, other than land, over their estimated useful lives to estimated residual values, using a method that reflects the pattern in which the asset’s future economic benefits are expected to be consumed by the entity.

76




Where significant parts of an item have different useful lives to the item itself, these parts are depreciated over their estimated useful lives. The methods of depreciation, useful lives and residual values are reviewed annually.

The following methods and rates were used during the year to depreciate property, plant and equipment to estimated residual values:

Buildings     straight line 40 years

Plant     straight line 5 to 20 years

Vehicles     straight line 5 to 10 years

Furniture and equipment     straight line 3 to 6 years

Assets held under finance leases are depreciated over their expected useful lives or the term of the relevant lease, where shorter. Previously the cost of assets was written-off over the assets expected useful life, depending on the class of asset. Under IFRS these useful lives have to be reassessed annually and the depreciation charge adjusted accordingly. This process is, by its nature, dependant on certain key assumptions.  Management believes that the assigned values and useful lives, including the underlying assumptions have been adequately considered and consistently applied. Different assumptions and assigned useful lives could have an impact on the reported amounts.

The gain or loss arising on the disposal or scrapping of property, plant and equipment is recognised in profit or loss.

For material items of property, plant and equipment an internal engineer is used to assist in determining the remaining useful lives and residual values. Management believes that the assigned values and useful lives, including the underlying assumptions have been adequately considered and consistently applied. Different assumptions and assigned useful lives could have an impact on the reported amounts.

Taxation.   The group estimates its income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. This process involves estimating its current tax liability together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within the consolidated balance sheet.

The group then assesses the likelihood that the deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent recovery is not likely, a valuation allowance is established. In recognising deferred tax assets the Company considers profit forecasts including the effect of exchange rate fluctuations on sales and external market conditions. Where it is probable that a position may be successfully challenged, based on reported challenges by revenue authorities of similar positions taken by other taxpayers, as well as items already raised by revenue authorities during audits, but for which resolution has not yet been reached, a valuation allowance or tax provision is raised for the tax on the probable adjustment. Management’s judgement is required in determining the provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against the net deferred tax assets. Deferred tax assets have been recognised where management believes there are sufficient taxable temporary differences or convincing other evidence that sufficient taxable profits will be available in to realise deferred tax assets. Although the deferred tax assets for which valuation allowances have not been recognised are considered realisable, actual amounts could be reduced if future taxable income is not achieved. This can materially affect our reported net income and financial position.

Hedge accounting for financial instruments.   For the purposes of hedge accounting, we classify hedges into two categories: (a) fair value hedges which hedge the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognised asset or liability; and (b) cash flow hedges, which hedge exposure to variability in cash flows that are either attributable to a particular risk associated with a recognised asset or liability or a forecasted transaction. The financial instruments that are used in hedging transactions are assessed both at inception and quarterly thereafter to ensure they are effective in offsetting changes in either the fair value or cash

77




flows of the related underlying exposures. Hedge accounting is mainly used for debt instruments to hedge interest rate and foreign currency risk exposures and for firm commitments to hedge foreign currency risk exposures. We do not use hedge accounting for trading transactions.

In relation to fair value hedges, which meet the conditions for hedge accounting, any gain or loss from re-measuring the hedging instrument to fair value is recognised immediately against income. Any gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk is adjusted against the carrying amount of the hedged item and recognised against income. Any residual ineffectiveness related to fair value hedges can affect our reported net income. External market data is applied in re-measuring the hedging financial instrument.

In relation to cash flow hedges, which meet the conditions for hedge accounting, the portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument that is determined to be an effective hedge is recognised directly in shareholders’ equity and the ineffective portion is recognised in income. The gains or losses, which are recognised directly in shareholders’ equity, are transferred to income in the same period in which the hedged transaction affects income. Any residual ineffectiveness related to cash flow hedges can affect our reported net income. External market data is applied in measuring the hedge effectiveness of the financial instrument. Hedge ineffectiveness is recognised immediately against income. The group does not currently have any cash flow hedges.

Refer to note 31.5 of the Group Annual Financial Statements contained elsewhere in this Annual Report for details of the fair value hedging relationships.

The group has the following fair value hedges which qualify for hedge accounting:

Bonds at fixed interest rates with a total principle amount of US$856 million are hedged by seven external interest rate swaps (IRS), with a negative fair value of US$23 million which convert the US$ fixed interest rates into floating 6-month LIBOR in arrears.

In fiscal 2005 the hedge was de-designated at the end of March 2005 and was only re-designated three months later. During this period hedge accounting was interrupted. The changes in fair value of the bonds until the moment of de-designation are amortised over the remaining life of the hedge.

The following is an analysis of the impact on pre-tax profit and loss for the period

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

US$ million

 

US$ million

 

(without brackets favourable)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

De/re designation

 

 

 

 

 

12.9

 

 

Amortisation

 

 

(1.6

)

 

 

(1.2

)

 

Residual ineffectiveness

 

 

3.5

 

 

 

10.5

 

 

Total

 

 

1.9

 

 

 

22.2

 

 

 

During 2006, Sappi’s firm commitments for the purchase of equipment in foreign currency were hedged for foreign exchange risk by forward exchange contracts and were designated as a fair value hedge. The value of the firm commitments hedge accounted for was EUR15.4 million and US$1.1 million. These foreign currency forward exchange contracts had a negative fair value of US$0.3 million. Since the critical terms perfectly match, there was no residual ineffectiveness affecting profit and loss for the period.

Plantations.   We state our plantations at their fair value, less estimated costs to sell at the harvesting stage. Fair value is determined using the present value method for immature timber and the standing value method for mature timber. All changes in fair value are recognised in income in the period in which they arise.

78




Land, logging roads and related facilities are accounted for under property, plant and equipment. The trees are accounted for as plantations. Land is not depreciated. Logging roads and related facilities are depreciated at various rates over a period of 3 to 10 years depending on expected life of each road or related facility. Trees are generally felled at the optimum age when ready for intended use. At the time the tree is felled it is taken out of plantations (non-current assets) and accounted for under inventory (current assets).

Assumptions and estimates are used in the recording of plantation volumes, cost per metric tonne, and depletion. Changes in the assumptions or estimates used in these calculations may affect the Group’s results, in particular, plantation and depletion costs.

A major assumption and estimation is the growth estimation. The inputs to our growth model are complex and involve estimations, all of which are regularly updated. Growth models derived from measured data from permanent sample plots are used for growth estimation. The long-term sample plot network is representative of the species and sites on which we grow trees. Periodic adjustments are made to existing models for new genetic material.

Depletions include the fair value of timber felled, which is determined on the average method, plus amounts written off standing timber to cover loss or damage caused by, for example, fire, disease and stunted growth. Depletions are accounted for on a cost per metric tonne allocation method. Tonnes are calculated using the projected growth to rotation age and extrapolated to current age on a straight line basis.

The fair value of immature timber (softwood less than eight years and hardwood less than five years) is the discounted value of the expected delivered market price for estimated timber volumes less cost of delivery and estimated maintenance costs up to when the timber becomes usable by our own mills. The discount rate used is the pre-tax Rand cost of capital of the South African companies. The fair value of mature timber is based on the market price for estimated timber volumes less cost of delivery.

Cost of delivery includes all costs associated with getting the harvested agricultural produce to the market, being harvesting, loading, transport and allocated fixed overheads.

The Group is exposed to financial risks arising from climatic changes, disease and other natural risks such as fire, flooding and storms and human-induced losses arising from strikes, civil commotion and malicious damage. These risks are covered by an appropriate level of insurance as determined by management. In addition, management focuses close attention to good husbandry techniques and fire-fighting methods. The plantations have an integrated management system that is certified to ISO 9001, ISO 14001, OHSAS 18001 and FSC standards.

For further information see note 11 of our Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Post employment benefits.   The group accounts for its pension benefits and its other post retirement benefits using actuarial models. These models use an attribution approach that generally spreads individual events over the service lives of the employees in the plan. Examples of “events” are changes in actuarial assumptions such as discount rate, expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, and rate of compensation increases. The principle underlying the required attribution approach is that employees render service over their service lives on a relatively consistent basis and, therefore, the income statement effects of pension benefits or post retirement healthcare benefits are earned in, and should be expensed in the same pattern.

Numerous estimates and assumptions are required, in the actuarial models, to determine the proper amount of pension and other post retirement liabilities to record in the Group’s consolidated financial statements and set the expense for the next fiscal year. These include discount rate, return on assets, salary

79




increases, health care cost trends, longevity and service lives of employees. Although there is authoritative guidance on how to select these assumptions, our management and its actuaries exercise some degree of judgement when selecting these assumptions. Selecting different assumptions, as well as actual versus expected results, would change the net periodic benefit cost and funded status of the benefit plans recognised in the financial statements.

The impact on the future financial results of the group in relation to post employment benefits is dependent on economic conditions, employee demographics and investment performance.

Pension plans

The key assumptions used to compile pension plan assets and liabilities at the end of fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 were as follows:

 

 

Europe

 

North America

 

United Kingdom

 

South Africa

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

   2006   

 

   2005   

 

   2006   

 

   2005   

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

Discount rate

 

4.50

 

3.68

 

 

5.75

 

 

 

5.50

 

 

 

5.00

 

 

 

5.00

 

 

8.50

 

8.10

 

Return on assets

 

5.50

 

5.19

 

 

8.25

 

 

 

8.25

 

 

 

5.75

 

 

 

5.75

 

 

10.50

 

9.71

 

Salary increase

 

3.04

 

2.99

 

 

3.50

 

 

 

3.50

 

 

 

4.00

 

 

 

4.00

 

 

6.00

 

5.49

 

 

The benefit obligations and fair value of plan assets at the end of fiscal 2006 were as follows:

 

 

Benefit
obligation

 

Fair value of
Plan assets

 

Net Funded/
(Unfunded) status

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Pension funds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

 

585

 

 

 

466

 

 

 

(119

)

 

North America

 

 

438

 

 

 

329

 

 

 

(109

)

 

United Kingdom

 

 

234

 

 

 

195

 

 

 

(39

)

 

South Africa

 

 

256

 

 

 

295

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

 

 

1,513

 

 

 

1,285

 

 

 

(228

)

 

 

The higher discount rates across the regions decreased liabilities by US$76 million, thereby having a positive effect on the funded status of the Group’s plans at the end of fiscal 2006 compared to the end of fiscal 2005.

The unfunded status of the Company’s pension plans decreased by US$139 million to a deficit of US$228 million at the end of fiscal 2006 from a deficit of US$367 million at the end of fiscal 2005.

Net periodic pension costs using the assumptions above were as follows at the end of fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005:

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Pension costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

North America

 

 

(6

)

 

 

17

 

 

United Kingdom

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

 

South Africa

 

 

1

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

41

 

 

 

Employer contributions in fiscal 2007 for pensions are expected to rise by approximately US$25 million to US$86 million.

80




A 1% increase in discount rates would decrease the pension liability by approximately US$220 million.

Post retirement benefits—other than pensions

The key assumptions used to compile post retirement benefit obligations other than pensions were as follows at the end of fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005:

 

 

North America

 

South Africa

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

Discount rate to estimate accumulated benefit

 

5.75

 

5.50

 

8.50

 

8.10

 

Health care cost trends to value APBO

 

10.00

 

10.00

 

6.50

 

5.60

 

Which gradually reduce to an ultimate rate of

 

5.00

 

5.00

 

5.60

 

5.60

 

Over a period of (years)

 

5

 

5

 

 

 

 

The benefit obligations and fair value of plan assets at the end of fiscal 2006 were as follows:

 

 

Benefit
obligation

 

Fair value of
Plan assets

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Other post-retirement benefits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

North America

 

 

103

 

 

 

 

 

South Africa

 

 

61

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

164

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rates are drawn from high quality corporate bond yield indices with terms similar to those of fund liability profiles. Discount rate assumptions have been adjusted upwards in all funds, reflecting, respectively, prevailing higher interest rates. This has decreased the net unfunded status of other post-retirement benefits plans by US$14 million to US$164 million at the end of fiscal 2006 from the end of fiscal 2005.

Post retirement benefit costs—other than pensions using the assumptions above were as follows at the end of fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005:

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Other post-retirement benefits cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

North America

 

 

6

 

 

 

9

 

 

South Africa

 

 

6

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

A 1% increase in the health care cost trend rates would increase the accumulated other post-retirement benefit obligation by approximately US$14 million and the aggregate of the service and interest cost components of net periodic other post-retirement benefit cost by US$2 million per annum.

A 1% decrease in the health care cost trend rates would decrease the accumulated other post-retirement benefit obligation by approximately US$13 million and the aggregate of the service and interest cost components of net periodic other post-retirement benefit cost by US$2 million per annum.

Provisions.   Provisions are required to be recorded when the group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, for which it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will occur, and where a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. Best estimates, being the amount that the Group would rationally pay to settle the obligation, are recognised as provisions at

81




balance sheet date. Risks, uncertainties and future events, such as changes in law and technology, are taken into account by management in determining the best estimates.

Where the effect of discounting is material, provisions are discounted. The discount rate used is the pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and, where appropriate, the risks specific to the liability, all of which requires management judgement.

The establishment and review of the provisions requires significant judgement by management as to whether or not there is a probable obligation and as to whether or not a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation, which requires judgements as to the likelihood of future payment. All provisions are reviewed at each balance sheet date. Various uncertainties can result in obligations not being considered probable or estimable for significant periods of time. As a consequence, potentially material obligations may have no provisions and a change in facts or circumstances that results in an obligation becoming probable or estimable can lead to a need for the establishment of material provisions. In addition, where estimated amounts vary from initial estimates the provisions may be revised materially, up or down, based on the facts.

The Group periodically restructures its business units for productivity and business improvement initiatives and records charges for reductions in its workforce, the closure of manufacturing facilities, and other actions related thereto. These events require estimates of liabilities for employee separation payments and related benefits, equipment removal, environmental cleanup and other costs. The actual costs incurred could differ materially from those estimated at balance sheet date.

The Group is required to record provisions for estimated environmental liabilities, based on current interpretations of environmental laws and regulations, when expenditures are considered probable and can be reasonably estimated. These estimates reflect management assumptions and judgements as to the probable nature, magnitude and timing of required investigations, remediation and monitoring activities, changes in governmental regulations, insurance recoveries and the contributions by other potentially responsible parties. These assumptions and judgements are subject to various uncertainties which could result in estimated costs that could materially differ from the actual costs incurred.

The Group is required to record provisions for legal contingencies when the contingency is probable of occurring and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Liabilities provided for legal matters require judgements regarding projected outcomes and ranges of losses based on historical experience and recommendations of legal counsel. Litigation is however unpredictable and actual costs incurred could differ materially from those estimated at the balance sheet date.

Provisions for dismantling of property, plant and equipment are only recognised when a legal or constructive obligation arises.

For further information, see “Item 8—Financial Information—Legal Proceedings”.

Adoption of IFRS during the year

The group has adopted International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) in preparing the consolidated financial statements for the year ending September 2006. The transition to IFRS is accounted for in accordance with IFRS 1 First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards with October 2004 as the date of transition. The changes in accounting policies as a consequence of the transition to IFRS are described below as well as reconciliations of the effects of the transition to IFRS.

IFRS 1 provides a number of exemptions in respect of the first time adoption of IFRS. These are areas where the retrospective application of IFRS is prohibited:

·       The recognition of previously derecognised financial assets and financial liabilities under previous standards

82




·       The designation of financial instruments for hedge accounting

·       Changes to estimates, where estimates were previously determined with due consideration

·       Assets classified as held for sale and discontinued operations

The application of the compulsory exemptions by Sappi Limited did not have a material impact on the financial position, financial results and cash flows of the group.

The group did not to elect the following optional transitional provisions in terms of IFRS 1, due to the exemptions having no material impact on the group:

·       Compound financial instruments

·       Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures

·       Designation of previously recognised financial instruments

·       Insurance contracts

·       Decommissioning liabilities included in the cost of property, plant and equipment

·       Leases

·       Fair value measurement of financial assets or liabilities at initial recognition

The following exemptions in accordance with IFRS 1 were elected:

·       Business Combinations—IFRS 3

The group has elected not to retrospectively apply the requirements of IFRS 3 for Business Combinations that occurred prior to October 2004. The estimates and measurement of fair values that would have been required at prior dates of acquisition to apply IFRS 3 retrospectively to all previous business combinations are not readily available and management is of the opinion that the cost would outweigh the benefit in applying aforementioned changes retrospectively. If the group had applied the statement retrospectively it would have been required to restate the value of goodwill and assess whether any intangible assets should have been recognised.

The prospective application of IFRS 3 had no impact on the prior year annual reported results due to the following:

·       In terms of IFRS 3 original fair values are not required to be re- measured for business combination.

·       Assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations are recognised and measured in the opening balance sheet in accordance with IFRS.

·       No adjustment to goodwill is required for recognition of intangible assets of previous business combinations.

·       No derecognition of intangible assets that do not satisfy the criteria for recognition under IAS 38 Intangible assets required.

·       There is no contingency affecting the amount of the purchase consideration for past business combinations.

·       The carrying amount of goodwill in the opening IFRS balance sheet is the carrying amount under SA GAAP at the date of transition to IFRS. Goodwill is no longer amortised.

·       Goodwill is now tested for impairment annually.

83




If the Group had applied IFRS 3 retrospectively, the carrying value of property, plant and equipment; intangible assets; financial liabilities; contingent liabilities and goodwill mayhave been different from those currently reported.

·       Share-based payment—IFRS 2

The group has elected the share-based payment exemption therefore IFRS 2 is only applicable to equity instruments granted after 7 November 2002 that were not vested by January 1 2005. For instruments vesting on or after 1 January 2005, Sappi has recognised a charge in the income statement and set up a separate category in shareholders’ equity for all share options and awards, based on the fair value of the awards as calculated at the grant date. The date was selected as it was permitted in terms of IFRS 2.

If the group had applied the provision of IFRS 2, it would have resulted in an increased share-based payment expense in the period, for all outstanding share options awarded. If the group had applied the statement retrospectively it would have resulted in an increase of the expense recognised of US$2 million.

·       The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates—IAS 21

Sappi has elected to apply the exemption in IFRS 1 which allows the cumulative translation differences of all foreign operations to be reset to zero by transfer to distributable reserve at the date of transition to IFRS which is October 2004. An amount of US$244 million was transferred from the Foreign Currency Translation Reserve to retained income on the transition to IFRS.

If the group had not reset the cumulative translation difference (Foreign Currency Translation Reserves, “FCTR”) to zero, this would have resulted in a decrease in distributable reserves and an increase in the FCTR balance.

Adjustments on adoption of IFRS

The adoption of IFRS led to changes in the Group’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. The significant differences between previously reported SA GAAP financial statements and IFRS are as follows:

a                   Share-based Payment—IFRS 2

Sappi has recognised a charge of US$10 million for the year ended September 2005 in the income statement and set up a separate category in shareholders’ equity for all share options and awards, based on the fair value of the awards as calculated at the grant date. The cost of the share options and grants are reflected in the income statement over the vesting period. This IFRS change had no impact on the comparative total shareholders’ equity as a Share Based Payment Reserve (US$20 million at September 2005) is created with the equal and opposite amount included in retained earnings.

b                   The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates—IAS 21

Sappi has elected to apply the exemption in IFRS 1 which allows the cumulative translation differences of all foreign operations to be reset to zero at the date of transition to IFRS which is October 2004. The Foreign Currency Translation Reserve (Non-Distributable Reserve) was transferred to retained earnings. This resulted in a decrease of the Foreign currency translation reserve of US$244 million and a corresponding increase in retained earnings of US$244 million at the date of transition. This IFRS change did not impact on total shareholders’ equity.

84




c                    Financial Instruments—IAS 39

The amendments to IAS 39 include a change in emphasis whereby a transfer of risks and rewards associated with financial assets becomes the primary test in determining whether a financial asset should be derecognised. A secondary test is then whether the entity has control over the related special purpose entity. A significant portion of our securitised receivables has now been reflected on our balance sheet, increasing trade and other receivables by US$268 million and short-term debt by US$346 million and decreasing other payables by US$78 million at September 2005. The related expense is no longer reflected in SG&A but is included under finance costs. This caused an increase in finance costs and decrease in SG&A of US$15 million for the year ended September 2005.

Cash flow hedges on inter-company loans, previously accounted for in equity as a Hedging reserve, no longer qualify for hedge accounting under IAS 39. As a result these instruments are now recognised at fair value through profit and loss. A profit of US$22 million was recognised for the year ended September 2005. This amendment had no impact on total shareholders’ equity as the Hedging reserve disclosed in last year’s financial statements of US$14 million is now included in retained earnings.

d                   Employee Benefits—IAS 19

In December 2004, the IASB (International Accounting Standards Board) published an amended version of IAS 19 which introduced an option to recognise actuarial gains and losses in the period in which they occur outside profit or loss in a statement of recognised income and expense. Sappi has elected to adopt this amendment at the date of transition (October 2004). Previously unrecognised actuarial employee benefit losses were recognised at October 2004, resulting in an increase in pension and other post employment benefits liabilities (September 2005: US$249 million, October 2004: US$227 million), a decease in pension and other post employment benefit assets (September 2005: US$86 million, October 2004: US$74 million) and a corresponding reduction in equity and deferred tax liability. At October 2004 the deferred tax assets increased by US$56 million and deferred tax liabilities decreased by US$37 million. At September 2005 deferred tax liabilities decreased by US$44 million and deferred tax asset by US$2 million. This amendment also led to a reduction in employee benefit expense for the year of US$23 million.

The actuarial gains and losses are recognised outside of profit for the period in the statement of recognised income and expense (SORIE). Items processed through SORIE are tax effected through SORIE. Part of the first time adoption of this method of accounting included a historic analysis of all pension fund movements to determine the portion of our deferred tax balances that relate to SORIE. During 2005 the deferred tax asset for Sappi Fine Paper North America was derecognised therefore the deferred tax asset raised at October 2004 of US$57 million was released. This valuation allowance raised against the deferred tax asset resulted in a credit to deferred tax in profit and loss of US$5 million and a debit to SORIE of US$62 million.

The option of setting the corridor to zero was not applicable because the group elected to apply SORIE accounting to actuarial gains and losses.

e                    Property, Plant and Equipment—IAS 16

Changes to IAS 16 Property, Plant and Equipment include the requirement that the useful lives of fixed assets are re-evaluated on an annual basis, changed capitalisation criteria and more explicit guidance on the capitalisation of fixed assets. These changes have led to the revision of the relevant accounting policies. In addition a detailed review of the Group’s assets including a benchmarking exercise against peer-group companies was completed. Management concluded that no adjustment to the carrying value of property, plant and equipment was necessary with the first-time adoption of

85




IFRS. The Group did not apply the exemption to deem the fair value or re-valued amounts of property, plant and equipment as deemed cost due to the previous accounting standard being consistently applied.

Changes in Accounting Policies and Practices

The following standards and interpretations, which have been issued but which are not yet effective, have not been applied in these financial statements:

Amendment to IAS 1:   Presentation of Financial Statements (added disclosure about an entity’s capital)

The revised IAS 1 requires an entity to disclose qualitative information about its objectives, policies and processes for managing capital and a summary of quantitative data about what it manages as capital. It also requires disclosure of whether during the period it complied with any externally imposed capital requirements to which it is subject and when the entity has not complied with such externally imposed capital requirements, the consequences of such non-compliance. This standard has no impact on the figures presented in the income statement and balance sheet.

IAS 21:   Amendment to International Accounting Standard 21—The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates: Net Investment in a Foreign Operation

The amendment clarifies the requirements of IAS 21 regarding an entity’s investment in foreign operations. The amendment does not have an impact on the group, and first becomes applicable for the financial year ending September 2007.

IAS 39:   Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement Amendments

The amendment clarifies embedded derivatives (paragraph 11A) and fair value considerations (paragraph 48A). The application of the amendments is not expected to have a significant impact on the group’s reported results, financial position and cash flows. The amendment first becomes applicable for the financial year ending September 2007.

IFRS 7:   Financial Instruments: Disclosures

This standard prescribes the level of disclosure required for financial instruments, both in terms of quantitative data and qualitative data. The implementation of this standard will not have a material impact on the presented financial position or results of operations.

IFRS 8:   Operating Segments

IFRS 8 requires an entity to report financial and descriptive information about its reportable segments. Reportable segments are operating segments or aggregations of operating segments that meet specified criteria. Operating segments are components of an entity about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. Generally, financial information is required to be reported on the basis that it is used internally for evaluating operating segment performance and deciding how to allocate resources to operating segments.

The effective date of IFRS 8 for the group is for the financial year ending September 2009 and the impact is currently being assessed by management.

IFRIC 4:   Determining whether an Arrangement contains a Lease

The Interpretation states that an arrangement that grants the right to control the use of an underlying specific asset is, or contains, a lease that should be accounted for in accordance with IAS 17 Leases.

The implementation of this interpretation is not expected to have a material impact on the results of operations.

86




IFRIC 8:   Scope of IFRS 2

This interpretation clarifies that IFRS 2 Share-based Payment applies to arrangements where an entity makes share-based payments for apparently nil or inadequate consideration.

IFRIC 8 states that, if the identifiable consideration given appears to be less than the fair value of the equity instruments granted or liability incurred, this situation typically indicates that other consideration has been or will be received. IFRS 2 therefore applies.

IFRIC 8 is effective for the group for the year ending September 2007. Management is of the opinion that the adoption of this statement will not have a material impact on the financial position of the Group.

IFRIC 9:   Reassessment of Embedded Derivatives

This interpretation states that management is only required to re-examine embedded derivative when it enters into a new contract or modifies an existing contract. The implementation of this interpretation is not expected to have a material impact on the Group.

Management has not finalised their assessment of the potential impact that the implementation of these standards and interpretations will have on the group financial statements.

FRIC 10:   Interim Financial Reporting

The interpretation addresses an apparent conflict between the requirements of IAS 34—Interim Financial Reporting and those in other standards on the recognition and reversal in financial statements of impairment losses on goodwill and certain financial assets. The interpretation concludes that an entity shall not reverse an impairment loss recognised in a previous interim period in respect of goodwill, or an investment in either an equity instrument or a financial asset carried at cost.

The interpretation will have no impact on the Group’s results, and first becomes applicable for the financial year ending September 2008.

IFRIC 11, IFRS 2:   Group and Treasury Share Transactions

This interpretation provides guidance on applying IFRS 2 in three circumstances:

Share-based payment involving an entity’s own equity instruments in which the entity chooses or is required to buy its own equity instruments (treasury shares) to settle the share-based payment obligation—is this an equity-settled or cash-settled transaction?

A parent grants rights to its equity instruments to employees of its subsidiary—how to account in the individual entities’ financial statements?

A subsidiary grants rights to equity instruments of its parent to its employees—how to account in the individual entities’ financial statements?

IFRIC 11 is effective for the Group’s results for the year ending September 2008. Management are currently reviewing the impact that this interpretation will have on the Group.

AC 503:   Accounting for Black Economic Empowerment (BEE) Transactions

AC 503 covers the following three issues:

a                    Should the difference between the fair value of the equity instruments granted and the cash and other assets received, i.e. BEE equity credentials, be recognised as an intangible asset, or as an expense?

87




b                   Where BEE equity credentials are obtained as part of the net assets acquired in a business combination, how should the BEE equity credentials acquired be accounted for?

c                    Assuming that BEE equity credentials do not meet the criteria for recognition as an intangible asset, how should vesting be interpreted in the context of BEE transactions?

AC 503 will not have an impact on the Group, and becomes applicable for the year ending September 2007. The group will evaluate this standard when implementing potential BEE transactions.

For a detailed analysis of the impact of the first time adoption of IFRS refer note 2.5 to our Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

United States GAAP Reconciliation

Our Group Annual Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS, which differs from United State GAAP in certain respects. We reconcile our results annually with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) (see note 35 to the Group Annual Financial Statements).

A comparison of our restated results and shareholders’ equity for fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 under IFRS and after reflecting certain adjustments which would arise if United States GAAP were to be applied instead of IFRS, is as follows:

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

US$ million

 

US$ million

 

Net Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Loss under IFRS

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(184

)

 

United States GAAP reconciling items

 

 

(112

)

 

 

(161

)

 

Net Loss under United States GAAP

 

 

(116

)

 

 

(345

)

 

Basic loss per share under United States GAAP (US cents)

 

 

(52

)

 

 

(154

)

 

 

 

 

US$ million

 

US$ million

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity under IFRS

 

 

1,386

 

 

 

1,589

 

 

United States GAAP reconciling items

 

 

(30

)

 

 

2

 

 

Shareholders’ equity under United States GAAP

 

 

1,356

 

 

 

1,591

 

 

 

As more fully described and quantified in note 35 to our Group annual financial statements, the major differences between IFRS and United States GAAP relate mainly to secondary tax on undistributed reserves, fair value hedges, accounting for plantations, accounting for business combinations, defined benefit pensions and post-retirement medical benefits. The US GAAP numbers for prior years have been restated for new accounting policies—See note 35 to our Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for further detail.

Other Items

South African Exchange Controls

South Africa’s exchange control regulations provide for restrictions on the exporting of capital and for various other exchange control matters. Transactions between residents of the Common Monetary Area (comprising the Republic of South Africa, the Republic of Namibia and the Kingdoms of Lesotho and Swaziland), on the one hand (including corporations), and non-residents of the Common Monetary Area, on the other hand, are subject to these exchange control regulations which are enforced by the Exchange Control Department of the South African Reserve Bank (Excon).

88




The present exchange control system in South Africa is used principally to control capital movements. South African companies are generally not permitted to export capital from South Africa or to hold foreign currency or foreign assets without the approval of the South African exchange control authorities. Foreign investment by South African companies is also restricted. As a result, a South African company’s ability to raise and deploy capital outside the Common Monetary Area is restricted. The granting of loans from outside South Africa to Sappi Limited or its South African subsidiaries and their ability to borrow from non-resident sources is regulated. Further, where 75% or more of a South African company’s capital, assets, earnings, voting securities, voting power, power of control or earnings are directly or indirectly controlled by or vested in non-residents of South Africa, the company is designated an “affected person” and certain restrictions are placed on its ability to obtain local financial assistance.

The South African authorities have expressed a commitment to a phased liberalisation of exchange controls and have relaxed certain exchange controls over recent years.

Some of the more salient recent changes to the South African exchange control regulations regarding South African corporations are as follows:

·       South African corporations wishing to establish new approved foreign ventures are now permitted to transfer funds abroad for this purpose. There is no limit to the amount of funds which may be transferred except that, the foreign investment may only be acquired and such funds may only be transferred abroad once Excon has approved the type of foreign investment, which it will only do if the foreign investment accords with its foreign investment criteria (applicable at the relevant time), and with regard to larger foreign investments Excon may require capital outflows to be staggered in order to manage the potential impact on the foreign exchange market. Excon approved investments into Africa no longer require the South African investor to exercise control (namely 50% plus one share) over the foreign investment into Africa.

·       South African corporations which have been granted approval to transfer funds abroad for purposes of acquiring an approved foreign investment, will now be entitled to retain abroad foreign dividends which relate to the operation of the approved foreign investment and any foreign dividend which may have been repatriated to South Africa after 26 October 2004, may thereafter be transferred abroad again, at any time and for any purpose other than for purposes of a non-resident (which is directly or indirectly controlled by a South African resident) using such funds to reinvest into the South African market.

·       South African corporations wishing to invest abroad may apply for permission to use corporate assets or share swaps and share placement transactions to finance approved foreign investments. The latter mechanism entails the placement of the locally quoted company’s shares with long term overseas holders who, in payment for the shares, provide the foreign currency abroad which the company then uses to acquire the target investment. Since February 2001, institutional investors are no longer entitled to make use of the asset swap mechanism but are, however, entitled to acquire foreign portfolio investments of either 20% or 25% of total assets, depending on the type of institutional investor.

Controls on current account transactions, with the exception of certain discretionary expenses, have been abolished and are now dealt with by authorised dealers in terms of the Exchange Control Rulings.

Authorised dealers in foreign exchange may, against the production of suitable documentary evidence, provide forward cover to South African residents in respect of fixed and ascertained foreign exchange commitments covering the movement of goods.

It is not possible to predict whether existing exchange controls will be abolished, continued or modified by the South African Government in the future.

For further information, see “Item 10—Additional Information—Exchange Controls”.

89




Environmental Matters

We operate in an industry subject to extensive environmental regulations. Typically, we do not separately account for environmental operating expenses but do not anticipate any material expenditures related to such matters. We do separately account for environmental capital expenditures. See note 34 to our Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for a discussion of these matters.

For further information, see “Item 4 Information on the Company—Environmental and Safety Matters”.

Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.

Our research and development efforts focus on the improvement of product quality and production processes as well as the development of new products. Research and development is managed at a number of regional technology centres. These “centres of excellence” provide the basis to leverage unique sets of skills and provide customer focused product development. We spent approximately US$24 million and US$27 million on research and development activities during fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, respectively.

North America

Sappi Fine Paper North America’s research and development activities are centred at Westbrook. This centre has a proud history of product innovation; for example, it developed both one- and two-sided coated paper.

In addition, Sappi Fine Paper North America has a number of proprietary technologies, including the on-line finishing technology and its Ultracast® electron-beam technology. Sappi Fine Paper North America on-line finishing technology is used in its production of coated paper at Somerset and Muskegon. Sappi Fine Paper North America’s Ultracast® technology is utilised in speciality papers such as release papers used in the production of high fidelity imitation leather and other surfaces.

Europe

Sappi Fine Paper Europe maintains research and development centres at its Maastricht and Gratkorn sites. These facilities work closely with the research facility at Sappi Fine Paper North America in order to achieve efficiencies and ensure rapid implementation of improvements.

Sappi Fine Paper Europe’s research and development centres have concentrated on developing new paper qualities. The research and development effort has developed coated fine paper of outstanding quality. The paper which was developed satisfies the demands of modern high performance printing machines, while maintaining a consistent quality between the paper produced at the various Sappi mills. The Maastricht research and development centre also has overseen the introduction of triple coating through the use of its triple blade coating concept. More recently, the research and development centres have concentrated on optimising product characteristics in relation to various types of paper machines at each mill, in order to improve efficiencies and quality of production. In 1990, the Alfeld mill became the first mill to produce coated fine paper using 100% totally chlorine-free (TCF) pulp.

Southern Africa

Sappi Forest Products focuses upon developing technology related to plantation forestry, pulping, bleaching and related environmental technology and chemical cellulose (dissolving pulp) technology. In the 1970s, we patented the Sapoxal oxygen bleaching process and licensed the technology in major pulp and paper manufacturing countries. This process facilitates the reduction or elimination of elemental chlorine in pulp bleaching. Oxygen bleaching has subsequently become an industry standard. At our

90




Technology Centre in Pretoria, we continue our research and development related to bleaching, and are currently involved in biotechnology research, which is being conducted in order to develop a more environmentally friendly pulping and bleaching process. We are also a leader in technology aimed at reducing water consumption in pulp and paper mills. At our forest research centre in Tweedie, we focus upon the genetic improvement of plantation forests so as to maximise the yield of high quality pulp. Research on the modification of fibres to enhance characteristics for end products is also currently being conducted.

We are also active in chemical cellulose research for Saiccor. The focus is largely on product development to provide more product options and this has allowed us to expand the value added product range from Saiccor. Most significantly our chemical cellulose is used to produce high quality viscose, acetate, feminine healthcare products and food additives.

ITEM 6.                DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

Directors and Senior Management

The Articles of Association of Sappi Limited provide that the Board of Directors (the “Board”) must consist of not less than four nor more than twenty Directors at any time. The Board currently consists of twelve Directors.

The business address for all of the Directors is 48 Ameshoff Street, Braamfontein, Johannesburg 2001, Republic of South Africa. The Directors are South African citizens except for Meyer Feldberg and James Healey (United States citizens), Wolfgang Pfarl (an Austrian citizen), Klaas de Kluis (a Dutch citizen), Helmut Mamsch (a German citizen) and Sir Nigel Rudd (a British citizen).

Chairman

Eugene van As (67).

Mr van As joined Sappi in December 1976 as the Managing Director of Sappi Kraft (Pty) Limited and was appointed to the board in January 1977. In 1978, Mr van As was appointed Group Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer, Sappi Limited, becoming Executive Chairman in 1991 and Non-executive Chairman on his retirement as an Executive Director in 2003. Following Mr Jonathan Leslie’s resignation as Chief Executive Officer of Sappi in March 2006, Mr van As was requested by the board to assume executive responsibilities for the group until a new Chief Executive Officer is appointed. Mr van As is also a Director of Sanlam Limited and a trustee of a number of education and research bodies.

Non-Executive Directors

David Charles Brink (67) (independent, senior non-executive). MSc Eng (Mining), DCom (hc), Graduate Diploma (Company Direction).

Mr Brink was appointed a Non-executive Director of Sappi Limited in March 1994 and in March 2006 he was appointed senior independent director upon Mr Jonathan Leslie’s resignation as chief executive officer and Eugene van As’ agreeing to assume executive responsibilities until the appointment of a new chief executive officer. Mr Brink is currently a member of the Audit Committee, Chairman of the Compensation Committee and a member of the Nomination and Governance Committee. He is Chairman of Unitrans Limited and Deputy Chairman of Absa Bank Limited and Absa Group Limited. He is a director of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton plc. Mr Brink is also a board member of the National Business Initiative, co-chairman of the Business Trust, a founder member of the Independent Directors’ Initiative and vice-president of the South African Institute of Directors.

91




Klaas de Kluis (70) (independent). Master of Law.

From January 1998 until July 1998, Mr de Kluis acted as Chairman of the Executive board of NV Koninklijke KNP BT (now Buhrmann NV). He held the position of Vice Chairman of the Executive board of NV Koninklijke KNP BT from March 1993 to April 1996. Presently he is a member of the supervisory boards of a number of private companies in the Netherlands and is Chairman of the Audit Committee of the board of directors of Sappi Limited. Mr de Kluis was appointed to the board of directors of Sappi Limited in January 1998. Having reached the mandatory retirement age for non-executive directors of Sappi Limited, Mr de Kluis will retire from the board at the end of December 2006.

Meyer Feldberg (64) (independent). BA, MBA, PhD.

Professor Feldberg’s career has included teaching and leadership positions in the business schools of the universities of Cape Town, Northwestern and Tulane. He is currently Dean Emeritus and Sanford C. Bernstein Professor of Leadership and Ethics at Columbia Business School. He is also a Senior Advisor to Morgan Stanley in New York. Professor Feldberg serves on the Advisory Board of the British American Business Council and has served on the Council of Competitiveness in Washington, DC. In 2001, the International Centre in New York honored Professor Feldberg as a distinguished foreign-born American who has made a significant contribution to American life. He is a director of major public companies including Federated Department Stores, Inc., Revlon, Inc., Primedia, Inc. and UBS Funds. Professor Feldberg was appointed to the Board of Directors of Sappi Limited in March, 2002 and is currently Chairman of the Nomination and Governance Committee and a member of the Compensation Committee.

James Edward Healey (65) (independent). BSc (Public Accounting), Honorary Doctor (Commercial Science), Certified Public Accountant (USA).

Mr Healey joined the Sappi Limited board with effect from July 2004. He is a member of the Audit Committee of Sappi Limited and also a member of the Human Resources Committee. He is Chairman of the Audit Committee of Sappi Fine Paper North America. He has held various senior financial positions in a career spanning 37 years. In 1995, Mr Healey became Vice President and Treasurer of Bestfoods, formerly CPC International Inc. In 1997 he became Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Nabisco Holdings Inc, one of the world’s largest snack food manufacturers, a position from which he retired at the end of 2000. He is a member of the board of directors of Interchange Financial Services Corporation.

Deenadayalen (Len) Konar (52) (independent) BCom, MAS, DCom, CA (SA).

Previously Professor and Head of the Department of Accountancy at the University of Durban-Westville. He is a member of the King Committee on Corporate Governance, the Securities Regulation Panel and the Institute of Directors. Companies of which he is a Non-executive Director include Old Mutual South Africa, the South African Reserve Bank, Kumba Resources Limited, Illovo Sugar, JD Group and Steinhoff International Holdings. Dr Konar joined the board of Sappi Limited in March 2002. He is a member of the Audit Committee and the Human Resources Committee as well as the Chairman of the Audit Committee of Sappi southern Africa region. He is a member and is Chairman of the External Audit Committee of the International Monetary Fund in Washington.

Helmut Claus-Jurgen Mamsch (62) (independent).

Mr Mamsch studied economics at Deutsche Aussenhandels-und Verkehrs-Akademie, Bremen and also received training in business administration and shipping in Germany, the UK and Belgium. He worked for 20 years in international trade and shipping. In 1989 he joined VEBA AG (now E ON AG), Germany’s largest utility-based conglomerate. From 1993 to 2000 he was a VEBA AG management board member and as from 1998 responsible for their US electronic businesses and their Corporate Strategy and

92




Development. In 1997 he joined Logica as a Non-executive Director and in 2002 was appointed Deputy Chairman. He is chairman of Electrocomponents plc and also a Non-executive Director of GKN plc. Mr Mamsch was appointed as a Non-executive Director of Sappi Limited in January 2004 and is currently a member of both the Audit Committee and the Compensation Committee of Sappi Limited. He is Chairman of the Audit Committee of Sappi Fine Paper Europe.

Bridgette Radebe (46) (independent). BA (Pol Sc & Socio)

In the last 16 years, Ms Radebe has worked in a broad range of sectors across industry and commerce with a particular focus in mining. Ms Radebe is the founder and Executive Chairperson of Mmakau Mining, President of the South African Mining Development Association and Vice Chairman of the Minerals and Mining Development Board. She was closely involved in developing the Mineral & Petroleum Resources Development Act and the Mining Charter. She is a Director of the Women Private Equity Fund. Ms Radebe joined the Sappi Limited board in May 2004 and is a member of the Human Resources Committee and also the Non-executive representative on the Sustainability Committee, a management committee of Sappi Limited.

Nigel Rudd (60) (independent) DL, Chartered Accountant

Sir Nigel Rudd joined the Sappi board in April 2006. He has held various senior management and board positions in a career spanning more than 35 years. He founded Williams plc in 1982 and the company went on to become one of the largest industrial holding companies in the United Kingdom.  He is chairman of Alliance Boots plc and Pendragon plc, deputy chairman of Barclays plc and a non-executive director of BAE Systems plc. He was non-executive chairman of Pilkington plc from August 1994 to June 2006.  He was knighted by the Queen for services to the manufacturing industry in 1996 and holds honorary doctorates at both Loughborough and Derby Universities. In 1995 he was awarded the Founding Societies Centenary Award by the Institute of Chartered Accountants. He is a Deputy Lieutenant of Derbyshire and a Freeman of the City of London.

Franklin Abraham Sonn (67) (Independent), BA Hons, HdipEd

Dr Sonn was appointed to the board of directors of Sappi Limited in July 1999 and is currently also a member of the Nomination and Governance Committee. He was formerly Rector of Peninsula Technikon for 17 years and appointed democratic South Africa’s first ambassador to the United States from 1995 to 1998. Dr Sonn is the recipient of twelve honorary doctorates in law, education, humanities and philosophy from various institutions in South Africa, Europe and North America. His current board positions include amongst others, Chairman of African Star Ventures (Pty) Ltd, Airports Company of South Africa Ltd, Kwezi V3 Engineers (Pty) Ltd and Ekapa Mining (Pty) Ltd. He is non-executive Director of Absa Group Ltd, Absa Bank Ltd, Absa Personal Bank, Steinhoff International Holdings Ltd, Pioneer Food Group Ltd, RGA Reinsurance Co. of S.A. Ltd, Metropolitan Holdings Ltd and Macsteel Holdings (Pty) Ltd. He currently serves as Chancellor of the University of the Free State (since 2002), Executive in Residence at the University of Cape Town Graduate School of Business since 2005 and as Chairman, Trustee and Patron to numerous organizations of civil society.

Executive Directors

Wolfgang Pfarl (62) MS (Economics and Business Administration).

Chief Executive Officer of Sappi Fine Paper Europe. Mr Pfarl was appointed to his present position in December 1997 following Sappi’s acquisition of KNP Leykam. In 1989, he was appointed Chairman of the Executive board of Leykam-Mürztaler and became Executive Chairman of KNP Leykam after the merger in 1993 of the fine paper production activities of NV Koninklijke KNP BT (now Buhrmann NV) and the Austrian paper producer Leykam-Mürztaler. Mr Pfarl was appointed to the board of Sappi Limited in December 1997.

93




Mark Richard Thompson (54) BCom, BAcc, LLB, Chartered Accountant (South Africa)

Chief Financial Officer of Sappi Limited. Mr Thompson joined Sappi in 1999 as Group Corporate Counsel. He was appointed to his present position in August 2006 when he was also appointed to the board of Sappi Limited. Prior to joining Sappi, he was group Treasurer at Anglo American, Managing Director of Discount House Merchant Bank and previously Head of Corporate Finance Division of Senbank.

Senior Management

Veronica(Ronee) Hagen (60), Chief Executive Officer: Sappi Fine Paper North America

Ronee joined Sappi in November 2004. Prior to joining Sappi Ronee was Chief Customer Officer at Alcoa, Inc., in Chicago. She previously was Business Unit President of Alcoa Engineered Products. Ronee joined Alcoa after owning and operating Metal Sales Associates. She holds a B.A. in International Relations from the University of Southern California and has participated in executive education programs at the Wharton School and Harvard Business School.

Robert Hope (54), BA (Hons) Economics, MRICS.  Group Head Strategic Development

Since joining Sappi in 1976, Robert Hope has held a number of management roles including General Manager of Sappi Sawmills, Managing Director of Sappi Trading and is currently Group Head Strategic Development.

André Wagenaar (61), Chief Executive Officer: Sappi Forest Products (Pty) Ltd

André joined Sappi in 1992 as Managing Director of Sappi Timber Industries. In 2000, he was appointed Managing Director of Sappi Forests, responsible for Sappi’s plantations and sawmills in South Africa. He was appointed to his current position on 01 January 2004. André holds a B. Sc degree in Chemistry from the University of Stellenbosch, South Africa.

Dr Rudolf Thummer (59), Group Head Technology

Rudolf Thummer joined Hannover Papier in 1979 (later purchased by Sappi) as Manager of Research and Development. In 1982, he became the Paper Mill Manager at Alfeld Mill.   In 1990, he was appointed Technical Director of Alfeld Mill. In 1992 Rudolf became an Executive Board Member of the Hannover Papier Group, responsible for Manufacturing at the Alfeld and Ehingen mills. 1998, he moved to Sappi Fine Paper Europe based in Brussels, as Technical Director and Executive Board Member.   He was appointed to his current position on 01 January 2006. Rudolf holds a Doctorate in Technical Sciences, and a qualified engineer’s degree from the Graz Technical University in Austria.

Executive Officers

The Executive Directors and the people listed as senior management above are the Executive Officers of Sappi.

Board Practices

At every annual general meeting of Sappi Limited, as near as possible to, but not less than, one third of the Directors are required to retire from office but are eligible for re-election. The Directors to retire are those who have been longest in office since their last election, or as between Directors who have been in office for an equal length of time since their last election, in the absence of agreement, determined by lot. In addition, the appointment of any Director appointed since the last annual general meeting will require to be confirmed, failing which the appointment will cease.

94




Following the Board’s decision to split the roles of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Jonathan Leslie was appointed as Director and Chief Executive of Sappi Limited effective from April 2003 and Eugene van As was appointed as Non-Executive Chairman. However subsequent to Mr Leslie’s resignation in March 2006, at the request of the Board, Mr. van As agreed to assume executive responsibilities for the Group until the appointment of a new chief executive. At the same time Mr D C Brink was appointed senior independent director by the Board.

In terms of the Articles of Association of Sappi Limited, Mr. van As’ term of office in line with all other Directors will be a maximum of three years per term. His current term will end at the annual general meeting in March 2009. Likewise Mr. Brink’s term of office remains a maximum of three years per term and his current term will end at the  annual general meeting in March 2008.

The following table sets forth the terms of office of the other Directors.

Name

 

 

 

Start of term

 

Latest date
of end of
term

 

David Charles Brink

 

 

2005

 

 

 

2008

 

 

Meyer Feldberg

 

 

2005

 

 

 

2008

 

 

James Edward Healey

 

 

2005

 

 

 

2008

 

 

*Klaas de Kluis

 

 

2006

 

 

 

2006

 

 

Deenadayalen Konar

 

 

2006

 

 

 

2009

 

 

Helmut Claus-Jürgen Mamsch

 

 

2004

 

 

 

2007

 

 

Wolfgang Pfarl

 

 

2005

 

 

 

2008

 

 

Bridgette Radebe

 

 

2005

 

 

 

2008

 

 

Sir Nigel Anthony Russell Rudd

 

 

2006

 

 

 

2007

 

 

Franklin Abraham Sonn

 

 

2005

 

 

 

2008

 

 

Eugene van As

 

 

2006

 

 

 

2009

 

 

Mark Richard Thompson

 

 

2006

 

 

 

2007

 

 


*                    Having reached mandatory retirement age, Mr de Kluis will retire from the board at the end of December 2006.

No retirement or other benefits arise from the retirement of Directors by rotation or on termination for any other reason.

Compensation

The non-executive directors fees are proposed by the Executive Committee and agreed by the Human Resources Committee and approved by the Board.  In addition to these non-executive directors fees, Sappi agreed in fiscal 2006 to compensate Mr. E van As through the delivery of 100,000 shares, of which 50,000 shares were purchased on his behalf and delivered in September 2006 (US$646,884) and 50,000 shares are deliverable in March 2007. In fiscal 2005 he received a retainer of US$166,886.

See notes 37 to 39 to our Group annual financial statements contained elsewhere in this Annual Report for details, by director, on Directors’ remuneration, Directors’ interests and Directors’ participation in the Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust and Sappi Limited Performance Share Incentive Plan.

See note 32 to our Group annual financial statements for details of payments to senior management which is reflected under related party interests.

95




Audit Committee

An Audit Committee of the Board was established in 1984 and assists the Board in discharging its responsibilities to safeguard the Group’s assets, maintain adequate accounting records and develop and maintain effective systems of internal financial control. It also oversees the financial reporting process and is concerned with compliance with accounting policies, Group policies, legal requirements and internal controls within the Group. It interacts with and evaluates the effectiveness of the external and internal audit process and reviews compliance with the Group’s code of ethics.

The Audit Committee consists of five independent Non-Executive Directors of the Board (Klaas de Kluis (Chairman), David Charles Brink, James Edward Healey, Deenadayalen Konar and Helmut Claus Jürgen Mamsch) and is directed by a specific mandate from the Board. The adequacy of the mandate is reviewed and reassessed annually. The Audit Committee meets with senior management, which includes the Chief Executive Officer (at present including the Chairman, Mr van As as part of his executive responsibilities until the appointment of a new chief executive officer) and the Chief Financial Officer, at least four times a year. The external and internal auditors attend these meetings and have unrestricted access to the Committee and its Chairman. The Audit Committee also meets at least once per year with the management Disclosure Committee. The external and internal auditors meet privately with the Audit Committee Chairman on a regular basis. The Audit Committee Chairman attends the annual general meeting.

Regional audit committees exist in the three major regions and are chaired by independent Non-Executive Directors. These committees have a mandate from the group’s audit committee, to whom they report on a regular basis and they meet at least four times per year.

Nomination and Governance Committee

The Nomination and Governance Committee of the Board consists of three independent Non-Executive Directors (David Charles Brink, Meyer Feldberg (Chairman) and Franklin Abraham Sonn) and Eugene van As, the Chairman of the Group. The Committee considers the composition of the Board, retirements and appointments of additional and replacement Non-Executive Directors and makes appropriate recommendations to the Board. As Chief Executive Officer Mr Leslie attended meetings by invitation prior to his resignation and once appointed, his successor will likewise be invited to attend meetings.

Human Resources Committee

The Human Resources Committee of the Board consists of three independent Non-Executive Directors (James Edward Healey, Deenadaylen Konar and Bridgette Radebe) and Eugene van As, the Chairman of the Group and of the Human Resources Committee. The responsibilities of the Committee are, among other things, to determine human resource policy and strategy. Human Resources Committees exist for all the company’s major operating subsidiaries outside of southern Africa.

Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee of the Board consists of four independent Non-Executive Directors (David Charles Brink (Chairman), Meyer Feldberg, Helmut Claus-Jurgen Mamsch and Nigel Rudd. The responsibilities of the Committee are mainly to determine the remuneration and incentives in respect of the Chief Executive Officer (when appointed) and those executives reporting directly to the Chief Executive Officer (at present to the Chairman Mr van As as part of his executive responsibilities).

96




Corporate Governance

The New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) requires compliance with its corporate governance rules. The application of these NYSE rules is restricted for foreign companies, recognizing that such companies have to comply with domestic requirements. As a foreign private issuer, Sappi must comply with four NYSE corporate governance rules:

·       Satisfy the audit committee requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC);

·       Chief Executive Officer must promptly notify the NYSE in writing after any executive officer of the listed company becomes aware of any material non-compliance with any applicable provisions of Section 303(A) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

·       Provide a brief description of any significant difference between its corporate governance practices and those followed by US companies under the NYSE listing standards, and

·       Maintain a publicly accessible website that includes a printable version of its audit committee charter and the description of significant differences in corporate governance practices mentioned above. In accordance with new NYSE rules, Sappi continues to make available on its website its Annual Reports on Form 20-F.

As Sappi is listed on the JSE Limited in Johannesburg, Sappi is required to comply with the King Report on Corporate Governance for South Africa—2002. Although there are differences between the King Report and the NYSE corporate governance rules, Sappi believes it is in compliance with the King Report and has otherwise voluntarily adopted corporate governance practices comparable in all significant respects to the requirements of the NYSE corporate governance rules except as described below.

New York Stock Exchange (NYSE)
Corporate Governance Rules

 

Sappi’s Governance Practice

1.      Nominations / Corporate Governance Committee

 

 

Listed companies must have a nomination/corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors

 

Sappi has a nominations committee composed of four non-executive directors, of whom three are independent.

 

Employees

The following table sets forth the number of employees as at the close of each fiscal year ended September.

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

Sappi Fine Paper

 

 

 

 

 

North America

 

2,630

 

2,781

 

Europe

 

5,163

 

5.437

 

Southern Africa

 

1,910

 

1,879

 

Sappi Forest Products

 

5,251

 

5,254

 

Sappi Trading

 

154

 

162

 

Corporate Office

 

91

 

105

 

Total

 

15,199

 

15,618

 

 

North America

At the end of September 2006, Sappi Fine Paper North America had 2,630 employees, down from 2,781 in September 2005. The headcount reductions during fiscal 2006 are the result of closing out the

97




restructuring initiatives that occurred at Muskegon Mill and throughout the regional head office staff with the closure of the PM 4 machine and pulp mill.

Approximately 65% of employees are represented by twelve international unions under nine different contracts. The labour contracts for Cloquet, Allentown and the Westbrook Mill mechanical unions (four) were successfully negotiated in 2003. In fiscal 2006, there was significant progress in completing contract negotiations with the United Steel Workers Union (USW). Labour contracts for Westbrook and Somerset mills were successfully negotiated in August 2006 for a two year and four year period respectively. Contracts at Muskegon and Cloquet are under negotiation. The Muskegon contract expired in August 2005 and the Cloquet contract in April 2006.

In addition to USW negotiations, a one year contract extension was successfully negotiated with the Westbrook Mill’s four trade locals.

Sappi Fine Paper North America has experienced no work stoppage in the past fifteen years and believes that its relationship with its employees is satisfactory. While we hope to reach agreements in Muskegon and Cloquet, in the event that agreements cannot be reached and a prolonged work stoppage that results in a curtailment of output ensues at either of these sites, our business could be negatively affected.

Europe

Sappi Fine Paper Europe employed 5,163 people at the end of September 2006.

Headcount reductions of 650 people will take place in fiscal 2007 across all mills as well as support functions at the regional head office in Brussels. This is a result of detailed diagnostics and redesign of our systems, processes and structures to improve cost efficiencies and to position the organisation for growth.

Employees and their representative unions and work councils have been informed and consulted in line with statutory requirements and past practice. Social plans have been initiated at all sites and are at different stages of being finalised.

A substantial number of Sappi Fine Paper Europe employees are represented by trade unions.

Sappi Fine Paper Europe is subject to industry-wide collective agreements that are in place with trade unions in Germany, Austria and Belgium and which relate to its employees in each of the relevant mills. At our mills in The Netherlands and in the United Kingdom, Sappi Fine Paper Europe has entered into shop-floor agreements with the respective trade unions. Overall labour relations have been very stable in each of these countries.

In addition to trade unions, Sappi Fine Paper Europe also consults with various local, national and European works councils. These work councils serve primarily in an advisory role. Sappi Fine Paper Europe is required, under certain circumstances, to keep the works councils informed of activities that affect the work force and to consult with one or more of the works councils before proceeding with a course of action. This is especially relevant for any major reorganisation.

Southern Africa

Sappi employed 7,298 people in Southern Africa at the end of September 2006. Of this total, Sappi Fine Paper South Africa and Sappi Forest Products employed 1,910 and 5,251 people respectively, with the balance being employed by Sappi Trading 46 and Corporate 91. Unionized employees belong to one of four unions that enjoy recognition by Sappi, namely United Association of South Africa (UASA), Solidarity, the Swaziland Agricultural and Plantations Workers Union (SAPWU) and the Chemical, Energy, Paper, Printing, Wood and Allied Workers Union (CEPPWAWU), of which the latter is the largest.

98




In fiscal 2006, CEPPWAWU negotiated successfully to extend the bargaining unit to include salaried employees in the lower job categories (clerical and administrative staff). Under certain conditions, management retains the right to top-up salaries and other benefits of these employees to address market scarcity or performance.

We believe that we generally have had satisfactory relations with the trade unions operating at our southern African mills.

Recognising the impact of HIV on the workforce, the implementation of work place HIV prevention and care programmes have become essential components in maintaining productivity and global competitiveness. Following an initial anonymous voluntary study in 2003, a second comprehensive study was conducted at all operating units during 2005/6. The HIV prevalence rate is currently at 14% from 12.3% in 2003. Despite this percentage increase, indications are that there has been a slowing and in certain operating units a peaking of the infection rate due to a maturing of the disease. Statistically, the HIV prevalence in Sappi falls within the predicted prevalence in the total workforce in the country. The national average is 19.2%.

Our HIV/Aids response strategy places special emphasis on testing and counselling. Since August 2002, our medical care for employees has included treatment to prevent mother to child transmission. Anti-retroviral treatment has been offered to HIV-infected permanent employees from the beginning of 2003. Approximately 40% of the predicted HIV positive Sappi employees are registered on managed care programmes. Sappi has been quite successful in encouraging employees to join the voluntary counselling and testing programmes and where appropriate, ensure the registration on treatment programmes. Industry norm figures indicate a registration rate on treatment programmes of between 18.2% and 28%

In fiscal 2006 and 2007 the main objective of the HIV/AIDS prevention programmes is prevention of new infections and treatment of the already infected employee.

The Employment Equity Act (No. 55 of 1998) requires employers who employ 50 or more employees to implement affirmative action measures designed to ensure that suitably qualified persons from previously disadvantaged groups have equal employment opportunities and are equitably represented in the workforce of such employers. The provisions of the Employment Equity Act which pertain to the prohibition of unfair discrimination, the monitoring by employees and trade union representatives of compliance with the Act, the institution of legal proceedings concerning contraventions of the Act, the protection of employee rights and the formulation of codes of good practice and regulations pertaining to the Act were implemented on August 9, 1999. The implementation of the balance of the Act, dealing primarily with affirmative action measures, commenced on December 1, 1999. As required by the Act, Sappi drafted employment equity plans after consultation with representative employee forums and has submitted the prescribed reports to the Department of Labour as from May 2000. In October 2005, Sappi submitted an updated employment equity plan for the next five years.

The Skills Development Act (No. 97 of 1998), which came into force on September 10, 1999, provided an institutional framework to devise and implement workplace strategies in order to develop and improve the skills of the South African workforce. The financing of skills development is provided for under the Skills Development Levies Act by means of a levy/grant system.

The Skills Development Act, Skills Development Levies Act and the South African Qualifications Authorities Act (No. 58 of 1995), including amendments to the latter, have continued to receive significant attention during the past year. Equity forums established under the Employment Equity Act are mandated to serve as Learning Forums, and their constitutions, roles and responsibilities continue to be encouraged. The forums played a major role in preparing the Skills Plans submitted to the Forests Industries Education & Training Authority. A skills levy of 1%, specified in accordance with the Skills Development

99




Levies Act, was paid via Internal Revenue to the Forest Industries Education and Training Authority. With the amendments to the National Skills strategy for 2005 to 2010, the grant amounts and claim processes have significantly changed to ensure agreement between management and employee representatives is attained and that a project driven approach to initiatives is encouraged.

An amendment to the Skills Levy Act has resulted in the maximum recovery on the Skills Levies paid reducing to 50% with all other recoverable funds being allocated to project funding at the discretion of the Sector Education and Training Authority (SETA). The application and lobbying for a National Skills Grant has been successful with the Pulp and Paper Sector having been given principle approval for a ZAR32 million project of which ZAR22.6 million will come from National Skills Funds on confirmation of a memorandum of understanding. The project will focus on Artisan, Engineer, Technician and Management Practical Skills Development over the next three years.

Share Ownership

The Sappi Limited Share Incentive Scheme

We have offered a share purchase scheme to eligible Officers and employees since 1979. During March 1997, The Sappi Limited Share Incentive Scheme, as amended from time to time (the “Share Incentive Scheme”), was adopted at the Annual General Meeting of Sappi Limited. Under the Share Incentive Scheme, Officers or other employees of Sappi, its subsidiaries and other entities controlled or jointly controlled by Sappi selected by the Sappi Board of Directors are offered the opportunity to acquire shares (“Scheme Shares”), options to acquire shares (“Share Options”) or rights and options to enter into agreements with Sappi Limited or the Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust to acquire shares (“Allocation Shares”). Participants may also be given the opportunity to acquire a combination of Scheme Shares, Share Options and Allocation Shares.

The Sappi Limited Performance Incentive Plan

From the 2005 fiscal year we have also offered a performance share scheme to eligible officers and employees. Under the Sappi Limited Performance Share Incentive Plan (the “Performance Share Incentive Plan”), officers or other employees of Sappi, its subsidiaries and other entities controlled or jointly controlled by Sappi selected by the Sappi Board of Directors are offered Conditional Contracts to acquire Shares for no cash consideration. If the performance criteria from time to time determined by the Human Resources Committee or Compensation Committee of the Board (“Performance Criteria”) applicable to each Conditional Contract are met or exceeded, then Participants are entitled to receive such number of shares as specified in the Conditional Contract for no cash consideration after the fourth anniversary of the date on which the board resolves to award a Conditional Contract to that Participant. The Performance Criteria entails a benchmarking of the company’s performance against an appropriate peer group of companies.

For a detailed description of the Share Incentive Scheme, the Performance Shares Incentive Plan and recent amendments thereto, see note 30 to our Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Directors and Senior Management

As of November 24, 2006, certain Directors of Sappi had been granted an aggregate of 165,500 Share Options, 258,500 Allocation Shares and 134,000 Performance Shares. None of the Directors and Senior Management of Sappi holds more than 1% of our issued share capital.

100




ITEM 7.                MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Major Shareholders

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the ownership of the ordinary shares, R1.00 par value, of Sappi Limited by the shareholders of record of Sappi Limited as of September 30, 2006, holding 5% or more of the outstanding ordinary shares.

Name of Registered Holder

 

 

 

Number of
Shares

 

Percentage

 

Nedcor Bank Nominees Limited(1)

 

64,568,732

 

 

28.4

 

 

First National Nominees (Proprietary) Limited(1)

 

59,470,900

 

 

26.2

 

 

ABSA Nominees (Proprietary) Limited

 

36,078,654

 

 

15.9

 

 

Standard Bank Nominees (Transvaal) (Proprietary) Limited(1)

 

35,301,059

 

 

15.6

 

 

Industrial Development Corporation of South Africa Limited

 

15,420,640

 

 

6.8

 

 

All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group(2)(3)

 

1,774,503

 

 

0.8

 

 


(1)                 The registered holders have advised us that they hold shares for numerous clients and there has not been any significant percentage change in the holdings for the last three years.

(2)                 Includes shares issuable upon exercise of options granted under Sappi’s Share Incentive Scheme. See “Item 6—Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Compensation”.

(3)                 On September 12, 2006 Mr E van As entered into a zero cost collar contract with a commercial bank for 246,959 shares that are indirectly beneficially held by himself. The collar contract has a put strike price of R94.07 per share and call strike price of R111.99 per share. The term of the contract is for 364 days.

The authorised share capital of Sappi Limited consists of 325,000,000 shares. As of September 30, 2006, the issued share capital consisted of 239,071,892 shares. Due to shares bought back and being held in a subsidiary company, the issued share capital, less treasury shares, was 226,994,031 as of September 30, 2006. It is common in South Africa for shares to be held through nominees. As of September 30, 2006, the five largest shareholders of record (four of which are nominees) owned approximately 93% of the shares. We believe that, as of September 30, 2006, based on registered addresses and disclosure by nominee companies, 30% of our shares were held beneficially in North America, 60% of our shares were held beneficially in South Africa and 10% of our shares were held beneficially in Europe and elsewhere, excluding the shares owned by subsidiaries of Sappi.

On September 30, 2006, there were approximately 46 record holders (including nominees) of ADSs and 71 record holders of shares in the United States. At that date, there were 23,442,229 ADSs and 49,786,387 shares (totalling 73,229,616 shares) held beneficially by holders with registered addresses in the United States.

101




Pursuant to the Companies Amendment Act Number 37 of 1999, where securities of an issuer are registered in the name of a person and that person is not the holder of the beneficial interest in all of the securities held by the registered shareholder, the registered shareholder is obliged, at the end of every three-month period to disclose to the issuer the identity of each person on whose behalf the registered holder holds securities and the number and price of securities issued by that issuer held on behalf of each such person. We have authorised Thomson Financial to conduct a monthly investigation into the beneficial ownership of Sappi Limited shares including those in nominee holdings. All beneficial holdings are investigated to determine whether there are any shareholders which hold 5% or more of our shares and these investigations have as of September 30, 2006, revealed the following beneficial holders of more than 5% of the issued share capital of Sappi Limited:

Name of Shareholder

 

 

 

Number of
Shares

 

Percentage

 

Public Investment Commissioner (South Africa)

 

29,792,067

 

 

13.1

 

 

Industrial Development Corporation (South Africa)

 

15,420,640

 

 

6.8

 

 

 

Further, as a result of these investigations, we have ascertained that some of the shares registered in the names of the nominee holders are managed by various fund managers and that, as of September 30, 2006, the following fund managers were responsible for 5% or more of the issued share capital of Sappi Limited.

Name of Fund Manager

 

 

 

Number of
Shares Managed

 

Percentage

 

RMB Asset Management (South Africa)

 

 

35,900,211

 

 

 

15.8

 

 

Templeton Investment Council LLC

 

 

30,469,146

 

 

 

13.4

 

 

Allan Gray Limited

 

 

26,809,365

 

 

 

11.8

 

 

Old Mutual Asset Managers (South Africa) (Pty) Ltd.

 

 

19,443,133

 

 

 

8.6

 

 

Sanlam Investment Management Company (Pty) Ltd.

 

 

16,363,829

 

 

 

7.2

 

 

 

Under South African law, there is no obligation on the part of shareholders of Sappi Limited to disclose to Sappi Limited arrangements or understandings that may exist between or among them with respect to the holding or voting of shares unless such arrangement or understanding constitutes an affected transaction under the Securities Regulation Code on Takeovers and Mergers. An “affected transaction” means, among other things, any transaction which has or will have the effect of vesting control of any company in any person or two or more persons acting in concert in whom control did not vest prior to such transaction or scheme. Control is defined with reference to a specified percentage, which is currently 35% of the entire issued share capital of a company. The major shareholders have no different voting rights.

Related Party Transactions

For information on related party transactions, see note 32 to our Group annual financial statements contained elsewhere in this Annual Report.

ITEM 8.                FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

See Item 18—Financial Statements and the F-pages for the Report of the Independent Auditors.

102




First time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards

The consolidated financial statements of the Sappi Group as of and for the years ended September 2006 and 2005, including the applicable notes thereto, contained in Item 18 “Financial Statements” of this Annual Report on Form 20-F and the consolidated financial information of the Sappi Group as of and for the years ended September 2006 and 2005 contained herein have been aligned with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). The consolidated financial statements and related financial information of the Sappi Group as of and for each of the years ended September 2004, 2003 and 2002, cannot be provided on an IFRS aligned basis without unreasonable effort or expense. The Sappi Group has not amended, and does not intend to amend, its previously filed financial statements for the years affected by the change in accounting policy that ended prior to the year ended September 2005. For this reason, our Annual Reports on Form 20-F for those prior years, the consolidated financial statements and applicable notes thereto, auditors’ reports and related financial information contained in such reports should not be compared to this Annual Report on Form 20-F. For a description of the change in accounting policy and resulting adjustments, see Item 5 “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects,” and note 2 to our Group annual financial statements, included herein.

Legal Proceedings

We become involved from time to time in various claims and lawsuits incidental to the ordinary course of our business. We are not currently involved in legal proceedings which, either individually or in the aggregate, are expected to have a material adverse effect on our business, assets or properties.

North America

Since May 2004, a number of class and individual actions have been filed in federal and state courts alleging that Sappi Limited and Sappi Fine Paper North America participated in a price fixing conspiracy with other manufacturers of publication paper. The cases assert violations of the federal and state antitrust laws and state unfair competition statutes. These lawsuits seek treble damages and injunctive relief, as well as other costs associated with the litigation. In November 2006, the plaintiffs in the class action case brought on behalf of most direct purchasers dismissed Sappi Limited and Sappi Fine Paper North America without prejudice. The cases brought by certain of the individual direct purchasers and the indirect purchasers remain outstanding.

Europe

On May 25 and 26, 2004 the EU Commission carried out an unannounced inspection visit at Sappi Fine Paper Europe’s headquarters in Brussels in the context of what appeared to be an industry wide antitrust examination. The EU Commission copied and took away a substantial quantity of business documents. In its decision to authorise the inspection visit, the EU Commission alleged that Sappi Fine Paper Europe was involved in antitrust infringing collusive action with competitors. On August 8, 2006 Sappi Fine Paper Europe was informed by the EU Commission that it has closed its investigation in this matter.

South Africa

The Restitution of Land Rights Act (Act 22 of 1994), as amended, provides for the restoration of rights in land or other equitable redress to persons or communities dispossessed of their land rights after June 19, 1913 as a result of old laws or practices discriminating on the basis of race. The legislation empowers the Minister of Land Affairs to expropriate land in order to restore it to a successful claimant provided that there is just and equitable compensation to the owner of the land. Claims under the Act were required to be filed on or before December 31, 1998 and are presently being processed by the Commission

103




on Restitution of Land Rights and adjudicated upon by the Land Court. This process is expected to continue for many years. As one of the largest land owners in South Africa, we anticipate that a substantial number of claims may affect land we own. The process of determining the extent of claims filed in respect of our land and the potential impact of these claims on our South African operations continues. To date, we have been notified of twenty-four formal Land Claims made in respect of portions of Sappi plantations in the Mpumalanga area, and twenty-eight others made in respect of portions of Sappi plantations in KwaZulu Natal. These claims have not been finalized and are still under investigation by the Regional Land Claims Commissioner.

Dividend Policy

Our current policy is to consider dividends on an annual basis and to declare cash dividends in US dollars. We declared a dividend number 83 of 30 US cents for fiscal 2006. South African shareholders will be paid the Rand equivalent of the US dollar denominated declaration.

We aim to declare annual dividends, which, over time, incorporate real growth for shareholders. To this end, dividend cover in each year will vary in line with changes in the business cycle, but our current intention is to maintain a long-term average of three times net profit. Notwithstanding our inability to meet this target in recent years, we remain committed to this policy in the longer term. See “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Dividends” for the dividend cover in recent years.

In accordance with South African common law, dividends may be declared only out of distributable profits. Holders of American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) on the relevant record date will be entitled to receive any dividends payable in respect of the shares underlying the ADSs, subject to the terms of the Deposit Agreement among us, The Bank of New York and the ADR holders (the “Deposit Agreement”). There is no restriction under South African exchange control regulations on the free transferability of cash dividends to non-resident shareholders or ADS holders. See “Item 10—Additional Information—Exchange Controls”.

South African companies pay Secondary Tax on Companies at the flat rate of 12.5% in respect of the amount of dividends declared by the company less certain dividends which accrue to the company during its relevant “dividend cycle”. See “Item 10—Additional Information—Taxation”.

Significant Changes

Except as otherwise disclosed in this Annual Report, no significant change has occurred in our financial position since October 1, 2006.

104




ITEM 9.                THE OFFER AND LISTING

Offer and Listing Details

The table below sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low prices and the volume of trading activity in the shares on the JSE, as reported by the JSE, and the high and low prices and the volume of trading activity in the ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE), as reported by the NYSE.

 

 

Shares

 

ADSs

 

 

 

   High   

 

   Low   

 

Trading
Volume

 

High

 

Low

 

Trading
Volume

 

 

 

(SA cents per share)

 

(million)

 

($ per ADS)

 

(million)

 

Annual highs and lows

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2006

 

 

10,100

 

 

 

6,105

 

 

 

252.6

 

 

15.40

 

9.46

 

 

57.6

 

 

Fiscal 2005

 

 

9,550

 

 

 

5,780

 

 

 

264.7

 

 

15.50

 

9.14

 

 

83.6

 

 

Fiscal 2004

 

 

10,450

 

 

 

7,720

 

 

 

302.5

 

 

16.13

 

12.60

 

 

51.3

 

 

Fiscal 2003

 

 

12,950

 

 

 

8,550

 

 

 

245.8

 

 

14.52

 

10.30

 

 

48.3

 

 

Fiscal 2002

 

 

16,200

 

 

 

7,650

 

 

 

181.8

 

 

15.00

 

8.40

 

 

48.1

 

 

Quarterly highs and lows

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fourth quarter

 

 

10,100

 

 

 

8,530

 

 

 

51.5

 

 

14.40

 

12.06

 

 

10.0

 

 

Third quarter

 

 

9,250

 

 

 

6,850

 

 

 

56.1

 

 

15.28

 

10.67

 

 

10.0

 

 

Second quarter

 

 

9,700

 

 

 

6,958

 

 

 

90.8

 

 

15.40

 

11.21

 

 

18.6

 

 

First quarter

 

 

8,050

 

 

 

6,105

 

 

 

54.2

 

 

11.90

 

9.46

 

 

19.0

 

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fourth quarter

 

 

7,990

 

 

 

6,610

 

 

 

48.1

 

 

12.17

 

10.05

 

 

16.2

 

 

Third quarter

 

 

7,750

 

 

 

5,780

 

 

 

63.6

 

 

12.40

 

9.14

 

 

24.8

 

 

Second quarter

 

 

8,600

 

 

 

7,255

 

 

 

67.3

 

 

15.50

 

11.92

 

 

18.1

 

 

First quarter

 

 

9,550

 

 

 

7,450

 

 

 

85.7

 

 

14.90

 

12.20

 

 

24.5

 

 

Monthly highs and lows

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

November

 

 

8,050

 

 

 

6,350

 

 

 

18.3

 

 

11.42

 

9.49

 

 

5.9

 

 

October

 

 

7,590

 

 

 

6,105

 

 

 

21.2

 

 

11.55

 

9.46

 

 

6.9

 

 

September

 

 

10,049

 

 

 

9,000

 

 

 

16.5

 

 

13.11

 

12.48

 

 

1.9

 

 

August

 

 

10,100

 

 

 

8,605

 

 

 

20.7

 

 

14.40

 

12.40

 

 

5.7

 

 

July

 

 

9,800

 

 

 

8,530

 

 

 

14.2

 

 

14.10

 

12.06

 

 

2.4

 

 

June

 

 

9,190

 

 

 

6,850

 

 

 

16.1

 

 

12.95

 

10.67

 

 

3.2

 

 

 

On December 6, 2006, the closing price for our shares on the JSE was 11,425 SA cents per share and the closing price of the ADSs on the NYSE was $16.09 per ADS.

Markets

The principal market for the ordinary shares of Sappi Limited is the JSE. The ordinary shares of Sappi Limited are also listed on the London Stock Exchange. In February 2000, we announced our decision to delist our shares from the Paris Bourse with effect from March 29, 2000. This decision was based on the low volume of shares traded, the cost of maintaining the listing and the additional reporting standards required by the Bourse. On September 21, 2005, we announced our decision to delist our shares from the Frankfurt Stock Exchange with effect from November 10, 2005. This decision was based on the low volume of shares traded on the Exchange. On November 5, 1998, ADRs evidencing ADSs of Sappi Limited commenced trading on the NYSE under the symbol “SPP”. The Bank of New York serves as depositary

105




(“the Depositary”) with respect to the ADSs. Prior to the commencement of trading of the ADSs on the NYSE, our ordinary shares were traded in the United States in the over-the-counter market pursuant to a sponsored unrestricted American Depositary Receipt facility established in 1994. Price data relating to that trading is not considered meaningful and has not been included in this Annual Report.

On October 26, 1999, Sappi and The Bank of New York amended the Deposit Agreement to change, with effect from October 27, 1999, the number of ordinary shares represented by each ADS from 10 ordinary shares per ADS to 1 ordinary share per ADS. The prices for ADSs set forth in the following paragraphs and the table above reflect this change.

Prior to our global equity offering, which was completed on November 22, 1999, trading of the ADSs on the NYSE had been sporadic with the volumes traded varying between zero and 231,000 ADSs per day. Since that offering, trading of the ADSs has increased substantially. The ADS price has reached a high of $16.45 and a low of $3.22 since trading commenced. On some days, trading volume in ADSs on the NYSE has exceeded the volume traded on the JSE.

The JSE Limited

The JSE Limited (JSE) was formed in 1887 and provides facilities for the buying and selling of a wide range of securities, including equity, corporate debt securities, warrants in respect of securities, as well as Krugerrands. The JSE is a self-regulatory organisation operating under the supervision of the South African Ministry of Finance, through the Financial Services Board and its representative, the Registrar of Stock Exchanges.

The market capitalisation of South African equity securities was approximately $412 billion as at September 30, 2006. The actual float available for public trading is significantly smaller than the aggregate market capitalisation because of the large number of long-term holdings by listed holding companies in listed subsidiaries and associates, the existence of listed pyramid companies and cross holdings between listed companies. Liquidity on the JSE (measured by reference to the total market value of securities traded as a percentage of the total market capitalisation at the end of the period) was 58% for the 12 months ended September 30, 2006. Trading is concentrated in a growing, but small, number of companies. As of the end of September 2006, there were 268 listed companies on the JSE.

Following the introduction of the FTSE/JSE free float indices, the FTSE/JSE All Share Index only includes those companies that constitute the top 99% of the market capitalisation of the JSE. The three main sectors in the market are Resources, Financials and Industrials. As of September 30, 2006, the All Share Index included 162 companies. The Financial and Industrial Index and the Resources Index included 31 and 20 companies, respectively, and accounted for approximately 45% and 43%, respectively, of the total market capitalisation of the JSE.

The JSE settles securities trades electronically through STRATE—(Share Transactions Totally Electronic). All trades are downloaded from the JSE SETS automated trading system to the JSE’s Broker Deal Accounting (BDA) system, which manages the settlement status of every trade. The BDA system interfaces with STRATE’s system which in turn interfaces with those of the custodian banks. The JSE’s Settlement Authority monitors all trades from time of execution to settlement to ensure performance.

Shares may not be traded on the JSE unless they have been dematerialized through STRATE. Contractual, rolling settlement has been introduced by the JSE in order to increase the speed, certainty and efficiency of the settlement mechanism and to fall into line with international practices. While settlement on the JSE is currently made five days after each trade (T + 5), the JSE in conjunction with STRATE is exploring with the industry how best to reduce the settlement period further to (T+3) without introducing undue risk.

106




ITEM 10.         ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Memorandum and Articles of Association

The following description is a summary of various provisions of the Memorandum (“Memorandum”) and Articles of Association (“Articles”) of Sappi Limited, the South African Companies Act (the “Companies Act”) and the listings requirements of the JSE, which does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to all of the provisions of those sources.

Sappi Limited is a public company incorporated in South Africa with registration number 1936/008963/06.

Purpose of the Company

Paragraph 3 of the Memorandum states that Sappi Limited is established, among other things, to manufacture, produce, buy, sell and deal in pulp, timber, paper, cardboard and other stated products.

Directors

In terms of the articles:

At every annual general meeting of Sappi Limited, as near as possible to, but not less than one third of the Directors (excluding any Director appointed after the conclusion of the preceding annual general meeting, the Executive Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer and the Managing Director) are required to retire from office but are eligible for re-election. The Directors to retire are those who have been longest in office since their last election or, as between Directors who have been in office for an equal length of time since their last election, in the absence of agreement, determined by lot. Any Director who has held office for three years since his last election is also required to retire at such annual general meeting. In addition, the appointment of any Director appointed after the conclusion of the preceding annual general meeting will require to be confirmed at the next annual general meeting, failing which the appointment will cease.

Except as set out in the following paragraph, a Director may not vote in respect of any contract or arrangement or any other proposal in which he has any material interest other than by virtue of his interest in ordinary shares or debentures or other securities of or otherwise in or through Sappi Limited. A Director will not be counted in the quorum at a meeting in relation to any resolution on which he is barred from voting.

A Director shall be entitled to vote and be counted in the quorum in respect of any resolution concerning any of the following matters:

·        the giving of any security or indemnity to him in respect of money lent or obligations incurred by him at the request of or for the benefit of Sappi Limited or any of its subsidiaries;

·        the giving of any security or indemnity to a third party in respect of a debt or obligation of Sappi Limited or any of its subsidiaries for which he himself has assumed responsibility in whole or in part under a guarantee or indemnity or by the giving of security;

·        any proposal concerning an offer of shares or debentures or other securities of or by Sappi Limited or any of its subsidiaries for subscription or purchase in which offer he is or is to be interested as a participant in the underwriting or sub-underwriting of these securities;

·        any proposal concerning any other company in which he is interested directly or indirectly and whether as an officer, shareholder or otherwise; provided that he is not the holder of or beneficially interested in 1% or more of any class of the equity share capital of that company or of the voting rights available to shareholders of that company; and

107




·        any proposal concerning the adoption, modification or operation of a superannuation fund or retirement benefits scheme under which he may benefit and which has been approved by or is subject to and conditional upon approval of the Commissioner of Inland Revenue for taxation purposes.

The remuneration of the Directors for their services as such shall be determined from time to time by a general meeting, save that in the discretion of the Board, there may in each year be paid out of the funds of Sappi Limited to, and divided among, the Directors who have held office during the year in respect of which the remuneration is to be paid, a sum, by way of remuneration for their services as Directors, not exceeding US$ 500 000 (five hundred thousand dollars), which remuneration shall be paid in such proportions as shall be determined by the Directors or a majority of them. If any Director is required to perform extra services or reside abroad or is otherwise specially occupied about Sappi Limited’s business, he is entitled to receive remuneration to be fixed by the Directors (either in addition to, or in substitution for, the aforementioned remuneration). The Directors shall be paid all their travelling and other expenses properly and necessarily expended by them in and about the business of Sappi Limited.

The Directors may exercise all the powers of Sappi Limited to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking and property or any part thereof and to issue debentures, which may be issued at par, at a discount or at a premium, and other securities. The borrowings will be restricted so that, except with the previous sanction of an ordinary resolution of Sappi Limited in general meeting, the aggregate principal amount outstanding of all moneys borrowed by Sappi Limited and/or any of its subsidiaries will not at any time exceed an amount equal to 2.5 times the aggregate of the nominal amount of the issued share capital of Sappi Limited and the total of the amounts standing to the credit of the combined capital and revenue reserve accounts of Sappi Limited and its subsidiaries (including any share premium account, capital redemption reserve fund and retained surplus after deducting the amounts of any debit balance in the income statement but excluding sums set aside for taxation and amounts attributable to outside shareholders in subsidiaries), as shown in the latest consolidated balance sheet, adjusted as may be necessary in respect of any variation in the share premium account of Sappi Limited since the date of the latest audited balance sheet.

Secretary

The Companies Act requires the directors of each public company to appoint a secretary who is permanently resident in South Africa, and who, in the opinion of the directors, has the requisite knowledge and experience to carry out the duties of a secretary of a public company.

Disclosure of Interest in Shares

The Companies Act requires the disclosure of beneficial interests in the outstanding shares of a company. Where securities of an issuer are registered in the name of a person and that person is not the holder of the beneficial interest in all of the securities held by the registered shareholder, the registered shareholder is obliged, at the end of every three-month period after June 30, 1999, that is, commencing on September 30, 1999, to disclose to the issuer the identity of each person on whose behalf the registered holder holds securities and the number and class of securities issued by that issuer held on behalf of each such person. Moreover, an issuer of securities may, by notice in writing, require a person who is a registered shareholder of, or whom the issuer knows or has reasonable cause to believe to have a beneficial interest in, a security issued by the issuer, to confirm or deny whether or not such person holds that beneficial interest and, if the security is held for another person, the person to whom the request is made is obliged to disclose to the issuer the identity of the person on whose behalf a security is held. The addressee of the notice may also be required to give particulars of the extent of the beneficial interest held during the three years preceding the date of the notice. All issuers of securities are obliged to establish and maintain a register of the disclosures described above and to publish in their annual financial statements a list of the

108




persons who hold beneficial interests equal to or in excess of 5% of the total number of securities of that class issued by the issuer together with the extent of those beneficial interests.

Register of Members

Sappi Limited keeps a register of Shareholders in South Africa and London, England. Sappi Limited may keep a branch share register in any foreign country, subject to the approval of the Reserve Bank.

Share Capital

The authorised share capital of Sappi Limited consists of 325,000,000 ordinary shares with a par value R1.00 per share. All the ordinary shares in issue rank pari passu with each other and are fully paid and not subject to calls for additional payments of any kind. Trading in the ordinary shares in Sappi Limited has been dematerialised under the terms of the STRATE initiative of the JSE and the provisions of section 91A of the Companies Act relating to uncertified securities apply in respect of those shares which have been dematerialised.

The ADSs trade on the NYSE. The rights of holders of ADSs are governed by the Deposit Agreement pursuant to which the ADSs are issued and such rights differ in certain respects from the rights of holders of ordinary shares.

Dividends

Sappi Limited in general meeting or the Board may, from time to time, declare a dividend to be paid to the registered holders of shares (the “Shareholders”) in proportion to the number of ordinary shares held by them. No dividend on ordinary shares will bear interest. Dividends are declared payable to Shareholders registered as such on a date subsequent to the date of the declaration of the dividend as determined by the Board. This date may not be less than 14 days after the date of the publication of the announcement of the declaration of the dividend.

Sappi Limited in general meeting may not declare a dividend in excess of the amount recommended by the Board. All unclaimed dividends may be retained by Sappi Limited, invested or otherwise utilised by the Board for the benefit of Sappi Limited until claimed; provided that dividends unclaimed after a period of twelve years may be declared forfeited by the Board. Forfeited dividends revert to Sappi Limited and may be dealt with by the Directors as they deem fit.

Any dividend or other amount payable to a Shareholder may be transmitted by electronic bank transfer or ordinary post to the address of the Shareholder recorded in the register or any other address the Shareholder may previously have given to Sappi Limited in writing. Sappi Limited will not be responsible for any loss in transmission.

Any dividend may be paid and satisfied, either wholly or in part, by the distribution of specific assets as the Board may at the time of declaring the dividend determine and direct.

It is Sappi Limited’s policy to declare dividends in US dollars and the Board may at the time of declaring a dividend make such regulations as it may think fit in regard to the payment in any currency and rate of exchange. For further information on our dividend policy, see Item 8—Financial Information—Dividend Policy.

Holders of ADSs on the relevant record date will be entitled to receive any dividends payable in respect of the ordinary shares underlying the ADSs, subject to the terms of the Deposit Agreement. Cash dividends will be paid by the Depositary to holders of ADSs in accordance with the Deposit Agreement.

109




Voting Rights

Subject to any rights or restrictions attached to any class of shares, every Shareholder present in person, by authorised representative or by proxy, will have, on a show of hands, one vote only and, in the case of a poll, every Shareholder present in person, by authorised representative or by proxy, will have that proportion of the total votes in Sappi Limited which the aggregate amount of the nominal value of the shares held by that Shareholder bears to the aggregate of the nominal value of all the shares issued by Sappi Limited and, accordingly, since there is currently only one class of issued shares, one vote for every share held by him.

Issue of Additional Shares and Pre-emption Rights

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act and the listings requirements of the JSE, Sappi Limited in a general meeting may issue, or may authorise the Board to issue, unissued shares.

Holders of shares have no pre-emptive rights under the Articles. Under the listings requirements of the JSE, however, any unissued shares of Sappi Limited must first be offered to existing Shareholders pro rata to their holdings of shares unless these shares are issued for the acquisition of assets or a specific or general approval is granted to the Directors at any general meeting authorising the issue of shares for cash. Whenever Sappi Limited wishes to sell for cash shares held as treasury stock by a subsidiary of Sappi Limited, such use must comply with the listings requirements as if such use was a new issue of shares for cash.

Sappi Limited in general meeting may upon the recommendation of the Board resolve to capitalise all or any part of the amount of the undivided profits, reserves resulting from a sale or revaluation of assets of Sappi Limited or premium created on the issue of any shares or debentures and may apply such sums in paying up unissued shares of Sappi Limited to be issued as fully paid capitalisation shares to Shareholders.

Variation of Rights

Whenever the capital of Sappi Limited is divided into different classes of shares, the rights or restrictions attached to any class of shares in issue may be amended, varied, modified or cancelled by general meeting of Sappi Limited; provided that the consent in writing of the holders of at least three fourths of the issued shares of that class or of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of such shares is required if the amendment, variation, modification or cancellation will directly or indirectly adversely affect those rights or restrictions.

The rights or restrictions attached to any class of shares will not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the conditions of issue of such shares, be deemed to be directly or indirectly adversely affected by the creation or issue of other shares ranking equally with them.

Distribution of Assets on Liquidation

If Sappi Limited is liquidated, whether voluntarily or compulsorily, the assets remaining after the payment of all the liabilities of Sappi Limited and the costs of winding-up shall be distributed among the Shareholders in proportion to the numbers of shares respectively held by them, subject to the rights of any Shareholders to whom shares have been issued on special conditions and subject to Sappi Limited’s right to apply set-off against the liability, if any, of Shareholders for unpaid capital or premium. Furthermore, the liquidator, with the authority of a special resolution, may divide among the Shareholders, in specie or kind, the whole or any part of the assets, whether or not those assets consist of property of one kind or different kinds.

110




Share Repurchases and Capital Reductions

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act and the listings requirements of the JSE, Sappi Limited may with the prior approval of a special resolution of its shareholders in general meeting—

·       acquire any shares issued by Sappi Limited on the basis that all or a portion of the price payable on such acquisition may be paid out of any funds of or available to Sappi Limited whether or not such payment results in a reduction of the issued share capital, share premium, reserves (including statutory non-distributable reserves), stated capital or any capital or redemption reserve fund of Sappi Limited;

·       authorise any subsidiary of Sappi Limited to acquire shares in Sappi Limited.

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act and the listings requirements of the JSE, Sappi Limited may reduce its issued share capital, share premium, stated capital, reserves (including statutory non-distributable reserves) and/or capital redemption reserve fund by way of an ordinary resolution of shareholders in general meeting and a resolution of directors. Similarly, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act and the requirements of the JSE, Sappi Limited may by way of an ordinary resolution of shareholders in general meeting and a resolution of directors make payments to its shareholders, whether or not such payments result in a reduction of the issued share capital, share premium, stated capital, reserves (including statutory non-distributable reserves) and/or any capital redemption reserve fund. An ordinary resolution of shareholders is not, however, required for the payment of dividends.

Changes in Capital or Objects and Powers of Sappi Limited

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act, Sappi Limited may from time to time by special resolution:

·       increase, consolidate, sub-divide or cancel all or any part of its capital;

·       convert any of its shares, whether issued or not, into shares of another class;

·       convert all or any of its paid-up shares into stock and re-convert such stock into paid-up shares; or

·       convert any shares having a par value into shares having no par value and vice versa.

Rights of Minority Shareholders and Fiduciary Duties

Majority shareholders of South African companies have no fiduciary obligations under South African common law to minority shareholders. However, under the Companies Act, a shareholder may, under certain circumstances, seek relief from the court if he has been unfairly prejudiced by the company. The provisions in the Companies Act are designed to provide relief for oppressed shareholders without necessarily overruling the majority’s decision. There may also be common law personal actions available to a shareholder of a company. The fiduciary obligations of Directors may differ from those in the United States and certain other countries. In South Africa, the common law imposes on Directors a duty to act with care and skill and a fiduciary duty to conduct the company’s affairs in the best interests of the company.

General Meetings of Shareholders

Sappi Limited is obliged to hold an annual general meeting not more than nine months after the end of every financial year of Sappi Limited and within fifteen months after the date of the last preceding annual general meeting of Sappi Limited. The Board may, whenever it thinks fit, convene a general meeting and must do so on the request of 100 Shareholders or of Shareholders holding at the date of

111




request not less than one-twentieth of the total voting rights of all Shareholders having a right to vote at general meetings of Sappi Limited.

Sappi Limited is required by law to provide at least 21 clear days’ notice for any annual general meeting and for meetings at which special resolutions are proposed, and at least 14 clear days’ notice for all other meetings.

Notice under the Articles must be given or served on any Shareholder or Director, as the case may be, either by delivery, electronic mail, telefacsimile or by sending it through the post. Any notice to Shareholders must simultaneously be given to the secretary or other suitable official of any recognised stock exchange on which the shares of Sappi Limited are listed in accordance with the requirements of that stock exchange. Every such notice shall be deemed, unless the contrary is proved, to have been received, if it is delivered, on the date on which it is so delivered, if it is sent by post, on the day on which it is posted, if it is sent by electronic mail, on the day it was sent or, if it is sent by telefacsimile, on the day on which it was successfully transmitted.

No business may be transacted at any general meeting unless the requisite quorum is present when the meeting proceeds to business. The quorum for the passing of special resolutions is Shareholders holding in the aggregate not less than 25% of the total votes of all Shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or by proxy. In all other cases, the quorum is three Shareholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote or, if a Shareholder is a body corporate, represented. If within ten minutes from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of Shareholders, will be dissolved and, in all other cases, will stand adjourned to the same day in the next week, or if that be a public holiday, the next business day, at the same time and place. At the adjourned meeting, those Shareholders who are present or represented thereat shall constitute a quorum.

At a general meeting, a resolution put to the vote will be decided by a show of hands unless a poll is demanded by (1) the chairman, (2) not less than five Shareholders having the right to vote at such meeting, (3) a Shareholder or Shareholders representing not less than one tenth of the total voting rights of all Shareholders having the right to vote at the meeting or (4) in accordance with the Companies Act.

Resolutions will be carried by a majority of the votes recorded at the meeting except in the case of a special resolution which must be passed either, on a show of hands, by not less than 75% of the number of Shareholders entitled to vote who are present in person or by proxy or, where a poll has been demanded, by not less than 75% of the total votes to which the Shareholders present in person or by proxy are entitled. In the event of a tie, the chairman has the deciding vote if he is a Shareholder.

Annual Report and Accounts

The Board is required to keep such accounting records and books of account as are prescribed by the Companies Act. Generally, no Shareholder (other than a Director) has any right to inspect any accounting record book, account or document of Sappi Limited.

The Board is required, in respect of every financial year of Sappi Limited, to prepare annual consolidated financial statements of Sappi Limited and present them before the annual general meeting required to be held in that year.

The annual consolidated financial statements of Sappi Limited must, in conformity with generally accepted accounting practice in South Africa, fairly present the state of affairs and business of Sappi Limited and all its consolidated subsidiaries at the end of the financial year concerned and the profit or loss of Sappi Limited and all its consolidated subsidiaries for that financial year.

112




Transfer of Shares

All ordinary shares are free from any restriction under the Articles on the right to transfer. A Shareholder who holds his shares in dematerialised form will have an account with a Central Securities Depository Participant. Transfer of ownership of such shares will be effected by debiting the account from which transfer is effected and crediting the account to which transfer is effected. The transferor will be deemed to remain the holder of the shares until the name of the transferee is entered in the share register or relevant subregister of Sappi Limited in respect of these shares. Only Shareholders that have handed in their paper share certificates have an account with a Central Securities Depository Participant. Under the rules of the JSE Shareholders cannot sell their shares on the JSE until the shares have been dematerialised.

Rights of Shareholders

There are no limitations in the Memorandum or Articles and general limitations under South African law on the right of Shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights attaching to any ordinary shares in Sappi Limited.

Changes in Control

Any person acquiring shares of Sappi will (in addition to any regulatory and legal requirements outside South Africa) need to comply with the following to the extent applicable. Various transactions including, without limitation, those which result in a person or a group of persons acting in concert holding shares entitling the holder or holders to exercise or cause to be exercised 35% or more of the voting rights at meetings of Sappi Shareholders and those transactions entailing a disposal of the whole or substantially the whole of the undertaking of Sappi Limited or the whole or the greater part of its assets will be subject to the Securities Regulation Code on Takeovers and Mergers (the “Code”) which is regulated by the Securities Regulation Panel. The Code imposes various obligations in such circumstances including the requirement of an offer to minority shareholders. A transaction will be subject to the approval of the competition authorities under the Competition Act No. 89 of 1998, as amended (the “Competition Act”) if it results in the acquisition of “control”, as defined in the Competition Act, and otherwise falls within the scope of the Competition Act. The Competition Act prevents a transaction falling within its scope from being implemented without the required approvals. To the extent applicable, the transaction will be subject to the listings requirements of the JSE. Depending on the circumstances, approvals of the Exchange Control Department of the South African Reserve Bank and other applicable regulatory authorities may also be required.

Amendment of Memorandum or Articles

The Memorandum or Articles may only be amended by way of a special resolution, proposed at a general meeting of Shareholders at which Shareholders holding at least 25% of the total votes of all Shareholders entitled to vote thereat are present in person or by proxy, which is passed, on a show of hands, by not less than 75% of those present in person or by proxy or, on a poll, by not less than 75% of the total votes to which Shareholders present in person or by proxy are entitled.

South African Corporate Laws Amendment Bill

The Corporate Laws Amendment Bill (“Bill”) was passed by the South African Parliament in October 2006 and has been sent to the President. The President has yet to assent to the Bill. Once it is assented to by the President, commencement is still to be proclaimed, although it is expected to come into effect by December 2006.

The Bill effects a number of important changes to the South African Companies Act.

113




Financial Assistance

The Bill enhances the ability of a company to provide financial assistance for the acquisition of its own shares. Section 38 of the current Companies Act prohibits a company from providing financial assistance to any person (other than an employee) in connection with the purchase of (or subscription for) its shares or those of its holding company. The Bill amends section 38 to the effect that a company will be able to provide financial assistance provided that it meets a solvency and liquidity test. The amendments will drastically simplify the financing structures that have traditionally been used for mergers and acquisitions, and in particular, Black Economic Empowerment transactions.

Sale of Assets and Business

In terms of section 228 of the current Companies Act, a company only requires the approval of a simple majority of its shareholders in order to dispose of the whole or substantially the whole of its business, or the whole or the greater part of its assets. In terms of the proposed amendment to section 228, the disposal of the whole or the greater part of the business or assets of a company will require a special resolution of shareholders.

Under the proposed amendments, shareholders of a holding company will have to pass a special resolution approving the sale of the whole or the greater part of the assets or business of any of its subsidiaries, if the disposal by its subsidiary would constitute a disposal by the holding company of the whole or the greater part of its assets or business.

Audit Committees and Auditors

The Bill imposes an obligation on widely-held companies to appoint audit committees. A company is a widely-held company if it allows unrestricted transfer of its shares or it offers its shares to the public. An audit committee must have at least two members and consist only of independent non-executive directors.

The functions of the audit committee include the duty to nominate an auditor for appointment by the board, to fix the terms of his/her engagement and to determine which non-audit services the auditor may provide to the company. The audit committee is also required to report on the company’s internal accounting and audit procedures and deal with complaints in respect of its auditing procedures.

The Bill also imposes certain requirements regarding the identity of the auditor; the rotation of the auditor; restrictions on services that the auditor can provide; and the attendance of the auditor at the annual general meeting.

Financial Statements

The Bill inserts a new section in the Companies Act which provides that the financial statements of public companies must comply with IFRS. These are statements of Generally Accepted Accounting Practice which are to be issued by the Minister of Trade and Industry by publication in the Government Gazette from time to time on the advice of a fifteen member body to be established called the Financial Reporting Standards Council (FSRC). These requirements are more onerous than the current standards. The FSRC must ensure that financial reporting standards accord with IFRS.

The Bill establishes a further body, the Financial Reporting Investigations Panel, which will investigate alleged non-compliance with the Financial Reporting Standards and recommend “appropriate measures for rectification or restitution”. Its report may, “if it is in the interests of users”, be published in the news media and made available for inspection by the public.

Under the Bill, a public company and each of its directors or officers who is a party to the issue, circulation or publication of any financial statements which are materially incomplete or which do not

114




otherwise comply with the above requirements will be guilty of an offence. It is also an offence for any person to be a party to the preparation, approval, publication, issue or supply of a financial report that is false or misleading in a material respect if such person knows or ought reasonably to suspect that it is false or misleading.

Material Contracts

On May 7, 2003, a syndicated loan of EURO 500,106,406 was provided to Sappi Papier Holding GmbH (“SPH”). This loan was arranged by BankAustriaCreditanstalt and was supported by a syndicate of 18 European banks. Funding of the facility was provided by the Oesterreichische Kontrollbank Aktiengesellschaft (“OeKB”), a banking corporation incorporated in Austria, and the syndicate of banks assumed the credit risk by providing a guarantee to the OeKB. The loan to SPH is fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Sappi International SA (SISA), a corporation incorporated in Belgium. The loan consists of two tranches, repayable in two bullet payments. Tranche A (amounting to EURO 100,021,281) was repaid on December 31, 2004. Tranche B (amounting to EURO 400,085,124) bears interest at the OeKB EURO fixed financing rate plus an applicable facility fee. The interest on the loan is payable semi-annually on June 30 and December 31 of each year, commencing on June 30, 2003. SPH may prepay the whole or any part of the loan by giving 30-days notice. SPH has agreed to pay certain additional amounts should they arise in respect of withholdings or deductions for taxes in certain jurisdictions on payments to the syndicate banks. SPH and SISA have also agreed to observe certain covenants with respect to the loan and the guarantee, including limitations on liens, sale and leaseback transactions and on mergers and consolidations. It is an event of default if Sappi Limited ceases to own, directly or indirectly, a majority of SPH’s share capital, without the prior written consent of a majority of the lenders. On November 18, 2005, an amendment to this loan agreement was signed to harmonise the terms and conditions of all SPH’s long-term debt in line with the terms and conditions of the recently completed EURO 600,000,000 multi-currency revolving credit facility (see below). The loan to SPH is now fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Sappi Limited in addition to SISA and partially guaranteed by Sappi Trading Pulp AG, a corporation incorporated in Switzerland.

On June 29, 2005, a five-year multi-currency revolving credit facility (maturing in June 2010) in a maximum aggregate amount of EURO 600,000,000 was provided to Sappi Papier Holding GmbH (“SPH”), Sappi International S.A. (“SISA”) and Sappi Trading Pulp AG as borrowers. This facility was arranged by BNP Paribas, J P Morgan PLC and SG Corporate and Investment Banking and was supported by a syndicate of 16 additional financial institutions. The facility is currently fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Sappi Limited and SPH. SISA and Sappi Trading Pulp AG have also provided limited guarantees of the facility. The facility replaces the outstanding amount of the A Tranche (amounting to EUR 562.5 million) of the syndicated credit facility raised in July 2001. The early replacement of this A Tranche was undertaken to improve the terms and conditions thereof, including the pricing of the margin and commitment fee, and also to ensure the long-term nature of the new facility. The funding margin is determined by a rating grid and, based on the current credit rating, attracts a margin between 60 and 67.5 basis points over Euribor or Libor, depending on the currency of the loan and the level of utilisation. This facility is to be used for general corporate purposes and was drawn at the end of September 2005 to the extent of CHF 165,000,000. It is subject to interest coverage and debt covenants measured at the Sappi Limited consolidated level. SPH, Sappi Limited, SISA and Sappi Trading Pulp have agreed to observe certain covenants which include limitations on liens, sale and leaseback transactions and on mergers and consolidations. In addition, if any of SPH, SISA or Sappi Trading Pulp cease to be wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by Sappi Limited, or if a third party becomes the beneficial owner of more than 35% of the shares of Sappi Limited, then each financial institution has the option of demanding repayment of its participation in any outstanding loans and terminating its obligations under the facility.

115




At the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders held on March 7, 2005, shareholders adopted the Sappi Limited Performance Share Incentive Plan (“Plan”) in addition to the Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust (“Trust”) which had been adopted on March 5, 1997, and fixed the aggregate number of shares which may be acquired by all participants under the Plan together with the Trust at 19,000,000 shares, which constitute 7.9% of the issued share capital of Sappi Limited. In terms of the Plan, Participants (who must be officers and other employees of the company) may be awarded conditional contracts to acquire shares for no cash consideration. If the performance criteria determined from time to time by the Human Resources Committee or Compensation Committee of the Board (“Performance Criteria”) applicable to each Conditional Contract, are met or exceeded, then Participants would be entitled to receive the number of shares specified in the Conditional Contract for no cash consideration after the fourth anniversary of the date on which the Conditional Contract was awarded to the Participant. The Performance Criteria entail benchmarking the company’s performance against an appropriate peer group of companies. If the board determines that the Performance Criteria embodied in a Conditional Contract have not been satisfied or exceeded, the number of shares allotted and issued and/or transferred to a Participant under the Conditional Contract will be adjusted downwards.

Exchange Controls

Introduction

South Africa’s exchange control regulations provide for restrictions on the exporting of capital and for various other exchange control matters. Transactions between residents of the Common Monetary Area (comprising the Republic of South Africa, the Republic of Namibia and the Kingdoms of Lesotho and Swaziland), on the one hand (including corporations), and non-residents of the Common Monetary Area, on the other hand, are subject to these exchange control regulations which are enforced by the Exchange Control Department of the South African Reserve Bank (Excon).

The present exchange control system in South Africa is used principally to control capital movements. South African companies are generally not permitted to export capital from South Africa or to hold foreign currency or foreign assets without the approval of the South African exchange control authorities. Foreign investment by South African companies is also restricted. As a result, a South African company’s ability to raise and deploy capital outside the Common Monetary Area is restricted. The granting of loans from outside South Africa to Sappi Limited or its South African subsidiaries and their ability to borrow from non-resident sources is regulated. Further, where 75% or more of a South African company’s capital, assets, earnings, voting securities, voting power, power of control or earnings are directly or indirectly controlled by or vested in non-residents of South Africa, the company is designated an “affected person” and certain restrictions are placed on its ability to obtain local financial assistance.

The South African authorities have expressed a commitment to a phased liberalisation of exchange controls and have relaxed certain exchange controls over recent years.

Some of the more salient recent changes to the South African exchange control regulations regarding South African corporations are as follows:

·       South African corporations wishing to establish new approved foreign ventures are now permitted to transfer funds abroad for this purpose. There is no limit to the amount of funds which may be transferred except that, the foreign investment may only be acquired and such funds may only be transferred abroad once Excon has approved the type of foreign investment, which it will only do if the foreign investment accords with its foreign investment criteria (applicable at the relevant time), and with regard to larger foreign investments Excon may require capital outflows to be staggered in order to manage the potential impact on the foreign exchange market. Excon approved investments into Africa no longer require the South African investor to exercise control (namely 50% plus one share) over the foreign investment into Africa.

116




·       South African corporations which have been granted approval to transfer funds abroad for purposes of acquiring an approved foreign investment, will now be entitled to retain abroad foreign dividends which relate to the operation of the approved foreign investment and any foreign dividend which may have been repatriated to South Africa after 26 October 2004, may thereafter be transferred abroad again, at any time and for any purpose other than for purposes of a non-resident (which is directly or indirectly controlled by a South African resident) using such funds to reinvest into the South African market.

·       South African corporations wishing to invest abroad may apply for permission to use corporate assets or share swaps and share placement transactions to finance approved foreign investments. The latter mechanism entails the placement of the locally quoted company’s shares with long term overseas holders who, in payment for the shares, provide the foreign currency abroad which the company then uses to acquire the target investment. Since February 2001, institutional investors are no longer entitled to make use of the asset swap mechanism but are, however, entitled to acquire foreign portfolio investments of either 20% or 25% of total assets, depending on the type of institutional investor.

Controls on current account transactions, with the exception of certain discretionary expenses, have been abolished and are now dealt with by authorised dealers in terms of the Exchange Control Rulings.

Authorised dealers in foreign exchange may, against the production of suitable documentary evidence, provide forward cover to South African residents in respect of fixed and ascertained foreign exchange commitments covering the movement of goods.

It is not possible to predict whether existing exchange controls will be abolished, continued or modified by the South African Government in the future.

For further information, see “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Other Items—South African Exchange Controls”.

Sales of Shares

Under present South African exchange control regulations, the ordinary shares and ADSs of Sappi Limited are freely transferable outside the Common Monetary Area between non-residents of the Common Monetary Area. In addition, the proceeds from the sale of shares on the JSE on behalf of shareholders who are not residents of the Common Monetary Area are freely remittable to such shareholders (other than former residents of South Africa). Share holdings of non-residents must however be endorsed with the words “non-resident”.

Dividends

There is no restriction under South African exchange control regulations on the free transferability of cash dividends to shareholders or ADR holders who have never been resident in South Africa. Dividends declared to a former resident of South Africa out of capital gains, or out of income earned from normal trading activities prior to the date of emigration, must be placed to the credit of a blocked account with a South African authorised dealer in foreign exchange. Dividends declared out of income earned from normal trading activities subsequent to the date of emigration are, however, remittable. See “—Taxation” and “Item 8—Financial Information—Dividend Policy”. The Minister of Finance stated on February 26, 2003 that emigrants’ blocked assets are to be unwound and such emigrants are entitled, on application to the South African Reserve Bank, and subject to an exiting schedule and an exit charge of 10% to exit such blocked assets from South Africa.

Prior to fiscal 2000, it was our policy to declare cash dividends in Rand. It is now our policy to declare cash dividends in US dollars. We declared a dividend (number 83) of 30 US cents for fiscal 2006. South

117




African shareholders will be paid the Rand equivalent of the US dollar denominated declaration. Shareholders on the UK registry will be paid the UK pounds sterling equivalent of the US dollar denominated declaration and ADS holders will be paid in US dollars. Holders of ADSs on the relevant record date will be entitled to receive any dividends payable in respect of the shares underlying the ADSs, subject to the terms of the Deposit Agreement. Subject to exceptions provided in the Deposit Agreement, cash dividends will be paid by the Depositary to holders of ADSs in accordance with the Deposit Agreement. The Depositary will charge holders of ADSs, to the extent applicable, taxes and other governmental charges and specified fees and other expenses, including a fee not in excess of $0.02 per ADS (or portion thereof) for any cash distributions made pursuant to the Deposit Agreement, other than distributions of cash dividends. See “Item 8—Financial Information—Dividend Policy”.

Subject to exceptions relating to former residents of South Africa, shareholders who are not residents of the Common Monetary Area who are in receipt of script dividends and who elect to dispose of the relevant shares may remit the proceeds arising from the sale of the relevant shares.

Taxation

Prospective investors should consult their professional advisers on the possible tax consequences of buying, holding or selling any Securities under the laws of their country of citizenship, residence or domicile. The discussions that follow for each jurisdiction are based upon the applicable laws and interpretations thereof as in effect as of the date hereof, all of which laws and interpretations are subject to change or differing interpretations, which changes or differing interpretations could apply retroactively.

South Africa

The following discussion represents the views of Werksmans, our South African counsel.

General

The discussion below is based on current legislation. A new Revenue Laws Amendment Bill (“the draft Bill”) was recently released in draft form. The promulgation of the draft Bill as legislation may impact on what is stated below.

Basis of Income Taxation

South Africa has a dual income tax system in terms of which residents are taxed on their worldwide income and non-residents are taxed on their South African source (or deemed source) income. Certain categories of income and activities are exempt from taxation.

Residence, in the case of natural persons, is established either by being ordinarily resident in South Africa or by satisfying a physical presence test in terms of which they become residents by virtue of their being physically present in South Africa for certain prescribed periods of time. In the case of legal entities, residence is established by virtue of incorporation or formation, or having a place of effective management, in South Africa. Excluded from the definition of “resident” are persons or entities which are, in terms of double taxation agreements entered into by South Africa, not treated as resident in South Africa.

Dividends received by or accruing to South African residents from companies which are not tax resident in South Africa are subject to tax, but certain foreign dividends are exempt from tax, including:

·       foreign dividends declared by a company listed on a stock exchange licensed in South Africa or on an exchange recognised by the Minister of Finance in the Government Gazette to a shareholder if more than 10% of the equity share capital of the listed company at the time of declaration is held by South African residents;

118




·       foreign dividends to residents holding a certain minimum interest (currently 20% of the total equity shares and voting rights) in the foreign company declaring the dividend, however certain dividends are excluded from this exemption by certain anti-avoidance measures;

·       foreign dividends declared out of profits that are subject to tax in the hands of the South African resident recipient of the dividend in terms of South Africa’s controlled foreign company legislation;

·       foreign dividends declared out of profits that are subject to full South African tax; and

·       foreign dividends declared by a company out of profits which arose from dividends declared to such company by a South African resident company.

South African residents, who are natural persons earning interest and non exempt dividends from foreign sources, are allowed an exemption on the first R2,500 of such income (the exemption is firstly to be applied to foreign dividends and only if they do not exceed R2,500, the excess is to be applied to foreign interest). There is also an exemption applicable to the first R16,500 of the aggregate of any interest received from local sources and any dividends which are not exempt from tax (other than foreign dividends), however, this exemption will be reduced by the amount of the exemption which may be applicable to foreign interest or dividends referred to above.

Withholding Tax on Dividends

Sappi Limited will not be obliged to withhold any form of non-resident shareholders’ tax on dividends paid to non-residents of South Africa. However, any future decision to re-impose a withholding tax on dividends declared by South African residents to non-resident shareholders is generally permissible under the terms of a reciprocal tax treaty entered into between South Africa and the United States (the “Treaty”); provided that the Treaty generally limits the withholding tax to 5% of the gross amount of the dividends if the beneficial owner of the shares is a company holding directly at least 10% of the voting stock of the company paying the dividends and to 15% of the gross amount of the dividends in all other cases.

Income Tax and Capital Gains Tax

Profits derived from the sale of shares in a South African company will generally only be subject to income tax (at a corporate rate of 29% and a maximum individual rate of 40% based on a sliding scale) in South Africa if the seller carries on business in South Africa as a share dealer, and the profits are realised in the ordinary course of that business.

Capital Gains Tax was introduced with effect from October 1, 2001 and has been introduced in the Income Tax Act 58 of 1962 by way of the incorporation of the Eighth Schedule therein (“Eighth Schedule”). Under the Eighth Schedule, all natural persons, legal persons and trusts resident in South Africa are liable to pay capital gains tax on the disposal of a capital asset. The definition of an asset is very wide and includes assets that are movable, immovable, corporeal or incorporeal, but excludes certain limited items. Non-residents of South Africa will not be subject to capital gains tax except in respect of the disposal of immovable property situated in South Africa (or any interest or right in such immovable property) and any assets of his/its permanent establishment through which a trade is being carried on in South Africa. Profits derived from the sale of South African shares held by non-residents as long-term investments will generally not be subject to capital gains tax in South Africa. However, the sale of South African shares held by a non-resident will attract capital gains tax in the event that the shares comprise an asset of that non-resident’s permanent establishment in South Africa, or if the foreign shareholder (alone or together with any connected persons) holds more than 20% of the issued share capital of the South African company and more than 80% of the net asset value of that company is attributable to immovable property situated in South Africa. An American Depository Share will be regarded as a share for the

119




purpose of Capital Gains Tax in South Africa. The Treaty only permits the imposition of South African tax on capital gains of a United States resident seller from the sale of shares where such shares form part of the business property of a permanent establishment which the seller has in South Africa or pertain to a fixed base available to the seller in South Africa for the purpose of performing independent personal services. Companies will be liable to capital gains tax on 50% of the net capital gain. At the current corporate tax rate of 29%, the effective tax rate on net capital gains will therefore be 14.5%.

Duty on the Shares

On a subsequent change of beneficial ownership of the shares, South African uncertificated securities tax (“UST”) is generally payable in respect of transactions involving listed shares purchased from or through a member of a stock exchange or a depositary institution and stamp duty is generally payable for the registration of transfer of all other shares, both duties generally being payable at 0.25% of the higher of the consideration or the market value of the share concerned. South African stamp duty is payable regardless of whether the transfer is executed within or outside South Africa. There are certain exceptions to the payment of stamp duty where, for example, the instrument of transfer is executed outside South Africa and registration of transfer is effected in any branch register kept by the relevant company, subject to certain provisions set forth in the South African Stamp Duties Act of 1968.

Transfers of ADSs between non-residents of South Africa will not attract South African duties. However, if shares are withdrawn from the deposit facility, or are acquired from the Depositary in exchange for ADSs representing the shares or the relevant Depositary Receipt is cancelled so that the underlying shares are sold, duties will become payable on the same basis and at the same rates set out above.

Secondary Tax on Companies (“STC”)

This tax is paid by South African companies at the flat rate of 12.5% in respect of the amount of dividends declared less all dividends which accrued to them (but subject to certain exclusions) during its relevant “dividend cycle”. “Dividend cycle” means the period commencing on the day following the date of accrual to a company’s shareholders of the last dividend declared by that company and ending on the date on which the dividend in question accrues to the shareholder concerned. An excess of dividends accruing to a company over dividends paid may be carried forward to subsequent dividend cycles as an STC credit.

The imposition of STC effectively means that a dual corporate tax system exists in South Africa comprising a normal income tax and STC. Liability for STC is determined independently from normal income tax. Accordingly, a company without a normal tax liability may have a liability for STC, and vice versa, and may be liable for both normal tax and STC. The nominal value of capitalisation shares awarded to shareholders as part of the equity share capital of a company by transferring reserves or undistributed profits to the company’s equity share capital do not incur STC and it has become common practice for listed South African companies to offer capitalisation shares forming part of the equity share capital of a company in lieu of cash dividends. The capitalisation shares must carry the right to participate to an unlimited extent in the dividends or capital of the company in order to constitute equity share capital. However, any amount transferred from reserves (excluding any share premium account not consisting of capitalised profits) or undistributed profits to the equity share capital of a company is, in principle, deemed to be profits available for distribution to shareholders and may constitute a dividend (i.e., be subject to STC) on a subsequent partial reduction or redemption of capital, or upon reconstruction or liquidation of the company. Capitalisation shares which do not qualify as equity shares and are awarded by a transfer of reserves or undistributed profits (other than that portion of the share premium account not consisting of capitalised profits) are regarded as dividends and, as such, attract STC. Foreign dividends do not serve to reduce a company’s STC liability.

120




A double taxation treaty between South Africa and the United States came into effect during 1997 and was promulgated under Government Notice R. 1721 (Government Gazette 18553) on December 15, 1997.

United States

Introduction

This section, which represents the views of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, our US counsel, summarises the material US Federal income tax consequences to holders of our ordinary shares and ADSs as of the date of this Annual Report. The summary applies to you only if you hold our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable, as a capital asset for tax purposes (that is, for investment purposes). The summary does not cover US state or local or non-US law. This summary is based in part upon representations of the Depositary made to Sappi and the assumption that each obligation in the Deposit Agreement and any related agreements will be performed in accordance with its terms. In addition, this summary does not apply to you if you are a member of a class of holders subject to special rules, such as:

·       a dealer in securities or currencies;

·       a trader in securities that elects to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for your securities holdings;

·       a bank;

·       a life insurance company;

·       a tax-exempt organisation;

·       a person that holds our ordinary shares or ADSs as part of a straddle or a hedging, integrated, constructive sale or conversion transaction for tax purposes;

·       US holder (as defined below) whose functional currency for tax purposes is not the US dollar;

·       a person liable for alternative minimum tax; or

·       a person that owns, or is treated as owning, 10% or more of any class of our ordinary shares.

For purposes of the discussion below, you are a “US holder” if you are a beneficial owner of our ordinary shares or ADSs who or which is:

·       an individual US citizen or resident alien;

·       a corporation, or entity taxable as a corporation, that was created under US law (federal or state); or

·       an estate or trust whose worldwide income is subject to US Federal income tax.

If you are not a US holder, you are a “non-US holder” and the discussion below titled “-US Federal Income Tax Consequences to non-US Holders” will apply to you.

If a partnership holds our ordinary shares or ADSs, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding our ordinary shares or ADSs, you should consult your tax advisor.

US Federal Income Tax Consequences to US Holders

ADSs.   In general, for US Federal income tax purposes, US Holders of ADSs will be treated as the beneficial owners of the ordinary shares underlying those ADSs.

121




Distributions.   The gross amount of any distribution (other than in liquidation), including the fair market value of all distributions of ordinary shares whenever a holder may elect to receive cash distributions in lieu of ordinary share distributions, that you receive with respect to our ordinary shares or ADSs (before reduction for South African income tax, if any, withheld from such distributions) generally will be included in your gross income on the day on which you, in the case where you own ordinary shares, or the Depositary, in the case where you own ADSs, receive the distribution. This distribution will be taxed to you as a dividend (that is, ordinary income) to the extent such distribution does not exceed our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as calculated for US Federal income tax purposes (“E&P”). Dividends received by an individual US holder during taxable years before 2011 will generally be taxed at a maximum rate of 15%, provided certain holding period requirements and other conditions are satisfied. Dividends received by an individual US holder for taxable years after 2010 will be subject to tax at ordinary income rates. To the extent any distribution exceeds our E&P, the distribution will first be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of your adjusted tax basis in our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable, and will be applied against and reduce such basis on a dollar-for-dollar basis (thereby increasing the amount of gain and decreasing the amount of loss recognised on a subsequent disposition of such ordinary shares or ADSs). To the extent that such distribution exceeds your adjusted tax basis, the distribution will be taxed as gain recognised on a sale or exchange of our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable. See “-Sale or Other Disposition of Company Ordinary Shares and ADSs”, below. Because we are not a US corporation, no dividends-received deduction will be allowed to a corporate US holder with respect to dividends paid by us.

Distributions on the ordinary shares and ADSs are expected to be made by us in US dollars, to the extent necessary. In the event that distributions on the ordinary shares and ADSs are made by us in Rand, any dividends paid in Rand generally will be included in your gross income in a US dollar amount calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the day you, in the case of ordinary shares, or the Depositary, in the case of ADSs, receive the dividend. It is anticipated that the Depositary will, in the ordinary course, convert Rand received by it as distributions on the ADSs into US dollars. To the extent that the Depositary does not convert the Rand into US dollars at the time that you are required to take the distribution into your gross income for US Federal income tax purposes, you may recognise foreign exchange gain or loss, taxable as ordinary income or loss, on the later conversion of the Rand into US dollars. The gain or loss recognised will generally be based upon the difference between the exchange rate in effect when the Rand are actually converted and the “spot” exchange rate in effect at the time the distribution is taken into account and any such gain or loss will generally be treated as United States source income for US foreign tax credit purposes.

Dividends paid by us will generally be treated as foreign source income for US foreign tax credit limitation purposes. Subject to certain limitations, US holders may elect to claim a foreign tax credit against their US Federal income tax liability for South African tax withheld (if any) from dividends received in respect of our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For this purpose, for taxable years ending prior to January 1, 2007, dividends paid by us in respect of our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable, generally will be “passive income” or, in the case of certain types of US holders, “financial services income” and therefore any US tax imposed on these dividends cannot be offset by excess foreign tax credits that you may have from foreign source income not qualifying as passive income or financial service income, respectively. Under the revised foreign tax credit limitation rules effective for taxable years ending after December 31, 2006, any such dividend income generally will be “passive income” or, in the case of certain types of US holders, “general income.” Additional limitations on the credit apply to individual US holders receiving dividends if the dividends are eligible for the 15% maximum tax rate on dividends described above. US holders that do not elect to claim a foreign tax credit may instead claim a deduction for South African tax withheld (if any).

122




Sale or Other Disposition of Company Ordinary Shares and ADSs.   Subject to the discussion of “passive foreign investment companies” below, generally speaking, in connection with the sale or other taxable disposition of our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable:

·       you will recognise gain or loss equal to the difference (if any) between:

·        the US dollar value of the amount realised on such sale or other taxable disposition; and

·        your adjusted tax basis in such ordinary shares or ADSs;

·       any gain or loss will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if your holding period for our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable, is more than one year at the time of such sale or other taxable disposition;

·       long-term capital gains recognised by individual US holders during taxable years before 2011 will generally be taxed at a maximum rate of 15%;

·       any gain or loss will generally be treated as having a United States source for United States foreign tax credit purposes; and

·       your ability to deduct capital losses (if any) is subject to limitations.

If you are a cash basis US holder who receives foreign currency (e.g., Rand) in connection with a sale or other taxable disposition of our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable, the amount realised will be based on the US dollar value of the foreign currency received with respect to such ordinary shares or ADSs, as determined on the settlement date of such sale or other taxable disposition.

If you are an accrual basis US holder, you may elect the same treatment required of cash basis taxpayers with respect to a sale or other taxable disposition of our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable, provided that the election is applied consistently from year to year. Such election may not be changed without the consent of the Internal Revenue Service. If you are an accrual basis US holder and do not elect to be treated as a cash basis taxpayer (pursuant to the Treasury Regulations applicable to foreign currency transactions) for this purpose, you may have a foreign currency gain or loss for US Federal income tax purposes because of differences between the US dollar value of the foreign currency received prevailing on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition of our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable, and the date of payment. Any such currency gain or loss generally will be treated as ordinary income or loss and would be in addition to gain or loss, if any, that you recognised on the sale or other taxable disposition of our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable.

You may incur South African stamp duty or MST in connection with a subsequent registration of transfer of ordinary shares. See “—South Africa Duty on the Shares”. In such case, stamp duty or MST, as applicable will not be a creditable tax for US foreign tax credit purposes, but will be deductible. In the case of an individual US holder, such deduction will be subject to specified limits on the deductibility of investment expenses.

Passive Foreign Investment Company.   US holders (who are not tax-exempt) would be subject to a special, adverse tax regime (that would differ in certain respects from that described above) if we were or were to become a passive foreign investment company for US Federal income tax purposes. Although the determination of whether a corporation is a passive foreign investment company is made annually, and thus may be subject to change, we do not believe that we are, nor do we expect to become, a passive foreign investment company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we urge you to consult your own US tax advisor regarding the adverse US Federal income tax consequences of owning the stock of a passive foreign investment company and of making certain elections designed to lessen those adverse consequences.

123




US Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-US Holders

Distributions.   If you are a non-US holder, you generally will not be subject to US Federal income tax on distributions made on our ordinary shares or ADSs unless:

·       you conduct a trade or business in the United States; and

·       the dividends are effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business (and, if an applicable income tax treaty so requires as a condition for you to be subject to US Federal income tax on a net income basis in respect of income from our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable, such dividends are attributable to a permanent establishment that you maintain in the United States).

If you fail the above test, you generally will be subject to tax in respect of such dividends in the same manner as a US holder, as described above. In addition, any effectively connected dividends received by a non-US corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

Sale or Other Disposition of Company Ordinary Shares and ADSs.   If you are a non-US holder, you will not be subject to US Federal income tax, including withholding tax, in respect of gain recognised on a sale or other taxable disposition of our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable, unless:

·       your gain is effectively connected with a trade or business that you conduct in the United States (and, if an applicable income tax treaty so requires as a condition for you to be subject to US Federal income tax on a net income basis in respect of gain from the sale or other disposition of our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable, such gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States) or

·       you are an individual and are present in the United States for at least 183 days in the taxable year of the sale or other disposition, and either:

·        your gain is attributable to an office or other fixed place of business that you maintain in the United States; or

·        you have a tax home in the United States.

Effectively connected gains realised by a non-US corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Payments and sale proceeds in respect of our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable, that are made in the United States or by a US related financial intermediary may be subject to US information reporting rules. You will not be subject to “backup” withholding of US Federal income tax provided that:

·       you are a corporation or other exempt recipient; or

·       you provide a taxpayer identification number (which, in the case of an individual, is his or her social security number) and meet other information reporting and certification requirements.

If you are a non-US holder, you generally are not subject to information reporting and backup withholding, but you may be required to provide a certification of your non-US status in order to establish that you are exempt. You may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding if you sell your ordinary shares or ADSs through a US broker and you are not eligible for an exemption. You may be subject to information reporting, but not backup withholding if you sell your shares or ADSs through a broker with certain connections with the US and you are not eligible for an exemption.

124




Amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be credited against your US Federal income tax liability, and you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by filing the appropriate claim for refund with the Internal Revenue Service.

Documents on Display

The documents concerning Sappi Limited referred to in this Annual Report may be inspected at the registered office of Sappi Limited at 48 Ameshoff Street, Braamfontein, Johannesburg, Republic of South Africa.

ITEM 11.         QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The principal market risks (that is, the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices) to which Sappi is exposed are:

·       interest rates on interest bearing debt;

·       foreign exchange rates, generating translation and transaction gains and losses;

·       fair value fluctuations on financial instruments;

·       fair value fluctuations on plantations,

·       credit risk;

·       commodity prices, affecting the cost of products, and.

·       discount rates for post employment benefits.

For a detailed description of these risks, see notes 1, 2, 11, 28, 29 and 31 to our Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Commodity Price Risk

The selling prices of the majority of products manufactured and purchase prices of many raw materials used generally fluctuate in line with commodity cycles. Prices of chemical cellulose generally follow those of paper pulp, although the cycle is generally less volatile. As a result, the sale of chemical cellulose also tends to act as a natural hedge for paper pulp. Our total pulp production capacity is over 100% of our total pulp requirements. However, there are differences between the types of pulp required in our paper making operations and the grades of pulp we produce, as well as regional differences. We are therefore a buyer as well as a seller of paper pulp. Other than maintaining a high level of pulp integration, no hedging techniques are applied. For a description of our level of pulp integration, see “Item 4—Information on the Company—The Pulp and Paper Industry—Pulp”, “ Item 4—Information on the Company—Sappi Fine Paper”, “Item 4—Information on the Company—Supply Requirements” and “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Markets”. Despite our present relatively high level of pulp integration on a Group-wide basis, in the event of significant increases in the prices of pulp on a Group-wide basis, our non-integrated and partially integrated operations could be adversely affected if they are unable to raise paper prices by amounts sufficient to maintain margins.

ITEM 12.         DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

Not applicable.

125




PART II

ITEM 13.         DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

Not applicable.

ITEM 14.         MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND
USE OF PROCEEDS

Not applicable.

ITEM 15.         CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

(a)          Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this report (the “Evaluation Date”) Sappi’s management (with the participation of its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer), conducted an evaluation pursuant to Rule 13a-15 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), of the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures. Based on this evaluation, Sappi’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that, as of the Evaluation Date, such disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by Sappi in reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarised and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

We reported a material weakness in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for fiscal 2005 relating to weakness in our disclosure controls over US GAAP reconciliation. Subsequent to the reporting of that weakness, a number of steps have been taken to improve these controls. These include:

·       An external review by PriceWaterhouseCoopers of our US GAAP disclosure in an effort to identify any further control weaknesses

·       The establishment of an internal consulting process for all technical accounting decisions. In terms of this process all technical accounting decisions and accounting policies are subject to specific review in our North American office from a US GAAP standpoint

·       A formal training programme for all accountants in management positions that includes both International Financial Reporting Standards and US GAAP

Changes referred to last year in the business and information technology (IT) systems have continued in the current financial year:

North America

A number of IT systems previously developed in Europe have been deployed in North America. The number of peripheral IT technologies used previously has been reduced and more reliance has been placed on our core Enterprise Resource Planning system (ERP), SAP. In particular we are anticipating an improvement in the control environment surrounding our sales, logistical and operations planning environments. These systems are at an advanced stage of deployment.

(b)          Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management of Sappi, together with its consolidated subsidiaries, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Sappi’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the chief executive and chief financial officers to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of Sappi’s

126




financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards.

As of September, 2006, we conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of Sappi’s internal control over financial reporting based on the framework established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

Based on this assessment, we have determined that Sappi’s internal control over financial reporting as of September 2006 is effective. We also determined that there were no material weaknesses as of this date.

Our assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of September 2006 has been audited by Deloitte, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing in Item 15(c) below.

(c)           Attestation report of the independent registered public accounting firm

To the board of directors and shareholders of Sappi Limited:

We have audited management’s assessment, included in Item 15 (b) above, that Sappi Limited and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of September 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that

127




the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, management’s assessment that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of September 2006, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of September 2006, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules as of and for the year ended September 2006 of the Company and our report dated December 15, 2006 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and financial statement schedules.

Deloitte & Touche

Per M J Comber
Partner
December 15, 2006

Deloitte & Touche—Registered Auditors
Buildings 1 and 2, Deloitte Place
The Woodlands Office Park, Woodlands Drive, Sandton
Johannesburg, South Africa

National Executive: GG Gelink Chief Executive  AE Swiegers Chief Operating Officer
GM Pinnock Audit  DL Kennedy Tax  L Geeringh Consulting  MG Crisp Financial Advisory L Bam Strategy

CR Beukman Finance  TJ Brown Clients & Markets SJC Sibisi Public Sector and Corporate Social Responsibility

NT Mtoba Chairman of the Board  J Rhynes Deputy Chairman of the Board

A full list of partners and directors is available on request

ITEM 16A.   AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

The Board has determined that Dr Deenadayalen Konar qualifies as an audit committee financial expert on the Audit Committee of Sappi Limited. The Board determined that Dr Konar acquired the required attributes by way of education, practical experience, practice as a registered accountant and auditor, and participation as a member of the audit committees of significant entities that have applied International Financial Reporting Standards. See Item 6 for a description of Dr Konar’s background and relevant experience. Dr Konar is an independent Non-Executive Director of Sappi.

ITEM 16B.   CODE OF ETHICS

We have adopted the Sappi Code of Ethics (the “Code”) that applies to all of our employees, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Group Financial Manager (such officers, collectively, the “senior officers”). The Code, as it applies to our senior officers, is complemented by a Corporate Compliance Policy adopted by our Board of Directors regarding Ethics Guidelines for Senior Officers (the “Senior Officer Corporate Compliance Policy”). We believe the Code, as supplemented by our Senior Officer Corporate Compliance Policy, constitutes a “code of ethics” as defined in Item 16B of Form 20-F.

128




We have filed a copy of the Code and the Senior Officer Corporate Compliance Policy as an exhibit.

ITEM 16C.   PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Principal independent auditor fees paid for the year ended September 2006 and 2005 were as follows:

 

 

 2006 

 

 2005 

 

 

 

(US$ million)

 

Audit-fees(1)

 

 

5

 

 

 

5

 

 

Audit-related fees

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

Sub-total

 

 

7

 

 

 

5

 

 

Tax services(2)

 

 

2

 

 

 

5

 

 

All other fees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

10

 

 


(1)                Audit-fees consist of assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of the group’s financial statements.

(2)                These are fees for professional services performed by Deloitte & Touche with respect to tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning. This includes advice on tax aspects of group acquisitions, disposals, reorganisations, and financing, as well as analysis of the impact on the group for changes to tax laws in various countries.

Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policy

In accordance with our audit committee pre-approval policy, all audit and non-audit services performed for us by our independent accountants were pre-approved by the audit committee of our board of directors, which concluded that the provision of such services by the independent accountants was compatible with the maintenance of that firm’s independence in the conduct of its auditing functions.

The pre-approval policy provides for specific audit committee pre-approval, prior to engagement, of any services, other than audit services covered by the annual engagement letter. In addition, services to be provided by the independent accountants that are not within the category of pre-approved services must be approved by the audit committee prior to engagement, regardless of the service being requested and the amount.

Requests or applications for services that require specific separate approval by the audit committee are required to be submitted to the audit committee by both management and the independent accountants, and must include a detailed description of the services to be provided and a joint statement confirming that the provision of the proposed services does not impair the independence of the independent accountants.

Pre-approval may be granted either by the audit committee or its chairman or any member of the audit committee to whom this authority has been delegated by the audit committee. Where pre-approval is granted by an individual member of the audit committee, the matter is tabled for noting at the next meeting of the full Sappi Limited audit committee.

ITEM 16D.   EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

Not applicable.

129




ITEM 16E.   PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASER

During the 2006 fiscal year no Sappi Limited share repurchases were made.

Sappi stated its intention, on November 9, 2000, to acquire Sappi shares through a wholly owned Sappi subsidiary, subject to applicable stock exchange and legal limitations. Sappi has been given approval at its annual general meetings of shareholders, including the meetings held on March 7, 2005 and March 6, 2006, to purchase its shares up to a maximum of 10% of the issued ordinary share capital in any one financial year. The general authority is subject to the Listings Requirements of the JSE Limited and the Companies Act No. 61 of 1973 of South Africa, as amended, and is granted until the next annual general meeting. Some of the repurchased shares, have been, and will continue to be, utilised to meet the requirements of the Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust from time to time.

PART III

ITEM 17.         FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Sappi Limited is furnishing financial statements pursuant to the instructions of Item 18 of Form 20-F.

ITEM 18.         FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Group annual financial statements and schedules together with the Report of the Independent Auditors are included as the “F” pages to this Annual Report.

130




ITEM 19.         EXHIBITS

1.1

 

Memorandum and Articles of Association of Sappi Limited, as amended and restated on March 4, 1999, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the 1998 Annual Report on Form 20-F of Sappi Limited filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 29, 1999.

1.2

 

Special Resolution of Sappi Limited dated March 2, 2000 pursuant to the South African Companies Act effecting certain amendments to the Articles of Association of Sappi Limited, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the 1999 Annual Report on Form 20-F of Sappi Limited filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 23, 2000.

2.1

 

Specimen Ordinary Share Certificate, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registration Statement on Form 20-F of Sappi Limited filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 22, 1998.

2.2

 

Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement among Sappi Limited, The Bank of New York, as depositary, and the Owners from time to time of American Depositary Receipts dated October 26, 1999, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Sappi Limited filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 27, 2001.

2.3

 

Form of American Depositary Receipt (included in Exhibit 2.2).

2.6

 

Long-term debt instruments not exceeding 10% of our total assets. Sappi Limited undertakes to provide the Securities and Exchange Commission with copies upon request.

4.1

 

Sappi Limited Share Incentive Scheme, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.12 to the Registration Statement on Form 20-F of Sappi Limited filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 22, 1998.

4.2

 

Form of Deed of Amendment to The Sappi Limited Share Incentive Scheme dated January 19, 1998 between Sappi Limited, David Charles Brink and Thomas Louw de Beer, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the 1999 Annual Report on Form 20-F of Sappi Limited filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 23, 2000.

4.3

 

Second Deed of Amendment to The Sappi Limited Share Incentive Scheme dated March 2, 2000 between Sappi Limited, David Charles Brink and Thomas Louw de Beer, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the 1999 Annual Report on Form 20-F of Sappi Limited filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 23, 2000.

4.4

 

Agreement among KNP Leykam Zellstoff GmbH, Norske Skog Bruck GmbH, Patria Papier und Zellstoff AG and Zellstoff Pöls AG dated December 17, 1996, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.13 to the Registration Statement on Form 20-F of Sappi Limited filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 22, 1998.

4.7

 

Contract of Sale between the South African Forestry Company Limited (SAFCOL) and Sappi Manufacturing (Pty) Limited dated May 12, 1995, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.16 to the Registration Statement on Form 20-F of Sappi Limited filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 22, 1998.

4.9

 

Asset Purchase Agreement between Potlatch Corporation and Northern Holdings LLC (renamed Sappi Cloquet LLC) dated March 18, 2001, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Sappi Limited filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 30, 2002.

131




 

4.10

 

Credit Facility, dated May 7, 2003, among Sappi Papier Holding AG as borrower, Sappi International S.A. as guarantor, Bank Austria Creditanstalt AG as mandated lead arranger and agent and various financial institutions as lenders, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Sappi Limited filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 19, 2003.

4.11

 

Resolution passed by the members of the Human Resources Committee of Sappi Limited on amendments to the Sappi Limited Share Incentive Scheme, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Sappi Limited filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 17, 2004.

4.12

 

An amendment dated November 18, 2005, to the Credit Facility, dated May 7, 2003 as described in 4.10., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Sappi Limited filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 20, 2005.

4.13

 

Multi-Currency Revolving Credit Facility, dated June 29, 2005, among Sappi Papier Holding GmbH (“SPH”), Sappi International S.A. (“SISA”) and Sappi Trading Pulp AG as borrowers and BNP Paribas, J P Morgan PLC, SG Corporate and Investment Banking, as mandated lead arrangers and the additional financial institutions named therein, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Sappi Limited filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 20, 2005.

4.14

 

The Sappi Limited Performance Share Incentive Plan, dated March 7, 2005 between Sappi Limited, David Charles Brink, and Meyer Feldberg (as Trustees), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 of Sappi Limited filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 15, 2004.

6.1

 

Computation of Earnings per Share, incorporated by reference to note 7 of the notes to the Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

7.1

 

An explanation of other ratios used in this Annual Report, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 7.1 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Sappi Limited filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 30, 2002.

8.1

 

List of significant subsidiaries, incorporated by reference to “Item 4—Information on the Company—Organisational Structure” included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

11.1

 

Sappi Limited—Corporate Compliance Policies—Ethics Code Guidelines for Senior Officers, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 11.1 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Sappi Limited filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 19, 2003.

12.1

 

Certification of Eugene van As, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Sappi Limited pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a).

12.2

 

Certification of Mark Thompson, Chief Financial Officer of Sappi Limited pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a).

13.1

 

Certification of Eugene van As, Chairman and acting Chief Executive Officer of Sappi Limited and Mark Thompson, Chief Financial Officer of Sappi Limited pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

15.1

 

Consent of independent registered public accounting firm.

 

132




SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorised the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

SAPPI LIMITED

Date: December 15, 2006

BY

/s/ MARK THOMPSON

 

 

 

Name: Mark Thompson

 

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

133




SAPPI

 

Page

 

Group Annual Financial Statements

 

 

 

Report of the Independent Auditors to the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Sappi Limited

 

F-2

 

Group Income Statements for the years ended September 2006 and 2005

 

F-3

 

Group Balance Sheets at September 2006 and 2005

 

F-4

 

Group Cash Flow Statements for the years ended September 2006 and 2005

 

F-5

 

Group Statements of Recognised Income and expense for the years ended September 2006 and 2005

 

F-6

 

Notes to the Group Annual Financial Statements

 

F-7

 

Group Annual Financial Statement Schedule

 

 

 

Schedule I—Condensed Company Financial Statements

 

S-1

 

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

S-7

 

 

F-1




REPORT OF THE INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the board of directors and shareholders of Sappi Limited:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Sappi Limited and its subsidiaries as at September 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated income statements, cash flow statements and statements of recognised income and expense for each of the two years in the period ended September 2006. Our audits also included the financial statement schedules listed in the Index on page F-1. These financial statements and financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedules based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Sappi Limited and its subsidiaries at September 2006 and 2005 and the results of their operations and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended September 2006 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of September 2006, based on the criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated December 15, 2006 expressed an unqualified opinion on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

International Financial Reporting Standards vary in certain respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Information relating to the nature and effect of such differences is presented in note 35 to the consolidated financial statements.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche

 

 

 

Per M J Comber

 

Partner

 

December 15, 2006

 

 

Deloitte & Touche—Registered Auditors
Buildings 1 and 2, Deloitte Place
The Woodlands Office Park, Woodlands Drive, Sandton
Johannesburg, South Africa

National Executive:  GG Gelink Chief Executive  AE Swiegers Chief Operating Officer GM Pinnock Audit   DL Kennedy Tax  L Geeringh Consulting   MG Crisp Financial Advisory L Bam Strategy CR Beukman Finance  TJ Brown Clients & Markets SJC Sibisi Public Sector and Corporate Social Responsibility NT Mtoba Chairman of the Board  J Rhynes Deputy Chairman of the Board

A full list of partners and directors is available on request

F-2




SAPPI
group income statement
for the year ended September 2006

 

 

note

 

   2006   

 

   2005   

 

 

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,941

 

 

 

5,018

 

 

Cost of sales

 

 

4

 

 

 

4,420

 

 

 

4,507

 

 

Gross profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

521

 

 

 

511

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

4

 

 

 

366

 

 

 

363

 

 

Share of loss (profit) from associates and joint ventures

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(2

)

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

4

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

259

 

 

Operating profit (loss)

 

 

4

 

 

 

125

 

 

 

(109

)

 

Net finance costs

 

 

5

 

 

 

130

 

 

 

80

 

 

Finance costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

162

 

 

 

161

 

 

Finance revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

(26

)

 

 

(36

)

 

Finance cost capitalised

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(1

)

 

Net foreign exchange gains

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

(5

)

 

Net fair value loss (gain) on financial instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

(39

)

 

Loss before taxation

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(189

)

 

Taxation benefit

 

 

6

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(5

)

 

Loss for the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(184

)

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

226.2

 

 

 

225.8

 

 

Basic loss per share (US cents)

 

 

7

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(81

)

 

Diluted loss per share (US cents)

 

 

7

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(81

)

 

Dividends per share (US cents)—declared after year-end

 

 

8

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

F-3




SAPPI
GROUP BALANCE SHEET
at September 2006

 

 

note

 

   2006   

 

   2005   

 

 

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current assets

 

 

 

 

3,997

 

 

 

4,244

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

10

 

 

3,129

 

 

 

3,333

 

 

Plantations

 

11

 

 

520

 

 

 

604

 

 

Deferred tax assets

 

12

 

 

74

 

 

 

70

 

 

Goodwill and intangible assets

 

13

 

 

8

 

 

 

9

 

 

Equity investments

 

14

 

 

103

 

 

 

105

 

 

Other non-current assets

 

15

 

 

61

 

 

 

50

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

31.2

 

 

102

 

 

 

73

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

1,500

 

 

 

1,645

 

 

Inventories

 

16

 

 

699

 

 

 

711

 

 

Trade and other receivables

 

17

 

 

573

 

 

 

562

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

31.2

 

 

4

 

 

 

5

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

224

 

 

 

367

 

 

Assets held for sale

 

9

 

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

 

 

5,517

 

 

 

5,889

 

 

Equity and liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

1,386

 

 

 

1,589

 

 

Ordinary share capital and share premium

 

18,19

 

 

715

 

 

 

867

 

 

Non-distributable reserves

 

19,20

 

 

109

 

 

 

95

 

 

Foreign currency translation reserve

 

19

 

 

(33

)

 

 

2

 

 

Retained earnings

 

19

 

 

595

 

 

 

625

 

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

2,465

 

 

 

2,547

 

 

Interest-bearing borrowings

 

21

 

 

1,634

 

 

 

1,600

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

12

 

 

336

 

 

 

367

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

31.2

 

 

23

 

 

 

3

 

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

22

 

 

472

 

 

 

577

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

1,666

 

 

 

1,753

 

 

Interest-bearing borrowings

 

21

 

 

694

 

 

 

616

 

 

Overdraft

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

159

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

31.2

 

 

14

 

 

 

5

 

 

Trade and other payables

 

 

 

 

803

 

 

 

833

 

 

Taxation payable

 

 

 

 

101

 

 

 

120

 

 

Provisions

 

23

 

 

45

 

 

 

20

 

 

Total equity and liabilities

 

 

 

 

5,517

 

 

 

5,889

 

 

 

F-4




SAPPI
GROUP CASH FLOW STATEMENT
for the year ended September 2006

 

 

note

 

    2006      

 

      2005     

 

 

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Cash retained from operating activities

 

 

 

 

228

 

 

 

301

 

 

Cash generated from operations

 

24.1

 

 

464

 

 

 

569

 

 

·  Increase in working capital

 

24.2

 

 

(17

)

 

 

(30

)

 

Cash generated from operating activities

 

 

 

 

447

 

 

 

539

 

 

·  Finance costs paid

 

24.3

 

 

(164

)

 

 

(162

)

 

·  Finance revenue received

 

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

35

 

 

·  Taxation paid

 

24.4

 

 

(13

)

 

 

(43

)

 

Cash available from operating activities

 

 

 

 

296

 

 

 

369

 

 

·  Dividends paid

 

 

 

 

(68

)

 

 

(68

)

 

Cash utilised in investing activities

 

 

 

 

(355

)

 

 

(379

)

 

Investment to maintain operations

 

 

 

 

(212

)

 

 

(268

)

 

·  Replacement of non-current assets

 

24.5

 

 

(160

)

 

 

(183

)

 

·  Proceeds on disposal of non-current assets

 

24.6

 

 

4

 

 

 

5

 

 

·  (Increase) in post employment benefits

 

 

 

 

(68

)

 

 

 

 

·  Decrease (increase) in other non-current assets

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

(90

)

 

Investment to expand operations

 

 

 

 

(143

)

 

 

(111

)

 

·  Additions of property, plant and equipment and intangibles

 

 

 

 

(143

)

 

 

(111

)

 

Cash effects of financing activities

 

 

 

 

(21

)

 

 

(37

)

 

Proceeds from interest-bearing borrowings

 

 

 

 

925

 

 

 

1,361

 

 

Repayment of interest-bearing borrowings

 

 

 

 

(793

)

 

 

(1,526

)

 

Decrease in other non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(13

)

 

Share buybacks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(15

)

 

(Decrease) increase in bank overdrafts

 

 

 

 

(153

)

 

 

156

 

 

Net movement in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

(148

)

 

 

(115

)

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

 

 

 

367

 

 

 

484

 

 

Translation effects

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

(2

)

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

24.7

 

 

224

 

 

 

367

 

 

 

F-5




SAPPI
GROUP STATEMENT OF RECOGNISED INCOME AND EXPENSE
for the year ended September 2006

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Pension fund asset not recognised

 

(43

)

(6

)

Actuarial gains (losses) on pension and other post employment benefit liabilities

 

100

 

(56

)

Deferred tax on above items

 

(19

)

11

 

Derecognition of deferred tax asset on actuarial losses

 

9

 

(62

)

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

 

(189

)

8

 

Net expense recorded directly in equity

 

(142

)

(105

)

Loss for the period

 

(4

)

(184

)

Total recognised expense for the period

 

(146

)

(289

)

 

F-6




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements
for the year ended September 2006

1.                 Business

Sappi Limited, a corporation organised under the laws of the Republic of South Africa (the “company” and, together with its consolidated subsidiaries, “Sappi” or the “group”), was formed in 1936 and is a major, vertically integrated international pulp and paper producer. Sappi is a leading global producer of coated fine paper and chemical cellulose. The group has manufacturing facilities in nine countries, on four continents, and customers in over 100 countries across the globe.

The group is composed of its Sappi Fine Paper and Sappi Forest Products business units. Sappi Fine Paper has manufacturing and marketing facilities in North America, Europe, southern Africa and Asia and produces mainly high quality branded coated fine paper. It also manufactures uncoated graphic and business paper, coated and uncoated speciality paper, and casting release paper used in the manufacture of artificial leather and textured polyurethane applications. Sappi Forest Products, based in southern Africa, produces commodity paper products, pulp, chemical cellulose and forest and timber products for southern Africa and export markets. The group operates a trading network called Sappi Trading for the international marketing and distribution of chemical cellulose and market pulp throughout the world and of the group’s other products in areas outside our core operating regions of North America, Europe and southern Africa. All sales and costs associated with Sappi Trading are allocated to our two reporting segments.

2.                 Accounting policies

The following principal accounting policies have been consistently applied in dealing with items that are considered material in relation to the Sappi Limited group financial statements.

2.1 Basis of preparation

The group’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) adopted by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and Interpretations issued by the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) of the IASB, and the requirements of the South African Companies Act of 1973. These are the group’s first consolidated annual financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS. In prior years the group prepared its consolidated financial statements in accordance with South African Statements of Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (SA GAAP). The group has restated its opening balance sheet at October 2004 applying IFRS retrospectively, except with regard to IFRS 1: First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards which either permits, prohibits or modifies the retrospective application of IFRS as set out in note 2.5 of the financial statements.

The financial statements are presented in United States Dollars (US$) and are rounded to the nearest million dollars. US$ is the presentation currency of the group because the majority of the group’s revenue is denominated in USD and it is the currency in which the pulp and paper industry is measured.

They are prepared on the historical-cost basis, except for the following assets and liabilities that are stated at their fair value:

·       derivative financial instruments;

·       financial assets and financial liabilities classified as held-for-trading;

F-7




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

2.      Accounting policies (Continued)

·       financial assets and financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss;

·       financial assets classified as available-for-sale; and

·       plantations (refer note 2.2.14).

Non-current assets and disposal groups held for sale are stated at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.

The accounting policies set out below have been applied consistently to all periods presented in these consolidated financial statements and in preparing an opening IFRS balance sheet at October 2004 for the purposes of the transition to IFRS.

The accounting policies have been applied consistently by all the group entities.

(i) Fiscal year

The group’s financial year end is on Sunday closest to the last day of September.

Accordingly the last two financial years ended as follows:

·       01 October 2006 (“year ended September 2006”) (52 weeks)

·       02 October 2005 (“year ended September 2005”) (53 weeks)

The financial years commenced as follows:

·       03 October 2005 (“October 2005”)

·       27 September 2004 (“October 2004”)

(ii) Underlying concepts

The financial statements are prepared on the going concern basis.

Assets and liabilities and income and expenses are not offset in the income statement or balance sheet unless specifically permitted by an accounting standard or an interpretation.

Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount reported only when a legally enforceable right to set off the amounts exists and the intention is either to settle on a net basis or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Changes in accounting estimates are recognised prospectively in profit or loss, except to the extent that they give rise to changes in the carrying amount of recognised assets and liabilities where the change in estimate is recognised immediately.

Prior period errors are retrospectively restated if material.

F-8




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

2.      Accounting policies (Continued)

(iii) Recognition of assets and liabilities

Assets are only recognised if they meet the definition of an asset, ie, if it is a resource controlled by the group and it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the asset will flow to the group and the cost or fair value can be measured reliably.

Liabilities are only recognised if they meet the definition of a liability, ie if it is a present obligation and it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the liability will flow from the entity and the cost or fair value can be measured reliably.

Financial instruments are recognised when the entity becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. Financial assets and liabilities as a result of firm commitments are only recognised when one of the parties has performed under the contract.

(iv) Derecognition of assets and liabilities

Financial assets are derecognised when the contractual rights to receive cash flows have been transferred or have expired or when substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership have passed (refer to 2.2.5 (vi)).

Financial liabilities are derecognised when the relevant obligation has either been discharged or cancelled or has expired.

All other assets are derecognised on disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected from their use.

2.2 Accounting policies

2.2.1 Foreign currencies

(i) Foreign currency transactions

Transactions in foreign currencies are converted into the functional currency at the rate of exchange ruling at the date of such transactions. The functional currency of the group’s individual operations is the currency of the primary economic environment in which these entities operate.

Monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are translated into the functional currency of the group at rates of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date. Non-monetary assets (plantations) denominated in foreign currencies that are stated at fair value are translated into the functional currency of the group at foreign exchange rates ruling at the reporting date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are stated at cost are converted into the functional currency of the group at the rate of exchange ruling at the date of initial recognition and are not subsequently retranslated.

Exchange gains and losses on the translation and settlement of foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities during the period are recognised in the income statement in the period in which they arise.

F-9




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

2.      Accounting policies (Continued)

(ii) Investments in foreign operations

The group’s presentation currency is United States Dollar (USD). The assets and liabilities, including goodwill, of a foreign entity that has a non-dollar functional currency are translated at the closing rate, while the income and expenses are translated using the average exchange rate. The differences that arise on translation are reported directly in equity. These translation differences are recognised in profit or loss for the period on disposal of the foreign operation.

All other foreign entities are reported in dollar functional currency, with translation differences being reported in income.

The primary determinants of non-dollar functional currencies are the economic factors that determine the sales price for goods and services, and costs. Additional supplementary factors to be considered are the funding, autonomy and cash flows.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a non dollar functional currency entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the entity and are translated at the closing rate.

The group used the following exchange rates for financial reporting purposes:

 

 

Rate at

  

 

 

  Sep 06  

 

  Sep 05  

 

ZAR to one US$

 

 

7.7738

 

 

 

6.3656

 

 

GBP to one US$

 

 

0.5340

 

 

 

0.5669

 

 

EUR to one US$

 

 

0.7891

 

 

 

0.8313

 

 

 

 

 

Average annual rate

 

 

 

  Sep 06  

 

  Sep 05  

 

ZAR to one US$

 

 

6.6039

 

 

 

6.2418

 

 

GBP to one US$

 

 

0.5560

 

 

 

0.5435

 

 

EUR to one US$

 

 

0.8120

 

 

 

0.7900

 

 

 

2.2.2 Group accounting

(i) Subsidiary undertakings and special-purpose entities

Subsidiary undertakings are those enterprises controlled by the group. Subsidiary undertakings include special purpose entities created to accomplish a narrow, well-defined objective, which may take the form of a company, corporation, trust, partnership or an unincorporated entity. The substance of the relationship between the group and a special-purpose entity indicates that the group controls the entity.

Control is deemed to exist when the group has the power, directly or indirectly, to govern the financial and operating policies of an enterprise so as to obtain benefits from its activities. The group considers the existence and effect of potential voting rights that are currently exercisable or convertible when assessing whether it has control. Entities in which the company holds half or less of the voting rights, but which are controlled by the group by retaining the majority of risks or benefits, are also included in the consolidated financial statements.

F-10




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

2.      Accounting policies (Continued)

The group financial statements include the assets, liabilities and results of the company and subsidiary undertakings (including special-purpose entities) controlled by the group. The results of subsidiary undertakings acquired or disposed of in the year are included in the consolidated income statement from the date of acquisition or up to the date of disposal or cessation of control.

Where required, the financial statements of subsidiaries are adjusted to bring the accounting policies in line with those used by the group.

Intragroup balances and transactions, and profits and losses arising from intragroup transactions, are eliminated in the preparation of the group financial statements. Unrealised losses are not eliminated to the extent that they provide objective evidence of impairment.

(ii) Associates

An associate is an enterprise, including an unincorporated entity such as a partnership, over which the group has the ability to exercise significant influence, but not control, through participation in the financial and operating policy decisions of the investee (that is neither a subsidiary nor an investment in a joint venture).

The results and assets and liabilities of associates are incorporated in the group’s financial statements using the equity method of accounting. The share of the associates’ retained income, which is the profit after tax, is determined from their latest financial statements. The carrying amount of such investments is reduced to recognise any impairment in the value of individual investments. When the group’s share of losses exceeds the carrying amount of the associate, the carrying amount is reduced to nil, inclusive of any debt outstanding, and recognition of further losses is discontinued, except to the extent that the group has incurred or guaranteed obligations in respect of the associate.

Where an entity within the group transacts with an associate of the group, unrealised profits and losses are eliminated to the extent of the group’s interest in the relevant associate.

Investments in associates held with the intention of disposing thereof within 12 months are accounted for as non-current assets held for sale.

(iii) Joint ventures

Joint ventures are those entities over which the group has joint control in terms of a contractual agreement. Joint ventures are included in the group’s financial statements using the equity method of accounting. The carrying amount of such investments is reduced to recognise any impairment in the value of individual investments.

Where an entity within the group transacts with a joint venture of the group, unrealised profits and losses are eliminated to the extent of the group’s interest in the joint venture. When the group’s share of losses exceeds the carrying amount of the joint venture, the carrying amount is reduced to nil and recognition of further losses is discontinued, except to the extent that the group has incurred losses or guaranteed obligations in respect of the joint venture. Investments in joint ventures held with the intention of disposing thereof within 12 months are accounted for as non-current assets held for sale.

F-11




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

2.      Accounting policies (Continued)

(iv) Goodwill

All business combinations are accounted for by applying the purchase method of accounting. At acquisition date the group recognises the acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities that satisfy the recognition criteria at their respective fair values. The cost of a business combination is the fair value of the purchase consideration due at date of acquisition plus any directly attributable transaction costs. Any contingent purchase consideration is recognised to the extent that it is probable and can be measured reliably. Any excess between the cost of the business combination and the group’s interest in the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired is recognised as goodwill in the balance sheet. Goodwill is adjusted for any subsequent remeasurement of contingent purchase consideration.

Goodwill is subsequently held at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is not amortised but tested for impairment annually or more frequently where there is an indication of impairment.

Goodwill is tested for impairment based on an allocation to one or more cash-generating units (CGUs), being the smallest identifiable group of assets that generates cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or group of assets. Goodwill is allocated to the CGUs in which the synergies from the business combinations are expected. Each CGU containing goodwill is tested annually for impairment. An impairment loss is recognised whenever the carrying amount of an asset or its CGU exceeds its recoverable amount.

Impairment losses recognised in respect of CGUs are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to a CGU and then to reduce the carrying amount of the other assets in the CGU on a pro rata basis.

The recoverable amount of a CGU is the higher of its fair value less cost to sell and its value-in-use. The fair value less cost to sell is determined by ascertaining the current market value of an asset and deducting any costs related to the realisation of the asset.

In assessing value-in-use, the expected future cash flows from the CGU are discounted to their present value using a pre-taxation discount rate that reflects current market assessment of the time value of money and the risks specific to the CGU.

Impairment losses relating to goodwill are not reversed.

On the disposal of a subsidiary, the attributable amount of goodwill is included in the determination of profit or loss on disposal.

2.2.3 Cash and cash equivalents

Cash comprises cash on hand and demand deposits. Cash equivalents are short-term, highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and that are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value, with maturities of less than three months. Similar investments with maturities beyond three months are considered short-term marketable securities.

F-12




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

2.      Accounting policies (Continued)

2.2.4 Environmental expenditures and liabilities

Environmental expenditure that pertains to current operations or relate to future revenues are expensed or capitalised, consistent with the company’s capitalisation policy. Expenditures that result from the remediation of an existing condition caused by past operations, and do not contribute to current or future revenues, are recognised in profit and loss for the period.

Environmental accruals are recorded based on current interpretation of environmental laws and regulations when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of such liability can be reliably estimated. Amounts accrued do not include third-party recoveries. Liabilities are recognised for remedial activities when the clean-up is probable and the cost can be reliably estimated. All available information is considered including the results of remedial investigation/feasibility studies (“RI/FS”). In evaluating any disposal site environmental exposure, an assessment is made of the company’s potential share of the remediation costs by reference to the known or estimated volume of the company’s waste that was sent to the site and the range of costs to treat similar waste at other sites if a RI/FS is not available.

2.2.5 Financial instruments

Financial instruments are any contracts that give rise to a financial asset of one enterprise and a financial liability or equity instrument of another enterprise. Items which are treated under other accounting standards are not treated as financial instruments, under IAS 32 and IAS 39.

(i) Initial recognition

Financial instruments are recognised on the balance sheet when the group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of a financial instrument. All purchases of financial assets that require delivery within the time frame established by regulation or market convention (‘regular way’ purchases) are recognised at trade date, which is the date on which the group commits to purchase the asset. Financial liabilities are recognised when the group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the financial instrument.

(ii) Initial measurement

Financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset or financial liability not at fair value through profit or loss, transaction costs that are incremental to the group and directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of the financial asset or financial liability.

(iii) Subsequent measurement

Subsequent to initial measurement, financial instruments are either measured at fair value or amortised cost, depending on their classification:

·       Financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

Financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss consist of trading instruments and instruments that the group has elected, on initial recognition, to designate as fair value through profit or loss.

F-13




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

2.      Accounting policies (Continued)

Trading instruments are financial assets or financial liabilities that were acquired or incurred principally for the purpose of sale or repurchase in the near term, form part of a portfolio with a recent actual pattern of short-term profit-taking or are derivatives that do not form part of a designated and effective hedging relationship. The group’s approved derivative transactions include foreign exchange contracts, forward rate agreements, currency and interest rate swaps, currency and interest rate options (both written and purchased).

·       Non-trading financial liabilities

All financial liabilities, other than those at fair value through profit or loss, are classified as non-trading financial liabilities and are measured at amortised cost.

·       Held-to-maturity financial assets

Held-to-maturity financial assets are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturity that the group has both the intent and ability to hold to maturity, other than those that meet the definition of loans and receivables or those that were designated as at fair value through profit or loss or available-for-sale. Held-to-maturity financial assets are measured at amortised cost, with interest income recognised in profit and loss for the period.

The group does not presently have any held-to-maturity financial assets.

·       Loans and receivables

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market, other than those classified by the group as at fair value through profit or loss or as available-for-sale.

Financial assets classified as loans and receivables are carried at amortised cost, with interest revenue recognised in profit and loss for the period. The majority of the group’s receivables are included in the loans and receivables category.

·       Available-for-sale financial assets

Financial assets are classified as available-for-sale where the intention with regard to the instrument and its origination and designation does not fall within the ambit of the other financial asset classifications. Available-for-sale instruments are typically assets that are held for a longer period and in respect of which short-term fluctuations in value do not affect the group’s hold or sell decision.

Available-for-sale financial assets are measured at fair value, with fair value gains and losses recognised directly in equity along with the associated deferred taxation. Any foreign currency translation gains or losses or interest revenue, measured on an effective-yield basis, are removed from equity to the income statement on debt instruments when they arise.

When available-for-sale equity instruments are determined to be impaired to the extent that the fair value declines below its original cost, the resultant losses are recognised in profit or loss.

F-14




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

2.      Accounting policies (Continued)

(iv) Embedded derivatives

Certain derivatives embedded in financial and non-financial instruments, are treated as separate derivatives and recognised on a standalone basis, when their risks and characteristics are not closely related to those of the host contract and the host contract is not carried at fair value, with unrealised gains and losses reported in profit or loss.

(v) Measurement basis of financial instruments

·       Amortised cost

Financial assets and liabilities measured at amortised cost are measured at fair value on initial recognition, plus or minus the cumulative amortisation using the effective interest rate method of any difference between that initial amount and the maturity amount, less any cumulative impairment losses.

·       Fair value

Direct and incremental transaction costs are included in the initial fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities, other than those at fair value through profit or loss. The best evidence of the fair value of a financial asset or financial liability at initial recognition is the transaction price, unless the fair value of the instrument is evidenced by comparison with other current observable market transactions in the same instrument or based on a valuation technique whose variables include only market observable data.

Where quoted market prices or rates are available, such market data is used to determine the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities that are measured at fair value. The bid price is used to measure financial assets held and the offer price is used to measure the fair value of financial liabilities. Mid-market prices are used to measure fair value only to the extent that the group has assets and liabilities with offsetting risk positions.

If quoted bid prices are unavailable, the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities is estimated using pricing models or discounted cash flow techniques. Where discounted cash flow techniques are used, estimated future cash flows are based on management’s best estimates and the discount rate used is a market-related rate at the balance sheet date for an instrument with similar terms and conditions. Where pricing models are used, inputs are based on market-related measures at the balance sheet date.

The fair value of a financial liability with a demand feature is not less than the amount payable on demand, discounted from the first date on which the amount could be required to be paid. In cases where the fair value of financial liabilities cannot be reliably determined, these liabilities are recorded at the amount due.

Investments in equity instruments that do not have a quoted market price in an active market and whose fair value cannot be reliably measured, and derivatives that are linked to and have to be settled by delivery of such unquoted equity instruments, are not measured at fair value but at cost.

F-15




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

2.      Accounting policies (Continued)

(vi) Derecognition

All financial assets and financial liabilities are derecognised when the group commits to selling a financial asset or redeeming a financial liability.

The group derecognises a financial asset when:

·       the contractual rights to the cash flows arising from the financial asset have expired or have been forfeited by the group; or

·       it transfers (or it assumes an obligation to transfer) the financial asset, including substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset; or

·       it transfers the financial asset, neither retaining nor transferring substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset, but no longer retains control of the asset.

A financial liability is derecognised when and only when the liability is extinguished, ie when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged, cancelled or has expired.

The difference between the carrying amount of a financial asset or financial liability (or part thereof) that is derecognised and the consideration paid or received, including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed, is recognised in profit or loss for the period.

(vii) Impairment of financial assets

The group assesses at each balance sheet date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets may be impaired. A financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired and impairment losses are incurred if, and only if, there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset (a loss event) and that loss event (or events) has an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset or group of financial assets that can be reliably estimated. Objective evidence that a financial asset or group of assets is impaired includes observable data that come to the attention of the group about the following loss events:

·       significant financial difficulty of the issuer or obligor;

·       a breach of contract, such as a default or delinquency in interest or principal payments;

·       the group, for economic or legal reasons relating to the borrower’s financial difficulty, granting to the borrower a concession that the group would not otherwise consider;

·       it becoming probable that the borrower will enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganisation;

·       the disappearance of an active market for that financial asset because of financial difficulties; or

·       observable data indicating that there is a measurable decrease in the estimated future cash flows from a group of financial assets since the initial recognition of those assets, although the decrease cannot yet be identified with the individual financial assets in the group, including:

·        adverse changes in the payment status of borrowers in the group; or

F-16




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

2.      Accounting policies (Continued)

·        national or local economic conditions that correlate with defaults on the assets in the group.

·       Assets carried at amortised cost

If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss on loans and receivables carried at amortised cost has been incurred, the amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows (excluding future credit losses that have not been incurred) discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through the use of an allowance account and the amount of the loss is recognised in profit or loss.

The group first assesses whether there is objective evidence of impairment individually for financial assets that are individually significant, and individually or collectively for financial assets that are not individually significant. If the group determines that there is no objective evidence of impairment for an individually assessed financial asset, whether significant or not, it includes the asset in a group of financial assets with similar credit risk characteristics and collectively assesses them for impairment.

If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognised (such as an improvement in the debtor’s credit rating), the previously recognised impairment loss is reversed by adjusting the allowance account. The reversal does not result in a carrying amount of the financial asset that exceeds what the amortised cost would have been had the impairment not been recognised at the date on which the impairment is reversed. The amount of the reversal is recognised in profit or loss for the period.

·       Available-for-sale financial assets

When a decline in the fair value of an available-for-sale financial asset has been recognised directly in equity and there is objective evidence that the asset is impaired, the cumulative loss that has been recognised directly in equity is removed from equity and recognised in profit or loss even though the financial asset has not been derecognised. The amount of the cumulative loss that is removed from equity and recognised in profit or loss is the difference between the acquisition cost (net of any principal repayment and amortisation) and current fair value, less any impairment loss on that financial asset previously recognised in profit or loss. Impairment losses recognised in profit or loss for an investment in an equity instrument classified as available-for-sale are not reversed through profit or loss.

If, in a subsequent period, the fair value of a debt instrument classified as available-for-sale increases and the increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognised in profit or loss, the impairment loss is reversed, with the amount of the reversal recognised in profit or loss for the period.

(viii) Hedge accounting

Hedge accounting recognises the offsetting effects on profit or loss of changes in the fair values of the hedging instrument and the hedged item.

Hedging relationships are of three types:

F-17




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

2.      Accounting policies (Continued)

·       Fair value hedge

A hedge of the exposure to changes in fair value of a recognised asset or liability or an unrecognised firm commitment, or an identified portion of such an asset, liability or firm commitment, that is attributable to a particular risk and could affect profit or loss.

If a fair value hedge meets the conditions for hedge accounting, any gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk is included in the carrying amount of the hedged item and recognised in profit or loss. The changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument is recognised in profit and loss.

·       Cash flow hedge

A hedge of the exposure to variability in cash flows that (i) is attributable to a particular risk associated with a recognised asset or liability (such as all or some future interest payments on variable rate debt) or a highly probable forecast transaction and (ii) could affect profit or loss.

If a cash flow hedge meets the conditions for hedge accounting, the portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument that is determined to be an effective hedge is recognised directly in equity and the ineffective portion is recognised in profit or loss. A hedge of the foreign currency risk of a firm commitment is designated and accounted for as a cash flow hedge. The group does not currently apply cash flow hedge accounting.

If an effective hedge of a forecast transaction subsequently results in the recognition of a financial asset or financial liability, the associated gains or losses recognised in equity are transferred to income in the same period in which the asset or liability affects profit or loss.

If a hedge of a forecast transaction subsequently results in the recognition of a non-financial asset or non-financial liability, the associated gains or losses recognised in equity are included in the initial measurement of the acquisition cost or other carrying amount of the asset or liability.

·       Hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation

If a hedge of a net investment in a foreign entity meets the conditions for hedge accounting, the portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument that is determined to be an effective hedge is recognised directly in equity and the ineffective portion is recognised in profit or loss. On disposal of a foreign entity, the gain or loss recognised in equity is transferred to profit or loss. The group does not have any hedges of net investments.

·       Discontinuance of hedge accounting

Hedge accounting is discontinued on a prospective basis when the hedge no longer meets the hedge accounting criteria (including when it becomes ineffective), when the hedge instrument is sold, terminated or exercised when, for cash flow hedges, the designation is revoked and the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur. Any cumulative gain or loss on the hedging instrument for a forecast transaction is retained in equity until the transaction occurs, unless the transaction is no longer expected to occur, in which case it is transferred to profit or loss for the period.

F-18




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

2.      Accounting policies (Continued)

(ix) Offsetting financial instruments and related income

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the balance sheet only when there is a legally enforceable right to set off and there is an intention of settling on a net basis or realising the asset and settling the liability simultaneously. Income and expense items are offset only to the extent that their related instruments have been offset in the balance sheet, with the exception of those relating to hedges, which are disclosed in accordance with the profit or loss effect of the hedged item.

(x) Interest income and expense

Interest income and expense are recognised in profit or loss using the effective interest rate method taking into account the expected timing and amount of cash flows. The effective interest rate method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a financial asset or financial liability (or group of financial assets or financial liabilities) and of allocating the interest income or interest expense over the relevant period. Interest income and expense include the amortisation of any discount or premium or other differences between the initial carrying amount of an interest-bearing instrument and its amount at maturity calculated on an effective interest rate basis.

(xi) Other

Dividends from investments and gains or losses on the sale of investments is recognised in profit or loss when the amount of revenue from the transaction or service can be measured reliably, it is probable that the economic benefits of the transaction or service will flow to the group and the costs associated with the transaction or service can be measured reliably.

Gains or losses on derecognition of any financial assets or financial liabilities are included in finance costs. Dividends receivable are included separately in dividend income, within finance income, when a dividend is declared.

2.2.6 Government grants

Government grants are recognised in income over the periods necessary to match them with the related costs which they are intended to compensate.

Government grants related to assets are recognised by deducting the grant from the carrying amount of the related asset.

2.2.7 Intangible assets

Research activities

Expenditure on research activities undertaken with the prospect of gaining new scientific or technical knowledge and understanding, and expenditure on internally generated goodwill and brands are recognised in profit or loss as an expense as incurred.

F-19




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

2.      Accounting policies (Continued)

Development activities

Expenditure on engineering projects, computer software and other development activities, whereby set procedures and processes are applied to a project for the production of new or substantially improved products and processes, is capitalised if the engineering projects, computer software and other developed products or processes are technically and commercially feasible and the group has sufficient resources to complete development. The expenditure capitalised includes the cost of materials and directly attributable employee and other costs. Computer development expenditure is amortised only once the relevant software has been commissioned. Intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. Intangible assets, which have not yet been commissioned, are stated at cost less impairment losses.

Amortisation of engineering projects, computer software and development costs is charged to profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of these assets, not exceeding five years. Subsequent expenditure relating to computer software is capitalised only when it increases the future economic benefits embodied in the specific asset to which it relates. All other subsequent expenditure is recognised as an expense in the period in which it is incurred.

Surpluses or deficits on the disposal of computer software are recognised in profit or loss in the period in which they are incurred. The profit or loss is the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset.

Patents

Patents acquired are capitalized and amortized on a straight line basis over their estimated useful lives, which is on average 10 years.

2.2.8 Impairment of assets other than goodwill and financial instruments

The group assesses all assets (other than goodwill and intangible assets not yet available for use) at each balance sheet date for indications of an impairment or the reversal of a previously recognised impairment. Should there be any indications of impairment, the recoverable amounts of the assets are estimated. These impairments, where the carrying value of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount, or the reversal of a previously recognised impairment, are recognised in profit or loss for the period.

Intangible assets not yet available for use are tested at least annually for impairment.

An impairment loss is recognised in profit or loss whenever the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount.

The recoverable amount of an asset is the higher of its fair value less cost to sell and its value-in-use. The fair value less cost to sell is determined by ascertaining the current market value of an asset and deducting any costs related to the realisation of the asset.

F-20




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

2.      Accounting policies (Continued)

In assessing value-in-use, the expected future cash flows from the asset are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. For an asset whose cash flows are largely dependent on those of other assets the recoverable amount is determined for the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs.

A previously recognised impairment loss will be reversed if the recoverable amount increases as a result of a change in the estimates used previously to determine the recoverable amount, but not to an amount higher than the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortisation, had no impairment loss been recognised in prior periods.

2.2.9 Inventories

Inventories are assets held-for-sale in the ordinary course of business, in the process of production for such sale or in the form of materials or supplies to be consumed in the production process or in the rendering of services.

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realisable value. Cost includes all costs of purchase, costs of conversion and other costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their preset location and condition. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated cost of completion, distribution and selling.

Cost is determined on the following basis:-

·       First in first out (FIFO):- finished goods

·       Weighted average:- raw materials, work in progress and consumable stores

·       The specific identification basis is used to arrive at the cost of items that are not interchangeable.

The cost of raw materials and consumable stores is the delivered landed cost, while the cost of work in progress and finished goods includes both direct costs and production overheads.

2.2.10 Leases

(i) The group as lessee

Leases in respect of which the group bears substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership are classified as finance leases. Finance leases are capitalised at the inception of the lease at the lower of the fair value of the lease property or the present value of the minimum lease payments. Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and finance charges to achieve an effective rate of interest on the balance outstanding. The corresponding rental obligations, net of finance charges, are included in other long-term payables. The interest element of the finance cost is charged to profit or loss over the lease period.

Capitalized leased assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease period and the expected useful life of the asset.

Leases in respect of which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership is retained by the lessor are classified as operating leases. These leases are mainly for the use of premises and certain

F-21




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

2.      Accounting policies (Continued)

office equipment. Payments made under operating leases (net of any incentives received from the lessor) are charged to income on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. When another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern of the user’s benefit, then that method is used.

(ii) Recognition of lease of land

Leases of land and buildings are classified as operating or finance leases in the same way as leases of other assets.

However, when a single lease covers both land and a building, the minimum lease payments at the inception of the lease (including any upfront payments) are allocated between the land and the building in proportion to the relative fair values of the respective leasehold interests. Any upfront premium allocated to the land element that is normally classified as an operating lease represents prepaid lease payments. These payments are amortized over the lease term in accordance with the time pattern of benefits provided. If the lease payments cannot be allocated reliably between these two elements, the entire lease is classified as a finance lease, unless it is clear that both elements are operating leases.

2.2.11 Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations

Non-current assets (or disposal groups) are classified as held for sale when their carrying value will be recovered principally through sale within 12 months rather than use. Non-current assets held for sale are measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less cost to sell and are not depreciated.

A discontinued operation is a clearly distinguishable component of the group’s business that has been disposed of or is held for sale within 12 months of initial identification, which:

·       represents a separate line of a major line of business or geographical area of operations;

·       is part of a single coordinated plan to dispose of a major line of business or geographical area of operations; or

·       is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to resale within 12 months.

The entire asset or disposal group must be available for immediate sale in its present condition and the sale should be highly probable, with an active programme to find a buyer and the appropriate level of management approving the sale. The group does not currently have any discontinued operations.

2.2.12 Provisions

Provisions are recognised when the group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, in respect of which it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will occur and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. Where the effect of discounting (time value) is material, provisions are discounted and the discount rate used is a pre-taxation rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and, where appropriate, the risks specific to the liability.

F-22




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

2.      Accounting policies (Continued)

The following specific policies are applied:-

·       A provision for onerous contracts is recognised when the expected benefits to be derived by the group from a contract are lower than the unavoidable cost of meeting the obligations under the contract.

·       A provision for restructuring is recognised only if the group has created a detailed formal plan and raised a valid expectation, among those parties directly affected, that the plan will be carried out, either by having begun implementation or by publicly announcing the plan’s main features. Future operating costs or losses are not provided for.

2.2.13 Pension plans and other post-retirement benefits

(i) Post employment benefits—pensions

Defined-benefit and defined-contribution plans have been established for eligible employees of the group, with the assets held in separate trustee-administered funds. The majority of the defined benefit funds are closed to new entrants.

The projected unit credit method is used in determining the present value of the defined benefit obligation and related current service cost. The current service cost in respect of defined benefit plans is recognised as an expense in profit and loss in the current period.

The projected unit credit method is defined as an actuarial valuation method that sees each period of service as giving rise to an additional unit of benefit entitlement and measures each unit separately to build up the final obligation. The current service cost is defined as the increase in the present value of the defined benefit obligation resulting from employee service in the current period.

The group’s policy is to recognize actuarial gains and losses, which can arise from differences between expected and actual outcomes or changes in actuarial assumptions, these are recognised immediately in the consolidated statement of recognised income and expense. Any increase in the present value of plan liabilities expected to arise from employee service during the period is charged to operating profit. The expected return on plan assets and the expected increase during the period in the present value of plan liabilities are included in investment income and interest expense.

Gains or losses on the curtailment or settlement of a defined benefit plan are recognised in the income statement when the group is demonstrably committed to the curtailment or settlement. Past service costs are recognised immediately to the extent that the benefits are already vested, and otherwise are amortised on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of those benefits.

The effects of plan amendments in respect of retired employees in defined benefit plans are measured at the present value of the effect of the amendments and are recognised as an expense or income in profit and loss for the peiod. The amount recognised in the balance sheet represents the present value of the defined benefit obligation adjusted for unrecognised past service costs, reduced by the fair value of the plan assets.

F-23




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

2.                 ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Where the calculation results in a benefit to the group, the recognised asset is limited to the net total of past service costs and the present value of any future refunds from the plan or reductions in future contributions to the plan.

Contributions in respect of defined-contribution plans are recognised as an expense in profit or loss as incurred.

(ii) Post employment benefits—medical

The projected unit credit method is used in determining the present value of post employment medical benefits. The estimated cost of retiree health care and life insurance benefit plans is accrued during the participants’ actual service periods up to the dates they become eligible for full benefits. Experience adjustments and plan amendments in respect of existing employees are treated in a similar manner as described in the preceding paragraph, in the statement of recognised income and expenditure.

(iii) Workmen’s compensation insurance

Sappi Fine Paper North America has a combination of self-insured and insured workers’ compensation programs. The self-insurance claim liability for workers’ compensation is based on claims reported and actuarial estimates of adverse developments and claims incurred but not reported.

2.2.14 Plantations

Plantations are stated at fair value less estimated point-of-sale costs at the point of harvest (costs to sell). Fair value is determined using the present value for immature timber and the standing value method for mature timber. All changes in fair value are recognised in the period in which they arise.

The fair value of immature timber (softwood less than eight years and hardwood less than five years) is the discounted value of the expected delivered market price for estimated timber volumes less cost of delivery and estimated maintenance costs up to when the timber becomes usable by our own mills. The discount rate used is the applicable pre-tax weighted average cost of capital of the business unit. The fair value of mature timber is based on the market price for estimated timber volumes less cost of delivery.

Cost of delivery includes all costs associated with getting the harvested agricultural produce to the market, being harvesting, loading, transport and allocated fixed overheads.

Land, logging roads and related facilities are accounted for under property, plant and equipment. The trees are accounted for as plantations. Land is not depreciated. Logging roads and related facilities are depreciated at various rates over a period of 3 to 10 years depending on expected life of each road or related facility. Trees are generally felled at the optimum age when ready for intended use. At the time the tree is felled it is taken out of plantations (non-current assets) and accounted for under inventory (current assets).

F-24




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

2.      ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

2.2.15 Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment represents tangible items and intangible items that are integrated with tangible items that are held-for-use in the production or supply of goods or services, for rental to others, or for administrative purposes and are expected to be used during more than one period.

Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Cost includes the estimated cost of dismantling and removing the assets, where specifically required in terms of legislative requirements or a constructive obligation exists.

Owner-occupied investment properties and properties in the course of construction are carried at cost, less any impairment loss where the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated to be lower than its carrying value. Cost includes professional fees and, for qualifying assets, borrowing costs capitalised in accordance with the group’s accounting policy. Depreciation commences, on the same basis as other property assets, when the assets are ready for their intended use. The group currently does not hold any investment properties.

Subsequent expenditure is capitalised when it is measurable and will result in probable future economic benefits. Expenditure incurred to replace a component of an item of owner-occupied property or equipment is capitalised to the cost of the item of owner-occupied property and equipment and the part replaced is derecognised. All other expenditure is recognised in profit or loss as an expense when incurred.

Depreciation is charged so as to write off the depreciable amount of the assets, other than land, over their estimated useful lives to estimated residual values, using a method that reflects the pattern in which the asset’s future economic benefits are expected to be consumed by the entity.

Where significant parts of an item have different useful lives to the item itself, these parts are depreciated over their estimated useful lives. The methods of depreciation, useful lives and residual values are reviewed annually.

The following methods and rates were used during the year to depreciate property, plant and equipment to estimated residual values:

Buildings

 

straight line 40 years

Plant

 

straight line 5 to 20 years

Vehicles

 

straight line 5 to 10 years

Furniture and equipment

 

straight line 3 to 6 years

 

Assets held under finance leases are depreciated over their expected useful lives or the term of the relevant lease, where shorter. The useful lives and residual values of property, plant and equipment are reviewed on an annual basis—and are revised when the current estimate is different from the exisitng estimate.

The gain or loss arising on the disposal or scrapping of property, plant and equipment is recognised in profit or loss.

F-25




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

2.      ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

2.2.16 Segment reporting

The primary business segments are Sappi Fine Paper and Sappi Forest Products. On a secondary segment basis, significant geographic regions have been identified based in the location of the productive assets, being southern Africa, Europe and North America.

Assets, liabilities, revenues or expenses that are not directly attributable to a particular segment are allocated between segments where there is a reasonable basis for doing so. The group accounts for inter segment revenues and transfers as if the transactions were with third parties at current market prices.

2.2.17 Share-based payments

(i) Equity-settled share-based payment transactions with employees

The services received in an equity-settled share-based payment transaction with employees are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments granted. The fair value of those equity instruments is measured at grant date.

If the equity instruments granted vest immediately and an employee is not required to complete a specified period of service before becoming unconditionally entitled to those instruments, the services received are recognised in profit or loss for the period in full on grant date with a corresponding increase in equity.

Where the equity instruments do not vest until the employee has completed a specified period of service, it is assumed that the services rendered by the employee, as consideration for those equity instruments, will be received in the future during the vesting period. These services are accounted for in profit or loss as they are rendered during the vesting period, with a corresponding increase in equity. Share-based payment expenses are adjusted for non-market-related performance conditions.

(ii) Measurement of fair value of equity instruments granted

The equity instruments granted by the group are measured at fair value at measurement date using standard binomial option pricing valuation models. The valuation technique is consistent with generally acceptable valuation methodologies for pricing financial instruments and incorporates all factors and assumptions that knowledgeable, willing market participants would consider in setting the price of the equity instruments.

2.2.18 Shareholders’ equity

(i) Share Capital

Share capital issued by the company is recorded as the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs. Ordinary and preference share capital is classified as equity, if the shares are non-redeemable by the shareholder and any dividends are discretionary. An equity instrument is a residual interest in the assets of an entity after deducting all of its liabilities.

F-26




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

2.      ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

(ii) Treasury shares

When share capital recognised as equity is repurchased by the company or other members of the group, the amount of the consideration paid, including directly attributable costs, is recognised as a change in equity. Shares repurchased by the issuing company are cancelled.

Shares repurchased by group companies are classified as treasury shares and are held at cost. These shares are treated as a deduction from the issued and weighted average numbers of shares and the cost price of the shares is presented as a deduction from total equity. The par value of the shares is presented as a deduction from ordinary share capital and the remainder of the cost is presented as a deduction from ordinary share premium. Dividends received on treasury shares are eliminated on consolidation.

(iii) Dividends

Dividends are recognised as distributions within equity in the period in which they are payable to shareholders. Dividends for the year that are declared after the balance sheet date are disclosed in the subsequent events note. Taxation costs incurred on dividends are recognised in the period in which the dividend is declared.

2.2.19 Taxation

Taxation on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and deferred taxation. Taxation is recognised in profit or loss except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly to equity, in which case it is recognised in equity.

(i) Current taxation

Current taxation is the expected taxation payable on the taxable income, which is based on the results for the period after taking into account the necessary adjustments, for the year, using taxation rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date, and any adjustment to taxation payable in respect of previous years.

Secondary taxation on companies (STC) is a South African Income Tax, that arises from the distribution of dividends is recognised at the same time as the liability to pay the related dividend.

(ii) Deferred taxation

Deferred taxation is provided using the balance sheet liability method, based on temporary differences. Temporary differences are differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and their taxation base. The amount of deferred taxation provided is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities using taxation rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. Deferred taxation is charged to profit or loss for the period, except to the extent that it relates to a transaction that is recognised directly in equity, or a business combination that is an acquisition. The effect on deferred taxation of any changes in taxation rates is recognised in profit or loss, except to the extent that it relates to items previously charged or credited directly to equity.

F-27




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

2.      ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

A deferred taxation asset is recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable income will be available against which the unutilised taxation losses and deductible temporary differences can be used. The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and is reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

2.2.20 Borrowing costs

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction and production of qualifying assets are capitalised as part of the costs of those assets. Qualifying assets are those that necessarily take a substantial period of time which is greater than six months to prepare for their intended use or sale.

Capitalisation of borrowing costs continues up to the date when the assets are substantially ready for their use or sale.

Details of borrowing costs capitalised are disclosed in the notes to the accounts by asset category and are calculated at the group’s average funding cost, except to the extent that funds are borrowed specifically for the purpose of obtaining a qualifying asset. Where this occurs, actual borrowing costs incurred less any investment income on the temporary investment of those borrowings are capitalised.

All other borrowing costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred.

No borrowing costs have been capitalised to qualifying assets in the current period.

2.2.21 Cost of sales

When inventories are sold, the carrying amount is recognized as part of cost of sales. Any write down of inventories to net realisable value and all losses of inventories or reversals of previous write downs or losses are recognized in cost of sales in the period the write down, loss or reversal occurs.

2.2.22 Revenue

Revenue represents the gross inflow of economic benefits during the period arising in the course of the ordinary activities when those inflows result in increases in equity, other than increases relating to contributions from equity participants.

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the amount received or receivable. Trade and settlement discounts, rebates, indirect taxes and customer returns are excluded from revenue.

Revenue from the sale of goods is recognised when the significant risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred, when delivery has been made and title has passed, when the amount of the revenue and the related costs can be reliably measured and when it is probable that the debtor will pay for the goods. For the majority of local and regional sales, transfer occurs at the point of offloading the shipment into the customer warehouse, whereas for the majority of export sales transfer occurs when the goods have been loaded into the relevant carrier, unless the contract of sales specifies different terms.

F-28




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

2.      ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Shipping and handling costs, such as freight to our customers’ destination are included in cost of sales, in the consolidated income statement. These costs, when included in the sales price charged for our products are recognised in net sales.

2.3 Critical accounting policies and estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards requires management to make estimates and assumptions about future events that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Future events and their effects cannot be determined with absolute certainty. Therefore, the determination of estimates requires the exercise of judgement based on various assumptions and other factors such as historical experience, current and expected economic conditions, and in some cases, actuarial techniques. The group constantly re-evaluates these significant factors and makes adjustments where facts and circumstances dictate. Historically, actual results have not significantly deviated from those determined using the estimates described above.

The group believes that the following accounting policies are critical due to the degree of estimation required and/or the potential material impact they may have on the group’s financial position and performance.

Asset impairments

The group periodically evaluates its long-lived assets for impairment, including identifiable intangibles and goodwill, whenever events or changes in circumstance indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Our judgements regarding the existence of impairment indicators are based on market conditions and operational performance of the business. Future events could cause management to conclude that impairment indicators exist.

In order to assess if there is any impairment, we estimate the future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposal.

Considerable management judgement is necessary to estimate discounted future cash flows, including judgements and estimates as to future product pricing, raw material costs, volumes of products sold, changes in the planned use of machinery or equipment or closing of facilities. The calculation of appropriate pre-tax discount rates (weighted average cost of capital) is another sensitive input in the valuation. While every effort is made to make use of independent information and apply a consistent methodology, actual circumstances or outcomes could vary significantly from such estimates. These variances could result in changes in useful lives or impairment. These changes can have either a positive or negative impact on our estimates of impairment and can result in additional income statement adjustments.

Goodwill impairment testing is conducted at reporting unit levels of our business and is based on a cash flow based valuation model to determine the fair value of the reporting unit. The assumptions used in estimating future cash flows were based upon our business forecasts and incorporated external information from industry sources, where applicable.

F-29




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

2.      ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Actual outcomes could vary significantly from our business forecasts. Changes in certain of these estimates could have a material effect on the estimated fair value of the reporting unit. In addition to the judgements described in the preceding paragraph that are necessary in estimating future cash flows, significant judgements in estimating discounted cash flows also include the selection of the pre-tax discount rate (weighted average cost of capital) and the terminal value used in our valuation model. The discount rate used in our valuation model considered a targeted debt and equity mix, a market risk premium, and other factors consistent with valuation methodologies. The terminal value multiple used in our valuation model considered the valuations for comparable companies.

Small changes to the valuation model would not significantly impact the results of our valuation; however, if future cash flows were materially different to our forecasts, then the assessment of the potential impairment of the carrying value may be impacted.

Property, plant and equipment

For material items of property, plant and equipment an internal engineer is used to assist in determining their remaining useful lives and residual values. Management believes that the assigned residual values and useful lives, as well as the underlying assumptions have been adequately considered and consistently applied. Different assumptions and assigned lives could have a significant impact on the reported amounts.

Taxation

The group estimates its income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. This process involves estimating its current tax liability together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are recognised on the consolidated balance sheet.

The group then assesses the likelihood that the deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income, and, to the extent recovery is not likely, a valuation allowance is established. In recognising deferred tax assets the company considers profit forecasts, including the effect of exchange rate fluctuations on sales and external market conditions. Where it is probable that a position may be successfully challenged, based on reported challenges by revenue authorities of similar positions taken by other taxpayers, as well as items already raised by revenue authorities during audits, but for which resolution has not yet been reached, a valuation allowance or tax provision is raised for the tax on the probable adjustment. Management’s judgement is required in determining the provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against the net deferred tax assets. Deferred tax assets have been recognised where management believes there are sufficient taxable temporary differences or convincing other evidence that sufficient taxable profits will be available to realise deferred tax assets.

Although the deferred tax assets for which valuation allowances have not been recognised are considered realisable, actual amounts could be reduced if future taxable income is not achieved. This can materially affect our reported net income and financial position.

F-30




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

2.      ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Hedge accounting for financial instruments

For the purposes of hedge accounting, we classify hedges into two categories: (a) fair value hedges which hedge the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognised asset or liability; and (b) cash flow hedges, which hedge exposure to variability in cash flows that are either attributable to a particular risk associated with a recognised asset or liability or a forecasted transaction. The financial instruments that are used in hedging transactions are assessed both at inception and quarterly thereafter to ensure they are effective in offsetting changes in either the fair value or cash flows of the related underlying exposures. Hedge accounting is mainly used for debt instruments to hedge interest rate and foreign currency risk exposures and for firm commitments to hedge foreign currency risk exposures. We do not use hedge accounting for trading transactions.

In relation to fair value hedges, which meet the conditions for hedge accounting, any gain or loss from re-measuring the hedging instrument to fair value is recognised immediately against income. Any gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk is adjusted against the carrying amount of the hedged item and recognised against income. Any residual ineffectiveness related to fair value hedges can affect our reported net income. External market data is applied in re-measuring the hedging financial instrument.

In relation to cash flow hedges, which meet the conditions for hedge accounting, the portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument that is determined to be an effective hedge is recognised directly in shareholders’ equity and the ineffective portion is recognised in income. The gains or losses, which are recognised directly in shareholders’ equity, are transferred to income in the same period in which the hedged transaction affects income. Any residual ineffectiveness related to cash flow hedges can affect our reported net income. External market data is applied in measuring the hedge effectiveness of the financial instrument. Hedge ineffectiveness is recognised immediately against income. The group does not currently have any cash flow hedges.

Refer to note 31.5 for details of the fair value hedging relationships.

Plantations

Plantations are stated at fair value less estimated point-of-sale costs at the point of harvest (costs to sell). Fair value is determined using the present value for immature timber and the standing value method for mature timber. All changes in fair value are recognised in the period in which they arise.

At the time the tree is felled, it is taken out of plantations (non-current assets) and accounted for under inventory (current assets).

Assumptions and estimates are used in the recording of plantation volumes, cost per ton, and depletion. Changes in the assumptions or estimates used in these calculations may affect the group’s results, in particular, plantation and depletion costs.

A major consideration is the estimation of future growth. The inputs to our growth model are complex and involve estimations, all of which are regularly updated. Growth models derived from measured data from permanent sample plots are used for growth estimation. The long-term sample plot network is representative of the species and sites on which we grow trees. Periodic adjustments are made to existing

F-31




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

2.      ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

models for new genetic material. Depletions include the fair value of timber felled, which is determined on the average method, plus amounts written off standing timber to cover loss or damage caused by, for example, fire, disease, hazardous weather conditions and stunted growth. Depletions are accounted for on a cost per ton allocation method.

Tons are calculated using the projected growth to rotation age and extrapolated to current age on a straight-line basis.

Changes in the assumptions or estimates used in these valuations may affect the group’s results, in particular growth estimation and discount rates.

The group is exposed to financial risks on the valuation of plantations arising from climatic changes, disease and other natural risks such as fire, flooding and storms and human-induced losses arising from strikes, civil commotion and malicious damage. These risks are covered by an appropriate level of insurance as determined by management. In addition, management focuses close attention to good husbandry techniques and fire-fighting methods. The plantations have an integrated management system that is certified to ISO 9001, ISO 14001, OHSAS 18001 and FSC standards.

For further information see note 11.

Post-employment benefits

The group accounts for its pension benefits and its other post employment benefits using actuarial models. These models use an attribution approach that generally spreads individual events over the service lives of the employees in the plan.

Examples of ‘events’ are changes in actuarial assumptions such as discount rate, expected long-term rate of return on plan assets (net of fund administration costs), and rate of compensation increases.

The principle underlying the required attribution approach is that employees render service over their service lives on a relatively consistent basis and, therefore, the income statement effects of pension benefits or post-employment healthcare benefits are earned in, and should be expensed in the same pattern.

Numerous estimates and assumptions are required, in the actuarial models, to determine the proper amount of pension and other post-employment liabilities to record in the group’s consolidated financial statements and set the expense for the next fiscal year. These include discount rate, return on assets, salary increases, health care cost trends, longevity and service lives of employees. Although there is authoritative guidance on how to select these assumptions, our management and its actuaries exercise some degree of judgement when selecting these assumptions. Selecting different assumptions, as well as actual versus expected results, would change the net periodic benefit cost and funded status of the benefit plans recognised in the financial statements.

The impact on the future financial results of the group in relation to post-employment benefits is dependent on economic conditions, employee demographics and investment performance. A 1% increase in discount rates would decrease the pension liability by approximately US$193 million and the related pension cost by approximately US$14 million per annum. A 1% increase in the health care cost trend rates would increase the accumulated other post-employment benefit obligation by US$12 million and the

F-32




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

2.      ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

aggregate of the service and interest cost components of net periodic other post-employment benefit cost by US$1 million after tax per annum.

Provisions

Provisions are required to be recorded when the group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, for which it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will occur, and where a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

Best estimates, being the amount that the group would rationally pay to settle the obligation, are recognised as provisions at balance sheet date. Risks, uncertainties and future events, such as changes in law and technology, are taken into account by management in determining the best estimates.

Where the effect of discounting is material, provisions are discounted. The discount rate used is the pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and, where appropriate, the risks specific to the liability, all of which requires management judgement.

The establishment and review of the provisions requires significant judgement by management as to whether or not there is a probable obligation and as to whether or not a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation, which requires judgements as to the likelihood of future payment. All provisions are reviewed at each balance sheet date.

Various uncertainties can result in obligations not being considered probable or subject to reliable measurement for significant periods of time.

As a consequence, potentially material obligations may have no provisions and a change in facts or circumstances that results in an obligation becoming probable or reliably measurable can lead to a need for the establishment of material provisions. In addition, where estimated amounts vary from initial estimates the provisions may be revised materially, up or down, based on the facts. The group periodically restructures its business units for productivity and business improvement initiatives and records charges for reductions in its workforce, the closure of manufacturing facilities, and other actions related thereto. These events require estimates of liabilities for employee separation payments and related benefits, equipment removal, environmental cleanup and other costs. The actual costs incurred could differ materially from those estimated at balance sheet date.

The group is required to record provisions for estimated environmental liabilities, based on current interpretations of environmental laws and regulations, when expenditures are considered probable and can be reasonably estimated. These estimates reflect management assumptions and judgements as to the probable nature, magnitude and timing of required investigations, remediation and monitoring activities, changes in governmental regulations, insurance recoveries and the contributions by other potentially responsible parties. These assumptions and judgements are subject to various uncertainties which could result in estimated costs that could materially differ from the actual costs incurred.

The group is required to record provisions for legal contingencies when the contingency is probable of occurring and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Liabilities provided for legal matters require judgements regarding projected outcomes and ranges of losses based on historical experience and

F-33




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

2.      ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

recommendations of legal counsel. Litigation is however unpredictable and actual costs incurred could differ materially from those estimated at the balance sheet date.

2.4 Potential impact of future changes in accounting policies

The following standards and interpretations, which have been issued but which are not yet effective, have not been applied in these financial statements:

Amendment to IAS 1: Presentation of Financial Statements (added disclosure about an entity’s capital)

The revised IAS 1 requires an entity to disclose qualitative information about its objectives, policies and processes for managing capital and a summary of quantitative data about what it manages as capital. It also requires disclosure of whether during the period it complied with any externally imposed capital requirements to which it is subject and when the entity has not complied with such externally imposed capital requirements, the consequences of such non-compliance. This standard has no impact on the figures presented in the income statement and balance sheet.

IAS 21: Amendment to International Accounting Standard 21: The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates: Net Investment in a Foreign Operation

The amendment clarifies the requirements of IAS 21 regarding an entity’s investment in foreign operations. The amendment does not have an impact on the group, and first becomes applicable for the financial year ending September 2007.

IAS 39: Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement Amendments

The amendment clarifies embedded derivatives (paragraph 11A) and fair value considerations (paragraph 48A). The application of the amendments is not expected to have a significant impact on the group’s reported results, financial position and cash flows. The amendment first becomes applicable for the financial year ending September 2007.

IFRS 7: Financial Instruments: Disclosures

This standard prescribes the level of disclosure required for financial instruments, both in terms of quantitative data and qualitative data. The implementation of this standard will not have a material impact on the financial position or results of operations.

IFRS 8: Operating Segments

IFRS 8 requires an entity to report financial and descriptive information about its reportable segments. Reportable segments are operating segments or aggregations of operating segments that meet specified criteria. Operating segments are components of an entity about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. Generally, financial information is required to be reported on the basis that it is used internally for evaluating operating segment performance and deciding how to allocate resources to operating segments.

The effective date of IFRS 8 for the group is for the financial year ending September 2009 and the impact is currently being assessed by management.

F-34




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

2.      ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

IFRIC 4: Determining whether an Arrangement contains a Lease

The interpretation states that an arrangement that grants the right to control the use of an underlying specific asset is, or contains, a lease that should be accounted for in accordance with IAS 17—Leases.

The implementation of this interpretation is not expected to have a material impact on the results of operations.

IFRIC 8: Scope of IFRS 2

This interpretation clarifies that IFRS 2 Share-based Payment applies to arrangements where an entity makes share-based payments for apparently nil or inadequate consideration.

IFRIC 8 states that, if the identifiable consideration given appears to be less than the fair value of the equity instruments granted or liability incurred, this situation typically indicates that other consideration has been or will be received. IFRS 2 therefore applies.

IFRIC 8 is effective for the Group for the year ending September 2007. Management is of the opinion that the adoption of this statement will not have a material impact on the financial position of the Group.

IFRIC 9: Reassessment of Embedded Derivatives

This interpretation states that management is only required to re-examine an embedded derivative when it enters into a new contract or modifies an existing contract. The implementation of this interpretation is not expected to have a material impact on the Group.

IFRIC 10: Interim Financial Reporting

The interpretation addresses an apparent conflict between the requirements of IAS 34—Interim Financial Reporting and those in other standards on the recognition and reversal in financial statements of impairment losses on goodwill and certain financial assets. The interpretation concludes that an entity shall not reverse an impairment loss recognised in a previous interim period in respect of goodwill, or an investment in either an equity instrument or a financial asset carried at cost.

The interpretation will have no impact on the group’s results, and first becomes applicable for the financial year ending September 2008.

IFRIC 11, IFRS 2: Group and Treasury Share Transactions

This interpretation provides guidance on applying IFRS 2 in three circumstances:

Share-based payments involving an entity’s own equity instruments in which the entity chooses or is required to buy its own equity instruments (treasury shares) to settle the share-based payment obligation—is this an equity-settled or cash-settled transaction?

A parent grants rights to its equity instruments to employees of its subsidiary—how to account in the individual entities’ financial statements?

A subsidiary grants rights to equity instruments of its parent to its employees—how to account in the individual entities’ financial statements?

F-35




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

2.      ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

IFRIC 11 is effective for the Group’s results for the year ending September 2008. Management are currently reviewing the impact that this interpretation will have on the Group.

AC 503: Accounting for Black Economic Empowerment (BEE) Transactions

AC 503 is a South African accounting interpretation of IFRS in respect of BEE transactions and covers the following three issues:

1.     Should the difference between the fair value of the equity instruments granted and the cash and other assets received, i.e. BEE equity credentials, be recognised as an intangible asset, or as an expense?

2.     Where BEE equity credentials are obtained as part of the net assets acquired in a business combination, how should the BEE equity credentials acquired be accounted for?

3.     Assuming that BEE equity credentials do not meet the criteria for recognition as an intangible asset, how should vesting be interpreted in the context of BEE transactions?

AC 503 will not have an impact on the Group, and becomes applicable for the year ending September 2007. The Group will evaluate this standard when implementing potential BEE transactions.

Management has not finalised their assessment of the potential impact that the implementation of these standards and interpretations will have on the Group financial statements.

2.5          Adoption of IFRS during the year

The Group has adopted International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) in preparing the consolidated financial statements for the year ending September 2006. The transition to IFRS is accounted for in accordance with IFRS 1 First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards with October 2004 as the date of transition. The changes in accounting policies as a consequence of the transition to IFRS are described below as well as reconciliations of the effects of the transition to IFRS.

IFRS 1 provides a number of exemptions in respect of the first-time adoption of IFRS. These are areas where the retrospective application of IFRS is prohibited:

·       The recognition of previously derecognised financial assets and financial liabilities under previous standards

·       The designation of financial instruments for hedge accounting

·       Changes to estimates, where estimates were previously determined with due consideration

·       Assets classified as held for sale and discontinued operations

The application of the compulsory exemptions by Sappi Limited did not have a material impact on the financial position, financial results and cash flows of the group.

The group did not elect the following optional transitional provisions in terms of IFRS 1, due to the exemptions having no material impact on the group:

·       Compound financial instruments

F-36




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

2.      ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

·       Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures

·       Designation of previously recognised financial instruments

·       Insurance contracts

·       Decommissioning liabilities included in the cost of property, plant and equipment

·       Leases

·       Fair value measurement of financial assets or liabilities at initial recognition

The following exemptions in accordance with IFRS 1 were elected:

·       Business Combinations—IFRS 3

The Group has elected not to retrospectively apply the requirements of IFRS 3 for Business Combinations that occurred prior to October 2004. The estimates and measurement of fair values that would have been required at prior dates of acquisition to apply IFRS 3 retrospectively to all previous business combinations are not readily available and management is of the opinion that the cost would outweigh the benefit in applying aforementioned changes retrospectively. If the group had applied the statement retrospectively it would have been required to restate the value of goodwill and assess whether any intangible assets should have been recognised.

The prospective application of IFRS 3 had no impact on the prior year annual reported results due to the following:

·        In terms of IFRS 3 original fair values are not required to be re-measured for business combinations.

·        Assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations are recognised and measured in the opening balance sheet in accordance with IFRS.

·        No adjustment to goodwill is required for recognition of intangible assets of previous business combinations.

·        No derecognition of intangible assets that do not satisfy the criteria for recognition under IAS 38 Intangible Assets required.

·        There is no contingency affecting the amount of the purchase consideration for past business combinations.

·        The carrying amount of goodwill in the opening IFRS balance sheet is the carrying amount under previous GAAP at the date of transition to IFRS. Goodwill is no longer amortised.

·        Goodwill is now tested for impairment annually.

If the Group had applied IFRS 3 retrospectively, the carrying value of property, plant and equipment; intangible assets; financial liabilties; contingent liabilities and goodwill may have been different from those currently reported.

F-37




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

2.      ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

·       Share-based Payment—IFRS 2

The Group has elected the share-based payment exemption therefore IFRS 2 is only applicable to equity instruments granted after 7 November 2002 that were not vested by 1 January 2005. For instruments vesting on or after 1 January 2005, Sappi has recognised a charge in the income statement and set up a separate category in shareholders’ equity for all share options and awards, based on the fair value of the awards as calculated at the grant date. The date was selected as it was permitted in terms of IFRS 2.

If the Group had applied the provision of IFRS 2, it would have resulted in an increased share-based payment expense in the period, for all outstanding share options awarded. If the Group had applied the statement retrospectively it would have resulted in an increase of the expense recognised of US$2 million.

·       The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates—IAS 21

Sappi has elected to apply the exemption in IFRS 1 which allows the cumulative translation differences of all foreign operations to be reset to zero by transfer to distributable reserves at the date of transition to IFRS which is October 2004. An amount of US$244 million was trasferred from the Foreign Currency Translation Reserve to retained income on the transtion to IFRS.

If the group had not reset the cumulative translation difference (Foreign Currency Translation Reserves, “FCTR”) to zero, this would have resulted in a decrease in distributable reserves and an increase in the FCTR balance.

Adjustments on adoption of IFRS

The adoption of IFRS led to changes in the Group’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. The significant differences between previously reported SA GAAP financial statements and IFRS are as follows:

(a) Share-based Payment—IFRS 2

Sappi has recognised a charge of US$10 million for the year ended September 2005 in the income statement and set up a separate category in shareholders’ equity for all share options and awards, based on the fair value of the awards as calculated at the grant date. The cost of the share options and grants are reflected in the income statement over the vesting period. This IFRS change had no impact on the comparative total shareholders’ equity as a Share Based Payment Reserve (US$20 million at September 2005) is created with the equal and opposite amount included in retained earnings.

(b) The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates—IAS 21

Sappi has elected to apply the exemption in IFRS 1 which allows the cumulative translation differences of all foreign operations to be reset to zero at the date of transition to IFRS which is October 2004. The Foreign Currency Translation Reserve (Non-Distributable Reserve) was transferred to retained earnings. This resulted in a decrease of the Foreign Currency Translation Reserve of

F-38




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

2.      ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

US$244 million and a corresponding increase in retained earnings of US$244 million at the date of transition. This IFRS change did not impact on total shareholders’ equity.

(c) Financial Instruments—IAS 39

The amendments to IAS 39 includes a change in emphasis whereby a transfer of risks and rewards associated with financial assets becomes the primary test in determining whether a financial asset should be derecognised. A secondary test is then whether the entity has control over the related special purpose entity. A significant portion of our securitised receivables has now been reflected on our balance sheet, increasing trade and other receivables by US$268 million and short term debt by US$346 million and decreasing other payables by US$78 million at September 2005. The related expense is no longer reflected in Selling General and Administration (‘‘SG&A’’) but is included under finance costs. This caused an increase in finance costs and decrease in SG&A of US$15 million for the year ended September 2005.

Cash flow hedges on inter-company loans, previously accounted for in equity as a Hedging reserve, no longer qualify for hedge accounting under IAS 39. As a result these instruments are now recognised at fair value through profit and loss. A profit of US$22 million was recognised for the year ended September 2005. This amendment had no impact on total shareholders’ equity as the Hedging reserve disclosed in last year’s financial statements of US$14 million is now included in retained earnings.

(d) Employee Benefits—IAS 19

In December 2004, the IASB (International Accounting Standards Board) published an amended version of IAS 19 which introduced an option to recognise actuarial gains and losses in the period in which they occur outside profit or loss in a statement of recognised income and expense. Sappi has elected to adopt this amendment at the date of transition (October 2004). Previously unrecognised actuarial employee benefit losses were recognised at October 2004, resulting in an increase in pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities (September 2005: US$249 million, October 2004: US$227 million), a decease in pension and other post employment benefit assets (September 2005: US$86 million, October 2004: US$74 million) and a corresponding reduction in equity and deferred tax liability. At October 2004, the deferred tax assets increased by US$56 million and deferred tax liabilities decreased by US$37 million. At September 2005, deferred tax liabilities decreased by US$44 million and deferred tax asset by US$2 million. This amendment also led to a reduction in employee benefit expense for the year of US$23 million.

The actuarial gains and losses are recognised outside of profit for the period in the statement of recognised income and expense (‘‘SORIE’’). Items processed through SORIE are tax effected through SORIE. Part of the first-time adoption of this method of accounting included a historic analysis of all pension fund movements to determine the portion of our deferred tax balances that relate to SORIE. During 2005, the deferred tax asset for Sappi Fine Paper North America was derecognised, therefore the deferred tax asset raised at October 2004 of US$57 million was released. This valuation allowance raised against the deferred tax asset resulted in a credit to deferred tax in profit and loss of US$5 million and a debit to SORIE of US$62 million.

F-39




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

2.      ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

The option of setting the corridor to zero was not applicable because the Group elected to apply SORIE accounting to acturial gains and losses.

(e) Property, Plant and Equipment—IAS16

Changes to IAS 16 Property, Plant and Equipment include the requirement that the useful lives of fixed assets are re-evaluated on an annual basis, changed capitalisation criteria and more explicit guidance on the capitalisation of fixed assets. These changes have led to the revision of the relevant accounting policies. In addition a detailed review of the group’s assets including a benchmarking exercise against peer-group companies was completed. Management concluded that no adjustment to the carrying value of property, plant and equipment was necessary with the first-time adoption of IFRS.

The Group did not apply the exemption to deem the fair value or revalued amounts of property, plant and equipment as deemed cost due to the previous accounting standard being consistently applied.

Effect of IFRS adoption on group income statement

 

 

 

 

September

 

 

 

September

 

 

 

note

 

2005

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Previous

 

transition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SA GAAP

 

to IFRS

 

IFRS

 

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Sales

 

 

 

 

5,018

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,018

 

 

Cost of sales

 

a,d

 

 

4,514

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

4,507

 

 

Gross profit

 

 

 

 

504

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

511

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

a,c,d

 

 

382

 

 

 

(21

)

 

 

361

 

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

 

 

259

 

 

 

 

 

 

259

 

 

Operating loss

 

 

 

 

(137

)

 

 

28

 

 

 

(109

)

 

Net finance costs

 

 

 

 

87

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

80

 

 

Finance costs

 

c

 

 

146

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

161

 

 

Finance revenue

 

 

 

 

(36

)

 

 

 

 

 

(36

)

 

Interest capitalised

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

Net foreign exchange gains

 

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

 

Net fair value gain on financial instruments

 

c

 

 

(17

)

 

 

(22

)

 

 

(39

)

 

Loss before taxation

 

 

 

 

(224

)

 

 

35

 

 

 

(189

)

 

Taxation benefit

 

c,d

 

 

(11

)

 

 

6

 

 

 

(5

)

 

Loss for the year

 

 

 

 

(213

)

 

 

29

 

 

 

(184

)

 

 

F-40




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

2.      ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Reconciliation of previous SA GAAP to IFRS loss

 

 

note

 

September
2005

 

 

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Loss under SA GAAP

 

 

 

 

 

 

(213

)

 

Share-based payment expense—IFRS 2

 

 

a

 

 

 

(10

)

 

Reduction in expense due to recognition of actuarial gains and losses—IAS 19

 

 

d

 

 

 

23

 

 

Deferred taxation impact of IAS 19

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

Gains from cash flow hedges that do not qualify for hedge accounting—IAS 39

 

 

c

 

 

 

22

 

 

Deferred taxation impact of IAS 39

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7

)

 

Loss under IFRS

 

 

 

 

 

 

(184

)

 

 

F-41




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

2.               ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Effect of IFRS adoption on group balance sheet

 

 

 

 

(end of last period presented
under SA GAAP)

 

(date of transition)

 

 

 

 

 

September

 

 

 

 

 

October

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2005

 

Effect of

 

September

 

2004

 

Effect of

 

October

 

 

 

 

 

Previous

 

transition

 

2005

 

Previous

 

transition

 

2004

 

 

 

note

 

SA GAAP

 

to IFRS

 

IFRS

 

SA GAAP

 

to IFRS

 

IFRS

 

 

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current assets

 

 

 

 

4,332

 

 

 

(88

)

 

 

4,244

 

 

 

4,564

 

 

 

(18

)

 

 

4,546

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

 

3,333

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,333

 

 

 

3,670

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,670

 

 

Plantations

 

 

 

 

604

 

 

 

 

 

 

604

 

 

 

548

 

 

 

 

 

 

548

 

 

Deferred tax assets

 

d

 

 

72

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

70

 

 

 

84

 

 

 

56

 

 

 

140

 

 

Goodwill and intangible assets

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

Other non-current assets

 

d

 

 

241

 

 

 

(86

)

 

 

155

 

 

 

166

 

 

 

(74

)

 

 

92

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

 

73

 

 

 

 

 

 

73

 

 

 

87

 

 

 

 

 

 

87

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

1,376

 

 

 

269

 

 

 

1,645

 

 

 

1,580

 

 

 

410

 

 

 

1,990

 

 

Inventories

 

 

 

 

711

 

 

 

 

 

 

711

 

 

 

765

 

 

 

 

 

 

765

 

 

Trade and other receivables

 

c

 

 

293

 

 

 

269

 

 

 

562

 

 

 

323

 

 

 

410

 

 

 

733

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

Prepaid income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

367

 

 

 

 

 

 

367

 

 

 

484

 

 

 

 

 

 

484

 

 

Total assets

 

 

 

 

5,708

 

 

 

181

 

 

 

5,889

 

 

 

6,144

 

 

 

392

 

 

 

6,536

 

 

Equity and liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

a,b,c,d

 

 

1,881

 

 

 

(292

)

 

 

1,589

 

 

 

2,157

 

 

 

(207

)

 

 

1,950

 

 

Ordinary share capital and share premium

 

 

 

 

867

 

 

 

 

 

 

867

 

 

 

871

 

 

 

 

 

 

871

 

 

Non-distributable reserves

 

b

 

 

75

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

95

 

 

 

123

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

133

 

 

Foreign currency translation reserve

 

d

 

 

188

 

 

 

(240

)

 

 

(52

)

 

 

244

 

 

 

(244

)

 

 

 

 

Hedging reserves

 

c

 

 

14

 

 

 

(14

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

Retained earnings

 

a,b,c,d

 

 

737

 

 

 

(58

)

 

 

679

 

 

 

920

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

946

 

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

2,342

 

 

 

205

 

 

 

2,547

 

 

 

2,463

 

 

 

190

 

 

 

2,653

 

 

Interest-bearing borrowings

 

 

 

 

1,600

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,600

 

 

 

1,693

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,693

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

d

 

 

411

 

 

 

(44

)

 

 

367

 

 

 

453

 

 

 

(37

)

 

 

416

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

d

 

 

328

 

 

 

249

 

 

 

577

 

 

 

297

 

 

 

227

 

 

 

524

 

 

Non-current provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

1,485

 

 

 

268

 

 

 

1,753

 

 

 

1,524

 

 

 

409

 

 

 

1,933

 

 

Interest-bearing borrowings

 

c

 

 

270

 

 

 

346

 

 

 

616

 

 

 

364

 

 

 

490

 

 

 

854

 

 

Overdraft

 

 

 

 

159

 

 

 

 

 

 

159

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

 

Trade and other payables

 

c

 

 

911

 

 

 

(78

)

 

 

833

 

 

 

975

 

 

 

(81

)

 

 

894

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

 

Taxation payable

 

 

 

 

120

 

 

 

 

 

 

120

 

 

 

137

 

 

 

 

 

 

137

 

 

Provisions

 

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

 

 

 

26

 

 

Total equity and liabilities

 

 

 

 

5,708

 

 

 

181

 

 

 

5,889

 

 

 

6,144

 

 

 

392

 

 

 

6,536

 

 

 

F-42




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

2.      ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Reconciliation of previous SA GAAP to IFRS for shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

October

 

 

 

 

 

 

2004

 

 

 

 

September

 

(Date of

 

 

note

 

2005

 

transition)

 

 

 

 

US$ million

Total equity presented under SA GAAP

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,881

 

 

 

2,157

 

Impact on retained earnings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recognition of previously unrecognised actuarial losses—IAS 19

 

 

d

 

 

 

(339

)

 

 

(300

)

Deferred taxation impact of IAS 19 change

 

 

 

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

93

 

Share-based Payment—IFRS 2

 

 

a

 

 

 

(20

)

 

 

(9

)

Release of cash flow hedge reserve—IAS 39

 

 

c

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

(2

)

Foreign Currency Translation Reserve cleared at October 2004

 

 

b

 

 

 

244

 

 

 

244

 

Share-based Payment Reserve—IFRS 2

 

 

a

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

10

 

Hedging Reserves—IAS 39

 

 

c

 

 

 

(14

)

 

 

1

 

Foreign Currency Translation Reserve

 

 

b

 

 

 

(240

)

 

 

(244

)

Total equity and reserves presented under IFRS

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,589

 

 

 

1,950

 

 

IFRS cash flow statement impact

The reduction in employee benefit expense attributed to a reduction in operating loss and a corresponding decrease in non-cash items. Share-based payment costs led to an increase in operating loss and an increase in non-cash items. The recognition of securitised debtors caused the related costs to be reflected under finance costs instead of included in operating profit. All aforementioned items are included in cash retained from operating activities and has therefore no impact on this line in total. The IFRS adjustment of US$30 million below is due to the movement in trade receivables and corresponding loans for securitised receivables now reflected on balance sheet .

 

 

 

 

September

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2005

 

Effect of

 

September

 

 

 

 

 

Previous

 

transition

 

2005

 

 

 

note

 

SA GAAP

 

to IFRS

 

IFRS

 

 

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Cash retained from operating activities

 

 

c

 

 

 

271

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

301

 

 

Cash utilised in investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

(379

)

 

 

 

 

 

(379

)

 

Cash effects of financing activities

 

 

c

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

(30

)

 

 

(37

)

 

Net movement in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

 

(115

)

 

 

 

 

 

(115

)

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

 

 

 

 

 

484

 

 

 

 

 

 

484

 

 

Translation effects

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

 

 

 

 

 

367

 

 

 

 

 

 

367

 

 

 

F-43




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

3.      SEGMENT INFORMATION

For management purposes, the group has two reporting segments which operate as separate business units: Sappi Fine Paper and Sappi Forest Products. These divisions are the basis on which the group reports its primary segment information. Sappi Fine Paper produces coated and uncoated fine paper and speciality paper grades. Sappi Forest Products produces commodity paper products, pulp and forest and timber products. The secondary segments have been determined by the geographical location of the production facilities: North America, Europe and southern Africa.

The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies (refer note 2.2).

The group accounts for intragroup sales and transfers as if the sales or transfers were to third parties, that is, at current market prices. All such sales and transfers are eliminated on consolidation.

 

 

Sappi Fine Paper

 

Sappi Forest Products

 

Corporate & eliminations

 

Group

 

 

 

   2006   

 

   2005*   

 

    2006    

 

    2005*    

 

       2006       

 

      2005*      

 

2006

 

2005*

 

 

 

US$ million

 

External sales(1)

 

 

3,958

 

 

 

4,020

 

 

 

983

 

 

 

998

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,941

 

5,018

 

Inter-segment sales

 

 

504

 

 

 

498

 

 

 

517

 

 

 

514

 

 

 

(1,021

)

 

 

(1,012

)

 

 

 

Total sales

 

 

4,462

 

 

 

4,518

 

 

 

1,500

 

 

 

1,512

 

 

 

(1,021

)

 

 

(1,012

)

 

 

 

Segment result(2)

 

 

(49

)

 

 

(186

)

 

 

175

 

 

 

83

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(6

)

 

125

 

(109

)

Share of (loss) profit of equity investments

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

(1

)

2

 

Depreciation

 

 

321

 

 

 

350

 

 

 

68

 

 

 

71

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

390

 

422

 

Amortisation and fellings

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

74

 

 

 

66

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

76

 

68

 

Asset impairments

 

 

6

 

 

 

186

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

236

 

Asset impairment
reversals

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(40

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(40

)

(4

)

Other non-cash expenses (including fair value adjustment gains and growth on plantations)

 

 

62

 

 

 

76

 

 

 

(131

)

 

 

(107

)

 

 

(58

)

 

 

(2

)

 

(127

)

(33

)

Capital expenditures

 

 

203

 

 

 

241

 

 

 

99

 

 

 

101

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

3

 

 

303

 

345

 

Total assets(6)

 

 

3,810

 

 

 

3,825

 

 

 

1,419

 

 

 

1,609

 

 

 

288

 

 

 

455

 

 

5,517

 

5,889

 

Operating assets(3)(6)

 

 

3,726

 

 

 

3,748

 

 

 

1,407

 

 

 

1,597

 

 

 

86

 

 

 

107

 

 

5,219

 

5,452

 

Operating liabilities(4)

 

 

639

 

 

 

613

 

 

 

178

 

 

 

215

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

30

 

 

862

 

858

 

Net operating assets(5)(6)

 

 

3,049

 

 

 

3,094

 

 

 

1,188

 

 

 

1,325

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

55

 

 

4,256

 

4,474

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

2,478

 

 

 

2,578

 

 

 

669

 

 

 

754

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

1

 

 

3,149

 

3,333

 

 

F-44




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

3.      SEGMENT INFORMATION (Continued)

 

 

Sappi Fine Paper

 

Sappi Forest Products

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

North America

 

Europe

 

Southern Africa

 

Southern Africa

 

Corporate & other

 

Group

 

 

 

2006

 

2005*

 

2006

 

2005*

 

2006

 

2005*

 

   2006    

 

    2005*  

 

  2006  

 

   2005*  

 

2006

 

2005*

 

Sales(1)

 

1,439

 

 

1,458

 

 

2,194

 

 

2,239

 

 

 

325

 

 

 

323

 

 

 

983

 

 

 

998

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,941

 

 

5,018

 

 

Segment result(2)

 

(16

)

 

(259

)

 

(27

)

 

84

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(11

)

 

 

175

 

 

 

83

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(6

)

 

125

 

 

(109

)

 

Capital expenditures

 

48

 

 

90

 

 

136

 

 

124

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

99

 

 

 

101

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

3

 

 

303

 

 

345

 

 

Operating assets(3)

 

1,334

 

 

1,437

 

 

2,196

 

 

2,092

 

 

 

196

 

 

 

219

 

 

 

1,407

 

 

 

1,597

 

 

 

86

 

 

 

107

 

 

5,219

 

 

5,452

 

 

Net operating assets(5)

 

1,108

 

 

1,199

 

 

1,796

 

 

1,735

 

 

 

145

 

 

 

160

 

 

 

1,188

 

 

 

1,325

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

55

 

 

4,256

 

 

4,474

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

926

 

 

1,001

 

 

1,428

 

 

1,429

 

 

 

124

 

 

 

148

 

 

 

669

 

 

 

754

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

1

 

 

3,149

 

 

3,333

 

 

 

Sales by geographical location of customers

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

US$ million

 

North America

 

1,502

 

1,485

 

Europe

 

1,972

 

2,031

 

Southern Africa

 

750

 

770

 

Asia and other

 

717

 

732

 

 

 

4,941

 

5,018

 


*                    Restated for IFRS

(1)                Sales where the product is manufactured.

(2)                Segment result is operating (loss) profit.

(3)                Operating assets consist of property, plant and equipment, non-current assets (excluding deferred taxation) and current assets (excluding cash).

(4)                Operating liabilities consist of trade payables, other payables, provisions and derivative financial instruments.

(5)                Net operating assets consist of operating assets less operating liabilities, adjusted for taxation payable and dividends payable.

(6)                Corporate region includes investment in joint venture in China.

F-45




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

4.1   Operating profit (loss)

Operating profit (loss) has been arrived at after charging (crediting):

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

Selling,

 

 

 

Selling,

 

 

 

 

 

general and

 

 

 

general and

 

 

 

 

 

administrative

 

 

 

administrative

 

 

 

Cost of sales

 

expenses

 

Cost of sales

 

expenses

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Raw materials, energy and other direct input costs

 

 

2,547

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,405

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value adjustment on plantations

 

 

(30

)

 

 

 

 

 

(52

)

 

 

 

 

Employee costs

 

 

769

 

 

 

109

 

 

 

856

 

 

 

123

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

362

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

395

 

 

 

27

 

 

Delivery charges

 

 

441

 

 

 

 

 

 

451

 

 

 

 

 

Maintenance

 

 

226

 

 

 

 

 

 

254

 

 

 

 

 

Other overheads

 

 

105

 

 

 

 

 

 

198

 

 

 

 

 

Marketing and selling expenses

 

 

 

 

 

86

 

 

 

 

 

 

84

 

 

Administrative and general expenses

 

 

 

 

 

143

 

 

 

 

 

 

129

 

 

 

 

 

4,420

 

 

 

366

 

 

 

4,507

 

 

 

363

 

 

 

 

 

   2006     

 

    2005     

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Fair value adjustment on plantations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Changes in volumes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fellings

 

 

74

 

 

 

66

 

 

Growth

 

 

(70

)

 

 

(58

)

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

8

 

 

Change in fair value

 

 

(34

)

 

 

(60

)

 

 

 

 

(30

)

 

 

(52

)

 

Silviculture costs (included within cost of sales)

 

 

43

 

 

 

45

 

 

Leasing charges for premises

 

 

15

 

 

 

20

 

 

Leasing charges for plant and equipment

 

 

44

 

 

 

48

 

 

Remuneration paid other than to bona fide employees of the company in respect of:

 

 

44

 

 

 

32

 

 

·  technical services

 

 

10

 

 

 

12

 

 

·  administration services

 

 

34

 

 

 

20

 

 

Auditors’ remuneration:

 

 

9

 

 

 

10

 

 

·  audit and related services

 

 

7

 

 

 

5

 

 

·  tax planning and tax advice

 

 

2

 

 

 

5

 

 

Government grants towards environmental expenditure

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(4

)

 

Research and development costs

 

 

24

 

 

 

27

 

 

Amortisation

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

F-46




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

4.2   Employee cost

 

 

   2006     

 

    2005     

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Wages and salaries

 

 

813

 

 

 

860

 

 

Defined contribution plan expense (refer note 28)

 

 

10

 

 

 

16

 

 

Pension costs (refer note 28)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

41

 

 

Post-employment benefit other than pension expense (refer note 29)

 

 

12

 

 

 

16

 

 

Share-based payment expense

 

 

6

 

 

 

10

 

 

Other

 

 

38

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

 

 

878

 

 

 

979

 

 

 

4.3   Other operating expenses

 

 

   2006     

 

    2005     

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Loss on sale and write-off of property, plant and equipment

 

 

13

 

 

 

10

 

 

Restructuring costs (refer note 23)

 

 

44

 

 

 

22

 

 

Impairments of property, plant and equipment (refer note 10)

 

 

9

 

 

 

233

 

 

Reversal of impairments of property, plant and equipment (refer note 10)

 

 

(40

)

 

 

(4

)

 

Other

 

 

3

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

259

 

 

Attributable taxation

 

 

(16

)

 

 

(14

)

 

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

245

 

 

 

5.                 NET FINANCE COSTS

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Gross interest and other finance costs

 

 

162

 

 

 

161

 

 

- Interest on bank overdrafts

 

 

11

 

 

 

20

 

 

- Interest on redeemable bonds and other loans

 

 

143

 

 

 

132

 

 

- Interest on obligations under finance lease

 

 

8

 

 

 

9

 

 

Finance revenue received

 

 

(26

)

 

 

(36

)

 

- Interest revenue on bank deposits

 

 

(8

)

 

 

(18

)

 

- Interest revenue on loans and investments

 

 

(18

)

 

 

(18

)

 

Interest capitalised

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(1

)

 

Net foreign exchange gains

 

 

(7

)

 

 

(5

)

 

Net fair value loss (gain) on financial instruments

 

 

3

 

 

 

(39

)

 

- Impact of de-designation and re-designation of hedges

 

 

 

 

 

(13

)

 

- Amortisation of cost of de-designated hedges

 

 

2

 

 

 

1

 

 

- Other fair value losses (gains) on derivatives and hedge ineffectiveness

 

 

1

 

 

 

(27

)

 

 

 

 

130

 

 

 

80

 

 

 

F-47




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

6.                 TAXATION BENEFIT

 

 

     2006     

 

     2005     

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Current taxation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Current year

 

 

8

 

 

 

21

 

 

- Prior year (over) under provision

 

 

(3

)

 

 

19

 

 

- Other company taxes

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

Deferred taxation: (refer note 12)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Current year*

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(36

)

 

- Prior year

 

 

1

 

 

 

(1

)

 

- Attributable to a reduction in the taxation rate

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(13

)

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(5

)

 

* Includes Secondary Tax on Companies (STC)(1)

 

 

9

 

 

 

8

 

 

Due to the utilisation of previously unrecognised taxation assets, the taxation expense for the year has been reduced by

 

 

24

 

 

 

21

 

 

In addition to income taxation expense charges to profit and loss, deferred taxation charge of US$13 million (2005: US$51 million charge) has been recognised directly in equity (refer note 12).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciliation of the taxation rate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss before taxation

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(189

)

 

Profit-making entities

 

 

268

 

 

 

207

 

 

Loss-making entities

 

 

(273

)

 

 

(396

)

 

Taxation at the average statutory taxation rate

 

 

(13

)

 

 

(109

)

 

Profit making entities at 28% (2005: 20%)

 

 

75

 

 

 

41

 

 

Loss making entities at 32% (2005: 38%)

 

 

(88

)

 

 

(150

)

 

Non-taxable income

 

 

(24

)

 

 

(16

)

 

Effect of reduction in taxation rates

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(13

)

 

Deferred taxation asset not recognised

 

 

54

 

 

 

128

 

 

Utilisation of previously unrecognised taxation assets

 

 

(24

)

 

 

(21

)

 

Secondary Tax on Companies (STC)

 

 

9

 

 

 

8

 

 

Prior year adjustments

 

 

(2

)

 

 

18

 

 

Taxation benefit

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(5

)

 

Effective taxation rate for the year

 

 

15

%

 

 

3

%

 


(1)                The imposition of Secondary Tax on Companies (STC) effectively means that a dual corporate taxation system exists in South Africa comprising a normal income taxation and STC. Liability for STC is determined independently from normal income taxation and is paid by South African companies at the flat rate of 12.5% in respect of the amount of dividends declared less all dividends which accrued to them (but subject to certain exclusions)during its relevant ‘dividend cycle’. ‘Dividend cycle’ means the period commencing on the day following the date of accrual to a company’s shareholders of the last dividend declared by that company and ending on the date on which the dividend in question accrues to the shareholder concerned. An excess of dividends accruing to a company over dividends paid may be carried forward to subsequent dividend cycles as an STC credit.

F-48




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

7.                 EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings per share (EPS)

EPS is based on the Group’s (loss) profit for the year divided by the weighted average number of shares in issue during the year under review.

 

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

Loss

 

Shares

 

Per share

 

Loss

 

Shares

 

Per share

 

 

 

US$ million

 

millions

 

US cents

 

US$ million

 

millions

 

US cents

 

Basic EPS

 

 

(4

)

 

 

226.2

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(184

)

 

 

225.8

 

 

 

(81

)

 

Share options and performance shares under Sappi Limited Share Trust

 

 

 

 

 

1.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted EPS

 

 

(4

)

 

 

227.9

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(184

)

 

 

225.8

 

 

 

(81

)

 

 

The diluted EPS calculations are based on Sappi Limited daily average share price of ZAR 82.90 (2005: ZAR 75.65) and exclude the effect of certain share options granted under the Sappi share incentive scheme as they would be anti-dilutive.

A number of share options were not included in the weighted average number of shares as they would have been anti-dilutive for the periods presented. September 2006 US$4.2 million (September 2005: US$2.5 million).

8.                 DIVIDENDS

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Dividend number 82 paid on 9 January 2006: 30 US cents per share (2005: 30 US cents per share), net of dividend attributable to treasury shares

 

 

(68

)

 

 

(68

)

 

 

On 09 November 2006, the directors declared a dividend (number 83) of 30 US cents per share (US$68 million) to be paid to shareholders on 08 January 2007. This dividend was declared after year-end and was not included as a liability in these financial statements.

In compliance with the requirements of STRATE, the JSE Limited’s electronic settlement system which is applicable to Sappi, the salient dates in respect of the dividend will be as follows:

Last day to trade to qualify for dividend

 

Thursday, 28 December 2006

Date on which shares commence trading ex-dividend

 

Friday, 29 December 2006

Record date

 

Friday, 05 January 2007

Payment date

 

Monday, 08 January 2007

 

Dividends payable from the Johannesburg transfer office will be paid in South African Rands except that dividends payable to nominee shareholders in respect of shares which they hold on behalf of non-

F-49




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

8.      DIVIDENDS (Continued)

residents of the Republic of South Africa will without exception be paid in United States Dollars. There will not be any election.

Dividends payable from the London transfer office will be paid in British Pounds Sterling or in the case of shareholders with registered addresses in the USA, in United States Dollars.

Dividends payable other than in United States Dollars will be calculated at the respective rates of exchange ruling at 21h15 Central European Time as per Reuters on Monday 18 December 2006, and announced on Tuesday, 19 December 2006.

There will not be any dematerialisation nor rematerialisation of Sappi Limited share certificates from 29 December 2006 to 05 January 2007, both days inclusive.

9.                 ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

In May 2006, Sappi stopped paper production at the Nash Mill. The mill had been suffering from escalating costs of production, especially energy, which had made it uncompetitive. The plant and equipment has been sold locally with some being transferred elsewhere in the Group. Most of the products previously manufactured at the mill are now produced elsewhere in the Group. The land and buildings are currently available for sale and are expected to be sold by the end of the next financial year. These assets are held in Sappi Fine Paper Europe.

The major classes of assets of Nash Mill classified as held for sale as at September 2006 are as follows:

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land and buildings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(4

)

 

 

 

 

Assets held for sale

 

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-50




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

10.          PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Land and buildings

 

 

 

 

 

At cost

 

1,282

 

1,296

 

Depreciation

 

700

 

665

 

 

 

582

 

631

 

Plant and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

At cost

 

6,065

 

6,000

 

Depreciation

 

3,706

 

3,570

 

 

 

2,359

 

2,430

 

Capitalised leased assets*

 

 

 

 

 

At cost

 

725

 

803

 

Depreciation

 

537

 

531

 

 

 

188

 

272

 

Aggregate cost

 

8,072

 

8,099

 

Aggregate depreciation

 

4,943

 

4,766

 

Aggregate book value

 

3,129

 

3,333

 


*                    Capitalised leased assets consist primarily of plant and equipment

The movement of property, plant and equipment is reconciled as follows :

 

 

Land and

 

Plant and

 

Capitalised

 

 

 

 

 

Buildings

 

Equipment

 

leased assets

 

Total

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Net book value at September 2004

 

 

678

 

 

 

2,685

 

 

 

307

 

 

3,670

 

Additions

 

 

33

 

 

 

308

 

 

 

4

 

 

345

 

Disposals

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(13

)

 

 

 

 

(15

)

Depreciation

 

 

(37

)

 

 

(346

)

 

 

(39

)

 

(422

)

Impairment

 

 

(37

)

 

 

(196

)

 

 

 

 

(233

)

Reversal of impairment

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

Translation difference

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(12

)

 

 

 

 

(16

)

Net book value at September 2005

 

 

631

 

 

 

2,430

 

 

 

272

 

 

3,333

 

Additions**

 

 

23

 

 

 

351

 

 

 

(71

)

 

303

 

Disposals

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(23

)

 

 

 

 

(28

)

Reclassified as held for sale

 

 

(20

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(20

)

Depreciation

 

 

(34

)

 

 

(356

)

 

 

 

 

(390

)

Impairment

 

 

 

 

 

(9

)

 

 

 

 

(9

)

Reversal of impairment

 

 

6

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

 

 

40

 

Translation difference

 

 

(19

)

 

 

(68

)

 

 

(13

)

 

(100

)

Net book value at September 2006

 

 

582

 

 

 

2,359

 

 

 

188

 

 

3,129

 


**             The capitalised leased assets amount of US$71 million were transferred to plant and equipment during the year.

F-51




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

10.   PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (Continued)

Details of land and buildings are available at the registered offices of the respective companies (refer note 31 for details of encumbrances).

September 2006

Usutu mill

Economic conditions pertaining to Usutu mill have changed significantly during the reporting period. The demand for bleached pulp has increased,  based on the increased price differential between bleached and unbleached pulp, resulting in a decrease in unbleached capacity. Further, higher pulp prices have been prevalent over the period. This resulted in an impairment loss reversal of US$40 million. The recoverable amount of the relevant assets have been determined on the basis of their value in use. The pre-tax discount rate used in measuring value in use was  5.8%.

September 2005

Usutu mill

The Usutu mill is an unbleached pulp mill and forms part of the Sappi Forest Products reporting segment. Due to continued losses an impairment review was conducted which led to the recognition of an impairment charge of US$50 million. The recoverable amount of the relevant assets has been determined on the basis of their value in use. Its value in use was established using a pre-tax discount rate of 7.6%.

Muskegon mill

The Muskegon mill produced pulp, printing and writing paper and formed part of Sappi Fine Paper North America. Due to continued losses a decision was made to mothball the Pulp mill and close Paper Machine number 4 which led to the recognition of an impairment charge of US$183 million. The recoverable amount of the relevant assets has been determined on the basis of fair value less costs to sell.

11.          PLANTATIONS

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Fair value of plantations at beginning of year

 

604

 

 

548

 

 

Gains arising from growth*

 

70

 

 

61

 

 

Fire, hazardous weather and other damages

 

 

 

(3

)

 

Gains arising from fair value changes

 

34

 

 

60

 

 

Harvesting—agriculture produce (fellings)

 

(74

)

 

(66

)

 

Translation difference

 

(114

)

 

4

 

 

Fair value of plantations at end of year

 

520

 

 

604

 

 


*                    Includes transfers to inventory

F-52




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

11.          PLANTATIONS (Continued)

Sappi manages the establishment, maintenance and harvesting of its plantations on a compartmentalised basis. These comprise pulpwood and sawlogs and are managed in such a way so as to ensure that the optimum fibre balance is supplied to its paper and pulping operations in southern Africa.

Sappi owns approximately 372,000 (2005: 373,000) hectares of plantation and directly and indirectly manages a further 174,000 (2005: 168,000) hectares. 398,000 (2005: 395,000) hectares of this land is forested with approximately 38,247,563 (2005: 38,885,000) standing tons of timber.

12.          DEFERRED TAXATION

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

Assets

 

Liabilities

 

Assets

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities, accruals and prepayments

 

 

(55

)

 

 

12

 

 

 

(34

)

 

 

23

 

 

Inventory

 

 

8

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

(3

)

 

Current deferred taxation (liability) asset

 

 

(47

)

 

 

8

 

 

 

(33

)

 

 

20

 

 

Non-current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USA alternative minimum taxation credit carry forward

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

Unutilised Secondary Tax on Companies (STC) credits(1)

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

 

 

Taxation loss carry forward

 

 

576

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

506

 

 

 

18

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

(168

)

 

 

(237

)

 

 

(173

)

 

 

(258

)

 

Plantations

 

 

(11

)

 

 

(133

)

 

 

(14

)

 

 

(162

)

 

Other non-current assets

 

 

35

 

 

 

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

 

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

(21

)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(13

)

 

 

32

 

 

Non-current deferred taxation asset (liability)

 

 

440

 

 

 

(344

)

 

 

380

 

 

 

(370

)

 

Sub total

 

 

393

 

 

 

(336

)

 

 

347

 

 

 

(350

)

 

Deferred taxation assets not recognised

 

 

(319

)

 

 

 

 

 

(277

)

 

 

(17

)

 

Total deferred taxation asset (liability)

 

 

74

 

 

 

(336

)

 

 

70

 

 

 

(367

)

 


(1)                 Refer note 6 ‘Taxation benefit’ for the definition of the term.

Negative asset and liability positions

These balances reflect the impact of taxation assets and liabilities arising in different taxation jurisdictions, which cannot be netted against taxation assets and liabilities arising in other taxation jurisdictions.

Deferred taxation assets recognised on the balance sheet

The recognised deferred taxation assets relate mostly to unused taxation losses. It is expected that there will be sufficient taxable profits in the future against which these losses can be recovered.

F-53




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

12.   DEFERRED TAXATION (Continued)

Unrecognised deferred taxation assets

The unrecognised deferred taxation assets relate to the following:

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Deductible temporary differences

 

 

65

 

 

 

72

 

 

Taxation losses

 

 

254

 

 

 

222

 

 

 

 

 

319

 

 

 

294

 

 

 

The unrecognised deferred taxation assets are split as follows by country of origin:

 

 

   2006   

 

   2005   

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Belgium

 

 

6

 

 

 

16

 

 

United Kingdom

 

 

69

 

 

 

67

 

 

United States of America

 

 

198

 

 

 

171

 

 

Swaziland

 

 

22

 

 

 

36

 

 

Austria

 

 

24

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

319

 

 

 

294

 

 

 

The unrecognised taxation losses for the United States of America expire in 2021 to 2026. The remaining unrecognised taxation losses do not have an expiry date as at September 2006.

The following table shows the movement in the unrecognised deferred taxation assets for the year

 

 

   2006   

 

   2005   

 

 

 

US$million

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

 

(294

)

 

 

(101

)

 

Unrecognised deferred taxation assets originating during the current year

 

 

(25

)

 

 

(177

)

 

Rate adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

Transfer from current taxation

 

 

 

 

 

(19

)

 

Movement in foreign exchange rates

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

Balance at end of year

 

 

(319

)

 

 

(294

)

 

 

F-54




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

12.   DEFERRED TAXATION (Continued)

Reconciliation of deferred taxation

 

 

   2006   

 

   2005   

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Deferred taxation balances at beginning of year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred taxation assets

 

 

70

 

 

 

140

 

 

Deferred taxation liabilities

 

 

(367

)

 

 

(416

)

 

 

 

 

(297

)

 

 

(276

)

 

Deferred taxation release for the year (refer to note 6)

 

 

5

 

 

 

37

 

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities, accruals and prepayments

 

 

(24

)

 

 

18

 

 

Inventory

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USA alternative minimum taxation credit carry forward

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(3

)

 

Utilisation of Secondary Tax on Companies (STC) credits

 

 

(9

)

 

 

(8

)

 

Taxation loss carry forward

 

 

79

 

 

 

97

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

7

 

 

 

68

 

 

Plantations

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(13

)

 

Other non-current assets

 

 

5

 

 

 

(4

)

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

(29

)

 

 

(11

)

 

Deferred taxation assets not recognised

 

 

(30

)

 

 

(107

)

 

Amounts recorded directly against equity*

 

 

(13

)

 

 

(51

)

 

Transfer from current taxation

 

 

 

 

 

(19

)

 

Rate adjustment

 

 

1

 

 

 

13

 

 

Translation differences

 

 

42

 

 

 

(1

)

 

Deferred taxation balances at end of year

 

 

(262

)

 

 

(297

)

 

Deferred taxation assets

 

 

74

 

 

 

70

 

 

Deferred taxation liabilities

 

 

(336

)

 

 

(367

)

 

 


*       Includes utilisation of previously unrecognised deferred taxation assets of US$5 million (2005: deferred taxation assets not recognised of US$70 million)

F-55




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

13.          GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

Licence
fees

 

Patents

 

Total

 

Goodwill

 

Licence
fees

 

Patents

 

Total

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Cost net of accumulated amortisation and impairment at beginning
of year

 

 

4

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

11

 

 

Amortisation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(2

)

 

Translation difference

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

9

 

 

Cost (gross carrying amount)

 

 

4

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

27

 

 

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(20

)

 

 

(20

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18

)

 

 

(18

)

 

Net carrying amount

 

 

4

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

14.          EQUITY INVESTMENTS

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Cost of equity investments

 

 

104

 

 

 

102

 

 

Share of post-acquisition (loss) profit, net of dividends received

 

 

(1

)

 

 

2

 

 

Foreign currency translation effect

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

103

 

 

 

105

 

 

Summarised financial information in respect of the Group’s equity investments is set out below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

564

 

 

 

549

 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

315

 

 

 

299

 

 

Net assets

 

 

249

 

 

 

250

 

 

Group’s share of equity investments net assets

 

 

103

 

 

 

105

 

 

Sales

 

 

331

 

 

 

154

 

 

(Loss) profit for the period

 

 

(4

)

 

 

3

 

 

Group’s share of equity investments’ (loss) profit for the period

 

 

(1

)

 

 

2

 

 

 

Joint ventures and associates*

Jiangxi Chenming

During the 2005 year Sappi acquired 34% of Jiangxi Chenming Paper Company Limited (“Jiangxi Chenming”) in a joint venture arrangement. Jiangxi Chenming is established in the People’s Republic of


*       Where the year ends of joint ventures and associates are different to Sappi’s, the management accounts are used for the periods to Sappi’s year end.

F-56




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

14.   EQUITY INVESTMENTS (Continued)

China and is principally engaged in the manufacturing and sales of paper and paper products. The financial statements of Jiangxi Chenming are to the 31 December of each year which was the reporting date when the company was established. The last audited financials were to the 31 December 2005.

Umkomaas Lignin (Pty) Ltd

Joint venture agreement between Sappi and Borregaard for the construction and operation of a lignin plant at Umkomaas and the development, production and sale of products based on lignosulphates in order to build a sustainable lignin business. The financial statements of Umkomaas Lignin (Pty) Ltd are to the 31 December of each year which is the year end of Borregaard. The last audited financials were to the 31 December 2005.

Sapin S.A.

A joint venture agreement for the buying and selling of wood and wood chips to Sappi and other paper manufacturers. The financial statements of Sapin S.A. are to the 31 December of each year which is the year end of Sapin S.A. The last audited financials were to the 31 December 2005.

VOF Warmtekracht

A Joint venture agreement between Sappi and Essent for a co-generation electricity and steam producing plant. The financial statements of VOF Warmtekracht are to the 31 December of each year which is the year end of VOF Warmtekracht. The last audited financials were to the 31 December 2004.

Timber IV

In 1998, our interests in timberlands located in Maine and certain equipment and machinery were sold to a third party timber company, Plum Creek Timberlands LLP, in exchange for cash of US$3 million and three promissory notes receivable in the aggregate amount of $171 million. In 1999, Sappi contributed these promissory notes to a special purpose entity (“SPE”). The promissory notes were pledged as collateral for the SPE to issue bonds to investors in the amount of US$156 million. In 2001, Sappi contributed its interest in the SPE to a limited liability company in exchange for 90% of the outstanding limited liability membership interest. All voting control of the limited liability company is controlled by an unrelated investor that has significant capital at risk and therefore has not been consolidated by Sappi in its financial statements.

The SPE may not be liquidated prior to repayment of the bonds it issued, which mature in three tranches on February 11, 2007, February 11, 2009, and February 11, 2011. Sappi may not redeem its investment in the SPE (via its ownership interest in the limited liability company) prior to complete repayment of the bonds issued by the SPE and our investment has a subordinate interest to the payment of the outstanding bonds. We have not guaranteed the obligations of the SPE and the holders of the notes payable issued by the SPE have no recourse to us.

The SPE is bankruptcy remote and serves to protect the investors in the notes from any credit risk relating to Sappi Limited by isolating cash flows from the Plum Creek notes receivable. The structure was set up to raise funding using the promissory notes as collateral in a manner that would not result in either

F-57




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

14.   EQUITY INVESTMENTS (Continued)

debt or the Plum Creek Timberlands LLP notes being reflected on balance sheet. This would not be the case if we monetised the promissory notes through an issuance of secured notes directly or by an entity that was required to be consolidated in our financial statements under the applicable accounting principles.

The financial statements of Timber IV are to the 31 December of each year which is the year end of our associate. The last audited financials were to the 31 December 2005.

15.          OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Loans to the Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust participants

 

 

8

 

 

 

12

 

 

Financial assets

 

 

31

 

 

 

34

 

 

Post-employment benefits—pension asset (refer note 28)

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

Other loans

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

61

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

Details of investments are available at the registered offices of the respective companies

16.          INVENTORIES

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Raw materials

 

 

138

 

 

 

150

 

 

Work in progress

 

 

53

 

 

 

58

 

 

Finished goods

 

 

346

 

 

 

346

 

 

Consumable stores and spares

 

 

162

 

 

 

157

 

 

 

 

 

699

 

 

 

711

 

 

 

Included in the above are raw materials of US$12 million (September 2005: US$11 million), work in progress of US$9 million (September 2005: US$17 million), finished goods of US$47 million (September 2005: US$94 million) and consumable stores of US$98 million (September 2005: US$85 million) which have been written down to net realisable value. An amount of US$1 million (September 2005: US$2 million) in respect of the finished goods inventory write-down for the prior year was reversed in the current year.

The cost of inventories recognised as an expense and included in cost of sales amounted to US$3 788 million (September 2005: US$3 840 million).

F-58




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

17.          TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Trade accounts receivable, gross

 

 

497

 

 

 

479

 

 

Provision for impairment

 

 

(17

)

 

 

(17

)

 

Trade accounts receivable, net

 

 

480

 

 

 

462

 

 

Prepayments and other receivables

 

 

93

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

573

 

 

 

562

 

 

 

Prepayments and other receivables primarily represent prepaid insurance and other sundry receivables.

An allowance has been made for estimated irrecoverable amounts from the sale of goods of US$17 million (2005: US$17 million). This allowance has been determined by reference to past default experience.

The directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates their fair value.

Trade Receivables Securitisation

To improve our cash flows in a cost-effective manner, we sell between 86% and 99% of our eligible trade receivables on a non-recourse basis to special purpose entities (“SPEs”) that are owned and controlled by third party financial institutions. These SPEs are funded in the commercial paper market and are not limited to transactions with us but securitise assets on behalf of their sponsors for a diverse range of unrelated parties. We have a servicing agreement with the entities acquiring our receivables, acting as agent for the collection of cash and administration of the trade receivables sold.

Sappi sells the majority of its ZAR receivables to a SPE that is managed by Rand Merchant Bank, that issues commercial paper to finance the purchase of the receivables. Sappi retains a small proportion of the credit risk attached to each underlying receivable. Sappi is responsible for the collection of all amounts that are due from the customer. The purchase price of these receivables is adjusted dependant on the timing of the payment received for the client. The rate of discounting that is charged on the receivables is JIBAR (Johannesburg Inter Bank Asking Rate) plus 93 basis points spread. This structure is currently treated as an off balance sheet arrangement.

We have no obligation to repurchase any receivables which may default and do not guarantee the recoverability of any amounts over and above the first tier loss provisions. The total amount of trade receivables sold at the end of September 2006 amounted to US$107 million (September 2005: US$129 million). Details of the securitisation programme at the end of fiscal 2006 and 2005 are disclosed in the tables below.

If this securitisation facility was to be terminated, we would discontinue further sales of trade receivables and would not incur any losses in respect of receivables previously sold in excess of our first tier loss amounts. There are a number of events which may trigger termination of the facility, amongst others, an unacceptable amount of defaults; terms and conditions of the agreements not being met; or breaches of

F-59




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

17.   TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES (Continued)

various credit insurance ratios (not applicable to all programs). The impact on liquidity varies according to the terms of the agreement; generally however, future trade receivables would be recorded on balance sheet until a replacement agreement was entered into.

Details of the securitisation facility at September are set out below:

Bank

 

 

 

Currency

 

Value

 

Facility

 

Discount charges

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rand Merchant Bank

 

ZAR

 

ZAR828 million

 

Unlimited*

 

Linked to 3 month JIBAR

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rand Merchant Bank

 

ZAR

 

ZAR822 million

 

Unlimited *

 

Linked to 3 month JIBAR


*                    The facility in respect of the securitisation facility is unlimited, but subject to the sale of qualifying receivables to the SPE.

Details of the on-balance sheet securitisation facilities are described in note 21.

(Refer note 31 for further details on credit risk.)

18.          Ordinary share capital and share premium

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Authorised share capital:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

325,000,000 (September 2005: 325,000,000) shares of ZAR1 each

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued share capital:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

239,071,892 (September 2005: 239,071,892) shares of ZAR1 each

 

 

29

 

 

 

35

 

 

Share premium

 

 

686

 

 

 

832

 

 

 

 

 

715

 

 

 

867

 

 

 

Included in the issued ordinary shares above are 12,077,861 (September 2005: 13,201,014) shares held as treasury shares by group entities, including the Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust (the “Trust”). These may be utilised to meet the requirements of the Trust.

 

 

 

Number of shares

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

The movement in the number of treasury shares is set out in the table below:

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury shares at beginning of year (including Trust shares)

 

13,201,014

 

12,580,506

 

Share buy-backs

 

 

1,250,000

 

Treasury shares issued to participants of the Trust

 

(1,123,153

)

(629,492

)

Treasury shares at end of year

 

12,077,861

 

13,201,014

 

 

Under the authority granted at the annual general meeting of the company’s shareholders held on 6 March 2006, the company’s directors were authorised to issue the balance of unissued shares to such person or persons on such terms and conditions as they may determine. The authority expires at the next annual general meeting, unless renewed thereat.

F-60




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

18.   Ordinary share capital and share premium (Continued)

Sappi has a general authority to purchase its shares up to a maximum of 10% of the issued ordinary share capital in any one financial year. This is in terms of the annual general meeting of shareholders on 06 March 2006. The general authority is subject to the Listings Requirements of the JSE Limited and the Companies Act No 61 of 1973 of South Africa, as amended.

Included in the 85,928,108 unissued shares and in the 239,071,892 issued shares are a total of 19,000,000 shares which may be used to meet the requirements of the Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust (“the Trust”) and/or The Sappi Limited Performance Share Incentive Plan (“the Plan”).  In terms of the rules of the Trust and the Plan the maximum number of shares which may be acquired in aggregate by the Trust and/or the Plan and allocated to participants of the Trust and/or the Plan from time to time is 19,000,000 shares.  Sappi is obliged to reserve and keep available at all times out of its authorised but unissued share capital such number of shares (together with any Treasury shares held by Sappi subsidiaries which may be used for the purposes of the Trust and/or the Plan) as shall then be required in terms of the Trust and/or the Plan. Authority to use treasury shares for the purposes of the Trust and/or the Plan was granted by shareholders at the annual general meeting held on 06 March 2006.

Since March 1994, 7,347,868 (September 2005: 6,957,150) shares have been allocated to the Trust participants and paid for and 7,969,312 (September 2005: 9,762,152) shares have been allocated to the Trust participants and not yet paid for. In terms of the Plan, 2,174,400 shares have been allocated and remain unpaid for to the Plan participants.

Shares allocated and accepted more than ten years ago are added back to the number of shares that the Trust and/or the Plan may acquire.

The net after tax loss on sale of treasury shares to participants written off against share premium for September 2006 was US$2 million (September 2005: US$2 million).

F-61




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

19.          Reconciliation of changes in equity

 

 

Number
of ordinary
shares

 

 

 

Ordinary
share
capital

 

Share
premium

 

 

 

Ordinary
share
capital
and share
premium

 

Non-distributable
reserves

 

Hedging
reserve

 

Foreign
Currency
Translation
reserve

 

Retained
earnings

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Balance—September 2004—as reported

 

 

226.9

 

 

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

836

 

 

 

 

 

871

 

 

 

123

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

244

 

 

 

920

 

 

 

 

 

2,157

 

 

IFRS adoption

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(244

)

 

 

26

 

 

 

 

 

(207

)

 

Balance—September 2004

 

 

226.9

 

 

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

836

 

 

 

 

 

871

 

 

 

133

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

946

 

 

 

 

 

1,950

 

 

Transfer to/from distributable reserves**

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(44

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share-based
payment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

Share buybacks less transfers to Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust

 

 

(1.0

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(14

)

 

 

 

 

(14

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(14

)

 

Total recognised income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

(297

)

 

 

 

 

(289

)

 

DividendsUS$0.29 per share*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(68

)

 

 

 

 

(68

)

 

Balance—September 2005

 

 

225.9

 

 

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

832

 

 

 

 

 

867

 

 

 

95

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

625

 

 

 

 

 

1,589

 

 

Transfer to/from distributable reserves

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share-based payments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

Share buybacks less transfers to Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

Total recognised income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(151

)

 

 

 

 

(157

)

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

(35

)

 

 

43

 

 

 

 

 

(146

)

 

DividendsUS$0.30 per share*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(68

)

 

 

 

 

(68

)

 

Balance—September 2006

 

 

225.9

 

 

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

686

 

 

 

 

 

715

 

 

 

109

 

 

 

 

 

 

(33

)

 

 

595

 

 

 

 

 

1,386

 

 

Note reference:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


*                    Dividends relate to the previous financial year’s earnings but were declared subsequent to year-end.

**             The transfer between reserves was previously reflected as US$98 million. This has reduced to US$44 million as a result of the FCTR having been reduced to zero at October 2004 upon adoption of IFRS.

F-62




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

20.          Non-distributable reserves

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Reduction in capital arising from the transfer of share premium under a special resolution dated 14 April 1975

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

Capitalisation of distributable reserves

 

 

13

 

 

 

12

 

 

Legal reserves in subsidiaries

 

 

71

 

 

 

62

 

 

Share-based payment reserve

 

 

24

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

109

 

 

 

95

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

Capital
reduction

 

Capitalisation
reserve

 

Legal
reserves

 

Share
based
payment
reserve

 

Total

 

Capital
reduction

 

Capitalisation
reserve

 

Legal
reserves

 

Share
based
payment
reserve

 

Total

 

Opening balance

 

 

1

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

62

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

95

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

41

 

 

 

81

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

133

 

 

Transfer from retained income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Release to retained income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(28

)

 

 

(16

)

 

 

 

 

 

(44

)

 

Share-based payment expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

10

 

 

Translation difference

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

71

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

109

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

62

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

95

 

 

 

The amounts recorded as “Capitalisation of distributable reserves” and “Legal reserves in subsidiaries” represent equity of the company that is not available for distribution as a result of appropriations of equity by subsidiaries and legal requirements, respectively.

21.          Interest-bearing borrowings

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Secured borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

- Mortgage and pledge over trade receivables and certain assets (refer note 25 for details of encumbered assets)

 

459

 

483

 

- Capitalised lease liabilities (refer note 31 for details of encumbered assets)

 

42

 

75

 

Total secured borrowings

 

501

 

558

 

Unsecured borrowings

 

1,827

 

1,658

 

Total borrowings (refer note 31)

 

2,328

 

2,216

 

Less: Current portion included in current liabilities

 

694

 

616

 

 

 

1,634

 

1,600

 

 

F-63




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

21.   Interest-bearing borrowings (Continued)

The repayment profile of the interest-bearing borrowings is as follows:

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

 

US$ million

 

 

Payable in the year ended September:

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

 

616

 

2007*

 

694

 

141

 

2008

 

66

 

65

 

2009

 

10

 

11

 

2010

 

62

 

67

 

2011 (September 2005: Thereafter)

 

553

 

1,316

 

Thereafter

 

943

 

 

 

 

2,328

 

2,216

 


*                    Included in the US$694 million reflected as payable in 2007 is US$347 million debt relating to securitisation funding which has the character of a revolving facility.

Capitalised lease liabilities

Finance leases are primarily for plant and equipment. Lease terms generally range from 5 to 10 years with options to make early settlements or renew at varying terms. At the time of entering into capital lease agreements, the commitments are recorded at their present value using applicable interest rates. As of September 2006, the aggregate amounts of minimum lease payments and the related imputed interest under capitalised lease contracts payable in each of the next five financial years and thereafter are as follows:

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

Minimum Lease
Payments

 

Interest

 

Present value of
minimum lease
payments

 

Present value of
minimum lease
payments

 

Payable in the year ended September:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29

 

 

2007

 

 

11

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

7

 

 

 

9

 

 

2008

 

 

11

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

7

 

 

 

10

 

 

2009

 

 

10

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

7

 

 

 

1

 

 

2010

 

 

4

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

 

2011 (September 2005: Thereafter)

 

 

4

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

2

 

 

 

24

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

21

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

Total future minimum lease payments

 

 

61

 

 

 

(19

)

 

 

42

 

 

 

75

 

 

 

F-64




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

21.   Interest-bearing borrowings (Continued)

Set out below are details of the more significant non-current interest-bearing borrowings in the group at September 2006.

 

 

Currency

 

Interest
rate
(10)

 

Principal
amount
outstanding

 

Balance sheet
value

 

Security /
Cession

 

Expiry

 

Financial
covenants

 

Redeemable bonds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Public bond

 

 

US$

 

 

Variable(7)

 

 

US$500
million

 

 

 

US$460
million
(2, 3, 6)

 

 

Unsecured

 

June 2012

 

No financial
covenants

 

Public bond

 

 

US$

 

 

Variable(7)

 

 

US$250
million

 

 

 

US$226
million
(2, 3, 6)

 

 

Unsecured

 

June 2032

 

No financial
covenants

 

Town of Skowhegan

 

 


US$

 

 


Variable
(7)

 

 


US$35
million

 

 

 


US$32
million
(6)

 

 


Land and
Buildings

 


October 2015

 

 


No financial
covenants

 

Town of Skowhegan

 

 


US$

 

 


Variable
(7)

 

 


US$28
million

 

 

 


US$26
million
(6)

 

 


Land and
Buildings

 


November 2013

 


No financial
covenants

 

Michigan Strategic Fund and City of Westbrook

 

 



US$

 

 



Variable
(7)

 

 



US$44
million

 

 

 



US$41
million
(6)

 

 



Land and
Buildings

 



January 2022

 



No financial
covenants

 

Public bond

 

 

ZAR

 

 

Variable

 

 

ZAR 1
billion

 

 

 

ZAR 1
billion

 

 

Unsecured

 

June 2013

 

No financial
covenants

 

Secured loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State Street Bank(11)

 

 


EUR

 

 


Variable

 

 


EUR157
million

 

 

 


EUR157
million

 

 


Trade
receivables
ceded

 


October 2006

 


No financial
covenants

 

State Street Bank(11)

 

 


US$

 

 


Variable

 

 


US$75
million

 

 

 


US$75
million

 

 


Trade
receivables
ceded

 


October 2006

 


No financial
covenants

 

State Street Bank(11)

 

 


US$

 

 


Variable

 

 


US$72
million

 

 

 


US$72
million

 

 


Trade
receivables
ceded

 


October 2006

 


No financial
covenants

 

Capitalised leases

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Standard Bank

 

 

ZAR

 

 

Fixed

 

 

ZAR131
million

 

 

 

ZAR131
million
(1)

 

 

Plant &
Equipment

 

September 2008

 

No financial
covenants

 

Rand Merchant Bank

 

 


ZAR

 

 


Fixed

 

 


ZAR178
million

 

 

 


ZAR178
million
(1)

 

 


Buildings

 


September 2015

 


No financial
covenants

 

 

F-65




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

21.   Interest-bearing borrowings (Continued)

 

 

Currency

 

Interest
rate
(10)

 

Principal
amount
outstanding

 

Balance sheet
value

 

Security /
Cession

 

Expiry

 

Financial
covenants

 

Unsecured bank term loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Österreichische Kontrollbank

 


EUR

 


Fixed

 

 


EUR70
million

 

 

 


EUR70
million
(1, 8)

 

 

 

 


December 2006

 


Net finance
cost cover
ratio and
debt to total
capitalisation
ratio
(5)

 

Österreichische Kontrollbank

 


EUR

 


Variable

 

 


EUR58
million

 

 

 


EUR58
million
(1, 8)

 

 

 

 


December 2006

 


Net finance
cost cover
ratio and
debt to total
capitalisation
ratio
(5)

 

Österreichische Kontrollbank

 


EUR

 


Fixed

 

 


EUR400
million

 

 

 


EUR397
million
(6, 8)

 

 

 

 


December 2010

 


Net finance
cost cover
ratio and
debt to total
capitalisation
ratio
(5)

 

ABN AMRO

 

EUR

 

Fixed

 

 

EUR28
million

 

 

 

EUR28
million
(6, 8)

 

 

 

 

October 2006

 

No financial
covenants

 

Österreichische Kontrollbank

 


USD

 


Fixed

 

 


US$16
million

 

 

 


US$16
million
(6, 8)

 

 

 

 


March 2007

 


No financial
covenants

 

Österreichische Kontrollbank

 


USD

 


Fixed

 

 


US$38
million

 

 

 


US$38
million
(6, 8)

 

 

 

 


June 2010

 


No financial
covenants

 

Österreichische Kontrollbank

 


USD

 


Variable

 

 


US$132
million

 

 

 


US$132
million
(6, 8)

 

 

 

 


December 2006

 


No financial
covenants

 

Commercial
Paper

 


ZAR

 


Variable

 

 


ZAR196
million

 

 

 


ZAR196
million
(9)

 

 

 

 


November 2006

 


No financial
covenants

 

Nedbank

 

ZAR

 

Fixed

 

 

ZAR348
million

 

 

 

ZAR348
million
(1)

 

 

 

 

January 2011

 

No financial
covenants

 

Decillion

 

ZAR

 

Fixed

 

 

ZAR143
million

 

 

 

ZAR143
million
(1)

 

 

 

 

March 2010

 

No financial
covenants

 

Calyon

 

ZAR

 

Variable

 

 

ZAR143
million

 

 

 

ZAR143
million
(1)

 

 

 

 

October 2009

 

Net finance
cost cover and
debt to total
capitalisation
ratio
(4)

 


(1)                The value outstanding equals the total facility available.

F-66




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

21.   Interest-bearing borrowings (Continued)

(2)                In terms of the agreement, limitations exist on liens, sale and leaseback transactions and mergers and consolidation. Sappi Limited must maintain a majority holding in Sappi Papier Holding GmbH Group.

(3)                Sappi Papier Holding GmbH, Sappi Limited or Sappi International SA may at any time redeem the June 2012 and 2032 public bonds (the “Securities”) in whole or in part at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Securities to be redeemed and (ii) a make-whole amount based upon the present values of remaining payments at a rate based upon yields of specified US treasury securities plus 25 basis points, with respect to the 2012 Securities, and 30 basis points, with respect to the 2032 Securities, together with, in each case, accrued interest on the principal amount of the securities to be redeemed to the date of redemption.

(4)                The financial covenant relates to the financial position of Sappi Manufacturing, a wholly owned subsidiary of Sappi Limited.

(5)                Financial covenants relate to the Sappi Limited Group.

(6)                The principal value of the loans / bonds corresponds to the amount of the facility, however, the outstanding amount has been adjusted by the discounts paid upfront and the fair value adjustments relating to hedge accounting.

(7)                Fixed rates have been swapped into variable rates. These swaps are subject to hedge accounting in order to reduce as far as possible the fair value exposure. Changes in fair value of the underlying debt which are attributable to changes in credit spread have been excluded from the hedging relationship.

(8)                A limitation exists on the disposal of assets. Dividend payments are limited to 40% of cumulative profits. Sappi Limited must maintain a majority in Sappi Papier Holding GmbH Group.

(9)                The facility of this unsecured loan is ZAR1 billion.

(10)           The nature of the variable rates for the group bonds is explained in note 31 to the financial statements. The nature of the interest rates is determined with reference to the underlying economic hedging instrument.

(11)           Trade receivables have been securitised for the amounts outstanding.

Sappi Limited’s borrowings are raised through four group entities, namely, Sappi Papier Holding GmbH, Sappi International SA, Sappi Trading Pulp AG and Sappi Manufacturing (Pty) Limited.

Other restrictions

As is the norm for bank loan debts, a portion of Sappi Limited’s financial indebtedness is subject to cross default provisions. Breaches in bank covenants in certain subsidiaries, if not corrected in time, might result in a default in group debt, and, in this case, a portion of Sappi Limited consolidated liabilities might eventually become payable on demand.

At September 2006 and 2005, none of the bank covenants restrictions had been breached.

Sappi Ltd and Sappi Manufacturing must abide by certain financial covenants. The proportionate share of restricted net assets in the consolidated subsidiaries as at September 2006 is US$1,138 million (2005: US$895million).

Financial instruments and other loans

The group has financial instruments and other loans with various banks, expiry dates and security, in various currencies at fixed and variable interest rates for amounts totalling US$35 million.

F-67




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

21.   Interest-bearing borrowings (Continued)

Borrowing facilities secured by trade receivables

Sappi Fine Paper North America

Sappi sells the majority of its US$ receivables to Galleon Capital LLC on a non-recourse basis. Credit enhancement is calculated by adding up the maximum exposure of 3 % of the top four obligors, ie. 12 % (plus dilution reserve plus interest cost reserve). In addition, excess concentrations are covered with a letter of credit in favour of Galleon Capital LLC. Sappi is responsible for the collection of all amounts that are due from the customer. The rate of discounting that is charged on the receivables is LIBOR (London Inter Bank Offer Rate) plus 34 basis points.

Sappi Fine Paper Europe

Sappi sells the majority of its EUR denominated receivables to a SPE that is managed by State Street Bank. State Street then on sells these receivables to Galleon Capital LLC on a non-recourse basis. A letter of credit has been issued by Sappi to Galleon Capital LLC which guarantees in the event of default by a customer. The discounting fee payable to State Street is 14%. Sappi is responsible for the collection of all amounts that are due from the customer. The rate of discounting that is charged on the receivables is EURIBOR (European Inter Bank Offer Rate) plus 36 basis points.

Sappi Trading

Sappi sells the majority of its US$ denominated receivables to a SPE that is managed by State Street Bank. State Street then on sells these receivables to Galleon Capital LLC on a non-recourse basis. A letter of credit has been issued by Sappi to Galleon Capital LLC which guarantees in the event of default by a customer. The discounting fee payable to State Street is 14%. Sappi is responsible for the collection of all amounts that are due from the customer. The rate of discounting that is charged on the receivables is LIBOR (London Inter Bank Offer Rate) plus 42 basis points.

Committed facilities

 

 

Currency

 

Interest rate

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Commercial Paper*

 

 

ZAR

 

 

Variable (JIBAR)

 

 

26

 

 

 

31

 

 

Syndicated loan**

 

 

EUR

 

 

Variable (EURIBOR)

 

 

628

 

 

 

722

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

654

 

 

 

753

 

 


*                    Commercial paper program sponsered by Investec for a committed liquidity facility of ZAR200 million for each further issue. The remainder of the unutilised portion of the total ZAR1 billion facility has been included under uncommitted facilities disclosed below.

**             Syndicated loan with a consortium of banks with BNP Paribas as agent with a total revolving facility available of EUR600 million, which are subject to net finance cost cover and debt to total capitalisation ratio financial covenants which relate to the Sappi Limited Group.

F-68




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

21.   Interest-bearing borrowings (Continued)

Uncommitted facilities

Geographic region

 

 

 

Currency

 

Interest rate

 

2006

 

2005

 

Southern Africa

 

 

ZAR

 

 

Variable (JIBAR)

 

 

108

 

 

 

319

 

 

Europe

 

 

EUR

 

 

Variable (EURIBOR)

 

 

187

 

 

 

72

 

 

Europe

 

 

USD

 

 

Variable (LIBOR)

 

 

120

 

 

 

85

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

415

 

 

 

476

 

 

 

Fair value

The fair value of all interest bearing borrowing has been disclosed in note 31 on financial instruments.

22.   OTHER NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Post-employment benefits—pension liability (refer note 28)

 

 

246

 

 

 

343

 

 

Post-employment benefits other than pension liability (refer note 29)

 

 

166

 

 

 

174

 

 

Long-term employee benefits

 

 

9

 

 

 

8

 

 

Workmen’s compensation

 

 

6

 

 

 

1

 

 

Long service awards

 

 

17

 

 

 

15

 

 

Land restoration obligation

 

 

15

 

 

 

16

 

 

Deferred income

 

 

2

 

 

 

11

 

 

Other

 

 

11

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

472

 

 

 

577

 

 

 

F-69




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

23.          PROVISIONS

Summary of provisions:

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Restructuring provisions

 

 

41

 

 

 

15

 

 

Purchase accounting provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

 

5

 

 

 

18

 

 

Increase in provisions

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

Released during the year

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(7

)

 

Transfer to accruals

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(4

)

 

Translation effect

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

Balance at end of year

 

 

4

 

 

 

5

 

 

Balance at September 2006*

 

 

45

 

 

 

20

 

 


*                    These are all current liabilities

The following is an analysis of other provisions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Environmental costs

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

General liability

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

Claims relating to minority buy-out

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

Disputes

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

Sundry

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

Severance,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

retrenchment &

 

Lease cancellation &

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

related costs

 

penalty costs

 

restructuring

 

restructuring

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Restructuring provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at September 2004

 

 

4

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

10

 

 

Increase in provisions

 

 

14

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

 

Utilised

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

(7

)

 

Released during the year

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

Translation effect

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(3

)

 

Balance at September 2005*

 

 

13

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

15

 

 

Increase in provisions

 

 

43

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

45

 

 

Utilised

 

 

(13

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(16

)

 

Released during the year

 

 

(4

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

Translation effect

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

Balance at September 2006*

 

 

40

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

41

 

 


*                     These are all current liabilities

F-70




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

23.   PROVISIONS (Continued)

September 2006 Restructuring Plans

Sappi Fine Paper North America

Muskegon Mill:   During the financial year ended September 2005, Sappi Fine Paper North America announced the shutdown of one its coated paper machines and closure and mothball of the pulp mill. The restructuring plan was expected to affect 362 Muskegon mill employees and the remaining severance and other exist costs at September 2005 amounted to approximately US$12 million. During fiscal year 2006, the total number of people expected to be impacted by this plan was reduced to 345 of which 322 had been impacted by the end of the year. An amount of US$8 million was utilized to provide for severance and other exit and mothball activities and US$3 million was reversed for provisions no longer required for these obligations. As a result, the balance remaining in respect of these severance and related costs amounted to approximately US$1 million.

Regional head office:   During the financial year ended September 2005, in conjunction with the announced closure of a paper machine and the pulp mill at Muskegon Mill Sappi Fine Paper North America announced the restructuring of certain regional head office activities. This plan was expected to impact 41 employees and the remaining severance and other related costs at September 2005 amounted to US$1 million. During fiscal year 2006, the total number of people expected to be impacted by this plan was reduced to 32 of which 31 had been impacted by the end of the year (1 individual expected to retire under the plan). The remaining balance for severance and other costs was fully utilized.

In conjunction with the announced closure of coated assets at the Westbrook Mill during the fiscal year ended September 2004, Sappi Fine Paper North America announced the restructuring of certain regional head office activities. The total number of people impacted by this plan at September 2006 was reduced from 85 to 72. At September 2006, all 72 employees have been separated from Sappi Fine Paper North America and the remaining amounts for severance and related costs utilized.

Sappi Fine Paper Europe

Sappi Fine Paper Europe:   During the financial year ended September 2006, Sappi Fine Paper Europe announced a major restructuring of its European operations. The restructuring plan was expected to affect approximately 650 Sappi Fine Paper Europe  employees and the remaining severance and other exit costs at September 2006 amounted to approximately US$40 million. The major part of the restructuring is expected to be completed within a period of a year.

September 2005 Restructuring Plans

Sappi Fine Paper North America

Muskegon Mill:   In July 2005, Sappi Fine Paper North America announced the shutdown of one its coated paper machines and closure and mothball of the pulp mill. This restructuring plan was expected to affect 362 Muskegon mill employees of which 160 people have been affected by this plan by year end. A provision of US$15 million was made for severance and other related exit and mothball activities of which US$3 million was utilised during the year. As a result, the balance remaining in respect of the severance and related exit and closure provisions amounted to US$12 million at September 2005.

F-71




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

23.   PROVISIONS (Continued)

Westbrook Mill:   During the financial year ended September 2003, Sappi Fine Paper North America announced the shutdown of one of its coated paper machines at Westbrook Mill. Whilst the plan impacted 145 people during fiscal year 2004, the remaining severance and other exit costs at September 2004 amounted to approximately US$1 million. During fiscal year 2005, the remaining balance for severance and other costs was fully utilised.

Regional head office:   In conjunction with the announced closure of a paper machine and the pulp mill at Muskegon Mill in July 2005, Sappi Fine Paper North America announced the restructuring of certain regional head office activities. This plan was expected to impact 41 employees of which 10 had been impacted by the end of the year. A provision of US$1 million was made for severance related costs and remains outstanding at September 2005.

In conjunction with the announced closure of coated assets at the Westbrook Mill during the fiscal year ended September 2004, Sappi Fine Paper North America announced the restructuring of certain regional head office activities. The total number of people expected to be impacted by this plan was reduced from 85 to 73, of which 71 had been impacted by the end of September 2005. Sappi Fine Paper North America utilised and reversed approximately US$1 million provisions no longer required as a result of a change in the number of employees for severance and related costs. As at September 2005, the balance remaining on this provision amounted to US$1 million.

Sappi Fine Paper Europe

Netherlands:   The plan introduced during the previous year for the reduction in fixed costs in the Netherlands continued in the current year. This plan was introduced to merge certain departments that could benefit from shared services. The total number of people expected to be affected by this plan has been reduced to 26. By September 2005 24 people had already been affected. A provision of US$2 million was initially made of which US$1 million has been utilised for severance payments. At September 2005, the balance remaining on this provision amounted to US$1 million. The estimated completion date for the plan is December 2008.

Belgium:   Belgium had two restructuring plans in place from previous years: the retirement of employees according to a collective labour agreement and a plan to reduce fixed costs. The balance remaining on the provision of these plans US$3 million has been reclassified to long-term employee benefit provisions. This reclassification relates to amounts on supplementary employee benefits until normal retirement age.

F-72




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

 24.1 Cash generated from operations

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Loss after taxation per income statement

 

(4

)

(184

)

Adjustment for:

 

 

 

 

 

- Depreciation

 

390

 

422

 

- Fellings

 

74

 

66

 

- Amortisation

 

2

 

2

 

- Taxation benefit

 

(1

)

(5

)

- Net finance costs

 

130

 

80

 

- Other asset impairments and machine and mill closure costs

 

(14

)

232

 

- Fair value adjustment gains and growth on plantations

 

(104

)

(118

)

- Other non-cash items

 

(9

)

74

 

 

 

464

 

569

 

 

24.2 Increase in working capital

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

US$ million

 

(Increase) decrease in inventories

 

 

(3

)

 

 

3

 

 

(Increase) decrease in receivables

 

 

(3

)

 

 

62

 

 

Decrease in payables

 

 

(11

)

 

 

(95

)

 

 

 

 

(17

)

 

 

(30

)

 

 

24.3 Finance cost paid

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Gross interest and other finance costs

 

(162

)

(161

)

Net foreign exchange gains

 

7

 

5

 

Net (loss) gain on marking to market of financial instruments

 

(3

)

39

 

Non-cash movements included in items above

 

(6

)

(45

)

 

 

(164

)

(162

)

 

24.4 Taxation paid

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Amounts unpaid at beginning of year

 

(120

)

(136

)

Translation effects

 

9

 

(1

)

Amounts charged to the income statement

 

(5

)

(45

)

Reversal of non-cash movements

 

2

 

19

 

Amounts unpaid at end of year

 

101

 

120

 

Cash amounts paid

 

(13

)

(43

)

 

F-73




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

24.5 Replacement of non-current assets

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

(160

)

(183

)

Plantations

 

 

 

 

 

(160

)

(183

)

 

24.6 Proceeds on disposal of non-current assets

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Book value of property, plant and equipment disposed of

 

 

2

 

 

 

15

 

 

Profit (loss) on disposal

 

 

2

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

24.7 Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Cash and deposits on call

 

 

218

 

 

 

361

 

 

Money market instruments

 

 

6

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

224

 

 

 

367

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents include restricted cash of US$ nil (September 2005: US$83 million)

25.          ENCUMBERED ASSETS

Suspensive sale agreements are instalment sale agreements which the group has entered into in  respect of certain property, plant and equipment and the assets purchased are encumbered as security for the outstanding liability until such time as the liability is discharged.

In addition, the group uses a substantial portion of the plant and machinery at its Cloquet Mill in  terms of  a capitalised lease. The group has the right to acquire full ownership of these assets at  the end of the lease term at the fair market value. Early termination of the lease may occur under three different scenarios; namely, under Scenario A payment would be made by Sappi as a result of the following events: voluntary early termination, termination due to default and total loss of plant and equipment without substitution; under Scenario B payment would be made by Sappi as a result of changes in statute rendering the agreement illegal  or unenforceable; and under Scenario C the lease naturally expires or early termination is triggered by the lessor.  As at September 2006 the termination value of this lease is approximately US$11 million (September 2005: US$11 million).

F-74




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

25.   ENCUMBERED ASSETS (Continued)

The book values of assets which are mortgaged, hypothecated or subject to a pledge as security for borrowings, subject to third party ownership in terms of capitalised leases or suspensive sale agreements are as follows:

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Land and buildings

 

 

166

 

 

 

164

 

 

Plant and equipment

 

 

377

 

 

 

387

 

 

 

 

 

543

 

 

 

551

 

 

 

(Refer to note 10 for details on property, plant and equipment)

26.          COMMITMENTS

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Capital commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contracted but not provided

 

 

294

 

 

 

115

 

 

Approved but not contracted

 

 

255

 

 

 

198

 

 

 

 

 

549

 

 

 

313

 

 

 

The capital expenditure will be financed by funds generated by the business, existing cash resources and borrowing facilities available to the Group.

Lease commitments

Future minimum obligations under operating leases:

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Payable in the year ended September:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

50

 

 

2007

 

 

54

 

 

 

40

 

 

2008

 

 

43

 

 

 

33

 

 

2009

 

 

34

 

 

 

25

 

 

2010

 

 

24

 

 

 

22

 

 

2011 (September 2005: Thereafter)

 

 

21

 

 

 

55

 

 

2012 (September 2006: Thereafter)

 

 

59

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

235

 

 

 

225

 

 

 

Future minimum obligations under operating leases include the following two significant arrangements:

Sale and Lease Back of the Somerset Paper Machine:   In 1997 we sold one of our paper machines at our Somerset Mill for US$150 million and entered into a leaseback arrangement. This transaction

F-75




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

26.   COMMITMENTS (Continued)

diversified our sources of funding and provides a longer-term horizon to our repayment profile. This qualifies as an operating lease under the applicable accounting principles. The lease term expires after 15 years, and we have an option to either return the paper machine;  renew the lease for at least 2 years, but for no longer  than 80% of its remaining useful life; or repurchase it at its fair market value at the end of the lease term.  An option exists to repurchase the paper machine at an earlier date of 29 January  2008 for the original purchase price  multiplied by a factor of 50.10%. To exercise the option, we must provide notice of between 180 and 360 days prior to the early buy-out date. There is no right of refusal associated with the early buy-out option.   The future minimum obligations under this lease are included in the amounts presented above.

Westbrook Cogeneration Agreement:   In 1982 a cogeneration facility was installed adjacent to our Westbrook Mill at a cost of US$86 million, to supply steam and electricity to the mill on a take-or-pay basis. We have taken the position that this is an operating lease. An unrelated investor owns the facility. The agreement expires in 2008 and we have an option to purchase the facility at the end of the basic term or any renewal term, at its fair market value at that time. We also have a right of first refusal to buy the facility should the owner elect to sell it. The future minimum obligations under this arrangement are included in the amounts presented above.

27.          Contingent liabilities

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Guarantees and suretyships

 

 

52

 

 

 

52

 

 

Other contingent liabilities

 

 

11

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

Included under guarantees are bills of exchange where Sappi has guaranteed third party funding of payments to Sappi for certain German accounts receivable.

Other contingent liabilities mainly relate to taxation queries to which certain group companies are subject. The reduction in other contingent liabilities reflects management’s revised estimate of reasonably possible losses which could arise from taxation queries to which certain group companies are subject. These could give rise to additional taxation costs. Management does not currently expect further material costs to arise.

The group is involved in various lawsuits and administrative proceedings. The relief sought in such lawsuits and proceedings includes injunctions, damages and penalties. Although the final results in these suits and proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, it is the present opinion of management, after consulting with legal counsel, that they are not expected to have a material effect on the group’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

F-76




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

28.          Post-employment benefits—pensions

Defined contribution plans

The group operates a number of defined contribution retirement benefit plans covering all qualifying employees. The assets of the schemes are held separately from those of the group in funds  under the control of trustees.

The total cost charged to the income statement of US$10 million (September 2005: US$16 million) represents contributions payable to these schemes by the group based on the rates specified in the rules of these schemes. As at September 2006 and September 2005 no contributions were due in respect of the current reporting period that had not yet been paid over to the schemes.

Defined benefit plans

The group operates a number of defined benefit pension schemes covering full-time permanent employees.  Such plans have been established in accordance with applicable legal requirements, customs and existing circumstances in each country. Benefits are generally based upon compensation and years of service. With the exception of our German and Austrian operations, the assets of these schemes are held in separate trustee administered funds which are subject to varying statutory requirements in the particular countries concerned. In terms of these requirements, periodic actuarial valuations of these funds are performed by independent actuaries.

Actuarial valuations of the European and North American funds are performed annually. An actuarial review is performed annually for the South African and United Kingdom funds, with an actuarial valuation being performed on a tri-annual basis.

Group companies have no other significant post-employment benefit liabilities except for the health care benefits provided to persons in the United States and in South Africa (refer note 29).

All pension obligations were measured at the end of September. The South African and North American plan assets were also measured at the end of September. The United Kingdom and European plan assets were measured in August and projected to September. There were no material changes or other changes in circumstances up to balance sheet date.

F-77




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

28.          POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS—PENSIONS (Continued)

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

Southern
Africa

 

United
Kingdom

 

Europe

 

North
America

 

Southern
Africa

 

United
Kingdom

 

Europe

 

North
America

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Change in present value of defined benefit obligation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Defined benefit obligations at beginning of year

 

 

301

 

 

 

222

 

 

 

624

 

 

 

442

 

 

 

269

 

 

 

178

 

 

 

559

 

 

 

420

 

 

Current service cost

 

 

9

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

11

 

 

Past service cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

9

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest cost

 

 

23

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

23

 

 

Plan participants’ contribution

 

 

5

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actuarial (gain) loss experience

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(8

)

 

 

3

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

7

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

Actuarial loss (gain) assumptions

 

 

6

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(59

)

 

 

(7

)

 

 

18

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

68

 

 

 

7

 

 

(Gain) loss on curtailment and
settlement

 

 

(13

)

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(18

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

Acquisitions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits paid

 

 

(19

)

 

 

(9

)

 

 

(32

)

 

 

(21

)

 

 

(26

)

 

 

(7

)

 

 

(27

)

 

 

(20

)

 

Translation difference

 

 

(56

)

 

 

14

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(17

)

 

 

 

 

Defined benefit obligation at end of year

 

 

256

 

 

 

234

 

 

 

585

 

 

 

438

 

 

 

301

 

 

 

222

 

 

 

624

 

 

 

442

 

 

Present value of wholly unfunded obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

125

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

130

 

 

 

7

 

 

Present value of wholly and partly funded obligations

 

 

256

 

 

 

234

 

 

 

458

 

 

 

433

 

 

 

301

 

 

 

222

 

 

 

494

 

 

 

436

 

 

Accumulated benefit obligation at the end of year

 

 

182

 

 

 

234

 

 

 

541

 

 

 

434

 

 

 

302

 

 

 

221

 

 

 

565

 

 

 

417

 

 

Change in fair value of plan assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

 

 

306

 

 

 

170

 

 

 

457

 

 

 

289

 

 

 

254

 

 

 

150

 

 

 

422

 

 

 

255

 

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

 

28

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

22

 

 

Actuarial gain (loss) on plan assets experience

 

 

35

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

(18

)

 

 

3

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

12

 

 

Employer contribution

 

 

13

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

22

 

 

Additional employer contribution

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plan participants’ contribution

 

 

5

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits paid

 

 

(19

)

 

 

(9

)

 

 

(32

)

 

 

(21

)

 

 

(26

)

 

 

(7

)

 

 

(27

)

 

 

(20

)

 

(Loss) gain on curtailment and
settlement

 

 

(10

)

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

Translation difference

 

 

(63

)

 

 

11

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(11

)

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

 

 

295

 

 

 

195

 

 

 

466

 

 

 

329

 

 

 

306

 

 

 

170

 

 

 

457

 

 

 

289

 

 

Surplus (Deficit)

 

 

39

 

 

 

(39

)

 

 

(119

)

 

 

(109

)

 

 

5

 

 

 

(52

)

 

 

(167

)

 

 

(153

)

 

Unrecognised past service cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

 

 

Pension asset surplus restriction

 

 

(41

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recognised pension plan liability

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(39

)

 

 

(119

)

 

 

(107

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(52

)

 

 

(171

)

 

 

(153

)

 

Net recognised pension liability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(267

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(377

)

 

 

F-78




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

28.          POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS—PENSIONS (Continued)

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

Southern
Africa

 

United
Kingdom

 

Europe

 

North
America

 

Southern
Africa

 

United
Kingdom

 

Europe

 

North
America

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Pension cost recognised in income statement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current service cost

 

 

9

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

11

 

 

Past service cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

6

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fund administration costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest cost

 

 

23

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

23

 

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

 

(28

)

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(24

)

 

 

(24

)

 

 

(28

)

 

 

(8

)

 

 

(23

)

 

 

(22

)

 

Amortisation of past service cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

1

 

 

(Gain) loss on curtailment and
settlement

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

Pension cost charged to cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

1

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

8

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

The actual return on plan assets was US$115 million (September 2005: US$164 million).

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

Southern
Africa

 

United
Kingdom

 

Europe

 

North
America

 

Southern
Africa

 

United
Kingdom

 

Europe

 

North
America

 

Amounts recognised in the statement of recognised income and expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actuarial gains (losses)

 

 

23

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

(25

)

 

 

(46

)

 

 

6

 

 

 

Pension asset surplus restriction

 

 

(43

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative amount of actuarial gains and losses recognised in the statement of recognised income and expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actuarial gains (losses)

 

 

(31

)

 

 

(65

)

 

 

(85

)

 

 

(108

)

 

 

(11

)

 

 

(80

)

 

 

(135

)

 

 

(115

)

 

 

 

Actuarial assumptions at balance sheet date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate (%)

 

 

8.50

 

 

 

5.00

 

 

 

4.50

 

 

 

5.75

 

 

 

8.10

 

 

 

5.00

 

 

 

3.68

 

 

 

5.50

 

 

Compensation increase (%)

 

 

6.00

 

 

 

4.00

 

 

 

3.04

 

 

 

3.50

 

 

 

5.49

 

 

 

4.00

 

 

 

2.99

 

 

 

3.50

 

 

Expected long-term return on assets (%)

 

 

10.50

 

 

 

5.75

 

 

 

5.50

 

 

 

8.25

 

 

 

9.71

 

 

 

5.75

 

 

 

5.19

 

 

 

8.25

 

 

 

Actuarial assumptions used to determine pension expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate (%)

 

 

8.10

 

 

 

5.00

 

 

 

3.68

 

 

 

5.50

 

 

 

9.00

 

 

 

5.50

 

 

 

4.63

 

 

 

5.65

 

 

Compensation increase (%)

 

 

5.49

 

 

 

4.00

 

 

 

2.99

 

 

 

3.50

 

 

 

6.00

 

 

 

4.00

 

 

 

3.14

 

 

 

3.75

 

 

Expected long-term return on assets (%)

 

 

9.71

 

 

 

5.75

 

 

 

5.19

 

 

 

8.25

 

 

 

10.18

 

 

 

5.50

 

 

 

5.20

 

 

 

8.50

 

 

 

The discount and salary increase rates can have a significant effect on the amounts reported. To illustrate, increasing the discount and salary increase rate by 1% would decrease the projected benefit obligation by US$220 million and US$50 million respectively. Decreasing the discount and salary increase

F-79




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

28.          POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS—PENSIONS (Continued)

rate by 1% would increase the projected benefit obligation by US$256 million and US$46 million respectively.

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Pension plan liability is presented on the balance sheet as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pension liability (refer note 22)

 

 

246

 

 

 

343

 

 

Pension fund asset (refer note 15)

 

 

(18

)

 

 

 

 

Pension liability (included in other payables)

 

 

39

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

 

 

267

 

 

 

377

 

 

 

In determining the expected long term return assumption on plan assets, Sappi considers the relative weighting of plan assets to various asset classes, the historical performance of total plan assets and individual asset classes and economic and other indicators of future performance. Peer data and historical returns are reviewed to check for reasonableness and appropriateness. In addition, Sappi may consult with and consider the opinions of financial and other professionals in developing appropriate return benchmarks.

Plan fiduciaries set investment policies and strategies for the local trusts. Long-term strategic investment objectives include preserving the funded status of the trust and balancing risk and return while keeping in mind the regulatory environment in each region. The plan fiduciaries oversee the investment allocation process, which includes selecting investment managers, setting long-term strategic targets and rebalancing assets periodically. Target vs. actual weighted average allocations (by region) below:

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

Southern
Africa

 

United
Kingdom

 

Europe

 

North
America

 

Southern
Africa

 

United
Kingdom

 

Europe

 

North
America

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

Target asset allocation by region

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

 

40-55

 

 

 

35.0

 

 

 

20.0

 

 

 

48.0

 

 

 

40-55

 

 

 

35.0

 

 

 

20.0

 

 

 

56.3

 

 

Debt Securities

 

 

15-30

 

 

 

60.0

 

 

 

75.0

 

 

 

22.0

 

 

 

15-30

 

 

 

60.0

 

 

 

75.0

 

 

 

26.3

 

 

Real Estate

 

 

 

 

 

5.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

5-20

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.0

 

 

 

30.0

 

 

 

5-20

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.0

 

 

 

17.4

 

 

Actual asset allocation by region

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

 

49.0

 

 

 

35.0

 

 

 

19.0

 

 

 

47.6

 

 

 

52.2

 

 

 

35.0

 

 

 

19.0

 

 

 

59.2

 

 

Debt Securities

 

 

33.0

 

 

 

59.0

 

 

 

77.0

 

 

 

23.5

 

 

 

16.1

 

 

 

59.0

 

 

 

76.0

 

 

 

25.2

 

 

Real Estate

 

 

 

 

 

6.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

18.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.0

 

 

 

28.9

 

 

 

31.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.0

 

 

 

15.6

 

 

 

The expected company contributions for 2007 are US$86 million.

F-80




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

28.          POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS—PENSIONS (Continued)

Expected benefit payments for pension benefits are as follows:

 

 

Southern
Africa

 

United
Kingdom

 

Europe

 

North
America

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Payable in the year ending September:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

 

9

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

22

 

 

2008

 

 

10

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

22

 

 

2009

 

 

10

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

22

 

 

2010

 

 

11

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

22

 

 

2011

 

 

11

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

23

 

 

Years 2012 - 2015

 

 

60

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

179

 

 

 

132

 

 

 

29.          POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS

The group sponsors defined benefit post-employment plans that provide certain health care and life insurance benefits to eligible retired employees of the North American and South African operations. Employees are generally eligible for benefits upon retirement and completion of a specified number of years of service.

Actuarial valuations of all the plans are performed annually.

The North American post-employment obligation was measured at the end of September 2006. The South African post-employment obligation was measured at the end of June 2006; no material movements occurred between this date and September in the assumptions used to determine the liability.

The following schedule provides the plans’ funded status and obligations for the group.

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

South
Africa

 

North
America

 

South
Africa

 

North
America

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Change in present value of defined benefit obligation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Defined benefit obligations at beginning of year

 

 

69

 

 

 

109

 

 

 

61

 

 

 

103

 

 

Current service cost

 

 

1

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

3

 

 

Past service cost

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest cost

 

 

5

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

6

 

 

Actuarial loss (gain) experience

 

 

3

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

3

 

 

 

3

 

 

Actuarial loss assumptions

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

Loss on curtailment and settlements

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

Benefits paid

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(7

)

 

Translation difference

 

 

(13

)

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

Defined benefit obligation at end of year

 

 

61

 

 

 

103

 

 

 

69

 

 

 

109

 

 

Present value of wholly unfunded obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deficit

 

 

(61

)

 

 

(103

)

 

 

(69

)

 

 

(109

)

 

Unrecognised past service cost

 

 

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

Recognised post-employment benefit liability

 

 

(61

)

 

 

(109

)

 

 

(69

)

 

 

(112

)

 

Net recognised post employment benefit liability

 

 

 

 

 

 

(170

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(181

)

 

 

F-81




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

29.   POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS (Continued)

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

South
Africa

 

North
America

 

South
Africa

 

North
America

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Post-employment benefit cost recognised in income statement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current service cost

 

 

1

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

3

 

 

Interest cost

 

 

5

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

6

 

 

Amortisation of past service cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

(Gain) loss on curtailments & settlements

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

Net pension cost charged to cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

6

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

South
Africa

 

North
America

 

South
Africa

 

North
America

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Amounts recognised in the statement of recognised income and expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actuarial gains (losses)

 

 

3

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(3

)

 

Cumulative amount of actuarial gains and losses recognised in the statement of recognised income and expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actuarial gains (losses)

 

 

17

 

 

 

(38

)

 

 

14

 

 

 

(40

)

 

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

South
Africa

 

North
America

 

South
Africa

 

North
America

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

Actuarial assumptions at balance sheet date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

 

8.50

 

 

 

5.75

 

 

 

8.10

 

 

 

5.50

 

 

Health care cost trend rates

 

 

6.50

 

 

 

10.00

 

 

 

5.60

 

 

 

10.00

 

 

which gradually reduce to an ultimate rate of

 

 

5.60

 

 

 

5.00

 

 

 

5.60

 

 

 

5.00

 

 

over a period of (years)

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

Actuarial assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

 

8.10

 

 

 

5.50

 

 

 

9.00

 

 

 

5.65

 

 

Health care cost trend rates

 

 

5.60

 

 

 

10.00

 

 

 

6.50

 

 

 

10.00

 

 

 

F-82




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

29.  POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS (Continued)

The health care cost trend rates assumption has a significant effect on the amounts reported. To illustrate, increasing the assumed health care cost trend rates by one percentage point in each year would increase the accumulated post-employment benefit obligation (APBO) as of September 2006 by US$13 million (September 2005: US$12 million) and the aggregate of the service and interest cost components of net periodic post-employment benefit cost for the year then ended by US$2 million (September 2005: US$1 million).

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Post-employment benefits other than penson liabilities are presented on the balance sheet as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Post-employment benefits other than pension liability (refer note 22)

 

 

166

 

 

 

174

 

 

Post-employment benefits other than pension (included in other payables)

 

 

4

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

170

 

 

 

181

 

 

 

The expected employer contribution for 2006 is US$16 million.

Expected benefit payments for pension benefits are as follows:

 

 

US$ million

 

Payable in the year ending September:

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

 

13

 

 

2008

 

 

13

 

 

2009

 

 

14

 

 

2010

 

 

14

 

 

2011

 

 

14

 

 

2012 to 2016

 

 

71

 

 

 

 

 

139

 

 

 

30.  SHARE-BASED PAYMENT

The Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust and the Sappi Limited Performance Share Incentive Plan

At the annual general meeting of shareholders held on 6 March 2006, shareholders adopted the Sappi Limited Performance Share Incentive Plan (“Plan”) in addition to the Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust (“Trust”) which had been adopted on 2 March 2000, and fixed the aggregate number of shares which may be acquired by all participants under the Plan together with the Trust at 19,000,000 shares, which constitute 7.9% of the issued share capital of Sappi Limited.

The Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust

Under the rules of the Trust, participants may be offered the opportunity to acquire ordinary shares (“Trust shares”). This entails that Trust shares are sold by the Trust to participants on the basis that ownership thereof passes to the participant on conclusion of the contract but the purchase price is not payable immediately. Trust shares are registered in the name of the participants and will be pledged in

F-83




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

30.  SHARE-BASED PAYMENT (Continued)

favour of the Trust as security of payment for payment of debt. Subject to certain limitations, a participant’s outstanding share debt will bear interest at such rate as determined by the board of directors. Dividends on Trust shares are paid to the Trust and will be applied in the payment of such interest. Trust shares may only be released to participants as described below.

Under the rules of the Trust, participants may be offered options to acquire ordinary shares (“Share options”). This entails that employees are offered options to purchase or subscribe for shares. Each share option will confer to the holder the right to purchase or subscribe for one ordinary share. This is based on the terms and conditions of the Trust. Share options may only be released to participants as described below.

Under the rules of the Trust, participants may be granted options to enter into agreements with the company to acquire ordinary shares (“Allocation shares”). These options need to be exercised by the employee within 12 months, failing which the option will automatically lapse. The exercise of the option must be accompanied by a deposit as determined by the board (if any). The participant will be entitled to take delivery of and pay for allocation shares which are subject to the rules as described below.

Certain managerial employees are eligible to participate in the Trust. The amount payable by a participant for Trust Shares, Share Options or Allocation Shares is the closing price at which shares are traded on the JSE Limited on the trading date immediately preceding the date upon which the board authorised the grant of the opportunity to acquire relevant Trust Shares, Share Options or Allocation Shares, as the case may be, to a participant. Pursuant to resolutions of the board of directors of Sappi (the “board”) passed in accordance with the rules of the Trust, Trust Shares may be released from the Trust to participants, Share Options may be exercised by participants and Allocation Shares may be delivered to participants as follows for allocations prior to November 2004:

(i)    20% of the total number of shares after one year has elapsed from the date of acceptance by the participant of the grant;

(ii)   up to 40% of the total number of shares after two years have elapsed from the date of acceptance by the participant of the grant;

(iii)  up to 60% of the total number of shares after three years have elapsed from the date of acceptance by the participant of the grant;

(iv)  up to 80% of the total number of shares after four years have elapsed from the date of acceptance by the participant of the grant and

(v)    the balance of the shares after five years have elapsed from the date of acceptance by the participant of the grant; and for allocations subsequent to November 2004 as follows:

(i)    25% of the total number of shares after one year has elapsed from the date of acceptance by the participant of the grant;

(ii)   up to 50% of the total number of shares after two years have elapsed from the date of acceptance by the participant of the grant;

F-84




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

30.  SHARE-BASED PAYMENT (Continued)

(iii)  up to 75% of the total number of shares after three years have elapsed from the date of acceptance by the participant of the grant;

(iv)  the balance of the shares after four years have elapsed from the date of acceptance by the participant of the grant; provided that the board may, at its discretion, anticipate or postpone such dates. Prior to the General Meeting held on 2 March 2000, the Trust provided that Share Options will lapse, among other reasons, if they remain unexercised after the tenth anniversary of the acceptance and that Trust Shares and Allocation Shares must be paid for in full by participants by no later than the tenth anniversary of the acceptance. However, the General Meeting approved an amendment to decrease the aforesaid ten-year period to eight years, in respect of offers made since 3 December 1999. The board has resolved that the benefits under the Trust of Participants will be accelerated in the event of a change of control of the company, as defined in the Trust, becoming effective (a) if, in concluding the change of control, the board in office at the time immediately prior to the proposed change of control being communicated to the board ceases to be able to determine the future employment conditions of the group’s employees or (b) unless the change of control is initiated by the board. Participants are entitled to require such acceleration by written notice to the company within a period of 90 days after the date upon which such change of control becomes effective.

The Sappi Limited Performance Share Incentive Plan

Under the rules of the Plan, participants who will be officers and other employees of the company may be awarded conditional contracts to acquire Shares for no cash consideration. If the performance criteria from time to time determined by the Human Resources Committee or Compensation Committee of the Board (“Performance Criteria”) applicable to each Conditional Contract, are met or exceeded, then Participants shall be entitled to receive such number of shares as specified in the Conditional Contract for no cash consideration after the fourth anniversary of the date on which the board resolves to award a Conditional Contract to that Participant. The Performance Criteria shall entail a benchmarking of the company’s performance against an appropriate peer group of companies.

If the board determines that the Performance Criteria embodied in a Conditional Contract have not been satisfied or exceeded, the number of shares to be allotted and issued and/or transferred to a Participant under and in terms of such Conditional Contract shall be adjusted downwards.

Provision is made for appropriate adjustments to be made to the rights of Participants in the event that the company, inter alia, undertakes a rights offer, is a party to a scheme of arrangement affecting the structuring of its issued share capital or reduces its share capital if, (a) the company undergoes a change in control after an Allocation date other than a change in control initiated by the board itself, or (b) the person/s (or those persons acting in concert) who have control of the company as at an Allocation date, take/s any decision, pass/es any resolution and/or take/s any action the effect of which is to delist the company from the JSE Limited and the company becomes aware of such decision, resolution and/or action, the company is obligated to notify every Participant thereof on the basis that such Participant may within a period of one month (or such longer period as the board may permit) take delivery of those shares which he/she would have been entitled to had the Performance Criteria been achieved.

F-85




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

30.   SHARE-BASED PAYMENT (Continued)

Allocations

During the year the following offers were made to employees:

 

 

2006

 

Performance shares**

 

1,920,400

 

Declined

 

(4,000

)

 

 

1,916,400

 

 

Trust shares, share options, restricted shares, performance shares and allocation shares activity was as follows during the financial years ended September 2006 and 2005:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted
average

 

 

 

Weighted
average

 

 

 

 

 

Trust

 

Performance

 

Restricted

 

Share

 

exercise

 

Allocation

 

exercise

 

 

 

 

 

Shares***

 

shares

 

Shares

 

Options

 

price (ZAR)*

 

Shares

 

price (ZAR)*

 

Total

 

Outstanding at September 2004

 

 

1,834,212

 

 

 

 

 

 

45,334

 

 

4,145,595

 

 

82.05

 

 

 

3,026,950

 

 

 

77.02

 

 

9,052,091

 

Offered and accepted

 

 

 

 

 

258,000

 

 

 

45,000

 

 

1,970,400

 

 

78.11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,273,400

 

Paid for/released

 

 

(126,413

)

 

 

 

 

 

(22,667

)

 

(326,092

)

 

42.57

 

 

 

(370,900

)

 

 

30.14

 

 

(846,072

)

Returned, lapsed and forfeited

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(282,750

)

 

100.16

 

 

 

(108,850

)

 

 

104.95

 

 

(391,600

)

Outstanding at September 2005

 

 

1,707,799

 

 

 

258,000

 

 

 

67,667

 

 

5,507,153

 

 

82.12

 

 

 

2,547,200

 

 

 

82.68

 

 

10,087,819

 

Offered and accepted

 

 

 

 

 

1,916,400

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,916,400

 

Paid for/released

 

 

(172,437

)

 

 

 

 

 

(38,500

)

 

(610,303

)

 

53.38

 

 

 

(527,300

)

 

 

47.24

 

 

(1,348,540

)

Returned, lapsed and forfeited

 

 

 

 

 

(282,000

)

 

 

(16,667

)

 

(393,400

)

 

92.65

 

 

 

(89,400

)

 

 

116.00

 

 

(781,467

)

Outstanding at September 2006

 

 

1,535,362

 

 

 

1,892,400

 

 

 

12,500

 

 

4,503,450

 

 

85.09

 

 

 

1,930,500

 

 

 

90.82

 

 

9,874,212

 

Exercisable at September 2005

 

 

653,137

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,872,653

 

 

74.18

 

 

 

1,609,700

 

 

 

72.41

 

 

4,135,490

 

Exercisable at September 2006

 

 

595,750

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,525,750

 

 

85.69

 

 

 

1,436,950

 

 

 

86.55

 

 

4,558,450

 


*                    The share options are issued in South African Rands.

**             Restricted shares and performance shares are issued for no cash consideration. The value is determined on the day the shares are taken up.

***   The number of trust shares, which are not subject to credit sales amounts to 803,465 (2005: 773,012).

The fair value of Trust shares held at September 2006 was US$10,4 million (September 2005: US$9.1 million).

F-86




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

30.   SHARE-BASED PAYMENT (Continued)

The following table sets out the number of share options outstanding at the end of September, excluding the Trust Shares:

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

Vesting
conditions

 

Vesting date

 

Expiry date

 

Exercise price

 

29 November 1995

 

 

3,703

 

Time

 

Refer Note 30

 

29 November 2005

 

 

56.75

 

 

24 February 1997

 

34,200

 

69,400

 

Time

 

Refer Note 30

 

24 February 2007

 

 

34.90

 

 

19 January 1998

 

82,700

 

148,600

 

Time

 

Refer Note 30

 

19 January 2008

 

 

19.90

 

 

3 February 1998

 

 

4,000

 

Time

 

Refer Note 30

 

3 February 2008

 

 

19.90

 

 

26 August 1998

 

100

 

400

 

Time

 

Refer Note 30

 

26 August 2008

 

 

20.65

 

 

14 December 1998

 

195,500

 

305,300

 

Time

 

Refer Note 30

 

14 December 2008

 

 

22.10

 

 

3 February 1999

 

1,000

 

1,000

 

Time

 

Refer Note 30

 

3 February 2009

 

 

22.35

 

 

1 April 1999

 

 

48,000

 

Time

 

Refer Note 30

 

1 April 2009

 

 

21.30

 

 

9 June 1999

 

 

44,000

 

Time

 

Refer Note 30

 

9 June 2009

 

 

39.00

 

 

21 December 1999

 

580,000

 

922,000

 

Time

 

Refer Note 30

 

21 December 2007

 

 

53.85

 

 

22 November 2000

 

 

1,500

 

Time

 

Refer Note 30

 

22 November 2008

 

 

44.00

 

 

15 January 2001

 

438,650

 

712,250

 

Time

 

Refer Note 30

 

15 January 2009

 

 

49.00

 

 

1 May 2001

 

 

10,000

 

Time

 

Refer Note 30

 

1 May 2009

 

 

53.00

 

 

31 May 2001

 

 

4,000

 

Time

 

Refer Note 30

 

31 May 2009

 

 

63.00

 

 

19 June 2001

 

 

4,000

 

Time

 

Refer Note 30

 

19 June 2009

 

 

68.50

 

 

19 July 2001

 

3,000

 

13,500

 

Time

 

Refer Note 30

 

19 July 2009

 

 

74.90

 

 

15 August 2001

 

5,000

 

5,000

 

Time

 

Refer Note 30

 

15 August 2009

 

 

75.90

 

 

20 August 2001

 

10,000

 

10,000

 

Time

 

Refer Note 30

 

20 August 2009

 

 

77.50

 

 

4 February 2002

 

10,000

 

10,000

 

Time

 

Refer Note 30

 

4 February 2010

 

 

131.40

 

 

28 March 2002

 

753,900

 

834,850

 

Time

 

Refer Note 30

 

28 March 2010

 

 

147.20

 

 

30 January 2003

 

250,000

 

250,000

 

Time

 

Refer Note 30

 

30 January 2011

 

 

115.00

 

 

13 February 2003

 

1,040,900

 

1,163,500

 

Time

 

Refer Note 30

 

13 February 2011

 

 

112.83

 

 

5 August 2003

 

8,000

 

8,000

 

Time

 

Refer Note 30

 

5 August 2011

 

 

94.30

 

 

18 August 2003

 

4,000

 

10,000

 

Time

 

Refer Note 30

 

18 August 2011

 

 

94.51

 

 

30 December 2003

 

219,300

 

224,100

 

Time

 

Refer Note 30

 

30 December 2011

 

 

79.25

 

 

14 January 2004

 

1,113,000

 

1,339,550

 

Time

 

Refer Note 30

 

14 January 2012

 

 

79.25

 

 

25 March 2004

 

1,000

 

1,000

 

Time

 

Refer Note 30

 

25 March 2012

 

 

86.60

 

 

26 March 2004

 

3,000

 

3,000

 

Time

 

Refer Note 30

 

26 March 2012

 

 

87.50

 

 

22 September 2004

 

40,000

 

40,000

 

Time

 

Refer Note 30

 

22 September 2012

 

 

90.25

 

 

13 December 2004

 

1,640,700

 

1,863,700

 

Time

 

Refer Note 30

 

13 December 2012

 

 

78.00

 

 

23 May 2003

 

 

6,000

 

Time

 

24 December 2005

 

24 December 2005

 

 

 

 

30 January 2003

 

 

16,667

 

Time

 

31 December 2005

 

31 December 2005

 

 

 

 

1 October 2004

 

12,500

 

45,000

 

Time

 

1 October 2006

 

1 October 2006

 

 

 

 

13 December 2004

 

185,000

 

258,000

 

Performance

 

 

 

13 December 2008

 

 

 

 

13 December 2005

 

1,657,400

 

 

Performance

 

 

 

13 December 2009

 

 

 

 

8 August 2006

 

50,000

 

 

Performance

 

 

 

08 August 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,338,850

 

8,380,020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-87




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

30.   SHARE-BASED PAYMENT (Continued)

The following assumptions have been utilised to determine the fair value of the options granted in the financial period.

 

 

Issue 29

 

Issue 30

 

Date of grant

 

13 December 2004

 

13 December 2005

 

Share Price at grant date

 

ZAR79.51

 

US$11.23

 

Strike Price of share

 

ZAR78.00

 

0.00

 

Vesting Period

 

4 years

 

4 years

 

Vesting conditions

 

Proportionately over time

 

Market related—relative to peers

 

Percentage expected to vest

 

N/A

 

33.67

%

Number of shares offered

 

1,925,400

 

1,883,400

 

Volatility

 

33.60

%

35.00

%

Risk free discount rate

 

7.06% (SA yield)

 

4.33% (US yield)

 

Expected dividend yield

 

2.50

%

2.30

%

Expected percentage of vesting

 

95

%

95

%

Model used to value

 

Binomial

 

Binomial

 

Fair value of option

 

ZAR25.07

 

ZAR 24.41

 

 

Volatility has been determined with reference to the historic volatility of the Sappi share price over the expected period.

Share options, allocation shares, restricted shares and performance shares to executive directors, which are included in the above figures, are as follows:

 

 

Number of
options/ shares

 

At beginning of year

 

 

1,343,667

 

 

Share options, restricted shares and performance shares granted

 

 

184,000

 

 

Share options and allocation shares exercised/declined

 

 

(247,500

)

 

Share options and allocation shares forfeited

 

 

(341,167

)

 

Shares removed on resignation of directors

 

 

(470,000

)

 

Shares brought in on appointment of director

 

 

164,000

 

 

At end of year

 

 

633,000

 

 

 

Share options and allocation shares exercised by executive directors during the year had an average exercise price per share of US$6.39 (2005 US$4.17) and an average market price per share of US$12.85 (2005: US$12.17).

F-88




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

30.   SHARE-BASED PAYMENT (Continued)

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the 633,000 Share Options and Allocation Shares granted by Sappi to executive directors:

Issue date

 

 

 

Number of
options/shares

 

Expiry date

 

Exercise price (ZAR)

 

21 December 1999

 

 

165,000

 

 

21 December 2007

 

 

53.85

 

 

15 January 2001

 

 

78,000

 

 

15 January 2009

 

 

49.00

 

 

28 March 2002

 

 

65,000

 

 

28 March 2010

 

 

147.20

 

 

13 February 2003

 

 

95,000

 

 

13 February 2011

 

 

112.83

 

 

14 January 2004

 

 

30,000

 

 

14 January 2012

 

 

79.25

 

 

30 December 2003

 

 

18,000

 

 

30 December 2011

 

 

79.25

 

 

13 December 2004

 

 

48,000

 

 

13 December 2012

 

 

78.00

 

 

13 December 2004

 

 

18,000

 

 

13 December 2008

 

 

 

 

13 December 2005

 

 

66,000

 

 

13 December 2009

 

 

 

 

08 August 2006

 

 

50,000

 

 

08 August 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

633,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Refer to note 39 for further information on Directors participation in the Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust and the Sappi Limited Performance Share Incentive Plan.

No new loans have been granted to the executive directors since 28 March 2002.

31.   FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The group’s financial instruments consist mainly of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, certain investments, accounts payable, borrowings and derivative instruments.

1.  Risk management objectives and policies

The principal market risks (that is the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices) to which Sappi is exposed through financial instruments are:

·  interest rates on interest-bearing borrowings;

·  foreign exchange rates, generating translation and transaction gains and losses; and

·  credit risk.

A treasury committee consisting of senior management of the group meets regularly to review net currency, interest rate, derivative instruments, group funding, credit insurance and monetary investment risks and exposures.  Treasury management strategies are also evaluated and revised where necessary. The treasury policy is formally documented and these policies are the guidelines for the decisions that are made by the Treasury Committee.

F-89




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

31.          FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

Interest rate risk

Sappi has a policy of maintaining a balance between fixed rate and variable rate loans that enables it to minimise, on a cost effective basis, the impact on reported earnings while maintaining a reasonably competitive, market-related cost of funding. The specific balance is determined separately for the European, North American and southern African businesses of Sappi to reflect more accurately the different interest rate environments in which these businesses operate. We monitor market conditions and may utilise interest rate derivatives to alter the existing balance between fixed and variable interest loans in response to changes in the interest rate environment.

Currency risk

Sappi’s foreign exchange policy consists of the following principal elements:

·       The majority of the borrowings in each country are made in the currency of that country.

·       Translation risks are not hedged. As a general rule we manage our relative debt and equity ratios by financing our investments in different currencies with similar debt to asset ratios.

·       All external borrowings raised in currencies other than the domestic operating currency of the borrowing entity are immediately and continuously protected by forward exchange contracts.

·       All consummated (i.e. invoiced) sales and purchases in foreign currencies are initially netted on a global basis, with the resulting net exposure generally being covered by forward exchange contracts against subsequent fluctuations in exchange rates.

·       Hedging against trading transactions not yet invoiced is limited. Deviations from these rules require specific board approval.

The  limitations referred relate to:

·        material capital expenditures for which forward exchange contracts are always taken out as and when the expenditure is committed; and

·        anticipated exports and imports where the purchase of forward exchange contracts/currency options is restricted to a limited portion of expected orders.

·       No speculative positions are permitted.

Credit risk

A significant portion of the group’s sales and accounts receivable are from major customers. Only one of the group’s major customers, represents more than 10% of our sales during the year ended September 2006. These sales were recorded in Sappi Fine Paper. The sales for the year ended September 2006 to PaperlinX Limited amounted to US$651 million (September 2005: US$580 million). The trade receivables balance, net of securitisation, outstanding on balance sheet at September 2006 was US$58 million (September 2005: US$42 million). Where appropriate, credit insurance has been taken out over the group’s trade receivables.

F-90




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

31.   FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

None of the group’s other receivable financial instruments represent a concentration of credit risk because the group has dealings with a variety of major banks and customers world-wide.

The group has the following amounts due from major customers:

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

No of customers

 

Value

 

Percentage

 

No of customers

 

Value

 

Percentage

 

Greater than US$10 million

 

 

7

 

 

 

104

 

 

 

21

%

 

 

6

 

 

 

86

 

 

 

18

%

 

Greater than US$5 million

 

 

8

 

 

 

47

 

 

 

9

%

 

 

9

 

 

 

72

 

 

 

15

%

 

Other amounts

 

 

2,036

 

 

 

346

 

 

 

70

%

 

 

2,046

 

 

 

321

 

 

 

67

%

 

 

 

 

2,051

 

 

 

497

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

2,061

 

 

 

479

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

2.  Derivative financial instruments

The following tables indicates the different type of derivative financial instruments, included within the various categories on the face of the balance sheet.

 

 

 

 

Restated

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current

 

 

102

 

 

 

73

 

 

Interest rate swaps

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

Interest rate and currency swaps

 

 

102

 

 

 

70

 

 

Current

 

 

4

 

 

 

5

 

 

Foreign currency forward exchange contracts

 

 

4

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

106

 

 

 

78

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current

 

 

23

 

 

 

5

 

 

Interest rate swaps

 

 

23

 

 

 

5

 

 

Current

 

 

14

 

 

 

3

 

 

Interest rate currency swaps

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

Foreign currency forward exchange contracts

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

3.  Interest rate risk and currency risk

Interest-bearing borrowings

The table below provides information about Sappi’s non-current borrowings that are sensitive to changes in interest rates.

The table presents principal cash flows by expected maturity dates. The average fixed effective interest rates presented below are based on weighted average contract rates applicable to the amount expected to mature in each respective year. Forward looking average variable effective interest rates for the financial

F-91




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

31.   FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

years ended September 2007 and thereafter are based on the yield curves for each respective currency as published by Reuters on 30 September 2006. The information is presented in US$, which is the group’s reporting currency.

 

 

Expected maturity date

 

Total Carrying

 

2006 Fair 

 

2005 Fair

 

 

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

 

2012+

 

Value

 

Value

 

Value

 

 

 

(US$ equivalent in millions)

 

US Dollar

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed rate

 

16

 

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

54

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

57

 

 

Average interest rate (%)

 

4.50

 

 

 

 

4.51

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable rate(1)(2)

 

282

 

(1

)

(1

)

 

(1

)

 

(1

)

 

793

 

 

 

1,071

 

 

 

1,174

 

 

 

833

 

 

Average interest rate (%)

 

3.67

 

0.38

 

0.38

 

 

0.38

 

 

0.38

 

 

8.25

 

 

 

7.08

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Euro

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed rate

 

84

 

47

 

4

 

 

4

 

 

507

 

 

5

 

 

 

651

 

 

 

673

 

 

 

706

 

 

Average interest rate (%)

 

4.72

 

5.40

 

6.95

 

 

7.05

 

 

4.60

 

 

2.03

 

 

 

4.69

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable rate(1)(3)

 

273

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

273

 

 

 

273

 

 

 

70

 

 

Average interest rate (%)

 

3.68

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.68

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed rate

 

8

 

14

 

1

 

 

20

 

 

47

 

 

145

 

 

 

235

 

 

 

150

 

 

 

110

 

 

Average interest rate (%)

 

11.50

 

11.75

 

11.33

 

 

8.71

 

 

8.85

 

 

9.57

 

 

 

9.56

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable rate (1)(4)

 

31

 

6

 

6

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

139

 

 

Average interest rate (%)

 

8.75

 

8.43

 

8.43

 

 

8.43

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.66

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed rate

 

108

 

61

 

5

 

 

62

 

 

554

 

 

150

 

 

 

940

 

 

 

867

 

 

 

873

 

 

Average interest rate (%)

 

5.20

 

6.80

 

7.84

 

 

6.04

 

 

4.96

 

 

9.34

 

 

 

5.90

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable rate(1)(4)

 

586

 

5

 

5

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

793

 

 

 

1,388

 

 

 

1,491

 

 

 

1,042

 

 

Average interest rate (%)

 

3.94

 

10.39

 

10.39

 

 

 

 

0.38

 

 

8.25

 

 

 

6.46

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed and variable

 

694

 

66

 

10

 

 

62

 

 

553

 

 

943

 

 

 

2,328

 

 

 

2,358

 

 

 

1,915

 

 

Current portion

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

694

 

 

 

694

 

 

 

270

 

 

Long term portion

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,634

 

 

 

1,664

 

 

 

1,645

 

 

Total interest-bearing borrowings
(refer note 21)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,328

 

 

 

2,358

 

 

 

1,915

 

 


The fair value of non-current borrowings is estimated by Sappi based on the rates from market quotations for non-current borrowings with fixed interest rates and on quotations provided by internationally recognised pricing services for notes, exchange debentures and revenue bonds.

(1)                Includes fixed rate loans where fixed-for-floating rate swap contracts have been used to convert the exposure to floating rates. Some of the swaps do not cover the full term of loans.

(2)                The US Dollar floating interest rates is based on the London Inter Bank Offer Rate (LIBOR)

(3)                The Euro floating interest rates are based on the European Inter Bank Offer Rate (EURIBOR)

(4)                The Rand floating rates are predominately based on the Johannesburg Inter Bank Asking Rate (JIBAR)

F-92




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

31.          FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

The range of interest rates in respect of all non-current borrowings comprising both fixed and floating rate obligations, is between 0.38% and 11.75% (depending on currency). At September 2006, 40% of Sappi’s non-current borrowings were at fixed rates of interest, and 60% were at floating rates. Floating rates of interest are based on LIBOR (London Inter Bank Offered Rate—for USD borrowings), on EURIBOR (European Inter Bank Offered Rate—for Euro denominated borrowings) and on JIBAR (Johannesburg Inter Bank Agreed Rate—for SA borrowings). Fixed rates of interest are based on contract rates.

Sappi’s southern African operations have in the past been particularly vulnerable to adverse changes in short-term domestic interest rates, as a result of the volatility in interest rates in South Africa. During 2006 domestic interest rates have increased from 6.95% to 8.31% for the 3-month JIBAR.

In the current year, Sappi South Africa converted ZAR 1 billion worth of short term funding in terms of a bond issue in the market. The bonds are repayable in 2013 and bear interest at a fixed rate of 9.34% payable semi-annually.

Interest rate derivatives

Sappi uses interest rate options, caps, swaps and interest rate and currency swaps as a means of managing interest rate risk associated with outstanding debt entered into in the normal course of business. Sappi does not use these instruments for speculative purposes. Interest rate derivative financial instruments are subject to hedge accounting, where applicable and as appropriate under International Financial Reporting Standards and US Generally Accepted Accounting Standards.

There are four existing US$ interest swaps for the total amount of US$750 million converting fixed rates of 6.75% and 7.5% into variable rates and three US$ interest rate swap contracts for the total amount of US$106.6 million, converting US$ fixed interest rates of 5.90%, 7.38% and 6.65% respectively, into 6-month US$ LIBOR rates. All swaps are subject to hedge accounting in order to reduce as much as possible the fair value exposure. As the critical terms of the swaps match the critical terms of the underlying debt, the hedge is highly effective. Changes in the fair value of the underlying debt, attributable to changes in the credit spread are excluded from the hedging relationship.

At September 2006, Sappi had in total seven US$ swap contracts outstanding for a total amount of US$856.6 million and had a negative total fair value of US$23 million (2005: seven contracts, total amount US$856.6 million, negative fair value US$9.6 million).

At September 2006, Sappi had an interest rate and currency swap (IRCS) contract outstanding for the amount of US$350 million with a positive fair value of US$102 million. This swap converts future US$ cash flows into GBP and fixed US$ interest rates into GBP interest rates (2005: US$350 million with a fair value of US$79.5 million).

F-93




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

31.   FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

As at September 2005 the South African operations had one IRCS contract outstanding for the amount of US$12.0 million with a negative fair value of US$3.5 million, swapping US$ cash flows into ZAR and converting variable US$ interest rates into ZAR variable interest rates.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value*

 

Instrument

 

 

 

Interest Rate

 

Maturity date

 

Nominal value

 

favourable
(unfavourable)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US$ million

 

US$ million

 

Interest rate swaps:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.75% to variable (LIBOR)

 

June 2012

 

 

250

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

 

6.75% to variable (LIBOR)

 

June 2012

 

 

200

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

 

6.75% to variable (LIBOR)

 

June 2012

 

 

50

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

7.50% to variable (LIBOR)

 

June 2012

 

 

250

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

5.90% to variable (LIBOR)

 

November 2013

 

 

28

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.38% to variable (LIBOR)

 

July 2014

 

 

44

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.65% to variable (LIBOR)

 

October 2014

 

 

35

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate and currency swaps:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US Dollar 6.30% into Pound Sterling 6.66%

 

December 2009

 

 

350

 

 

 

102

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

79

 

 


*                    This refers to the carrying value.

The fair value of interest rate options, caps, swaps and IRCS is the estimated amount that Sappi would pay or receive to terminate the agreement at the balance sheet date, taking into account current interest rates and the current creditworthiness of the counterparties.

The Treasury Committee evaluates the interest rate strategy of the Group at each treasury meeting. Depending on the group view of the interest rate environment, they may decide to change the nature of the interest being paid on the various liabilities to either fixed or floating rates. The changing of the nature of the interest rate payments is principally done through the use of interest rate derivatives.

4.  Foreign currency forward exchange contracts

The Group’s foreign currency forward exchange contracts at September 2006 are detailed below:

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

Contract amount
(Notional amount)

 

Fair value *
(unfavourable)
favourable

 

Contract
amount

 

Fair value *
(unfavourable)
favourable

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Foreign currency

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bought:

US Dollar

 

 

32

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

56

 

 

 

 

 

 

Euro

 

 

83

 

 

 

 

 

 

56

 

 

 

 

 

Sold:

US Dollar

 

 

(162

)

 

 

(14

)

 

 

(139

)

 

 

4

 

 

 

Euro

 

 

(707

)

 

 

2

 

 

 

(202

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

ZAR

 

 

(21

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(775

)

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(229

)

 

 

5

 

 


*                    This refers to the carrying value.

F-94




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

31.   FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

The fair value of foreign currency contracts was estimated by the group based upon market quotations.

All forward currency exchange contracts and options are valued at fair value with the resultant profit or loss included in the net finance costs for the period.

Forward exchange contracts are used to hedge the group from potential unfavourable exchange rate movements that may occurs on recognised financial assets and liabilities or planned future commitments.

The foreign currency forward exchange contracts have different maturities, with the most extended maturity date is September 2008.

5.  Hedge accounting

The group has the following fair value hedges which qualify for hedge accounting:

Bonds at fixed interest rates for a total notional amount of US$856 million are hedged by seven external interest rate swaps (IRS), with a negative fair value of US$23 million which convert the USD fixed interest rates into floating 6-month LIBOR in arrears.

In fiscal 2005 the hedge was de-designated at the end of March 2005 and was only re-designated three months later. During this period hedge accounting was interrupted. The changes in fair value of the bonds until the moment of de-designation are amortised over the remaining life of the hedge.

The following is an analysis of the impact on pre-tax profit and loss from the period:

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

US$ million

 

US$ million

 

(without brackets favourable)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

De/re designation

 

 

 

 

 

12.9

 

 

Amortisation

 

 

(1.6

)

 

 

(1.2

)

 

Residual ineffectiveness

 

 

3.5

 

 

 

10.5

 

 

Total

 

 

1.9

 

 

 

22.2

 

 

 

Prospective hedge effectiveness for the interest rate swaps and the bonds is tested by using a longitudinal historical simulation to project each 6-month LIBOR swap rate in the future. Longitudinal historical simulation involves 60 monthly rolling data points representing monthly changes in LIBOR swap rates over the past 5 years. These changes are applied to the current LIBOR swap rate for a given maturity to forecast its future pattern. Historical data points include actual observations gathered over the life of the hedge (i.e. historical data is gradually replaced by actual data as time passes).

The method allows forecasting a Libor swap curve for any given future date (and thus takes into account the forward-looking nature of prospective testing). Forecasted curves are then used to compute changes in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk and changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument (on a period-to-period basis, i.e. benchmark value is equal to the fair value at inception).

F-95




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

31.   FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

Retrospective testing of the hedge effectiveness between the interest rate swaps and the bond is performed using the Volatility-Reduction method which will involve 60 monthly rolling data points. Due to the absence of a sufficient number of data points at the inception of the hedge, we will initially use historical discount factors to compute the values that the bond and the swap would have had in the past if they had already been in place. In this respect the testing considers the characteristics of the actual bond and the actual swap and is therefore not based on the hypothetical derivative approach. The historical data points will be gradually replaced by actual observations gathered over the life of the hedge.

As for prospective testing of this hedge, changes in fair value will represent period-to-period changes in “clean” fair value (accruals of interest excluded).

During 2006, Sappi entered into firm commitments for the purchase of equipment in foreign currency which were hedged for foreign exchange risk by forward exchange contracts and were designated as a fair value hedge. The value of the firm commitments hedge accounted for was EUR15.4 million and US$1.1 million. These foreign currency forward exchange contracts had a negative fair value of US$0.3 million. Since the critical terms match perfectly, there was no residual ineffectiveness affecting profit and loss for the period.

In assessing the effectiveness of the hedge of foreign currency risk Sappi compares the critical terms (expected maturity dates, underlying foreign currencies and the notional amounts) of the hedging instrument to the hedged item. An assessment is then performed on a cumulative basis.

6.  Fair values

All financial instruments are carried at fair value or amounts that approximate fair value, except the non-current interest-bearing borrowings at fixed rates of interest. The carrying amounts for cash, cash equivalents, accounts receivable, certain investments, accounts payable and current portion of interest-bearing borrowings approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments. Where these fixed rates of interest have been hedged into variable rates of interest, and where hedge accounting has been applied, then the non-current interest-bearing borrowings are carried at fair value. The fair value of these borrowings were estimated based on quotations from the company’s investment bankers. No financial assets were carried at an amount in excess of fair value.

F-96




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

31.          FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

Financial instrument classifcation at September 2006:

 

 

Held for
trading

 

Loans and
receivables

 

Available for
sale

 

Other
financial
liabilities

 

Total financial
assets and
liabilities

 

Items not in
the scope of
IAS 39

 

Total

 

Fair value of
financial
instruments

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current assets

 

 

102

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

145

 

 

 

3,852

 

 

 

3,997

 

 

 

145

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,129

 

 

 

3,129

 

 

 

 

 

Plantations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

520

 

 

 

520

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

74

 

 

 

74

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill and intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

Equity investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

103

 

 

 

103

 

 

 

 

 

Other non-current
assets

 

 

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

61

 

 

 

43

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

102

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

102

 

 

 

 

 

 

102

 

 

 

102

 

 

Current assets

 

 

4

 

 

 

774

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

778

 

 

 

722

 

 

 

1,500

 

 

 

778

 

 

Inventories

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

699

 

 

 

699

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other receivables

 

 

 

 

 

550

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

550

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

573

 

 

 

550

 

 

Prepaid income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

224

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

224

 

 

 

 

 

 

224

 

 

 

224

 

 

Assets held for sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

106

 

 

 

806

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

923

 

 

 

4,594

 

 

 

5,517

 

 

 

923

 

 

Equity and liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,386

 

 

 

1,386

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary share capital and share premium

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

715

 

 

 

715

 

 

 

 

 

Non-distributable reserves

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

109

 

 

 

109

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation reserve

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(33

)

 

 

(33

)

 

 

 

 

Retained earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

595

 

 

 

595

 

 

 

 

 

Minority interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

23

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,652

 

 

 

1,675

 

 

 

790

 

 

 

2,465

 

 

 

1,708

 

 

Interest-bearing borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,634

 

 

 

1,634

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,634

 

 

 

1,667

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

336

 

 

 

336

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

23

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

23

 

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

454

 

 

 

472

 

 

 

18

 

 

Non-current provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,287

 

 

 

1,301

 

 

 

365

 

 

 

1,666

 

 

 

1,301

 

 

Interest-bearing borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

694

 

 

 

694

 

 

 

 

 

 

694

 

 

 

694

 

 

Overdraft

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

9

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

14

 

 

Trade and other payables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

584

 

 

 

584

 

 

 

219

 

 

 

803

 

 

 

584

 

 

Taxation payable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101

 

 

 

101

 

 

 

 

 

Provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity and
liabilities

 

 

37

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,939

 

 

 

2,976

 

 

 

2,541

 

 

 

5,517

 

 

 

3,009

 

 

 

F-97




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

31.   FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

Financial instrument classifcation at September 2005:

 

 

Held for
trading

 

Loans and
receivables

 

Available for
sale

 

Other
financial
liabilities

 

Total financial
assets and
liabilities

 

Items not in
the scope of
IAS 39

 

Total

 

Fair value of
financial
instruments

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current assets

 

 

73

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

117

 

 

 

4,127

 

 

 

4,244

 

 

 

117

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,333

 

 

 

3,333

 

 

 

 

 

Plantations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

604

 

 

 

604

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

70

 

 

 

70

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill and intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

Equity investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

105

 

 

 

105

 

 

 

 

 

Other non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

44

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

73

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

73

 

 

 

 

 

 

73

 

 

 

73

 

 

Current assets

 

 

5

 

 

 

880

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

885

 

 

 

760

 

 

 

1,645

 

 

 

885

 

 

Inventories

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

711

 

 

 

711

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other receivables

 

 

 

 

 

513

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

513

 

 

 

49

 

 

 

562

 

 

 

513

 

 

Prepaid income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

5

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

367

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

367

 

 

 

 

 

 

367

 

 

 

367

 

 

Total assets

 

 

78

 

 

 

912

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,002

 

 

 

4,887

 

 

 

5,889

 

 

 

1,002

 

 

Equity and liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,589

 

 

 

1,589

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary share capital and premium

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

867

 

 

 

867

 

 

 

 

 

Non-distributable reserves

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

95

 

 

 

95

 

 

 

 

 

Hedging reserves

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

Retained earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

625

 

 

 

625

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,635

 

 

 

1,638

 

 

 

909

 

 

 

2,547

 

 

 

1,683

 

 

Interest-bearing borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,600

 

 

 

1,600

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,600

 

 

 

1,645

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

367

 

 

 

367

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

3

 

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

542

 

 

 

577

 

 

 

35

 

 

Non-current provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,530

 

 

 

1,535

 

 

 

218

 

 

 

1,753

 

 

 

1,535

 

 

Interest-bearing borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

616

 

 

 

616

 

 

 

 

 

 

616

 

 

 

616

 

 

Overdraft

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

159

 

 

 

159

 

 

 

 

 

 

159

 

 

 

159

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

5

 

 

Trade and other payables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

755

 

 

 

755

 

 

 

78

 

 

 

833

 

 

 

755

 

 

Taxation payable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

120

 

 

 

120

 

 

 

 

 

Provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity and liabilities

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,165

 

 

 

3,173

 

 

 

2,716

 

 

 

5,889

 

 

 

3,218

 

 

 

32.          RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Transactions between Sappi Ltd company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties of the company, have been eliminated on consolidation and are not disclosed in this note.

F-98




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

32.   RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)

Details of transactions between the Group and other related parties are disclosed below:

 

 

Sale of goods

 

Purchases of
goods

 

Amounts owed
by related
parties

 

Amounts owed
to related
parties

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2006

 

2005

 

2006

 

2005

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Joint Venture—Jiangxi Chenming Paper Company Limited

 

26.7

 

0.5

 

0.1

 

0.2

 

10.8

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

– Sapin S.A.

 

 

 

19.9

 

19.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.9

 

 

 

0.8

 

 

 

– VOF Warmtekracht

 

35.7

 

24.4

 

26.1

 

19.4

 

 

 

2.6

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

1.7

 

 

 

– Umkomaas Lignin (Pty) Ltd

 

0.6

 

0.5

 

 

 

0.9

 

 

1.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

63.0

 

25.4

 

46.1

 

38.9

 

11.7

 

 

4.5

 

 

 

1.1

 

 

 

2.6

 

 

 

 

Sales of goods and purchases to and from related parties were made on an arm’s length basis. The amounts outstanding at balance sheet date are unsecured and will be settled in cash. Guarantees given by the Group are disclosed in note 27. No expense has been recognised in the period for bad or doubtful debts in respect of the amounts owed by related parties.

Shareholders

The company’s shares are widely held by shareholders across the world. For details on the shareholders of the company see Item 7 “Major shareholders and related party transactions’’.

Directors

Details relating to executive and non-executive directors’ emoluments, interests and participation in the Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust are disclosed in notes 37 to 39.

Interest of directors in contracts

None of the directors have a material interest in any transaction with the company or any of its subsidiaries, other than those on a normal employment basis.

Key management personnel

Compensation for key management was as follows :

 

 

Total

 

Total

 

Total

 

Total

 

 

 

excluding

 

excluding

 

including

 

including

 

 

 

directors

 

directors

 

directors

 

directors

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Short term benefits

 

 

2.0

 

 

 

1.3

 

 

 

7.2

 

 

 

4.5

 

 

Post-employment benefits

 

 

0.6

 

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

3.3

 

 

 

0.9

 

 

Other long term benefits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share-based payments

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.7

 

 

 

1.5

 

 

 

11.0

 

 

 

5.4

 

 

 

F-99




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

33.          EVENTS AFTER BALANCE SHEET DATE

At the date of issuing this report there were no subsequent events that require disclosure.

34.          ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

Sappi operates in an industry subject to a wide range of environmental laws and regulations in the various jurisdictions in which it operates, and these laws and regulations have tended to become more stringent over time. Typically, Sappi does not separately account for environmental operating expenses but does not anticipate any material expenditures related to such matters. Sappi does separately account for environmental capital expenditures. Sappi spent approximately US$13 million in financial year September 2006 (September 2005: US$42 million) on capital projects that control air or water emissions or otherwise create an environmental benefit. Amounts to be spent in future years will depend on changes to existing environmental requirements and the availability of new technologies to meet such requirements.

In South Africa, requirements under the National Water Act, National Environmental Management Act and the Air Quality Bill may result in additional expenditures and/or operational constraints. Although we are uncertain as to the ultimate effect on our South African operations, our current assessment of the legislation is that any compliance expenditures or operational constraints will not be material to our financial condition.

Sappi Fine Paper North America is subject to stringent environmental laws in the United States. These laws include the Federal Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act and their respective state counterparts. Sappi Fine Paper North America incurred approximately US$6 million in environmental compliance capital expenditure for the fiscal year ending September 2006. Sappi Fine Paper North America expects to incur between US$7 million to US$12 million in environmental compliance capital expenditure for the fiscal year ending September 2007.

Sappi Fine Paper Europe is subject to extensive environmental regulation in the various countries in which it operates. These countries are all Member States of the European Union (EU). The vast majority of pertinent environmental legislation is EU legislation which subsequently is transposed by the Member States into national law. A recent example of this is the EU Greenhouse Gas Emission Trading Scheme which was introduced by Directive 2003/87/EC and commenced operation in January 2005. This Scheme effectively implements the Kyoto Protocol in the EU. Sappi Fine Paper Europe is certified according to the international standard of environmental management systems (ISO 14001) and to the European Eco-Management and Audit Scheme (EMAS).

F-100




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

35.   SUMMARY OF DIFFERENCES BETWEEN INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL REPORTING STANDARDS AND UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

The group’s accounts are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, which differs in certain material respects from United States GAAP. These differences relate principally to the following items, and the effects on net profit and shareholders’ equity are shown in the following tables.

 

 

International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)

 

United States GAAP (US GAAP)

a.  Pension programs and post-retirement medical benefits

 

 

 

 

1.  Transitional rules for initial applications

 

On adoption of the revised IFRS standard, IFRS requires the post-employment obligation or asset to be recognised immediately.

 

Upon the first time adoption of US GAAP in 1996, the group had to amortise on a straight line basis the original obligation over a number of years equal to the difference between: (a) the period from the effective date of the relevant US accounting standards to 1996; and (b) 15 years. Subsequent changes in the obligation or assets after initial adoption are recognised in the year in which the change occurs.

 

 

In 2002, a pension asset was recognised for the Southern African defined benefit pension scheme as detailed below for IFRS and United States GAAP:

 

 

2.  Recognition of pension asset

 

Post-employment benefit assets can only be recognised to the extent that the asset will lead to a reduction in future payments or a cash refund. The reduction in this asset is reflected in the Statement of Recognised Income and Expenses.

 

No such limitation exists under US GAAP.

 

F-101




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

35.          SUMMARY OF DIFFERENCES BETWEEN INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL REPORTING STANDARDS AND UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (Continued)

 

 

International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)

 

United States GAAP (US GAAP)

3.  Additional minimum liability

 

There is no additional minimum liability test.

 

An additional minimum liability test is required to be performed and may require an additional liability to be recognised when the accumulated benefit obligation exceeds the plan assets. This liability and the related tax effect is raised directly in equity through Other Comprehensive Income (OCI).

 

 

 

 

An intangible asset is recognised for the amount of the liability, limited to the unrecognised prior service cost. The excess is reported, net of related tax benefits, in equity. This amounted to US$13 million at September 2006 (September 2005: US$15 million).

4.  Recognition of past service costs related to vested benefits

 

The introduction of, or change in benefits to, a defined benefit plan should be recognised as an income or expense immediately to the extent that the benefits are already vested.

 

The introduction of, or change in benefits to, a defined benefit plan should be recognised over the remaining service period or life expectancy of the employees.

5.  Recognition of curtailment gains and losses

 

In terms of IFRS, the difference between the actuarial valuation and the settlement or curtailment amount is recognised in the income statement.

 

The cumulative unrecognised actuarial gains or losses as well as unrecognised prior service costs no longer expected to be rendered are recognised in the income statement.

 

F-102




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

35.          SUMMARY OF DIFFERENCES BETWEEN INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL REPORTING STANDARDS AND UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (Continued)

 

 

International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)

 

United States GAAP (US GAAP)

6.  Recognition of actuarial gains and losses

 

Actuarial gains and losses are recognised directly in equity in the Statement of Recognised Income and Expenses when they arise.

 

The recognition of unrealized actuarial gains and losses are deferred to the extended that cumulative unrecognized actuarial gains and losses exceed 10% of the higher of fair value of plan assets or projected benefit obligation. Any excess over the 10% is recognized in the income statement over the expected average remaining working lives of the participants.

b.  Accounting for business combinations

 

In terms of the exemption provided in IFRS 1, Sappi elected not to restate its past business combinations because of the cost-benefit considerations in performing the exercise. Past business combinations were treated differently under South African Statements of GAAP and US GAAP due to differing standards at the time of the transactions. Differences will remain until the related entities are disposed of as neither US GAAP nor IFRS requires restatement of previous business combinations when the accounting standards were changed. The differences in fair value are amortised over time. Differences which arose in the past relate to:

 

 

1.  Cost of acquisition

 

Cost comprised the value of shares stipulated in the purchase agreement, the fair value of debt issued at the date that control is obtained.

 

Cost includes the market value of shares issued at the date agreement is reached and announced plus the present value of debt issued.

2.  Value of assets and liabilities acquired

 

Prior to the adoption of IFRS, either fair value or book value could be assigned to the assets and liabilities recorded in the accounting records of the entity that was acquired.

 

All assets and liabilities acquired are required to be recorded at fair value.

 

F-103




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

35.   SUMMARY OF DIFFERENCES BETWEEN INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL REPORTING STANDARDS AND UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (Continued)

 

 

 

 

International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)

 

United States GAAP (US GAAP)

3.  Provisions raised at acquisition.

 

Prior to the adoption of IFRS, SA GAAP allowed provisions to be raised for restructuring, rationalisation and other incidental costs, if they related to the acquired company.

 

Only recognise the costs of a plan to (1) exit an activity of an acquired company, (2) involuntarily terminate employees of an acquired company, or (3) relocate employees of an acquired company as liabilities assumed in a purchase business combination.

4.  Treatment of goodwill

 

Goodwill was allocated to the fair values of the assets acquired. The excess of fair value of net assets acquired over the cost of the acquired entity (commonly referred to as negative goodwill) was recognised directly in reserves. Positive goodwill was required to be amortised.

 

Goodwill is capitalised, but from 01 October 2002, is no longer amortised and is subject to an impairment test at least annually. Negative goodwill was deducted from the fair value of the non-current assets. Goodwill included under US GAAP amounts to US$174 million (Sept 2005: US$174 million).

c.  Pre-commissioning expenses capitalised on capital projects

 

IAS 16 allows for the capitalisation of a number of directly attributable costs in determining the cost of an item of property, plant and equipment. In the past a number of costs have been capitalised in terms of this guidance. While US GAAP guidance is more prescriptive on which costs cannot be capitalised, the nature of costs that can be capitalised is not an established GAAP difference with IFRS. Management, therefore, elected to expense all remaining pre-commissioning costs for IFRS purposes during the 2006 financial year.

 

Pre-commissioning costs are generally expensed under US GAAP.

 

F-104




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

35.   SUMMARY OF DIFFERENCES BETWEEN INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL REPORTING STANDARDS AND UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (Continued)

 

 

 

International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)

 

United States GAAP (US GAAP)

d.  Loans to participants of Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust

 

Amounts loaned to participants to purchase the company’s shares are included in other non-current assets.

 

Amounts loaned to participants to purchase the company’s shares where the shares are held as security for the repayment of the loan are reported as a reduction to shareholders’ equity.

e.  Sale and leaseback transactions—operating leases

 

Profit is recognised immediately on the sale of assets subject to operating leaseback agreements.

 

Profit on such sale of assets is deferred and recognised in income over the lease term.

f.   Asset impairments

 

An asset impairment is recognised if its carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. An asset impairment can subsequently be reversed. The recoverable amount is defined as the higher of the assets value in use or net selling price. In determing the value in use, the discounted cash flows are utilised.

 

To determine whether an asset impairment exists, the undiscounted cash flows are compared to the carrying amount of the asset. Recognition of an asset impairment is, however, based on fair value, which is generally estimated based on discounted cash flows. Asset impairments can not be subsequently reversed.

g.  Plantations

 

Plantations are stated at their fair value, with the fair value being determined as the delivered market price less cost of delivery. The change in fair value is recognised in income in the period in which it arises.

 

Plantations are recorded at cost less depletions. Costs include all expenditure incurred on acquisition, forestry development, establishment and maintenance, and finance charges. Depletions mainly include the cost of fellings.

 

F-105




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

35.   SUMMARY OF DIFFERENCES BETWEEN INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL REPORTING STANDARDS AND UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (Continued)

 

 

International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)

 

United States GAAP (US GAAP)

h.  Restructuring and disposal activities

 

Restructuring provisions are required to be recognised if a detailed formal plan has been announced or the implementation of such plan has commenced.

 

The liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity is recognised when a liability is incurred. The announcement of an exit or disposal plan, by itself, does not create a present obligation to others for costs expected to be incurred under the plan.

i.   Income tax

 

Under IFRS, deferred tax on undistributed profits including those of its subsidiaries are measured at the tax rate applicable to undistributed profits. The income tax consequences of Secondary Tax on Companies (STC) on dividends are recognised when a liability to pay the dividends is recognised.

 

US GAAP requires that an additional liability be accrued for the estimated income tax (Secondary Tax on Companies) that would be payable upon distribution of relevant undistributed reserves, including those of its subsidiaries. Under US GAAP, the additional liability is calculated at the higher of the distributed or undistributed rate.

j.   Stock compensation

 

 

 

 

1.  Repricing of stock options for credit sale scheme.

 

Stock option transactions and modifications which occurred before 7 November 2002 (the effective date from which stock option expenses are required to be accounted for) and which had vested before the date of transition are not required to be accounted for.

 

US GAAP requires companies to record an initial expense upon conversion of recourse loans to non recourse loans and apply variable plan accounting thereafter.

2.  Recognition of stock option expense

 

Stock option transactions and modifications which occurred before 7 November 2002 (the effective date from which stock option expenses are required to be accounted for) and which had vested before the date of transition are not required to be accounted for.

 

Under US GAAP, all stock options granted after December 1999 are required to be recognised as an expense in the income statement.

 

F-106




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

35.   SUMMARY OF DIFFERENCES BETWEEN INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL REPORTING STANDARDS AND UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (Continued)

 

 

 

International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)

 

United States GAAP (US GAAP)

k.  Fair Value Hedge Accounting

 

Fair value hedges for only a part of the term of a hedged item or a portion of the risk of a hedged item (for example designating only the LIBOR portion of a debt instrument and not the credit spread) are allowed. Designating the hedged item in this way can significantly improve hedge effectiveness. This ability to designate a portion does not extend to hedges of non-financial assets and liabilities.

 

Fair value hedges for only a part of the term of a hedged item are rare under US GAAP because, in many cases, partial term hedge transactions would fail to meet the offset requirement. Under US GAAP all the contractual flows must be taken into account when measuring hedge effectiveness and therefore the credit margin can not be excluded in performing hedge effectiveness tests.

l.   Net presentation of assets and liabilities

 

IFRS states that financial assets and liabilities should be offset and the net amount reported in the balance sheet when an enterprise: (a) has a legally enforceable right to set off the recognised amounts; and (b) intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

 

US GAAP restricts the ability to offset to where the right of set off exists between two parties (that is, where a debtor-creditor relationship exists); however, US GAAP does not permit set off under three party netting agreements. Consequently, the relevant assets and liabilities would be increased by US$8 million for September 2006 (September 2005: US$8 million) in a US GAAP balance sheet, with no effect on net income or shareholders’ equity.

 

F-107




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

35.   SUMMARY OF DIFFERENCES BETWEEN INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL REPORTING STANDARDS AND UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (Continued)

 

 

 

International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)

 

United States GAAP (US GAAP)

m.      Derecognition of financial assets

 

Under IFRS transfer of risks and rewards associated with financial assets becomes the primary test in determining whether it is derecognised. Partial derecognition is permitted if specific criteria is met.

 

Financial assets are derecognised when the transferor has surrendered control over the assets. Partial derecognition of financial assets are not permitted.

n.          Reversal of inventory write-downs

 

The reversal of inventory write-downs is permitted.

 

The reversal of inventory write-downs is not permitted.

 

Reconciliation of loss to United States GAAP

 

 

note

 

   2006   

 

   2005   

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Loss for the year determined under IFRS

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(184

)

 

Adjustments in respect of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pension programs and post-retirement medical benefits

 

 

a

 

 

 

(44

)

 

 

(27

)

 

·  Initial transitional rules application

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(2

)

 

·  Recognition of past service costs related to vested benefits

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(1

)

 

·  Recognition of curtailment gains and losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

(23

)

 

 

 

 

·  Recognition of actuarial gains and losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

(16

)

 

 

(24

)

 

Accounting for business combinations

 

 

b

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

22

 

 

·  Valuation of assets and liabilities and other

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(2

)

 

·  Treatment of goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

24

 

 

Pre-commissioning expenses capitalised on capital projects

 

 

c

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

16

 

 

Sale and leaseback transactions

 

 

e

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

Asset impairment

 

 

f

 

 

 

(43

)

 

 

(5

)

 

Plantations

 

 

g

 

 

 

(25

)

 

 

(60

)

 

Restructuring and disposal activities

 

 

h

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

10

 

 

Income tax

 

 

i,a

 

 

 

(12

)

 

 

(66

)

 

Stock compensation*

 

 

j

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(3

)

 

Fair value hedge accounting

 

 

k

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

(66

)

 

Reversal of inventory write-downs

 

 

n

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

Deferred taxation effect of adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

(19

)

 

 

17

 

 

Total effect of United States GAAP adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

(112

)

 

 

(161

)

 

Loss for the year determined under United States GAAP

 

 

 

 

 

 

(116

)

 

 

(345

)

 

– Basic earnings per share (US cents)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(52

)

 

 

(154

)

 

– Weighted average number of shares (millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

225.3

 

 

 

224.7

 

 

– Diluted earnings per share (US cents)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(52

)

 

 

(154

)

 

– Diluted weighted average number of shares (millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

225.3

 

 

 

224.7

 

 

 

F-108




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

35.          SUMMARY OF DIFFERENCES BETWEEN INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL REPORTING STANDARDS AND UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (Continued)

Reconciliation of shareholders’ equity to United States GAAP

 

 

note

 

   2006   

 

   2005   

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Shareholders’ equity determined under IFRS

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,386

 

 

 

1,589

 

 

Adjustments in respect of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pension programs and post-retirement medical benefits

 

 

a

 

 

 

171

 

 

 

179

 

 

·  Initial transitional rules application

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

6

 

 

·  Recognition of pension asset

 

 

 

 

 

 

41

 

 

 

75

 

 

·  Additional minimum liability

 

 

 

 

 

 

(118

)

 

 

(221

)

 

·  Recognition of past service costs related to vested benefits

 

 

 

 

 

 

(39

)

 

 

(16

)

 

·  Recognition of actuarial gains and losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

283

 

 

 

335

 

 

Accounting for business combinations

 

 

b

 

 

 

168

 

 

 

150

 

 

·  Cost of acquisition

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(3

)

 

·  Valuation of assets and liabilities and other

 

 

 

 

 

 

41

 

 

 

45

 

 

·  Treatment of goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

130

 

 

 

108

 

 

Pre-commissioning expenses capitalised on capital projects

 

 

c

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

Loans to executive share purchase trust

 

 

d

 

 

 

(9

)

 

 

(13

)

 

Sale and leaseback transactions

 

 

e

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(7

)

 

Asset impairments

 

 

f

 

 

 

(35

)

 

 

2

 

 

Plantations

 

 

g

 

 

 

(110

)

 

 

(108

)

 

Restructuring and disposal activities

 

 

h

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

10

 

 

Income tax

 

 

i

 

 

 

(174

)

 

 

(197

)

 

Fair value hedge accounting

 

 

k

 

 

 

(59

)

 

 

(41

)

 

Derecognition of financial assets

 

 

m

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

Reversal of inventory write-downs

 

 

n

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

Deferred taxation effect of adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

31

 

 

Total effect of United States GAAP adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

(30

)

 

 

2

 

 

Shareholders’ equity determined under United States GAAP *

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,356

 

 

 

1,591

 

 


*                    Stock compensation

In 2005, stock compensation of US$12 million was included in the equity reconciliation and has been removed. An amount of US$13 million was charged to the 2005 profit and loss accounts in respect of the adoption of FAS 123R. This comprises a US$10 million charge due to the adoption of IFRS 2 and an additional US$3 million being the extra charge as a result of the earlier effective date of FAS 123R compared to IFRS 2. The effect is a change of basic and diluted earnings per share from US 148 cents to US 154 cents per share. Refer to note j of the differences between International Financial Reporting Standards and United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles for a more detailed explanation.

F-109




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

35.   SUMMARY OF DIFFERENCES BETWEEN INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL REPORTING STANDARDS AND UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (Continued)

SAPPI

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

Comprehensive (loss)

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Net (loss) determined under United States GAAP

 

(116

)

(345

)

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

(35

)

2

 

Additional minimum pension fund liability

 

63

 

(16

)

Comprehensive (loss)

 

(88

)

(359

)

 

The taxation effect applicable to other comprehensive income items relate only to the additional minimum pension fund liability and results in a tax benefit of US$40 million (2005: US$8 million) being reported directly through equity.

Accumulated other comprehensive income balances (based on IFRS numbers)

 

 

Foreign Currency
Translation
Adjustments

 

Goodwill
Written Off

 

Revaluation of
Derivative
Instruments

 

Additional
Minimum Pension
Liability

 

Total Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income

 

Balance—September 2004 (as reported)

 

 

246

 

 

 

(53

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(159

)

 

 

32

 

 

Effect of adoption of IFRS

 

 

(246

)

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

(244

)

 

Balance—Setember 2004

 

 

 

 

 

(53

)

 

 

 

 

 

(159

)

 

 

(212

)

 

Current period change

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(16

)

 

 

(14

)

 

Balance—September 2005

 

 

2

 

 

 

(53

)

 

 

 

 

 

(175

)

 

 

(226

)

 

Current period change

 

 

(35

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

28

 

 

Balance—September 2006

 

 

(33

)

 

 

(53

)

 

 

 

 

 

(112

)

 

 

(198

)

 

 

Adoption of FAS 123R

Sappi has applied the modified retrospective approach with respect to the adoption of FAS 123R and has therefore recognised an expense in the current and prior period in respect of share options which have not vested.

As at the end of September 2006 there was US$8.0 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the performance plan; that cost is expected to be recognized over a period of 2.15 years.

Sappi has received US$10 million as a result of the exercise of 1,350,340 share options by the employees of Sappi.

F-110




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

35.   SUMMARY OF DIFFERENCES BETWEEN INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL REPORTING STANDARDS AND UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (Continued)

Reconciliation of unvested options

 

 

Trust Shares

 

Performance Shares

 

Restricted Shares

 

 

 

No of
Shares

 

Avg fair
value

 

No of
Shares

 

Avg fair
value

 

No of
Shares

 

Avg fair
value

 

 

 

 

 

ZAR

 

 

 

ZAR

 

 

 

ZAR

 

Balance at September 2005

 

281,650

 

 

65.26

 

 

258,000

 

 

33.86

 

 

67,667

 

98.77

 

New issues

 

 

 

 

 

1,916,400

 

 

24.41

 

 

 

 

Vested

 

133,900

 

 

62.38

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

38,500

 

93.51

 

Forfeited

 

11,600

 

 

71.44

 

 

282,000

 

 

26.86

 

 

16,667

 

115.00

 

Balance at September 2006

 

136,150

 

 

67.57

 

 

1,892,400

 

 

25.33

 

 

12,500

 

93.30

 

 

 

 

Options

 

Deferred Options

 

 

 

No of
Shares

 

Avg fair
value

 

No of
Shares

 

Avg fair
value

 

 

 

 

 

ZAR

 

 

 

ZAR

 

Balance at September 2005

 

3,634,500

 

 

38.19

 

 

937,500

 

 

54.21

 

 

New issues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vested

 

1,078,100

 

 

41.27

 

 

333,950

 

 

56.97

 

 

Forfeited

 

578,700

 

 

40.18

 

 

110,000

 

 

38.46

 

 

Balance at September 2006

 

1,977,700

 

 

35.94

 

 

493,550

 

 

55.85

 

 

 

Fair value assumptions

 

 

Issue 29 Performance Shares

 

Date of grant

 

13 December 2004

 

Share price at grant date

 

ZAR79.51

 

Strike price of share

 

ZAR0.00

 

Vesting period

 

4 years

 

Vesting condition

 

Market related—relative to peers

 

Percentage expected to vest

 

39.42%

 

Number of shares offered

 

258,000

 

Volatility

 

19.00%

 

Risk free discount rate

 

2.0% (US yield)

 

Expected dividend yield

 

2.02%

 

Expected percentage of vesting

 

95%

 

Model used to value

 

Binomial

 

Fair value of option

 

ZAR33.86

 

 

F-111




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

35.   SUMMARY OF DIFFERENCES BETWEEN INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL REPORTING STANDARDS AND UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (Continued)

The following table summarises the status of Share Options and Allocation Share Options outstanding and exercisable as of September 2006:

 

 

Share options outstanding

 

Share options exercisable

 

Range of
exercise price (US$)

 

Number

 

Wtd avg
remaining life

 

Wtd avg
exercise price (US$) *

 

Number

 

Wtd avg
exercise price (US$) *

 

 

2.56 to 2.84

 

 

150,600

 

 

23 months

 

 

 

2.76

 

 

150,600

 

 

2.76

 

 

 

4.49 to 6.30

 

 

221,400

 

 

26 months

 

 

 

6.17

 

 

221,400

 

 

6.17

 

 

 

6.93 to 10.19

 

 

2,762,750

 

 

65 months

 

 

 

9.75

 

 

1,153,800

 

 

9.28

 

 

 

10.58

 

 

150,600

 

 

66 months

 

 

 

10.58

 

 

65,000

 

 

10.58

 

 

 

14.45 to 18.91

 

 

1,218,100

 

 

50 months

 

 

 

15.59

 

 

934,950

 

 

15.64

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,503,450

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,525,750

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allocation share options outstanding

 

Allocation share options exercisable

 

Range of

 

 

 

Wtd avg

 

Wtd avg

 

 

 

Wtd avg

 

exercise price (US$)

 

Number

 

remaining life

 

exercise price (US$) *

 

Number

 

exercise price (US$) *

 

 

2.56 to 2.84

 

 

127,700

 

 

23 months

 

 

 

2.75

 

 

127,700

 

 

2.75

 

 

 

4.19 to 6.30

 

 

252,450

 

 

26 months

 

 

 

6.17

 

 

252,450

 

 

6.17

 

 

 

6.93 to 10.19

 

 

696,650

 

 

43 months

 

 

 

8.83

 

 

445,400

 

 

8.06

 

 

 

12.16

 

 

4,000

 

 

59 months

 

 

 

12.16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14.51 to 18.94

 

 

849,700

 

 

47 months

 

 

 

16.96

 

 

611,400

 

 

17.23

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,930,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,436,950

 

 

 

 

 

 


There were no Trust shares (September 2005: nil)  granted during the year ended September 2006.

*       The share options are issued in South African Rands.  They have been translated at the closing rate for the year of US$1 to ZAR7.7734 (September 2005: US$1 to ZAR6.3656)

Guarantees

Sappi International SA (SISA)

SISA has issued various letters of credit and performance guarantees in relation to the borrowings of Sappi Papier Holding GmbH (SPH). The terms of the guarantees range from 5 years or more. The guarantees would require SISA to pay any outstanding liabilities in the event of SPH being unable to meet its obligations or due to the non-performance under loan agreements.

The maximum future potential undiscounted payments are US$1,600 million of which US$1,534 million is included in the group balance sheet as liabilities at September 2006.

There are no recourse provisions.

F-112




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

35.   SUMMARY OF DIFFERENCES BETWEEN INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL REPORTING STANDARDS AND UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (Continued)

Sappi Manufacturing (Pty) Ltd

Sappi Manufacturing stood surety for 50% of the borrowing’s of Umkomaas Lignin (Pty) Ltd (Lignotech). The approximate term of the guarantee is until June 2008. Sappi Manufacturing would be required to meet 50% of any obligation in the event of Lignotech defaulting upon payment.

The maximum future potential undiscounted payments are US$6 million.

There are no recourse provisions.

SD Warren Company

Letter of credit provided to Minnesota Pollution Control Angency to support post closure and facility needs for Sappi Cloquet LLC’s industrial landfill facility.

The maximum future potential undiscounted payments are US$3 million.

There are no recourse provisions.

Sappi Fine Paper Europe

Sappi Fine Paper Europe have issued guarantee’s related to the use of starch and waste materials and certain trade receivables.

The maximum future potential undiscounted payments are US$54 million.

There are no recourse provisions.

Consolidation of variable interest entities

We could not apply the requirements of FIN46R “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities—an interpretation of ARB No. 51” on two of our leasing arrangements. We could not obtain sufficient information, after exhaustive efforts, to make the determination as to whether or not we have a variable interest in these entities. They include a cogeneration facility  at our Westbrook Mill as well as a paper machine at our Somerset mill. We requested, in writing, that these entities provide the group with the necessary information to apply the requirements of FIN 46R. However, each of the entities has indicated that they will not provide the requested information as they are not contractually obligated to provide such confidential information. Since we were unable to obtain the necessary information we adopted the allowed scope exception in FIN 46R, and as such did not consolidate the  entities with which we have these lease arrangements.

The future minimum obligation under the lease for the paper machine at our Somerset mill is US$101 million at September 2006 (September 2005: US$117 million).

The net rental payments for 2006 was US$15 million (2005: US$15 million).

F-113




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

35.   SUMMARY OF DIFFERENCES BETWEEN INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL REPORTING STANDARDS AND UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (Continued)

The future minimum obligation under the lease for the cogeneration facility  at our Westbrook Mill is US$13 million at September 2006 (September 2005: US$23 million).

The net rental payments for 2006 was US$9 million (2005: US$9 million).

36.   NEW US GAAP STATEMENTS

In July 2006, the FASB issued a new interpretation, FIN 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes.” FIN 48 addresses the accounting and disclosure of uncertain tax positions. We will adopt FIN 48 in our 2008 financial year. We are evaluating the impact  that FIN 48 will have on our financial statements.

In May 2005, the FASB issued Statement No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections”, (FASB 154) which replaces Accounting Principles Board (APB) opinion No. 20 Accounting Changes and SFAS No. 3 Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements. This statement requires retrospective application, unless impractible for changes in accounting principles in the absence of transition requirements specific to newly adopted accounting principles. The statement 154 will be effective for us beginning October 2006. We are currently evaluating the impact, if any, of this statement on our financial position and results of operations.

In 2005, the FASB issued Statement No. 156 “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets—an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140” (FASB 156) which deals with the requirement to recognize an asset or liability in respect of servicing rights or obligations in financial assets and liabilities. The statement will be effective for us beginning October 2006. We are currently evaluating the impact, if any, of this statement on our financial position and results of operations.

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement No.157, “Fair Value Measurements” (FASB 157), is effective for Sappi for the financial year commencing October 2008. This statement prescribes a framework for developing fair value measurements, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. We are currently evaluating the impact of this standard on the business.

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Post-retirement Plans” (FASB 158). This statement is effective for our 2007 financial year and requires an employer to recognize the over funded or under funded status of a single-employer defined benefit post-retirement plan as an asset or liability in its statement of financial position, and to recognize changes in that funded status in comprehensive income in the year in which the changes occur. The standard also requires an employer to measure the funded status of a plan as of the date of its year-end statement of financial position with limited exceptions. The standard will significantly impact our US GAAP balance sheet which will be more closely aligned with our IFRS disclosure in this area.

The Securities and Exchange Commission issued their staff accounting bulletin No. 108 which provides guidance on the quantification of financial statement misstatements. The guidance clarifies the evaluation of prior period errors. While this bulletin is only effective for Sappi’s 2007 financial year its guidance was already considered in the 2006 financial year.

F-114




SAPPI
notes to the group annual financial statements (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

37.          DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION

Non-executive Directors

Directors are normally remunerated in the currency of the country in which they live or work from. The remuneration is translated into US dollars (the group’s reporting currency) at the average exchange rates prevailing during the reporting year. Directors’ fees are established in local currencies to reflect market conditions in those countries.

Non-executive directors’ fees reflect their services as directors and services on various sub-committees on which they serve, and the quantum of committee fees depends on whether the director is an ordinary member or a chairman of the committee.

The extreme volatility of currencies, in particular the Rand/US Dollar exchange rate in the past few years, caused severe distortion of the relative fees paid to individual directors.

F-115




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

37.          DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION (Continued)

Non-executive directors’ fees are proposed by the Executive Committee, agreed by the Compensation committee, and approved by the Board.

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

Board

 

Committee

 

Travel

 

Share

 

 

 

Board

 

Committee

 

Travel

 

Consultancy/

 

 

 

Director

 

 

 

Fees

 

Fees

 

allowance

 

Benefits

 

Total

 

Fees

 

Fees

 

allowance

 

Retainer

 

Total

 

 

 

US$

 

DC Brink

 

28,014

 

40,203

 

6,900

 

 

75,117

 

28,037

 

36,715

 

2,200

 

 

66,952

 

M Feldberg

 

47,250

 

46,200

 

9,200

 

 

102,650

 

45,000

 

34,833

 

13,200

 

 

93,033

 

MR Haymon(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,500

 

 

6,000

 

11,250

 

39,750

 

JE Healey

 

47,250

 

61,538

 

13,800

 

 

122,588

 

45,000

 

44,500

 

13,200

 

 

102,700

 

JL Job(2)

 

21,010

 

 

4,600

 

 

25,610

 

 

 

 

 

 

K de Kluis

 

56,653

 

56,653

 

18,300

 

 

131,606

 

55,196

 

76,447

 

8,800

 

 

140,443

 

D Konar

 

28,014

 

37,250

 

4,600

 

 

69,864

 

28,037

 

37,917

 

6,600

 

 

72,554

 

HC Mamsch

 

56,653

 

78,685

 

11,500

 

 

146,838

 

55,196

 

57,895

 

6,600

 

 

119,691

 

B Radebe

 

28,014

 

17,414

 

6,900

 

 

52,328

 

28,037

 

8,811

 

6,600

 

 

43,448

 

ANR Rudd(3)

 

28,327

 

 

4,600

 

 

32,927

 

 

 

 

 

 

FA Sonn

 

28,014

 

8,707

 

4,600

 

 

41,321

 

28,037

 

8,811

 

6,600

 

 

43,448

 

E van As

 

98,426

 

 

6,900

 

 

105,326

 

112,147

 

 

6,600

 

166,886

 

285,633

 

 

 

467,625

 

346,650

 

91,900

 

 

906,175

 

447,187

 

305,929

 

76,400

 

178,136

 

1,007,652

 


(1)                 Retired in March 2005

(2)                 Appointed January 2006 and resigned September 2006

(3)                 Appointed in April 2006

Executive Directors(4)

 

 

2006

 

Director

 

 

 

Salary

 

Prior Year
bonuses and
performance
related
payments 
(6)

 

Sums paid by
way of expense
allowance

 

Contributions
paid under
pension and
medical aid
schemes

 

Benefit received
from Credit
Scheme Share
Funding

 

Other (9)

 

Total

 

 

 

US$

 

JL Job(2 & 7)

 

85,810

 

 

79,845

 

 

 

931

 

 

 

29,291

 

 

 

67,287

 

 

 

263,164

 

JCA Leslie(1 & 5)

 

2,623,998

 

 

827,830

 

 

 

52,959

 

 

 

2,189,838

 

 

 

287,707

 

 

 

5,982,332

 

W Pfarl

 

653,615

 

 

178,005

 

 

 

3,340

 

 

 

156,702

 

 

 

 

 

 

991,662

 

DG Wilson(3)

 

243,916

 

 

57,925

 

 

 

6,271

 

 

 

82,575

 

 

 

 

 

 

390,687

 

MR Thompson(8)

 

44,660

 

 

 

 

 

81

 

 

 

17,193

 

 

 

 

 

 

61,934

 

E van As(9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,463,520

 

1,463,520

 

 

 

3,651,999

 

 

1,143,605

 

 

 

63,582

 

 

 

2,475,599

 

 

 

354,994

 

 

1,463,520

 

9,153,299

 

 

F-116




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

37.   DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION (Continued)

 

 

2005

 

Director

 

 

 

Salary

 

Prior Year
bonuses and
performance
related
payments 
(6)

 

Sums paid by
way of expense
allowance

 

Contributions
paid under
pension and
medical aid
schemes

 

Benefit received
from Credit
Scheme Share
Funding

 

Total

 

 

 

US$

 

JL Job(2 & 7)

 

382,692

 

 

143,180

 

 

 

11,053

 

 

 

145,568

 

 

 

 

 

682,493

 

JCA Leslie(1 & 5)

 

1,051,431

 

 

355,035

 

 

 

7,575

 

 

 

314,370

 

 

 

 

 

1,728,411

 

W Pfarl

 

659,647

 

 

279,055

 

 

 

3,433

 

 

 

155,610

 

 

 

 

 

1,097,745

 

DG Wilson(3)

 

253,346

 

 

75,070

 

 

 

7,176

 

 

 

96,854

 

 

 

 

 

432,446

 

MR Thompson(8)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

E van As(9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,347,116

 

 

852,340

 

 

 

29,237

 

 

 

712,402

 

 

 

 

 

3,941,095

 


(1)                 In terms of his contract with the company, Mr Leslie receives Sappi Limited shares as a performance bonus, should the shareholder return on the shares in Sappi Limited equal or exceed a comparator group of other international pulp and paper companies for each of the three year periods ending December 2003, December 2004 and December 2005.  Depending on the quantum by which the shareholder return exceeds the comparator group in each four year grouping, Mr Leslie could receive up to 16,667  shares. At December 2004 he received 16,667 shares with a value of US$167,787. (December 2003: 16,667 shares with a value of US$229,947). The company has also guaranteed Mr Leslie a minimum annual pension subject to various conditions being met.

(2)                 He was appointed as a non-executive director in January 2006. Resigned as non-executive director September 2006.

(3)                 Resigned as executive director in July 2006.

(4)                 Executive directors are paid remuneration packages which aim to be competitive in the countries in which they live and work, and they are generally paid in the currency of those countries.

(5)                 The portion of remuneration which relates to termination is US$5,034,076. An amount of US$1,068,134 which is included in the “Contributions paid under pension and medical aid schemes” column above, will only be paid to Mr Leslie in 2008 if a certain level of gain on Share Scheme Shares is not achieved.

(6)                 Bonuses and performance related payments are in respect of the previous year’s performance paid in the current year.

(7)                 In terms of his contract with the company, Dr Job received 12,000 restricted shares, which vest equally over a two year period ending December 2004 and December 2005. In 2005 he received the cash equivalent value of 6,000 shares of US$79,174.

(8)                 Appointed as executive director in August 2006.

(9)                 Includes board fees paid to Mr van As for the period April 2006 to September 2006 while acting CEO of US$98,426 and the value of 100,000 shares accrued at market price on date awarded by the board, namely R90.15 per share (US$1,365,094). 50,000 shares were purchased for Mr van As on 29 September 2006 and the remaining 50,000 will be purchased on 31 March 2007. He may not deal in these shares until a successor has been identified and the handover completed.

Our pay philosophy aims to provide executives with remuneration which allows them to enjoy similar and appropriate standards of living and at the same time to create wealth equally no matter where they live and work.

Whilst the payment of executives in different currencies creates perceived inequities, due attention is given to ensure that internal equity exists and is maintained, through comparisons against cost of living indices and the manner in which pay is structured in the various countries.

F-117




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

37.          DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION (Continued)

Bonus and performance related payments are based on corporate and individual performance. Under this, executives may be awarded up to 110% of their annual salary if group and personal performance objectives as agreed by the Human Resources Committee are met. Bonuses relate to amounts paid in the current year, but based on the previous year’s performance.

Average exchange rates for the year concerned are again applied in the tables in converting the currency of payment into US dollars.

Details of directors’ service contracts

The executive directors have service contracts with notice periods of 2 years or less. These notice periods are in line with international norms for executive directors.

The non-executive directors do not have service contracts with the company.

None of the directors have provisions for pre-determined compensation on termination of their contracts exceeding 2 years’ gross remuneration and benefits in kind.

F-118




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

38.          DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS

The following table sets out the directors’ interests in the shares in Sappi Limited. For the purpose of this table, directors’ interests are those in shares owned  either directly or indirectly as well as those shares in respect of which directors have vested obligations to purchase shares or repay loans in terms of the Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust.

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

Direct Interests

 

Indirect
Interests

 

Direct Interests

 

Indirect Interests

 

Director

 

 

 

Beneficial

 

Vested
Obligations to
Purchase or
Repay Loans

 

Beneficial

 

Beneficial

 

Vested Obligations
to Purchase or
Repay Loans

 

Beneficial

 

Non-Executive Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DC Brink

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,000

 

 

M Feldberg

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

JE Healey

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

K de Kluis

 

 

4,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

D Konar

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HC Mamsch

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B Radebe

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ANR Rudd

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FA Sonn

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

E van As

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

230,000

 

 

 

200,000

 

 

 

342,636

 

 

Executive Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

JL Job(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

90,000

 

 

 

 

 

JCA Leslie(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33,334

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MR Thompson(3)

 

 

 

 

 

40,200

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

W Pfarl

 

 

 

 

 

25,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

 

 

DG Wilson(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,992

 

 

 

69,000

 

 

 

 

 

E van As

 

 

245,000

 

 

 

200,000

 

 

 

377,636

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL

 

 

249,000

 

 

 

265,200

 

 

 

387,636

 

 

 

270,326

 

 

 

379,000

 

 

 

352,636

 

 


(1)                 Retired December 2005

(2)                 Resigned March 2006

(3)                 Appointed in August 2006

(4)                 Resigned July 2006

Changes in directors’ interests in Sappi Limited shares after year-end

Subsequent to year end in November 2006, W Pfarl sold 75,000 options resulting in a gain of US$606,428

F-119




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

38.   DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS (Continued)

Directors’ interests in contracts.

On September 12, 2006 Mr E van As entered into a zero cost collar contract with a commercial bank for 246,959 shares that are indirectly beneficially held  by  himself. The collar contract has a put strike price of R94.07 per share and call strike price of R111.99 per share. The term of the contract is for 364 days.

The directors have certified that they had no material interest in any significant transaction with either the company or any of its subsidiaries. Therefore there is no conflict of interest with regard to directors’ interests in contracts.

F-120




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

39.          Directors’ participation in the Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust and Performance Share Incentive Plan

Share options, allocation shares and performance shares

The following table sets out all share options (whether vested or unvested), all other unvested allocation shares and performance shares granted to, and exercised by, each executive director in terms of the Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust and Performance Share Incentive Plan during the year ended September 2006. These interests are also included in “Directors interests” in note 38. Details of share dealings are included in the second table.

Non-executive directors do not have any allocation shares, share options or performance shares. Executive directors who retire have 12 months in which to settle their share options and allocation shares, unless extension is granted by the human resources committee of the board of directors. For performance shares there is a formula by which retired executive directors will receive a proportion of any shares which may have vested at the end of the four year period.

Executive Directors

 

 

 

 

JL Job(6)

 

 

MR Thompson(3)

 

 

JCA Leslie(4)

 

 

W Pfarl

 

 

DG Wilson(5)

 

 

E van As(1)

 

 

Total 2006

 

Total 2005

 

 

 

 

Allocated
price

 

No of
shares

 

 

Allocated
price

 

No of
shares

 

 

Allocated
price

 

No of
shares

 

 

Allocated
price

 

No of
shares

 

 

Allocated
price

 

No of
shares

 

 

Allocated
price

 

No of
shares

 

 

No of
shares

 

No of
shares

 

Outstanding at September 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of shares held

 

 

 

 

194,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

450,000

 

 

 

 

177,000

 

 

 

 

250,000

 

 

 

 

250,000

 

 

1,321,000

 

1,347,000

 

Issue 23a

 

 

R 39.00

 

44,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

R 21.30

 

48,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue 24

 

 

R 53.85

 

30,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

R 53.85

 

50,000

 

 

R 53.85

 

50,000

 

 

R 53.85

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue 25

 

 

R 49.00

 

25,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

R 49.00

 

25,000

 

 

R 49.00

 

25,000

 

 

R 49.00

 

50,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue 26

 

 

R 147.20

 

30,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

R 147.20

 

25,000

 

 

R 147.20

 

50,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue 27

 

 

R 112.83

 

30,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

R 112.83

 

30,000

 

 

R 112.83

 

30,000

 

 

R 112.83

 

50,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue 27a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

R 115.00

 

250,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue 28

 

 

R 79.25

 

15,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

R 79.25

 

100,000

 

 

R 79.25

 

30,000

 

 

R 79.25

 

30,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue 28a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue 29

 

 

R 78.00

 

20,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

R 78.00

 

60,000

 

 

R 78.00

 

30,000

 

 

R 78.00

 

30,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance shares 29(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40,000

 

 

 

12,000

 

 

 

12,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Offered and accepted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue 29

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

140,000

 

Performance shares 30(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100,000

 

 

 

42,000

 

 

 

 

42,000

 

 

 

 

 

184,000

 

64,000

 

Paid for

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of shares

 

 

 

 

99,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

142,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

241,500

 

230,000

 

Weighted average allocated price

 

 

 

 

46.02

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

45.41

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Returned, lapsed and forfeited

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

175,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

149,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

324,500

 

 

 

Weighted average allocated price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

78.71

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

107.28

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Resignation of Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of shares

 

 

 

 

95,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

375,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

470,000

 

 

 

Weighted average allocated price

 

 

 

 

111.05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

102.93

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Appointment as Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

164,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

164,000

 

 

 

Weighted average allocated price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

91.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

39.          Directors’ participation in the Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust and Performance Share Incentive Plan (Continued)

Executive Directors

 

 

 

 

JL Job(6)

 

 

MR Thompson(3)

 

 

JCA Leslie(4)

 

 

W Pfarl

 

 

DG Wilson(5)

 

 

E van As(1)

 

 

Total 2006

 

Total 2005

 

 

 

 

Allocated
price

 

No of
shares

 

 

Allocated
price

 

No of
shares

 

 

Allocated
price

 

No of
shares

 

 

Allocated
price

 

No of
shares

 

 

Allocated
price

 

No of
shares

 

 

Allocated
price

 

No of
shares

 

 

No of
shares

 

No of
shares

 

Outstanding at September 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of shares held

 

 

Resigned in September 2006

 

 

 

 

164,000

 

 

Resigned in
March 2006

 

 

 

 

219,000

 

 

Resigned in
July 2006

 

 

 

 

250,000

 

 

633,000

 

1,321,000

 

Issue 23a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue 24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

R 53.85

 

15,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

R 53.85

 

50,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

R 53.85

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue 25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

R 49.00

 

3,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

R 49.00

 

25,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

R 49.00

 

50,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue 26

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

R 147.20

 

15,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

R 147.20

 

50,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue 27

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

R 112.83

 

15,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

R 112.83

 

30,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

R 112.83

 

50,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue 27a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue 28

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

R 79.25

 

30,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue 28a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

R 79.25

 

18,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue 29

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

R 78.00

 

18,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

R 78.00

 

30,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance shares 29(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance shares 30(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance shares 30a(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expiry dates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue 23a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue 24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21-Dec-07

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21-Dec-07

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30-Nov- 07

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue 25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15-Jan-09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15-Jan-09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30-Nov-08

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue 25a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue 26

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28-Mar-10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30-Nov-08

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue 27

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13-Feb-11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13-Feb-11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30-Nov-08

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue 27a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue 28

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14-Jan-12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue 28a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30-Dec-11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue 29

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13-Dec-12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13-Dec-12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance shares 29(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13-Dec-08

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13-Dec-08

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance shares 30(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13-Dec-09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13-Dec-09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance shares 30a(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8-Aug-10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Changes in executive directors’ share options, allocation shares and performance shares after year-end

Subsequent to year end in November 2006, W Pfarl sold 75,000 options resulting in a gain of US$606,428

(1)                    Relinquished his executive duties in June 2003. From that date until November 2003, Mr van As participated in ensuring a smooth transition to Mr Leslie, the new Chief Executive Officer.

(2)                    Performance shares are issued when all conditions per Note 30 are met.

(3)                    He was appointed as Financial Director on the 8th August 2006. The number of shares held at date of appointment have been brought in as one figure.

(4)                    Resigned as a director in March 2006. He will still be entitled to certain shares in terms of his agreement

(5)                    Resigned as a director in July 2006.

(6)                    Relinquished his executive duties in December 2005 and was appointed as a Non-executive director in January 2006. He resigned from that in September 2006

 

F-121




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended September 2006

39.          Directors’ participation in the Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust and Performance Share Incentive Plan (Continued)

 

 

 

 

Dealings in Sappi Limited Share Incentive
Trust and Performance Share Incentive Plan shares

 

 

 

 

 

for the year ended September 2006

 

Director

 

 

 

Date
paid for

 

Number
of shares
paid for

 

Allocation
price

 

Market
value at
date of
payment

 

Gains on
shares
paid for
US$
(1)

 

Executive directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

JL Job

 

Deferred Sale

 

08 August 2006

 

 

44,000

 

 

 

39.00

 

 

 

89.33

 

 

324,995

 

 

 

Deferred Sale

 

08 August 2006

 

 

30,000

 

 

 

53.85

 

 

 

89.33

 

 

156,208

 

 

 

Deferred Sale

 

08 August 2006

 

 

25,000

 

 

 

49.00

 

 

 

89.33

 

 

147,967

 

DG Wilson(2)

 

Options

 

13 December 2005

 

 

8,000

 

 

 

21.30

 

 

 

74.01

 

 

66,670

 

 

 

Deferred Sale

 

13 December 2005

 

 

8,000

 

 

 

21.30

 

 

 

74.01

 

 

66,670

 

 

 

Options

 

24 August 2006

 

 

16,000

 

 

 

21.30

 

 

 

90.11

 

 

153,658

 

 

 

Deferred Sale

 

24 August 2006

 

 

16,000

 

 

 

21.30

 

 

 

90.11

 

 

153,658

 

 

 

Deferred Sale

 

01 September 2006

 

 

25,000

 

 

 

49.00

 

 

 

93.32

 

 

153,825

 

 

 

Options

 

12 September 2006

 

 

25,000

 

 

 

53.85

 

 

 

94.00

 

 

136,286

 

 

 

Deferred Sale

 

12 September 2006

 

 

25,000

 

 

 

53.85

 

 

 

94.00

 

 

136,286

 

 

 

Options

 

14 September 2006

 

 

12,000

 

 

 

79.25

 

 

 

95.00

 

 

25,820

 

 

 

Options

 

14 September 2006

 

 

4,772

 

 

 

78.00

 

 

 

95.00

 

 

11,083

 

 

 

MIS Bonus(4)

 

14 September 2006

 

 

2,992

 

 

 

 

 

 

95.00

 

 

38,831

 

 

 

Options

 

18 September 2006

 

 

2,728

 

 

 

78.00

 

 

 

94.50

 

 

6,094

 

Non-executive directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

E van As(3)

 

Trust shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Option

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Option

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Option

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Option

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL

 

 

 

 

 

 

244,492

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,578,051

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dealings in Sappi Limited Share Incentive
Trust and Performance Share Incentive Plan shares

 

 

 

 

 

for the year ended September 2005

 

Director

 

 

 

Date
sold

 

Number
of shares
sold

 

Allocation
price

 

Market
value at
date of
sale

 

Gains on
shares
sold
US$
(1)

 

Executive directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

JL Job

 

Deferred Sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred Sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred Sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DG Wilson(2)

 

Options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred Sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred Sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred Sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred Sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MIS Bonus

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-executive directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

E van As(3)

 

Trust shares

 

26 November 2004

 

 

24,813

 

 

 

R 56.75

 

 

 

R 77.50

 

 

87,383

 

 

 

Option

 

26 November 2004

 

 

40,000

 

 

 

R 34.90

 

 

 

R 77.50

 

 

289,201

 

 

 

Option

 

26 November 2004

 

 

30,000

 

 

 

R 19.90

 

 

 

R 77.50

 

 

293,274

 

 

 

Option

 

26 November 2004

 

 

60,000

 

 

 

R 22.10

 

 

 

R 77.50

 

 

564,145

 

 

 

Option

 

26 November 2004

 

 

100,000

 

 

 

R 27.90

 

 

 

R 77.50

 

 

841,805

 

TOTAL

 

 

 

 

 

 

254,813

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,075,808

 


(1)                    Converted from South African Rands to US Dollars at the exchange rates on the date of sale

(2)                    Resigned as executive director in July 2006

(3)                    Retired as executive director in November 2003. These shares arose from his participation in the Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust while an executive director.

(4)          Management Incentive Scheme (“MIS’’).

F-123




SAPPI
SCHEDULE I—CONDENSED COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
condensed company income statement
for the year ended September 2006

 

 

note

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

ZAR million

 

Operating loss

 

 

2

 

 

 

(16

)

 

(30

)

Income from subsidiaries

 

 

4

 

 

 

223

 

 

3,697

 

Other income

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

2,377

 

Net finance income

 

 

3

 

 

 

21

 

 

22

 

Profit before taxation

 

 

 

 

 

 

228

 

 

6,066

 

Taxation – Current

 

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

 

38

 

 – Deferred

 

 

 

 

 

 

60

 

 

48

 

Profit for the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

154

 

 

5,980

 

 

S-1




SAPPI
CONDENSED COMPANY BALANCE SHEET
at September 2006

 

 

     2006     

 

     2005     

 

 

 

ZAR million

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current assets

 

 

14,798

 

 

 

15,114

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

5

 

 

 

8

 

 

Investments in subsidiaries

 

 

12,140

 

 

 

12,140

 

 

Related party receivables

 

 

2,387

 

 

 

2,641

 

 

Loan to Executive Share Purchase Trust

 

 

115

 

 

 

114

 

 

Deferred tax asset

 

 

151

 

 

 

211

 

 

Current assets

 

 

24

 

 

 

9

 

 

Receivables

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

 

Related party receivables

 

 

22

 

 

 

7

 

 

Total assets

 

 

14,822

 

 

 

15,123

 

 

Equity and liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

14,660

 

 

 

14,982

 

 

Ordinary share capital

 

 

239

 

 

 

239

 

 

Share premium

 

 

6,427

 

 

 

6,427

 

 

Non-distributable reserves

 

 

45

 

 

 

37

 

 

Distributable reserves

 

 

7,949

 

 

 

8,279

 

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Related party payables

 

 

1

 

 

 

6

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

161

 

 

 

135

 

 

Trade and other payables

 

 

54

 

 

 

39

 

 

Related party payables

 

 

24

 

 

 

20

 

 

Taxation payable

 

 

83

 

 

 

76

 

 

Total equity and liabilities

 

 

14,822

 

 

 

15,123

 

 

 

S-2




SAPPI
CONDENSED COMPANY CASH FLOW STATEMENT
for the year ended September 2006

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

ZAR million

 

Profit before interest and taxation

 

207

 

6,044

 

Adjustments for non-cash items:

 

 

 

 

 

Subsidiary transactions

 

237

 

(5,477

)

Other

 

12

 

16

 

Cash generated by operations

 

456

 

583

 

Increase (decrease) in working capital

 

15

 

(4

)

Net finance income

 

21

 

22

 

Taxation paid

 

(7

)

(158

)

Dividends paid

 

(484

)

(444

)

Cash generated (utilised) in operating activities

 

1

 

(1

)

(Decrease) increase in non-current assets

 

(1

)

1

 

Proceeds of issuance of ordinary shares

 

 

 

Net movement in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

 

 

 

S-3




SAPPI
CONDENSED COMPANY STATEMENT OF RECOGNISED INCOME AND EXPENSE
for the year ended September 2006

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

ZAR million

 

Profit for the year

 

 

154

 

 

5,980

 

Total recognised income for the year

 

 

154

 

 

5,980

 

 

S-4




SAPPI
NOTES TO THE CONDENSED COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended September 2006

1.                 ADOPTION OF IFRS DURING THE YEAR

The company has adopted International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) in preparing the annual financial statements for the year ending September, 2006. The transition to IFRS is accounted for in accordance with IFRS 1 First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards with October 2004 as the date of transition. The changes in accounting policies as a consequence of the transition to IFRS are described below as well as reconciliations of the effects of the transition to IFRS.

·       Share-based Payment—IFRS 2

The company has applied the share-based payment exemption. IFRS 2 is therefore only applicable to equity instruments granted after November 7, 2002 that were not vested by January 1, 2005. For instruments vesting on or after January 1, 2005, Sappi Limited has recognised a charge of ZAR 8.3 million (2005: ZAR 13.3 million) in the income statement and set up a separate category in shareholders’ equity amounting to ZAR 38.4 million (2005: ZAR 30.0 million) for all share options and awards, based on the fair value of the awards as calculated at the grant date.

 

 

September 2005

 

 

 

ZAR million

 

Reconciliation of previous SA GAAP to IFRS profit for the year

 

 

 

 

 

Profit under SA GAAP

 

 

5,993

 

 

Share-based payment expense—IFRS 2

 

 

(13

)

 

Profit under IFRS

 

 

5,980

 

 

 

This restatement had no impact on shareholders’ equity.

2.                 OPERATING LOSS

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

ZAR million

 

The operating loss is arrived at after taking into account the items detailed below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

3

 

 

 

3

 

 

Technical and administrative services paid other than to bona fide employees of the company

 

 

35

 

 

 

32

 

 

Auditors’ remuneration

 

 

18

 

 

 

20

 

 

– fees for audit and related services

 

 

14

 

 

 

15

 

 

– fees for other services

 

 

4

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

3.                 NET FINANCE INCOME

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

ZAR million

 

Interest paid

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

Interest received

 

 

8

 

 

 

7

 

 

Net foreign exchange gains

 

 

13

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

4.                 INCOME FROM SUBSIDIARIES

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

ZAR million

 

Dividends received from subsidaries

 

 

223

 

 

1,464

 

Dividends received on liquidation of subsidiary

 

 

 

 

2,233

 

 

 

 

223

 

 

3,697

 

 

S-5




5.                 OTHER INCOME

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

ZAR million

 

Profit on sale of investment to other subsidiary

 

 

 

 

2,184

 

Reversal of write down of investment

 

 

 

 

306

 

Investments written off

 

 

 

 

(113

)

 

 

 

 

 

2,377

 

 

During the year, Sappi restructured its treasury operations which resulted in the liquidation of one intermediary holding company and the transfer of directly held subsidiaries to indirectly held subsidiaries.

6.                 RECONCILIATION OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

 

 

Number of

 

 

 

Ordinary
share

 

Share

 

 

 

Ordinary
share
capital
and share

 

Non-distributable

 

Distributable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ordinary shares

 

 

 

capital

 

premium

 

 

 

premium

 

reserves

 

   reserves   

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

ZAR million

 

Balance—September 2004—as reported

 

 

239.1

 

 

 

 

 

239

 

 

 

6,427

 

 

 

 

 

6,666

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

2,760

 

 

 

 

9,433

 

IFRS adoption—Share based payments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

(17

)

 

 

 

 

Balance—September 2004

 

 

239.1

 

 

 

 

 

239

 

 

 

6,427

 

 

 

 

 

6,666

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

2,743

 

 

 

 

9,433

 

Profit for the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,980

 

 

 

 

5,980

 

Dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(444

)

 

 

 

(444

)

Share-based payments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

Balance—September 2005

 

 

239.1

 

 

 

 

 

239

 

 

 

6,427

 

 

 

 

 

6,666

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

8,279

 

 

 

 

14,982

 

Profit for the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

154

 

 

 

 

154

 

Dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(484

)

 

 

 

(484

)

Share-based payments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

Balance—September 2006

 

 

239.1

 

 

 

 

 

239

 

 

 

6,427

 

 

 

 

 

6,666

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

7,949

 

 

 

 

14,660

 

 

7.                 COMMITMENTS

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

ZAR million

 

Revenue commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating leases and rentals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payable within one year

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

Payable in two to five years

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

8.                 CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

ZAR million

 

Guarantees and suretyships

 

17,777

 

10,113

 

 

S-6




SAPPI
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign

 

 

 

 

 

Balance —

 

 

 

Deductions

 

currency

 

Balance —

 

 

 

beginning of

 

Costs and

 

(principally

 

translation

 

end of

 

 

 

year

 

expenses

 

write-offs)

 

difference

 

year

 

 

 

US$ million

 

Allowance for doubtful debts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 2005

 

 

37

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(21

)

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

 

September 2006

 

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

S-7